declare class Observable<T> {
    private promise;
    constructor(promise: Promise<T>);
    toPromise(): Promise<T>;
    pipe<S>(callback: (value: T) => S | Promise<S>): Observable<S>;
}

declare class IsomorphicFetchHttpLibrary implements HttpLibrary {
    send(request: RequestContext): Observable<ResponseContext>;
}

/**
 * Represents an HTTP method.
 */
declare enum HttpMethod {
    GET = "GET",
    HEAD = "HEAD",
    POST = "POST",
    PUT = "PUT",
    DELETE = "DELETE",
    CONNECT = "CONNECT",
    OPTIONS = "OPTIONS",
    TRACE = "TRACE",
    PATCH = "PATCH"
}
/**
 * Represents an HTTP file which will be transferred from or to a server.
 */
type HttpFile = Blob & {
    readonly name: string;
};
declare class HttpException extends Error {
    constructor(msg: string);
}
/**
 * Represents the body of an outgoing HTTP request.
 */
type RequestBody = undefined | string | FormData | URLSearchParams;
/**
 * Represents an HTTP request context
 */
declare class RequestContext {
    private httpMethod;
    private headers;
    private body;
    private url;
    /**
     * Creates the request context using a http method and request resource url
     *
     * @param url url of the requested resource
     * @param httpMethod http method
     */
    constructor(url: string, httpMethod: HttpMethod);
    getUrl(): string;
    /**
     * Replaces the url set in the constructor with this url.
     *
     */
    setUrl(url: string): void;
    /**
     * Sets the body of the http request either as a string or FormData
     *
     * Note that setting a body on a HTTP GET, HEAD, DELETE, CONNECT or TRACE
     * request is discouraged.
     * https://httpwg.org/http-core/draft-ietf-httpbis-semantics-latest.html#rfc.section.7.3.1
     *
     * @param body the body of the request
     */
    setBody(body: RequestBody): void;
    getHttpMethod(): HttpMethod;
    getHeaders(): {
        [key: string]: string;
    };
    getBody(): RequestBody;
    setQueryParam(name: string, value: string): void;
    /**
     * Sets a cookie with the name and value. NO check  for duplicate cookies is performed
     *
     */
    addCookie(name: string, value: string): void;
    setHeaderParam(key: string, value: string): void;
}
interface ResponseBody {
    text(): Promise<string>;
    binary(): Promise<Blob>;
}
/**
 * Helper class to generate a `ResponseBody` from binary data
 */
declare class SelfDecodingBody implements ResponseBody {
    private dataSource;
    constructor(dataSource: Promise<Blob>);
    binary(): Promise<Blob>;
    text(): Promise<string>;
}
declare class ResponseContext {
    httpStatusCode: number;
    headers: {
        [key: string]: string;
    };
    body: ResponseBody;
    constructor(httpStatusCode: number, headers: {
        [key: string]: string;
    }, body: ResponseBody);
    /**
     * Parse header value in the form `value; param1="value1"`
     *
     * E.g. for Content-Type or Content-Disposition
     * Parameter names are converted to lower case
     * The first parameter is returned with the key `""`
     */
    getParsedHeader(headerName: string): {
        [parameter: string]: string;
    };
    getBodyAsFile(): Promise<HttpFile>;
    /**
     * Use a heuristic to get a body of unknown data structure.
     * Return as string if possible, otherwise as binary.
     */
    getBodyAsAny(): Promise<string | Blob | undefined>;
}
interface HttpLibrary {
    send(request: RequestContext): Observable<ResponseContext>;
}
interface PromiseHttpLibrary {
    send(request: RequestContext): Promise<ResponseContext>;
}
declare function wrapHttpLibrary(promiseHttpLibrary: PromiseHttpLibrary): HttpLibrary;

/**
 * Interface authentication schemes.
 */
interface SecurityAuthentication {
    getName(): string;
    /**
     * Applies the authentication scheme to the request context
     *
     * @params context the request context which should use this authentication scheme
     */
    applySecurityAuthentication(context: RequestContext): void | Promise<void>;
}
interface TokenProvider {
    getToken(): Promise<string> | string;
}
/**
 * Applies http authentication to the request context.
 */
declare class BearerAuthAuthentication implements SecurityAuthentication {
    private tokenProvider;
    /**
     * Configures the http authentication with the required details.
     *
     * @param tokenProvider service that can provide the up-to-date token when needed
     */
    constructor(tokenProvider: TokenProvider);
    getName(): string;
    applySecurityAuthentication(context: RequestContext): Promise<void>;
}
type AuthMethods = {
    "default"?: SecurityAuthentication;
    "bearerAuth"?: SecurityAuthentication;
};
type ApiKeyConfiguration = string;
type HttpBasicConfiguration = {
    "username": string;
    "password": string;
};
type HttpBearerConfiguration = {
    tokenProvider: TokenProvider;
};
type OAuth2Configuration = {
    accessToken: string;
};
type AuthMethodsConfiguration = {
    "default"?: SecurityAuthentication;
    "bearerAuth"?: HttpBearerConfiguration;
};
/**
 * Creates the authentication methods from a swagger description.
 *
 */
declare function configureAuthMethods(config: AuthMethodsConfiguration | undefined): AuthMethods;

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class AIContext {
    /**
    * User specific text instructions sent to AI system for processing the query.
    */
    'instructions'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * User provided content like text data, csv data as a string message to provide context & potentially improve the quality of the response.
    */
    'content'?: Array<string> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* With API key auth, you send a key-value pair to the API either in the request headers or query parameters.
*/
declare class APIKey {
    /**
    * Enter your key name
    */
    'key'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Enter you key value
    */
    'value'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* With API key auth, you send a key-value pair to the API either in the request headers or query parameters.
*/
declare class APIKeyInput {
    /**
    * Enter your key name
    */
    'key'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Enter you key value
    */
    'value'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class OrgInfo {
    /**
    * Id.
    */
    'id': number;
    /**
    * Name.
    */
    'name'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class UserInfo {
    /**
    * Id.
    */
    'id': string;
    /**
    * Name.
    */
    'name'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class AccessToken {
    /**
    * GUID of the auth token.
    */
    'id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Bearer auth token.
    */
    'token': string;
    'org': OrgInfo;
    'user': UserInfo;
    /**
    * Token creation time in milliseconds.
    */
    'creation_time_in_millis': number;
    /**
    * Token expiration time in milliseconds.
    */
    'expiration_time_in_millis': number;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Specify that the association is enabled for the metadata object
*/
declare class ActionConfig {
    /**
    * Position of the Custom action on the Metadata object. Earlier naming convention: context.
    */
    'position'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Visibility of the metadata association with custom action. Earlier naming convention: enabled
    */
    'visibility'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Specify that the association is enabled for the metadata object Default
*/
declare class ActionConfigInput {
    /**
    * Position of the Custom action on the Metadata object. Earlier naming convention: context.
    */
    'position'?: ActionConfigInputPositionEnum | null;
    /**
    * Visibility of the metadata association with custom action. Earlier naming convention: enabled
    */
    'visibility'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ActionConfigInputPositionEnum = "MENU" | "PRIMARY" | "CONTEXT_MENU";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Specify that the association is enabled for the metadata object Default
*/
declare class ActionConfigInputCreate {
    /**
    * Position of the Custom action on the Metadata object. Earlier naming convention: context.
    */
    'position'?: ActionConfigInputCreatePositionEnum | null;
    /**
    * Visibility of the metadata association with custom action. Earlier naming convention: enabled
    */
    'visibility'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ActionConfigInputCreatePositionEnum = "MENU" | "PRIMARY" | "CONTEXT_MENU";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* CALLBACK Custom Action Type
*/
declare class CALLBACK {
    /**
    * Reference name of the SDK. By default, the value will be set to action name.
    */
    'reference'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Basic Auth: Basic authentication involves sending a verified username and password with your request.
*/
declare class BasicAuth {
    /**
    * Password for the basic authentication
    */
    'password'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Username for the basic authentication
    */
    'username'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Authorization type for the custom action.
*/
declare class Authentication {
    'API_Key'?: APIKey;
    'Basic_Auth'?: BasicAuth;
    /**
    * Bearer tokens enable requests to authenticate using an access key.
    */
    'Bearer_Token'?: string | null;
    /**
    * No authorization. If your request doesn\'t require authorization.
    */
    'No_Auth'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ParametersListItem {
    /**
    * Key for the url query parameter
    */
    'key'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Value for the url query parameter
    */
    'value'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* URL Custom Action Type
*/
declare class URL {
    'authentication'?: Authentication;
    /**
    * Query parameters for url.
    */
    'parameters'?: Array<ParametersListItem> | null;
    /**
    * Request Url for the Custom action.
    */
    'url': string;
    /**
    * Reference name of the SDK. By default, the value will be set to action name.
    */
    'reference'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Type and Configuration for Custom Actions
*/
declare class ActionDetails {
    'CALLBACK'?: CALLBACK;
    'URL'?: URL;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* CALLBACK Custom Action Type
*/
declare class CALLBACKInput {
    /**
    * Reference name. By default, the value will be set to action name.
    */
    'reference'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Basic Auth: Basic authentication involves sending a verified username and password with your request.
*/
declare class BasicAuthInput {
    /**
    * Password for the basic authentication
    */
    'password'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Username for the basic authentication
    */
    'username'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Authorization type for the custom action.
*/
declare class AuthenticationInput {
    'API_Key'?: APIKeyInput;
    'Basic_Auth'?: BasicAuthInput;
    /**
    * Bearer tokens enable requests to authenticate using an access key.
    */
    'Bearer_Token'?: string | null;
    /**
    * No authorization. If your request doesn\'t require authorization.
    */
    'No_Auth'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ParametersListItemInput {
    /**
    * Key for the url query parameter
    */
    'key'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Value for the url query parameter
    */
    'value'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* URL Custom Action Type
*/
declare class URLInput {
    'authentication'?: AuthenticationInput;
    /**
    * Query parameters for url.
    */
    'parameters'?: Array<ParametersListItemInput> | null;
    /**
    * Request Url for the Custom action.
    */
    'url'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Reference name. By default the value will be set to action name
    */
    'reference'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Action details includes `Type` and configuration details of Custom Actions. Either Callback or URL is required.
*/
declare class ActionDetailsInput {
    'CALLBACK'?: CALLBACKInput;
    'URL'?: URLInput;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* CALLBACK Custom Action Type
*/
declare class CALLBACKInputMandatory {
    /**
    * Reference name. By default, the value will be set to action name.
    */
    'reference'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* URL Custom Action Type
*/
declare class URLInputMandatory {
    'authentication'?: AuthenticationInput;
    /**
    * Query parameters for url.
    */
    'parameters'?: Array<ParametersListItemInput> | null;
    /**
    * Request Url for the Custom action.
    */
    'url': string;
    /**
    * Reference name. By default the value will be set to action name
    */
    'reference'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Action details includes Type and Configuration for Custom Actions, either Callback or URL is required. When both callback and url are provided, callback would be considered
*/
declare class ActionDetailsInputCreate {
    'CALLBACK'?: CALLBACKInputMandatory;
    'URL'?: URLInputMandatory;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ActivateUserRequest {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the user.
    */
    'user_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Auth token for the user.
    */
    'auth_token': string;
    /**
    * New password for the user to access the account.
    */
    'password': string;
    /**
    * Properties of the user.
    */
    'properties'?: string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class AgentConversation {
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the conversation.
    */
    'conversation_id': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class AnswerContent {
    /**
    * Total available data row count.
    */
    'available_data_row_count': number;
    /**
    * Name of the columns.
    */
    'column_names': Array<string>;
    /**
    * Rows of data set.
    */
    'data_rows': Array<any>;
    /**
    * The starting record number from where the records should be included.
    */
    'record_offset': number;
    /**
    * The number of records that should be included.
    */
    'record_size': number;
    /**
    * Total returned data row count.
    */
    'returned_data_row_count': number;
    /**
    * Sampling ratio (0 to 1). If the query was sampled, it is the ratio of keys returned in the data set to the total number of keys expected in the query. If the value is 1.0, this means that the complete result is returned.
    */
    'sampling_ratio': number;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class AnswerContextInput {
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the answer session.
    */
    'session_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Generation number of the answer.
    */
    'generation_number': number;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Response format associated with fetch data api
*/
declare class AnswerDataResponse {
    /**
    * The unique identifier of the object
    */
    'metadata_id': string;
    /**
    * Name of the metadata object
    */
    'metadata_name': string;
    /**
    * Data content of metadata objects
    */
    'contents': Array<AnswerContent>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* MetadataType InputType used in Author API\'s
*/
declare class AuthorMetadataTypeInput {
    /**
    *   Type of metadata.     Required if the name of the object is set as the identifier. This attribute is optional when the object GUID is specified as the identifier.
    */
    'type'?: AuthorMetadataTypeInputTypeEnum | null;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the metadata object.
    */
    'identifier': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type AuthorMetadataTypeInputTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD" | "ANSWER" | "LOGICAL_TABLE" | "CONNECTION";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class AssignChangeAuthorRequest {
    /**
    * GUID or name of the metadata object.
    */
    'metadata': Array<AuthorMetadataTypeInput>;
    /**
    * GUID or name of the user who you want to assign as the author.
    */
    'user_identifier': string;
    /**
    * GUID or name of the current author.  When defined, the metadata objects authored by the specified owner are filtered for the API operation.
    */
    'current_owner_identifier'?: string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class TagMetadataTypeInput {
    /**
    *   Type of metadata.     Required if the name of the object is set as the identifier. This attribute is optional when the object GUID is specified as the identifier.   1. LIVEBOARD   2. ANSWERS   3. LOGICAL_TABLE for any data object such as table, worksheet or view.   4. LOGICAL_COLUMN for a column of any data object such as tables, worksheets or views.
    */
    'type'?: TagMetadataTypeInputTypeEnum | null;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the metadata.
    */
    'identifier': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type TagMetadataTypeInputTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD" | "ANSWER" | "LOGICAL_TABLE" | "LOGICAL_COLUMN" | "CONNECTION";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class AssignTagRequest {
    /**
    * Metadata objects.
    */
    'metadata': Array<TagMetadataTypeInput>;
    /**
    * GUID or name of the tag.
    */
    'tag_identifiers': Array<string>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class AssociateMetadataInput {
    'action_config'?: ActionConfigInput;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the metadata.
    */
    'identifier'?: string | null;
    /**
    *   Type of metadata.     Required if the name of the object is set as the identifier. This attribute is optional when the object GUID is specified as the identifier.
    */
    'type'?: AssociateMetadataInputTypeEnum | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type AssociateMetadataInputTypeEnum = "VISUALIZATION" | "ANSWER" | "WORKSHEET";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class AssociateMetadataInputCreate {
    'action_config'?: ActionConfigInputCreate;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the metadata.
    */
    'identifier': string;
    /**
    *   Type of metadata.     Required if the name of the object is set as the identifier. This attribute is optional when the object GUID is specified as the identifier.
    */
    'type'?: AssociateMetadataInputCreateTypeEnum | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type AssociateMetadataInputCreateTypeEnum = "VISUALIZATION" | "ANSWER" | "WORKSHEET";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Author of the schedule.
*/
declare class Author {
    /**
    * The unique identifier of the object.
    */
    'id': string;
    /**
    * Name of the object.
    */
    'name': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class AuthorType {
    /**
    * Email id of the committer
    */
    'email'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Username of the committer
    */
    'username'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* AWS S3 storage configuration details.
*/
declare class AwsS3Config {
    /**
    * Name of the S3 bucket where webhook payloads are stored.
    */
    'bucket_name': string;
    /**
    * AWS region where the S3 bucket is located.
    */
    'region': string;
    /**
    * ARN of the IAM role used for S3 access.
    */
    'role_arn': string;
    /**
    * External ID for secure cross-account role assumption.
    */
    'external_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Path prefix for organizing objects within the bucket.
    */
    'path_prefix'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Input type for AWS S3 storage configuration.
*/
declare class AwsS3ConfigInput {
    /**
    * Name of the S3 bucket where webhook payloads will be stored. Example: \"my-webhook-files\"
    */
    'bucket_name': string;
    /**
    * AWS region where the S3 bucket is located. Example: \"us-west-2\"
    */
    'region': string;
    /**
    * ARN of the IAM role to assume for S3 access. Example: \"arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/ThoughtSpotDeliveryRole\"
    */
    'role_arn': string;
    /**
    * External ID for secure cross-account role assumption. Example: \"ts-webhook-a1b2c3d4-7890\"
    */
    'external_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Optional path prefix for organizing objects within the bucket. Example: \"thoughtspot-webhooks/\"
    */
    'path_prefix'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class CalendarResponse {
    /**
    * Name of the calendar
    */
    'calendar_name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Name of the connection
    */
    'connection_name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Type of data warehouse
    */
    'data_warehouse_type'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Last modification time in milliseconds
    */
    'modification_time_in_millis'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Name of the author who created the calendar
    */
    'author_name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Unique ID of the connection
    */
    'connection_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Unique ID of the calendar
    */
    'calendar_id'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ChangeUserPasswordRequest {
    /**
    * Current password of the user.
    */
    'current_password': string;
    /**
    * New password for the user.
    */
    'new_password': string;
    /**
    * GUID or name of the user.
    */
    'user_identifier': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Event metadata for the triggering event associated with a job.
*/
declare class ChannelHistoryEventInfo {
    /**
    * Type of the event.
    */
    'type': ChannelHistoryEventInfoTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Unique ID of the event.
    */
    'id': string;
    /**
    * Name of the event.
    */
    'name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Unique run ID for this event execution.
    */
    'run_id'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ChannelHistoryEventInfoTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD_SCHEDULE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Event specification for channel history search.
*/
declare class ChannelHistoryEventInput {
    /**
    * Type of the event.
    */
    'type': ChannelHistoryEventInputTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the event.
    */
    'identifier'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ChannelHistoryEventInputTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD_SCHEDULE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* A recipient (user, group, or external) for a job execution.
*/
declare class JobRecipient {
    /**
    * Type of the recipient.
    */
    'type': JobRecipientTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Unique ID of the recipient.
    */
    'id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Name of the recipient.
    */
    'name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Email of the recipient.
    */
    'email'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type JobRecipientTypeEnum = "USER" | "EXTERNAL";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* A single job execution record for a channel.
*/
declare class ChannelHistoryJob {
    /**
    * Unique identifier for this job.
    */
    'id': string;
    /**
    * Delivery status of this job.
    */
    'status': ChannelHistoryJobStatusEnum;
    /**
    * Timestamp when this job was created (epoch milliseconds).
    */
    'creation_time_in_millis': number;
    'event'?: ChannelHistoryEventInfo;
    /**
    * The users, groups or external recipients for this job.
    */
    'recipients'?: Array<JobRecipient> | null;
    /**
    * Additional delivery details such as HTTP response code or error message.
    */
    'detail'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Number of attempts made. 1 indicates first attempt.
    */
    'try_count'?: number | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ChannelHistoryJobStatusEnum = "PENDING" | "RETRY" | "SUCCESS" | "FAILED";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* AWS S3 storage information returned from a validation step.
*/
declare class ChannelValidationAwsS3Info {
    /**
    * Name of the S3 bucket.
    */
    'bucket_name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Name of the uploaded file.
    */
    'file_name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Key of the object in S3 storage.
    */
    'object_key'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Validation detail result for a sub-step.
*/
declare class ChannelValidationDetail {
    /**
    * The validation step that was performed.
    */
    'validation_step': ChannelValidationDetailValidationStepEnum;
    /**
    * Status of this validation step.
    */
    'status': ChannelValidationDetailStatusEnum;
    /**
    * HTTP status code returned by the channel (if applicable).
    */
    'http_status'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Error message from the channel or validation process.
    */
    'error_message'?: string | null;
    'aws_s3_info'?: ChannelValidationAwsS3Info;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ChannelValidationDetailValidationStepEnum = "HTTP_CONNECTION_CHECK" | "STORAGE_FILE_UPLOAD_CHECK";
type ChannelValidationDetailStatusEnum = "SUCCESS" | "FAILED";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Group information for non-embed access.
*/
declare class GroupInfo {
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the group.
    */
    'id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Name of the group.
    */
    'name'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Cluster-level non-embed access configuration.
*/
declare class ClusterNonEmbedAccess {
    /**
    * Block full application access for non-embedded usage.
    */
    'block_full_app_access'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Groups that have non-embed full app access. Only applicable when orgs feature is disabled. Use org_preferences when org feature is enabled.
    */
    'groups_with_access'?: Array<GroupInfo> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Input for cluster-level non-embed access configuration.
*/
declare class ClusterNonEmbedAccessInput {
    /**
    * Block full application access for non-embedded usage.
    */
    'block_full_app_access'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Group identifiers that are allowed non-embed full app access. Can only be set when orgs feature is disabled and block_full_app_access is true.
    */
    'groups_identifiers_with_access'?: Array<string> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Entity identifier with name.
*/
declare class CollectionEntityIdentifier {
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the entity.
    */
    'identifier'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Name of the entity.
    */
    'name'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Metadata item in a collection response.
*/
declare class CollectionMetadataItem {
    /**
    * Type of the metadata object.
    */
    'type'?: string | null;
    /**
    * List of identifiers for this metadata type.
    */
    'identifiers'?: Array<CollectionEntityIdentifier> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Response object for a collection.
*/
declare class Collection {
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the collection.
    */
    'id': string;
    /**
    * Name of the collection.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Description of the collection.
    */
    'description'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Metadata objects in the collection.
    */
    'metadata'?: Array<CollectionMetadataItem> | null;
    /**
    * Creation timestamp in milliseconds.
    */
    'created_at'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Last updated timestamp in milliseconds.
    */
    'updated_at'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Name of the author who created the collection.
    */
    'author_name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the author.
    */
    'author_id'?: string | null;
    'org'?: CollectionEntityIdentifier;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class GenericInfo {
    'id'?: string | null;
    'name'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Group of metadata objects identified by type.
*/
declare class CollectionDeleteTypeIdentifiers {
    /**
    * Type of the metadata object (e.g., Collection, Worksheet, Table).
    */
    'type'?: string | null;
    /**
    * List of metadata identifiers belonging to the given type.
    */
    'identifiers'?: Array<GenericInfo> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Response object for delete collection operation.
*/
declare class CollectionDeleteResponse {
    /**
    * List of metadata objects that were successfully deleted.
    */
    'metadata_deleted'?: Array<CollectionDeleteTypeIdentifiers> | null;
    /**
    * List of metadata objects that were skipped during deletion. Objects may be skipped due to lack of permissions, dependencies, or other constraints.
    */
    'metadata_skipped'?: Array<CollectionDeleteTypeIdentifiers> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Input type for metadata to be added to a collection.
*/
declare class CollectionMetadataInput {
    /**
    * Type of metadata object.
    */
    'type': CollectionMetadataInputTypeEnum;
    /**
    * List of unique IDs or names of metadata objects.
    */
    'identifiers': Array<string>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type CollectionMetadataInputTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD" | "ANSWER" | "LOGICAL_TABLE" | "COLLECTION";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Response object for search collections operation.
*/
declare class CollectionSearchResponse {
    /**
    * List of collections matching the search criteria.
    */
    'collections': Array<Collection>;
    /**
    * The starting record number from where the records are included.
    */
    'record_offset'?: number | null;
    /**
    * The number of records returned.
    */
    'record_size'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Indicates if this is the last batch of results.
    */
    'is_last_batch'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Total count of records returned.
    */
    'count'?: number | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class Column {
    /**
    * Name of the column
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Data type of the column
    */
    'data_type': string;
    /**
    * Determines if the column schema is an aggregate
    */
    'is_aggregate'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Determines if the column schema can be imported
    */
    'can_import'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Determines if the table is selected
    */
    'selected'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Determines if the table is linked
    */
    'is_linked_active'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ColumnSecurityRuleColumn {
    /**
    * The unique identifier of the column
    */
    'id': string;
    /**
    * The name of the column
    */
    'name': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ColumnSecurityRuleGroup {
    /**
    * The unique identifier of the group
    */
    'id': string;
    /**
    * The name of the group
    */
    'name': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ColumnSecurityRuleSourceTable {
    /**
    * The unique identifier of the source table
    */
    'id': string;
    /**
    * The name of the source table
    */
    'name': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class ColumnSecurityRule {
    'column': ColumnSecurityRuleColumn;
    /**
    * Array of groups that have access to this column
    */
    'groups'?: Array<ColumnSecurityRuleGroup> | null;
    'source_table_details'?: ColumnSecurityRuleSourceTable;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ColumnSecurityRuleGroupOperation {
    /**
    * Type of operation to be performed on the groups
    */
    'operation': ColumnSecurityRuleGroupOperationOperationEnum;
    /**
    * Array of group identifiers (name or GUID) on which the operation will be performed
    */
    'group_identifiers': Array<string>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ColumnSecurityRuleGroupOperationOperationEnum = "ADD" | "REMOVE" | "REPLACE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class ColumnSecurityRuleResponse {
    /**
    * GUID of the table for which the column security rules are fetched
    */
    'table_guid'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Object ID of the table for which the column security rules are fetched
    */
    'obj_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Array containing column security rule objects
    */
    'column_security_rules'?: Array<ColumnSecurityRule> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ColumnSecurityRuleTableInput {
    /**
    * Name or GUID of the table
    */
    'identifier'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Object ID of the table
    */
    'obj_identifier'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class ColumnSecurityRuleUpdate {
    /**
    * Column identifier (col_id or name)
    */
    'column_identifier': string;
    /**
    * If true, the column will be marked as unprotected and all groups associated with it will be removed
    */
    'is_unsecured'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Array of group operation objects that specifies the actions for groups to be associated with a column
    */
    'group_access'?: Array<ColumnSecurityRuleGroupOperation> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class MetadataObject {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the metadata
    */
    'identifier': string;
    /**
    *   Type of metadata.     Required if the name of the object is set as the identifier. This attribute is optional when the object GUID is specified as the identifier.
    */
    'type'?: MetadataObjectTypeEnum | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type MetadataObjectTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD" | "ANSWER" | "LOGICAL_TABLE" | "CUSTOM_ACTION";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class CommitBranchRequest {
    /**
    * Metadata objects.
    */
    'metadata': Array<MetadataObject>;
    /**
    * Delete the tml files from version control repo if it does not exist in the ThoughSpot instance
    */
    'delete_aware'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    *    Name of the remote branch where object should be pushed      Note: If no branch_name is specified, then the commit_branch_name will be considered.
    */
    'branch_name'?: string;
    /**
    * Comment to be added to the commit
    */
    'comment': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class CommitFileType {
    /**
    * Name of the file deployed
    */
    'file_name': string;
    /**
    * Indicates the status of deployment for the file
    */
    'status_code': string;
    /**
    * Any error or warning with the deployment
    */
    'status_message'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class CommiterType {
    /**
    * Email id of the committer
    */
    'email'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Username of the committer
    */
    'username'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class CommitHistoryResponse {
    'committer': CommiterType;
    'author': AuthorType;
    /**
    * Comments associated with the commit
    */
    'comment': string;
    /**
    * Time at which the changes were committed.
    */
    'commit_time': string;
    /**
    * SHA id associated with the commit
    */
    'commit_id': string;
    /**
    * Branch where changes were committed
    */
    'branch': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class CommitResponse {
    'committer'?: CommiterType;
    'author'?: AuthorType;
    /**
    * Comments associated with the commit
    */
    'comment'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Time at which the changes were committed.
    */
    'commit_time'?: string | null;
    /**
    * SHA id associated with the commit
    */
    'commit_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Branch where changes were committed
    */
    'branch'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Files that were pushed as part of this commit
    */
    'committed_files'?: Array<CommitFileType> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class EventChannelConfig {
    /**
    * Type of event for which communication channels are configured
    */
    'event_type': EventChannelConfigEventTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Communication channels enabled for this event type. Empty array indicates no channels are enabled.
    */
    'channels': Array<EventChannelConfigChannelsEnum>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type EventChannelConfigEventTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD_SCHEDULE";
type EventChannelConfigChannelsEnum = "EMAIL" | "WEBHOOK";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class OrgDetails {
    /**
    * Unique id of the org
    */
    'id': string;
    /**
    * Name of the org
    */
    'name': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class OrgChannelConfigResponse {
    'org': OrgDetails;
    /**
    * Event-specific communication channel configurations for this org
    */
    'preferences': Array<EventChannelConfig>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class CommunicationChannelPreferencesResponse {
    /**
    * Cluster-level default configurations.
    */
    'cluster_preferences'?: Array<EventChannelConfig> | null;
    /**
    * Org-specific configurations.
    */
    'org_preferences'?: Array<OrgChannelConfigResponse> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Response containing validation results for communication channel configuration.
*/
declare class CommunicationChannelValidateResponse {
    /**
    * Type of communication channel that was validated.
    */
    'channel_type': CommunicationChannelValidateResponseChannelTypeEnum;
    /**
    * ID of the communication channel (e.g., webhook_id).
    */
    'channel_id': string;
    /**
    * Name of the communication channel (e.g., webhook name).
    */
    'channel_name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Event type that was validated.
    */
    'event_type': CommunicationChannelValidateResponseEventTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Unique Job Id of the validation.
    */
    'job_id': string;
    /**
    * Overall result of the validation.
    */
    'result_code': CommunicationChannelValidateResponseResultCodeEnum;
    /**
    * Detailed results of various validation sub-steps.
    */
    'details'?: Array<ChannelValidationDetail> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type CommunicationChannelValidateResponseChannelTypeEnum = "WEBHOOK";
type CommunicationChannelValidateResponseEventTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD_SCHEDULE";
type CommunicationChannelValidateResponseResultCodeEnum = "SUCCESS" | "FAILED" | "PARTIAL_SUCCESS";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class EventChannelConfigInput {
    /**
    * Type of event for which communication channels are configured
    */
    'event_type': EventChannelConfigInputEventTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Communication channels enabled for this event type. Empty array disables all channels for this event.
    */
    'channels': Array<EventChannelConfigInputChannelsEnum>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type EventChannelConfigInputEventTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD_SCHEDULE";
type EventChannelConfigInputChannelsEnum = "EMAIL" | "WEBHOOK";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class OrgChannelConfigInput {
    /**
    * Unique identifier or name of the org
    */
    'org_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Operation to perform. REPLACE: Update preferences (default). RESET: Remove org-specific configurations, causing fallback to cluster-level preferences.
    */
    'operation'?: OrgChannelConfigInputOperationEnum | null;
    /**
    * Event-specific configurations. Required for REPLACE operation.
    */
    'preferences'?: Array<EventChannelConfigInput> | null;
    /**
    * Event types to reset. Required for RESET operation. Org-specific configurations for these events will be removed, causing fallback to cluster-level preferences.
    */
    'reset_events'?: Array<OrgChannelConfigInputResetEventsEnum> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type OrgChannelConfigInputOperationEnum = "REPLACE" | "RESET";
type OrgChannelConfigInputResetEventsEnum = "LIVEBOARD_SCHEDULE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class ConfigureCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest {
    /**
    * Cluster-level default configurations.
    */
    'cluster_preferences'?: Array<EventChannelConfigInput>;
    /**
    * Org-specific configurations.
    */
    'org_preferences'?: Array<OrgChannelConfigInput>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Input for script-src CSP settings.
*/
declare class ScriptSrcUrlsInput {
    /**
    * Whether script-src customization is enabled.
    */
    'enabled'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Allowed URLs for script-src directive. Can only be set if enabled is true.
    */
    'urls'?: Array<string> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Input for CSP (Content Security Policy) settings.
*/
declare class CspSettingsInput {
    /**
    * Allowed URLs for connect-src directive.
    */
    'connect_src_urls'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * Allowed URLs for font-src directive.
    */
    'font_src_urls'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * Allowed hosts for visual embed (frame-ancestors directive).
    */
    'visual_embed_hosts'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * Allowed URLs for frame-src directive.
    */
    'iframe_src_urls'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * Allowed URLs for img-src directive.
    */
    'img_src_urls'?: Array<string> | null;
    'script_src_urls'?: ScriptSrcUrlsInput;
    /**
    * Allowed URLs for style-src directive.
    */
    'style_src_urls'?: Array<string> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Cluster-level security preferences.
*/
declare class ConfigureSecuritySettingsRequestClusterPreferences {
    /**
    * Support embedded access when third-party cookies are blocked.
    */
    'enable_partitioned_cookies'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Allowed origins for CORS.
    */
    'cors_whitelisted_urls'?: Array<string> | null;
    'csp_settings'?: CspSettingsInput;
    /**
    * Allowed redirect hosts for SAML login.
    */
    'saml_redirect_urls'?: Array<string> | null;
    'non_embed_access'?: ClusterNonEmbedAccessInput;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Input for org-level non-embed access configuration.
*/
declare class OrgNonEmbedAccessInput {
    /**
    * Block full application access for non-embedded usage.
    */
    'block_full_app_access'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Group identifiers that are allowed non-embed full app access. Can only be set if block_full_app_access is true.
    */
    'groups_identifiers_with_access'?: Array<string> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Input for org-level security preferences configuration. Note: cross-org operations are not supported currently.
*/
declare class SecuritySettingsOrgPreferencesInput {
    /**
    * Unique identifier or name of the org
    */
    'org_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Allowed origins for CORS for this org.
    */
    'cors_whitelisted_urls'?: Array<string> | null;
    'non_embed_access'?: OrgNonEmbedAccessInput;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class ConfigureSecuritySettingsRequest {
    'cluster_preferences'?: ConfigureSecuritySettingsRequestClusterPreferences;
    /**
    * Org-level security preferences for the current org.
    */
    'org_preferences'?: Array<SecuritySettingsOrgPreferencesInput>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class PolicyProcessOptions {
    'impersonate_user'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class UserPrincipal {
    'id'?: string | null;
    'name'?: string | null;
    'type'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class ConnectionConfigurationResponse {
    'configuration_identifier'?: string | null;
    'name'?: string | null;
    'description'?: string | null;
    'configuration'?: any | null;
    'policy_principals'?: Array<UserPrincipal> | null;
    'policy_processes'?: Array<ConnectionConfigurationResponsePolicyProcessesEnum> | null;
    'disabled'?: boolean | null;
    'data_warehouse_type'?: ConnectionConfigurationResponseDataWarehouseTypeEnum | null;
    'policy_type'?: ConnectionConfigurationResponsePolicyTypeEnum | null;
    'same_as_parent'?: boolean | null;
    'policy_process_options'?: PolicyProcessOptions;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ConnectionConfigurationResponsePolicyProcessesEnum = "SAGE_INDEXING" | "ROW_COUNT_STATS";
type ConnectionConfigurationResponseDataWarehouseTypeEnum = "SNOWFLAKE" | "AMAZON_REDSHIFT" | "GOOGLE_BIGQUERY" | "AZURE_SYNAPSE" | "TERADATA" | "SAP_HANA" | "STARBURST" | "ORACLE_ADW" | "DATABRICKS" | "DENODO" | "DREMIO" | "TRINO" | "PRESTO" | "POSTGRES" | "SQLSERVER" | "MYSQL" | "GENERIC_JDBC" | "AMAZON_RDS_POSTGRESQL" | "AMAZON_AURORA_POSTGRESQL" | "AMAZON_RDS_MYSQL" | "AMAZON_AURORA_MYSQL" | "LOOKER" | "AMAZON_ATHENA" | "SINGLESTORE" | "GCP_SQLSERVER" | "GCP_ALLOYDB_POSTGRESQL" | "GCP_POSTGRESQL" | "GCP_MYSQL" | "MODE" | "GOOGLE_SHEETS" | "FALCON" | "FALCON_ONPREM" | "CLICKHOUSE";
type ConnectionConfigurationResponsePolicyTypeEnum = "NO_POLICY" | "PRINCIPALS" | "PROCESSES";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ConnectionConfigurationSearchRequest {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the connection.
    */
    'connection_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the configuration.
    */
    'configuration_identifier'?: string;
    /**
    * Type of policy.
    */
    'policy_type'?: ConnectionConfigurationSearchRequestPolicyTypeEnum;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ConnectionConfigurationSearchRequestPolicyTypeEnum = "NO_POLICY" | "PRINCIPALS" | "PROCESSES";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class DataWarehouseObjectInput {
    /**
    * Name of the database.
    */
    'database'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Name of the schema within the database.
    */
    'schema'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Name of the table within the schema.
    */
    'table'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Name of the column within the table.
    */
    'column'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class ConnectionInput {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the connection.
    */
    'identifier'?: string | null;
    /**
    * A pattern to match case-insensitive name of the connection object. User `%` for a wildcard match.
    */
    'name_pattern'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Filter options for databases, schemas, tables and columns.
    */
    'data_warehouse_objects'?: Array<DataWarehouseObjectInput> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class DataSourceContextInput {
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the data source.
    */
    'guid': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class LBContextInput {
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the liveboard.
    */
    'liveboard_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the visualization.
    */
    'visualization_identifier': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class ContextPayloadV2Input {
    /**
    * Type of the context.
    */
    'type'?: ContextPayloadV2InputTypeEnum | null;
    'answer_context'?: AnswerContextInput;
    'liveboard_context'?: LBContextInput;
    'data_source_context'?: DataSourceContextInput;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ContextPayloadV2InputTypeEnum = "answer" | "liveboard" | "data_source";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class Conversation {
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the conversation.
    */
    'conversation_identifier': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ConversationSettingsInput {
    /**
    * Enable contextual change analysis.
    */
    'enable_contextual_change_analysis'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Enable natural language to answer generation.
    */
    'enable_natural_language_answer_generation'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Enable reasoning.
    */
    'enable_reasoning'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ConvertWorksheetToModelRequest {
    /**
    * List of Worksheet IDs.
    */
    'worksheet_ids'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * List of Worksheet IDs to be excluded.
    */
    'exclude_worksheet_ids'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Indicates whether all the worksheet needs to be converted to models.
    */
    'convert_all'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the changes should be applied to database.
    */
    'apply_changes'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class CopyObjectRequest {
    /**
    * Description of the new object
    */
    'description'?: string;
    /**
    * GUID of metadata object to be copied (answer id or liveboard id)
    */
    'identifier': string;
    /**
    * Type of metadata object
    */
    'type'?: CopyObjectRequestTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Title of the new object
    */
    'title'?: string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type CopyObjectRequestTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD" | "ANSWER";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Conversation settings.
*/
declare class CreateAgentConversationRequestConversationSettings {
    /**
    * Enable contextual change analysis.
    */
    'enable_contextual_change_analysis'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Enable natural language to answer generation.
    */
    'enable_natural_language_answer_generation'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Enable reasoning.
    */
    'enable_reasoning'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Context for the conversation.
*/
declare class CreateAgentConversationRequestMetadataContext {
    /**
    * Type of the context.
    */
    'type'?: CreateAgentConversationRequestMetadataContextTypeEnum | null;
    'answer_context'?: AnswerContextInput;
    'liveboard_context'?: LBContextInput;
    'data_source_context'?: DataSourceContextInput;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type CreateAgentConversationRequestMetadataContextTypeEnum = "answer" | "liveboard" | "data_source";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class CreateAgentConversationRequest {
    'metadata_context': CreateAgentConversationRequestMetadataContext;
    'conversation_settings': CreateAgentConversationRequestConversationSettings;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Table reference containing connection identifier and table details in this format: `{\"connection_identifier\":\"conn1\", \"database_name\":\"db1\", \"schema_name\":\"sc1\", \"table_name\":\"tb1\"}`. The given table will be created if `creation_method` is set as `FROM_INPUT_PARAMS`.
*/
declare class CreateCalendarRequestTableReference {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the connection.
    */
    'connection_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Name of the database.
    */
    'database_name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Name of the schema.
    */
    'schema_name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Name of the table. Table names may be case-sensitive depending on the database system.
    */
    'table_name': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class CreateCalendarRequest {
    /**
    * Name of the custom calendar.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Type of create operation.
    */
    'creation_method': CreateCalendarRequestCreationMethodEnum;
    'table_reference': CreateCalendarRequestTableReference;
    /**
    * Start date for the calendar in `MM/dd/yyyy` format. This parameter is mandatory if `creation_method` is set as `FROM_INPUT_PARAMS`.
    */
    'start_date'?: string;
    /**
    * End date for the calendar in `MM/dd/yyyy` format. This parameter is mandatory if `creation_method` is set as `FROM_INPUT_PARAMS`.
    */
    'end_date'?: string;
    /**
    * Type of the calendar.
    */
    'calendar_type'?: CreateCalendarRequestCalendarTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Specify the month in which the fiscal or custom calendar year should start. For example, if you set `month_offset` to \"April\", the custom calendar will treat \"April\" as the first month of the year, and the related attributes such as quarters and start date will be based on this offset. The default value is `January`, which represents the standard calendar year (January to December).
    */
    'month_offset'?: CreateCalendarRequestMonthOffsetEnum;
    /**
    * Specify the starting day of the week.
    */
    'start_day_of_week'?: CreateCalendarRequestStartDayOfWeekEnum;
    /**
    * Prefix to add before the quarter.
    */
    'quarter_name_prefix'?: string;
    /**
    * Prefix to add before the year.
    */
    'year_name_prefix'?: string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type CreateCalendarRequestCreationMethodEnum = "FROM_INPUT_PARAMS" | "FROM_EXISTING_TABLE";
type CreateCalendarRequestCalendarTypeEnum = "MONTH_OFFSET" | "FOUR_FOUR_FIVE" | "FOUR_FIVE_FOUR" | "FIVE_FOUR_FOUR";
type CreateCalendarRequestMonthOffsetEnum = "January" | "February" | "March" | "April" | "May" | "June" | "July" | "August" | "September" | "October" | "November" | "December";
type CreateCalendarRequestStartDayOfWeekEnum = "Sunday" | "Monday" | "Tuesday" | "Wednesday" | "Thursday" | "Friday" | "Saturday";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class CreateCollectionRequest {
    /**
    * Name of the collection.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Description of the collection.
    */
    'description'?: string;
    /**
    * Metadata objects to add to the collection.
    */
    'metadata'?: Array<CollectionMetadataInput>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class CreateConfigRequest {
    /**
    * URL for connecting to remote repository
    */
    'repository_url': string;
    /**
    * Username to authenticate connection to remote repository
    */
    'username': string;
    /**
    * Access token corresponding to the user to authenticate connection to remote repository
    */
    'access_token': string;
    /**
    *    Applicable when Orgs is enabled in the cluster      List of Org ids or name. Provide value -1 for cluster level. Example : [\"OrgID1-or-Name1\", \"OrgID2-or-Name2\"]         Note: If no value is specified, then the configurations will be returned for all orgs the user has access to     Version: 9.5.0.cl or later
    */
    'org_identifier'?: string;
    /**
    * List the remote branches to configure. Example:[development, production]
    */
    'branch_names'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Name of the remote branch where objects from this Thoughtspot instance will be versioned.    Version: 9.7.0.cl or later
    */
    'commit_branch_name'?: string;
    /**
    * Maintain mapping of guid for the deployment to an instance    Version: 9.4.0.cl or later
    */
    'enable_guid_mapping'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    *    Name of the branch where the configuration files related to operations between Thoughtspot and version control repo should be maintained.      Note: If no branch name is specified, then by default, ts_config_files branch is considered. Ensure this branch exists before configuration.    Version: 9.7.0.cl or later
    */
    'configuration_branch_name'?: string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* This attribute is only applicable to parameterized connections. Ensure that the policy is set to Processes to allow the configuration to be used exclusively for system processes.    Version: 26.2.0.cl or later
*/
declare class CreateConnectionConfigurationRequestPolicyProcessOptions {
    'impersonate_user'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class CreateConnectionConfigurationRequest {
    /**
    * Unique name for the configuration.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Description of the configuration.
    */
    'description'?: string;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the connection.
    */
    'connection_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Specifies whether the connection configuration should inherit all properties and authentication type from its parent connection. This attribute is only applicable to parameterized connections. When set to true, the configuration uses only the connection properties and authentication type inherited from the parent.    Version: 26.2.0.cl or later
    */
    'same_as_parent'?: boolean | null;
    'policy_process_options'?: CreateConnectionConfigurationRequestPolicyProcessOptions;
    /**
    * Type of authentication used for the connection.
    */
    'authentication_type'?: CreateConnectionConfigurationRequestAuthenticationTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Configuration properties in JSON.
    */
    'configuration': any;
    /**
    * Type of policy.
    */
    'policy_type'?: CreateConnectionConfigurationRequestPolicyTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the User and User Groups.
    */
    'policy_principals'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Action that the query performed on the data warehouse, such as SAGE_INDEXING and ROW_COUNT_STATS.
    */
    'policy_processes'?: Array<CreateConnectionConfigurationRequestPolicyProcessesEnum>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type CreateConnectionConfigurationRequestAuthenticationTypeEnum = "SERVICE_ACCOUNT" | "KEY_PAIR" | "PERSONAL_ACCESS_TOKEN" | "OAUTH_WITH_SERVICE_PRINCIPAL" | "OAUTH_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS";
type CreateConnectionConfigurationRequestPolicyTypeEnum = "NO_POLICY" | "PRINCIPALS" | "PROCESSES";
type CreateConnectionConfigurationRequestPolicyProcessesEnum = "SAGE_INDEXING" | "ROW_COUNT_STATS";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class CreateConnectionRequest {
    /**
    * Unique name for the connection.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Description of the connection.
    */
    'description'?: string;
    /**
    * Type of the data warehouse.
    */
    'data_warehouse_type': CreateConnectionRequestDataWarehouseTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Connection configuration attributes in JSON format. To create a connection with tables, include table attributes. See the documentation above for sample JSON.
    */
    'data_warehouse_config': any;
    /**
    * Validates the connection metadata if tables are included. If you are creating a connection without tables, specify `false`.
    */
    'validate'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type CreateConnectionRequestDataWarehouseTypeEnum = "SNOWFLAKE" | "AMAZON_REDSHIFT" | "GOOGLE_BIGQUERY" | "AZURE_SYNAPSE" | "TERADATA" | "SAP_HANA" | "STARBURST" | "ORACLE_ADW" | "DATABRICKS" | "DENODO" | "DREMIO" | "TRINO" | "PRESTO" | "POSTGRES" | "SQLSERVER" | "MYSQL" | "GENERIC_JDBC" | "AMAZON_RDS_POSTGRESQL" | "AMAZON_AURORA_POSTGRESQL" | "AMAZON_RDS_MYSQL" | "AMAZON_AURORA_MYSQL" | "LOOKER" | "AMAZON_ATHENA" | "SINGLESTORE" | "GCP_SQLSERVER" | "GCP_ALLOYDB_POSTGRESQL" | "GCP_POSTGRESQL" | "GCP_MYSQL" | "MODE" | "GOOGLE_SHEETS" | "FALCON" | "FALCON_ONPREM" | "CLICKHOUSE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class CreateConnectionResponse {
    /**
    * ID of the connection created.
    */
    'id': string;
    /**
    * Name of the connection.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Type of data warehouse.
    */
    'data_warehouse_type': CreateConnectionResponseDataWarehouseTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Details of the connection.
    */
    'details'?: any | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type CreateConnectionResponseDataWarehouseTypeEnum = "SNOWFLAKE" | "AMAZON_REDSHIFT" | "GOOGLE_BIGQUERY" | "AZURE_SYNAPSE" | "TERADATA" | "SAP_HANA" | "STARBURST" | "ORACLE_ADW" | "DATABRICKS" | "DENODO" | "DREMIO" | "TRINO" | "PRESTO" | "POSTGRES" | "SQLSERVER" | "MYSQL" | "GENERIC_JDBC" | "AMAZON_RDS_POSTGRESQL" | "AMAZON_AURORA_POSTGRESQL" | "AMAZON_RDS_MYSQL" | "AMAZON_AURORA_MYSQL" | "LOOKER" | "AMAZON_ATHENA" | "SINGLESTORE" | "GCP_SQLSERVER" | "GCP_ALLOYDB_POSTGRESQL" | "GCP_POSTGRESQL" | "GCP_MYSQL" | "MODE" | "GOOGLE_SHEETS" | "FALCON" | "FALCON_ONPREM" | "CLICKHOUSE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class CreateConversationRequest {
    /**
    * ID of the metadata object, such as a Worksheet or Model, to use as a data source for the conversation.
    */
    'metadata_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Token string to set the context for the conversation. For example,`[sales],[item type],[state]`.
    */
    'tokens'?: string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Action details includes `Type` and Configuration data for Custom Actions, either Callback or URL is required.
*/
declare class CreateCustomActionRequestActionDetails {
    'CALLBACK'?: CALLBACKInputMandatory;
    'URL'?: URLInputMandatory;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Default Custom action configuration. This includes if the custom action is available on all visualizations. By default, a custom action is added to all visualizations and Answers.
*/
declare class CreateCustomActionRequestDefaultActionConfig {
    /**
    * Custom action is available on all visualizations. Earlier naming convention: LOCAL/GLOBAL. TRUE signifies GLOBAL for backward compatibility. Default: true
    */
    'visibility'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class CreateCustomActionRequest {
    /**
    * Name of the custom action. The custom action name must be unique.
    */
    'name': string;
    'action_details': CreateCustomActionRequestActionDetails;
    /**
    * Metadata objects to which the custom action needs to be associated.
    */
    'associate_metadata'?: Array<AssociateMetadataInputCreate>;
    'default_action_config'?: CreateCustomActionRequestDefaultActionConfig;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the groups that can view and access the custom action.
    */
    'group_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Email customization configuration as key value pair
*/
declare class CreateEmailCustomizationRequestTemplateProperties {
    /**
    * Background color for call-to-action button in hex format
    */
    'cta_button_bg_color'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Text color for call-to-action button in hex format
    */
    'cta_text_font_color'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Primary background color in hex format
    */
    'primary_bg_color'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Home page URL (HTTP/HTTPS only)
    */
    'home_url'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Logo image URL (HTTP/HTTPS only)
    */
    'logo_url'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Font family for email content (e.g., Arial, sans-serif)
    */
    'font_family'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Product name to display
    */
    'product_name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Footer address text
    */
    'footer_address'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Footer phone number
    */
    'footer_phone'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Replacement value for Liveboard
    */
    'replacement_value_for_liveboard'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Replacement value for Answer
    */
    'replacement_value_for_answer'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Replacement value for SpotIQ
    */
    'replacement_value_for_spot_iq'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Whether to hide footer address
    */
    'hide_footer_address'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Whether to hide footer phone number
    */
    'hide_footer_phone'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Whether to hide manage notification link
    */
    'hide_manage_notification'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Whether to hide mobile app nudge
    */
    'hide_mobile_app_nudge'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Whether to hide privacy policy link
    */
    'hide_privacy_policy'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Whether to hide product name
    */
    'hide_product_name'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Whether to hide ThoughtSpot vocabulary definitions
    */
    'hide_ts_vocabulary_definitions'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Whether to hide notification status
    */
    'hide_notification_status'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Whether to hide error message
    */
    'hide_error_message'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Whether to hide unsubscribe link
    */
    'hide_unsubscribe_link'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Whether to hide modify alert
    */
    'hide_modify_alert'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Company privacy policy URL (HTTP/HTTPS only)
    */
    'company_privacy_policy_url'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Company website URL (HTTP/HTTPS only)
    */
    'company_website_url'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Contact support url (HTTP/HTTPS only).    Version: 26.2.0.cl or later
    */
    'contact_support_url'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Whether to hide contact support url.    Version: 26.2.0.cl or later
    */
    'hide_contact_support_url'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Whether to hide logo    Version: 26.4.0.cl or later
    */
    'hide_logo_url'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class CreateEmailCustomizationRequest {
    'template_properties': CreateEmailCustomizationRequestTemplateProperties;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of org    Version: 10.12.0.cl or later
    */
    'org_identifier'?: string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class OrgType {
    'name'?: string | null;
    'id'?: number | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class CreateEmailCustomizationResponse {
    /**
    * Tenant ID
    */
    'tenant_id': string;
    'org': OrgType;
    /**
    * Email customization name.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Customization configuration for the email
    */
    'template_properties': any;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class CreateOrgRequest {
    /**
    * Name of the Org.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Description of the Org.
    */
    'description'?: string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class CreateRoleRequest {
    /**
    * Unique name of the Role.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Description of the Role.
    */
    'description'?: string;
    /**
    * Privileges granted to the Role. See [Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac#_role_categories_and_privileges)for supported roles privileges.
    */
    'privileges'?: Array<CreateRoleRequestPrivilegesEnum>;
    /**
    * <div>Version: 10.5.0.cl or later </div>  Indicates whether the role is read only. A readonly role can neither be updated nor deleted.
    */
    'read_only'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type CreateRoleRequestPrivilegesEnum = "USERDATAUPLOADING" | "DATADOWNLOADING" | "DATAMANAGEMENT" | "SHAREWITHALL" | "JOBSCHEDULING" | "A3ANALYSIS" | "BYPASSRLS" | "DISABLE_PINBOARD_CREATION" | "DEVELOPER" | "APPLICATION_ADMINISTRATION" | "USER_ADMINISTRATION" | "GROUP_ADMINISTRATION" | "SYSTEM_INFO_ADMINISTRATION" | "SYNCMANAGEMENT" | "ORG_ADMINISTRATION" | "ROLE_ADMINISTRATION" | "AUTHENTICATION_ADMINISTRATION" | "BILLING_INFO_ADMINISTRATION" | "CONTROL_TRUSTED_AUTH" | "TAGMANAGEMENT" | "LIVEBOARD_VERIFIER" | "CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR" | "CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS" | "CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES" | "CAN_MANAGE_VERSION_CONTROL" | "THIRDPARTY_ANALYSIS" | "CAN_CREATE_CATALOG" | "ALLOW_NON_EMBED_FULL_APP_ACCESS" | "CAN_ACCESS_ANALYST_STUDIO" | "CAN_MANAGE_ANALYST_STUDIO" | "PREVIEW_DOCUMENT_SEARCH" | "CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES" | "CAN_MODIFY_FOLDERS" | "CAN_VIEW_FOLDERS" | "CAN_SETUP_VERSION_CONTROL" | "PREVIEW_THOUGHTSPOT_SAGE" | "CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS" | "CAN_DOWNLOAD_VISUALS" | "CAN_DOWNLOAD_DETAILED_DATA" | "CAN_USE_SPOTTER";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Schedule selected cron expression.
*/
declare class CronExpressionInput {
    /**
    * Day of month of the object.
    */
    'day_of_month': string;
    /**
    * Day of Week of the object.
    */
    'day_of_week': string;
    /**
    * Hour of the object.
    */
    'hour': string;
    /**
    * Minute of the object.
    */
    'minute': string;
    /**
    * Month of the object.
    */
    'month': string;
    /**
    * Second of the object.
    */
    'second': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Frequency settings for the scheduled job.
*/
declare class CreateScheduleRequestFrequency {
    'cron_expression': CronExpressionInput;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Options to specify details of Liveboard.
*/
declare class CreateScheduleRequestLiveboardOptions {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of visualizations.
    */
    'visualization_identifiers': Array<string>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* PDF layout and orientation settings. Applicable only if the `file_format` is specified as `PDF`.
*/
declare class CreateScheduleRequestPdfOptions {
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include complete Liveboard.
    */
    'complete_liveboard'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include cover page with the Liveboard title.
    */
    'include_cover_page'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include customized wide logo in the footer if available.
    */
    'include_custom_logo'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include a page with all applied filters.
    */
    'include_filter_page'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include page number in the footer of each page
    */
    'include_page_number'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Text to include in the footer of each page.
    */
    'page_footer_text'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Page orientation of the PDF.
    */
    'page_orientation'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Page size.
    */
    'page_size'?: CreateScheduleRequestPdfOptionsPageSizeEnum | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include only first page of the tables.
    */
    'truncate_table'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type CreateScheduleRequestPdfOptionsPageSizeEnum = "A4";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class PrincipalsListItemInput {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the user or group.
    */
    'identifier': string;
    /**
    * Principal type.
    */
    'type': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Recipients of the scheduled job notifications. Add the GUID or name of the ThoughtSpot users or groups as recipients in the `principals` array. If a recipient is not a ThoughtSpot user, specify email address.
*/
declare class CreateScheduleRequestRecipientDetails {
    /**
    * Emails of the recipients.
    */
    'emails'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * User or groups to be set as recipients of the schedule notifications.
    */
    'principals'?: Array<PrincipalsListItemInput> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class CreateScheduleRequest {
    /**
    * Name of the scheduled job.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Description of the job.
    */
    'description': string;
    /**
    * Type of the metadata object.
    */
    'metadata_type': CreateScheduleRequestMetadataTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the metadata object.
    */
    'metadata_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Export file format.
    */
    'file_format'?: CreateScheduleRequestFileFormatEnum;
    'liveboard_options'?: CreateScheduleRequestLiveboardOptions;
    'pdf_options'?: CreateScheduleRequestPdfOptions;
    /**
    * Time zone
    */
    'time_zone': CreateScheduleRequestTimeZoneEnum;
    'frequency'?: CreateScheduleRequestFrequency;
    'recipient_details': CreateScheduleRequestRecipientDetails;
    /**
    * Personalised view id of the liveboard to be scheduled.
    */
    'personalised_view_id'?: string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type CreateScheduleRequestMetadataTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD";
type CreateScheduleRequestFileFormatEnum = "CSV" | "PDF" | "XLSX";
type CreateScheduleRequestTimeZoneEnum = "Africa/Abidjan" | "Africa/Accra" | "Africa/Addis_Ababa" | "Africa/Algiers" | "Africa/Asmara" | "Africa/Asmera" | "Africa/Bamako" | "Africa/Bangui" | "Africa/Banjul" | "Africa/Bissau" | "Africa/Blantyre" | "Africa/Brazzaville" | "Africa/Bujumbura" | "Africa/Cairo" | "Africa/Casablanca" | "Africa/Ceuta" | "Africa/Conakry" | "Africa/Dakar" | "Africa/Dar_es_Salaam" | "Africa/Djibouti" | "Africa/Douala" | "Africa/El_Aaiun" | "Africa/Freetown" | "Africa/Gaborone" | "Africa/Harare" | "Africa/Johannesburg" | "Africa/Juba" | "Africa/Kampala" | "Africa/Khartoum" | "Africa/Kigali" | "Africa/Kinshasa" | "Africa/Lagos" | "Africa/Libreville" | "Africa/Lome" | "Africa/Luanda" | "Africa/Lubumbashi" | "Africa/Lusaka" | "Africa/Malabo" | "Africa/Maputo" | "Africa/Maseru" | "Africa/Mbabane" | "Africa/Mogadishu" | "Africa/Monrovia" | "Africa/Nairobi" | "Africa/Ndjamena" | "Africa/Niamey" | "Africa/Nouakchott" | "Africa/Ouagadougou" | "Africa/Porto-Novo" | "Africa/Sao_Tome" | "Africa/Timbuktu" | "Africa/Tripoli" | "Africa/Tunis" | "Africa/Windhoek" | "America/Adak" | "America/Anchorage" | "America/Anguilla" | "America/Antigua" | "America/Araguaina" | "America/Argentina/Buenos_Aires" | "America/Argentina/Catamarca" | "America/Argentina/ComodRivadavia" | "America/Argentina/Cordoba" | "America/Argentina/Jujuy" | "America/Argentina/La_Rioja" | "America/Argentina/Mendoza" | "America/Argentina/Rio_Gallegos" | "America/Argentina/Salta" | "America/Argentina/San_Juan" | "America/Argentina/San_Luis" | "America/Argentina/Tucuman" | "America/Argentina/Ushuaia" | "America/Aruba" | "America/Asuncion" | "America/Atikokan" | "America/Atka" | "America/Bahia" | "America/Bahia_Banderas" | "America/Barbados" | "America/Belem" | "America/Belize" | "America/Blanc-Sablon" | "America/Boa_Vista" | "America/Bogota" | "America/Boise" | "America/Buenos_Aires" | "America/Cambridge_Bay" | "America/Campo_Grande" | "America/Cancun" | "America/Caracas" | "America/Catamarca" | "America/Cayenne" | "America/Cayman" | "America/Chicago" | "America/Chihuahua" | "America/Coral_Harbour" | "America/Cordoba" | "America/Costa_Rica" | "America/Creston" | "America/Cuiaba" | "America/Curacao" | "America/Danmarkshavn" | "America/Dawson" | "America/Dawson_Creek" | "America/Denver" | "America/Detroit" | "America/Dominica" | "America/Edmonton" | "America/Eirunepe" | "America/El_Salvador" | "America/Ensenada" | "America/Fort_Nelson" | "America/Fort_Wayne" | "America/Fortaleza" | "America/Glace_Bay" | "America/Godthab" | "America/Goose_Bay" | "America/Grand_Turk" | "America/Grenada" | "America/Guadeloupe" | "America/Guatemala" | "America/Guayaquil" | "America/Guyana" | "America/Halifax" | "America/Havana" | "America/Hermosillo" | "America/Indiana/Indianapolis" | "America/Indiana/Knox" | "America/Indiana/Marengo" | "America/Indiana/Petersburg" | "America/Indiana/Tell_City" | "America/Indiana/Vevay" | "America/Indiana/Vincennes" | "America/Indiana/Winamac" | "America/Indianapolis" | "America/Inuvik" | "America/Iqaluit" | "America/Jamaica" | "America/Jujuy" | "America/Juneau" | "America/Kentucky/Louisville" | "America/Kentucky/Monticello" | "America/Knox_IN" | "America/Kralendijk" | "America/La_Paz" | "America/Lima" | "America/Los_Angeles" | "America/Louisville" | "America/Lower_Princes" | "America/Maceio" | "America/Managua" | "America/Manaus" | "America/Marigot" | "America/Martinique" | "America/Matamoros" | "America/Mazatlan" | "America/Mendoza" | "America/Menominee" | "America/Merida" | "America/Metlakatla" | "America/Mexico_City" | "America/Miquelon" | "America/Moncton" | "America/Monterrey" | "America/Montevideo" | "America/Montreal" | "America/Montserrat" | "America/Nassau" | "America/New_York" | "America/Nipigon" | "America/Nome" | "America/Noronha" | "America/North_Dakota/Beulah" | "America/North_Dakota/Center" | "America/North_Dakota/New_Salem" | "America/Nuuk" | "America/Ojinaga" | "America/Panama" | "America/Pangnirtung" | "America/Paramaribo" | "America/Phoenix" | "America/Port-au-Prince" | "America/Port_of_Spain" | "America/Porto_Acre" | "America/Porto_Velho" | "America/Puerto_Rico" | "America/Punta_Arenas" | "America/Rainy_River" | "America/Rankin_Inlet" | "America/Recife" | "America/Regina" | "America/Resolute" | "America/Rio_Branco" | "America/Rosario" | "America/Santa_Isabel" | "America/Santarem" | "America/Santiago" | "America/Santo_Domingo" | "America/Sao_Paulo" | "America/Scoresbysund" | "America/Shiprock" | "America/Sitka" | "America/St_Barthelemy" | "America/St_Johns" | "America/St_Kitts" | "America/St_Lucia" | "America/St_Thomas" | "America/St_Vincent" | "America/Swift_Current" | "America/Tegucigalpa" | "America/Thule" | "America/Thunder_Bay" | "America/Tijuana" | "America/Toronto" | "America/Tortola" | "America/Vancouver" | "America/Virgin" | "America/Whitehorse" | "America/Winnipeg" | "America/Yakutat" | "America/Yellowknife" | "Antarctica/Casey" | "Antarctica/Davis" | "Antarctica/DumontDUrville" | "Antarctica/Macquarie" | "Antarctica/Mawson" | "Antarctica/McMurdo" | "Antarctica/Palmer" | "Antarctica/Rothera" | "Antarctica/South_Pole" | "Antarctica/Syowa" | "Antarctica/Troll" | "Antarctica/Vostok" | "Arctic/Longyearbyen" | "Asia/Aden" | "Asia/Almaty" | "Asia/Amman" | "Asia/Anadyr" | "Asia/Aqtau" | "Asia/Aqtobe" | "Asia/Ashgabat" | "Asia/Ashkhabad" | "Asia/Atyrau" | "Asia/Baghdad" | "Asia/Bahrain" | "Asia/Baku" | "Asia/Bangkok" | "Asia/Barnaul" | "Asia/Beirut" | "Asia/Bishkek" | "Asia/Brunei" | "Asia/Calcutta" | "Asia/Chita" | "Asia/Choibalsan" | "Asia/Chongqing" | "Asia/Chungking" | "Asia/Colombo" | "Asia/Dacca" | "Asia/Damascus" | "Asia/Dhaka" | "Asia/Dili" | "Asia/Dubai" | "Asia/Dushanbe" | "Asia/Famagusta" | "Asia/Gaza" | "Asia/Harbin" | "Asia/Hebron" | "Asia/Ho_Chi_Minh" | "Asia/Hong_Kong" | "Asia/Hovd" | "Asia/Irkutsk" | "Asia/Istanbul" | "Asia/Jakarta" | "Asia/Jayapura" | "Asia/Jerusalem" | "Asia/Kabul" | "Asia/Kamchatka" | "Asia/Karachi" | "Asia/Kashgar" | "Asia/Kathmandu" | "Asia/Katmandu" | "Asia/Khandyga" | "Asia/Kolkata" | "Asia/Krasnoyarsk" | "Asia/Kuala_Lumpur" | "Asia/Kuching" | "Asia/Kuwait" | "Asia/Macao" | "Asia/Macau" | "Asia/Magadan" | "Asia/Makassar" | "Asia/Manila" | "Asia/Muscat" | "Asia/Nicosia" | "Asia/Novokuznetsk" | "Asia/Novosibirsk" | "Asia/Omsk" | "Asia/Oral" | "Asia/Phnom_Penh" | "Asia/Pontianak" | "Asia/Pyongyang" | "Asia/Qatar" | "Asia/Qostanay" | "Asia/Qyzylorda" | "Asia/Rangoon" | "Asia/Riyadh" | "Asia/Saigon" | "Asia/Sakhalin" | "Asia/Samarkand" | "Asia/Seoul" | "Asia/Shanghai" | "Asia/Singapore" | "Asia/Srednekolymsk" | "Asia/Taipei" | "Asia/Tashkent" | "Asia/Tbilisi" | "Asia/Tehran" | "Asia/Tel_Aviv" | "Asia/Thimbu" | "Asia/Thimphu" | "Asia/Tokyo" | "Asia/Tomsk" | "Asia/Ujung_Pandang" | "Asia/Ulaanbaatar" | "Asia/Ulan_Bator" | "Asia/Urumqi" | "Asia/Ust-Nera" | "Asia/Vientiane" | "Asia/Vladivostok" | "Asia/Yakutsk" | "Asia/Yangon" | "Asia/Yekaterinburg" | "Asia/Yerevan" | "Atlantic/Azores" | "Atlantic/Bermuda" | "Atlantic/Canary" | "Atlantic/Cape_Verde" | "Atlantic/Faeroe" | "Atlantic/Faroe" | "Atlantic/Jan_Mayen" | "Atlantic/Madeira" | "Atlantic/Reykjavik" | "Atlantic/South_Georgia" | "Atlantic/St_Helena" | "Atlantic/Stanley" | "Australia/ACT" | "Australia/Adelaide" | "Australia/Brisbane" | "Australia/Broken_Hill" | "Australia/Canberra" | "Australia/Currie" | "Australia/Darwin" | "Australia/Eucla" | "Australia/Hobart" | "Australia/LHI" | "Australia/Lindeman" | "Australia/Lord_Howe" | "Australia/Melbourne" | "Australia/NSW" | "Australia/North" | "Australia/Perth" | "Australia/Queensland" | "Australia/South" | "Australia/Sydney" | "Australia/Tasmania" | "Australia/Victoria" | "Australia/West" | "Australia/Yancowinna" | "Brazil/Acre" | "Brazil/DeNoronha" | "Brazil/East" | "Brazil/West" | "CET" | "CST6CDT" | "Canada/Atlantic" | "Canada/Central" | "Canada/Eastern" | "Canada/Mountain" | "Canada/Newfoundland" | "Canada/Pacific" | "Canada/Saskatchewan" | "Canada/Yukon" | "Chile/Continental" | "Chile/EasterIsland" | "Cuba" | "EET" | "EST5EDT" | "Egypt" | "Eire" | "Etc/GMT" | "Etc/GMT+0" | "Etc/GMT+1" | "Etc/GMT+10" | "Etc/GMT+11" | "Etc/GMT+12" | "Etc/GMT+2" | "Etc/GMT+3" | "Etc/GMT+4" | "Etc/GMT+5" | "Etc/GMT+6" | "Etc/GMT+7" | "Etc/GMT+8" | "Etc/GMT+9" | "Etc/GMT-0" | "Etc/GMT-1" | "Etc/GMT-10" | "Etc/GMT-11" | "Etc/GMT-12" | "Etc/GMT-13" | "Etc/GMT-14" | "Etc/GMT-2" | "Etc/GMT-3" | "Etc/GMT-4" | "Etc/GMT-5" | "Etc/GMT-6" | "Etc/GMT-7" | "Etc/GMT-8" | "Etc/GMT-9" | "Etc/GMT0" | "Etc/Greenwich" | "Etc/UCT" | "Etc/UTC" | "Etc/Universal" | "Etc/Zulu" | "Europe/Amsterdam" | "Europe/Andorra" | "Europe/Astrakhan" | "Europe/Athens" | "Europe/Belfast" | "Europe/Belgrade" | "Europe/Berlin" | "Europe/Bratislava" | "Europe/Brussels" | "Europe/Bucharest" | "Europe/Budapest" | "Europe/Busingen" | "Europe/Chisinau" | "Europe/Copenhagen" | "Europe/Dublin" | "Europe/Gibraltar" | "Europe/Guernsey" | "Europe/Helsinki" | "Europe/Isle_of_Man" | "Europe/Istanbul" | "Europe/Jersey" | "Europe/Kaliningrad" | "Europe/Kiev" | "Europe/Kirov" | "Europe/Kyiv" | "Europe/Lisbon" | "Europe/Ljubljana" | "Europe/London" | "Europe/Luxembourg" | "Europe/Madrid" | "Europe/Malta" | "Europe/Mariehamn" | "Europe/Minsk" | "Europe/Monaco" | "Europe/Moscow" | "Europe/Nicosia" | "Europe/Oslo" | "Europe/Paris" | "Europe/Podgorica" | "Europe/Prague" | "Europe/Riga" | "Europe/Rome" | "Europe/Samara" | "Europe/San_Marino" | "Europe/Sarajevo" | "Europe/Saratov" | "Europe/Simferopol" | "Europe/Skopje" | "Europe/Sofia" | "Europe/Stockholm" | "Europe/Tallinn" | "Europe/Tirane" | "Europe/Tiraspol" | "Europe/Ulyanovsk" | "Europe/Uzhgorod" | "Europe/Vaduz" | "Europe/Vatican" | "Europe/Vienna" | "Europe/Vilnius" | "Europe/Volgograd" | "Europe/Warsaw" | "Europe/Zagreb" | "Europe/Zaporozhye" | "Europe/Zurich" | "GB" | "GB-Eire" | "GMT" | "GMT0" | "Greenwich" | "Hongkong" | "Iceland" | "Indian/Antananarivo" | "Indian/Chagos" | "Indian/Christmas" | "Indian/Cocos" | "Indian/Comoro" | "Indian/Kerguelen" | "Indian/Mahe" | "Indian/Maldives" | "Indian/Mauritius" | "Indian/Mayotte" | "Indian/Reunion" | "Iran" | "Israel" | "Jamaica" | "Japan" | "Kwajalein" | "Libya" | "MET" | "MST7MDT" | "Mexico/BajaNorte" | "Mexico/BajaSur" | "Mexico/General" | "NZ" | "NZ-CHAT" | "Navajo" | "PRC" | "PST8PDT" | "Pacific/Apia" | "Pacific/Auckland" | "Pacific/Bougainville" | "Pacific/Chatham" | "Pacific/Chuuk" | "Pacific/Easter" | "Pacific/Efate" | "Pacific/Enderbury" | "Pacific/Fakaofo" | "Pacific/Fiji" | "Pacific/Funafuti" | "Pacific/Galapagos" | "Pacific/Gambier" | "Pacific/Guadalcanal" | "Pacific/Guam" | "Pacific/Honolulu" | "Pacific/Johnston" | "Pacific/Kanton" | "Pacific/Kiritimati" | "Pacific/Kosrae" | "Pacific/Kwajalein" | "Pacific/Majuro" | "Pacific/Marquesas" | "Pacific/Midway" | "Pacific/Nauru" | "Pacific/Niue" | "Pacific/Norfolk" | "Pacific/Noumea" | "Pacific/Pago_Pago" | "Pacific/Palau" | "Pacific/Pitcairn" | "Pacific/Pohnpei" | "Pacific/Ponape" | "Pacific/Port_Moresby" | "Pacific/Rarotonga" | "Pacific/Saipan" | "Pacific/Samoa" | "Pacific/Tahiti" | "Pacific/Tarawa" | "Pacific/Tongatapu" | "Pacific/Truk" | "Pacific/Wake" | "Pacific/Wallis" | "Pacific/Yap" | "Poland" | "Portugal" | "ROK" | "Singapore" | "SystemV/AST4" | "SystemV/AST4ADT" | "SystemV/CST6" | "SystemV/CST6CDT" | "SystemV/EST5" | "SystemV/EST5EDT" | "SystemV/HST10" | "SystemV/MST7" | "SystemV/MST7MDT" | "SystemV/PST8" | "SystemV/PST8PDT" | "SystemV/YST9" | "SystemV/YST9YDT" | "Turkey" | "UCT" | "US/Alaska" | "US/Aleutian" | "US/Arizona" | "US/Central" | "US/East-Indiana" | "US/Eastern" | "US/Hawaii" | "US/Indiana-Starke" | "US/Michigan" | "US/Mountain" | "US/Pacific" | "US/Samoa" | "UTC" | "Universal" | "W-SU" | "WET" | "Zulu" | "EST" | "HST" | "MST" | "ACT" | "AET" | "AGT" | "ART" | "AST" | "BET" | "BST" | "CAT" | "CNT" | "CST" | "CTT" | "EAT" | "ECT" | "IET" | "IST" | "JST" | "MIT" | "NET" | "NST" | "PLT" | "PNT" | "PRT" | "PST" | "SST" | "VST";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class CreateTagRequest {
    /**
    * Name of the tag.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Hex color code to be assigned to the tag. For example, #ff78a9.
    */
    'color'?: string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class CreateUserGroupRequest {
    /**
    * Name of the group. The group name must be unique.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Display name for the group.
    */
    'display_name': string;
    /**
    * GUID of the Liveboards to assign as default Liveboards to the users in the group.
    */
    'default_liveboard_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Description of the group
    */
    'description'?: string;
    /**
    * Privileges to assign to the group
    */
    'privileges'?: Array<CreateUserGroupRequestPrivilegesEnum>;
    /**
    * GUID or name of the sub groups. A subgroup is a group assigned to a parent group.
    */
    'sub_group_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Group type.
    */
    'type'?: CreateUserGroupRequestTypeEnum;
    /**
    * GUID or name of the users to assign to the group.
    */
    'user_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Visibility of the group. To make a group visible to other users and groups, set the visibility to SHAREABLE.
    */
    'visibility'?: CreateUserGroupRequestVisibilityEnum;
    /**
    * Role identifiers of the roles that should be assigned to the group.
    */
    'role_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type CreateUserGroupRequestPrivilegesEnum = "ADMINISTRATION" | "AUTHORING" | "USERDATAUPLOADING" | "DATADOWNLOADING" | "USERMANAGEMENT" | "DATAMANAGEMENT" | "SHAREWITHALL" | "JOBSCHEDULING" | "A3ANALYSIS" | "EXPERIMENTALFEATUREPRIVILEGE" | "BYPASSRLS" | "RANALYSIS" | "DEVELOPER" | "USER_ADMINISTRATION" | "GROUP_ADMINISTRATION" | "SYNCMANAGEMENT" | "CAN_CREATE_CATALOG" | "DISABLE_PINBOARD_CREATION" | "LIVEBOARD_VERIFIER" | "PREVIEW_THOUGHTSPOT_SAGE" | "CAN_MANAGE_VERSION_CONTROL" | "THIRDPARTY_ANALYSIS" | "ALLOW_NON_EMBED_FULL_APP_ACCESS" | "CAN_ACCESS_ANALYST_STUDIO" | "CAN_MANAGE_ANALYST_STUDIO" | "CAN_MODIFY_FOLDERS" | "CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES" | "CAN_VIEW_FOLDERS" | "PREVIEW_DOCUMENT_SEARCH" | "CAN_SETUP_VERSION_CONTROL" | "CAN_DOWNLOAD_VISUALS" | "CAN_DOWNLOAD_DETAILED_DATA" | "CAN_USE_SPOTTER";
type CreateUserGroupRequestTypeEnum = "LOCAL_GROUP" | "LDAP_GROUP" | "TEAM_GROUP" | "TENANT_GROUP";
type CreateUserGroupRequestVisibilityEnum = "SHARABLE" | "NON_SHARABLE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class FavoriteMetadataInput {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the metadata object.
    */
    'identifier'?: string | null;
    /**
    *   Type of metadata object.     Required if the name of the object is set as the identifier. This attribute is optional when the object GUID is specified as the identifier.
    */
    'type'?: FavoriteMetadataInputTypeEnum | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type FavoriteMetadataInputTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD" | "ANSWER";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class CreateUserRequest {
    /**
    * Name of the user. The username string must be unique.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * A unique display name string for the user account, usually their first and last name
    */
    'display_name': string;
    /**
    * Password for the user account. For IAMv2 users, you must set this password if you do not want to trigger an activation email.
    */
    'password'?: string;
    /**
    * Email of the user account
    */
    'email': string;
    /**
    * Type of the account.
    */
    'account_type'?: CreateUserRequestAccountTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Current status of the user account. The `SUSPENDED` user state indicates a transitional state applicable to IAMv2 users only.
    */
    'account_status'?: CreateUserRequestAccountStatusEnum;
    /**
    * List of Org IDs to which the user belongs.
    */
    'org_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * GUIDs or names of the groups to which the newly created user belongs.
    */
    'group_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Visibility of the users. When set to SHARABLE, the user is visible to other users and groups when they try to share an object.
    */
    'visibility'?: CreateUserRequestVisibilityEnum;
    /**
    * User preference for receiving email notifications when another ThoughtSpot user shares a metadata object such as Answer, Liveboard, or Worksheet.
    */
    'notify_on_share'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * The user preference for revisiting the onboarding experience.
    */
    'show_onboarding_experience'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * flag to get the on-boarding experience is completed or not.
    */
    'onboarding_experience_completed'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * GUID of the Liveboard to set a default Liveboard for the user. ThoughtSpot displays this Liveboard on the Home page when the user logs in.
    */
    'home_liveboard_identifier'?: string;
    /**
    * Metadata objects to add to the user\'s favorites list.
    */
    'favorite_metadata'?: Array<FavoriteMetadataInput>;
    /**
    * Locale for the user. When setting this value, do not set use_browser_language to true, otherwise the browser\'s language setting will take precedence and the preferred_locale value will be ignored.
    */
    'preferred_locale'?: CreateUserRequestPreferredLocaleEnum;
    /**
    * Flag to indicate whether to use the browser locale for the user in the UI. When set to true, the preferred_locale value is unset and the browser\'s language setting takes precedence.    Version: 26.3.0.cl or later
    */
    'use_browser_language'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Properties for the user
    */
    'extended_properties'?: any;
    /**
    * Preferences for the user
    */
    'extended_preferences'?: any;
    /**
    * Flag to indicate whether welcome email should be sent to user. This parameter is applied only on clusters on which IAM is disabled.
    */
    'trigger_welcome_email'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Flag to indicate whether activation email should be sent to the user. Default value for IAMv2 users is set to true. Users must either set this to false, or enter a valid  password if they do not want to trigger an activation email.
    */
    'trigger_activation_email'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type CreateUserRequestAccountTypeEnum = "LOCAL_USER" | "LDAP_USER" | "SAML_USER" | "OIDC_USER" | "REMOTE_USER";
type CreateUserRequestAccountStatusEnum = "ACTIVE" | "INACTIVE" | "EXPIRED" | "LOCKED" | "PENDING" | "SUSPENDED";
type CreateUserRequestVisibilityEnum = "SHARABLE" | "NON_SHARABLE";
type CreateUserRequestPreferredLocaleEnum = "en-CA" | "en-GB" | "en-US" | "de-DE" | "ja-JP" | "zh-CN" | "pt-BR" | "fr-FR" | "fr-CA" | "es-US" | "da-DK" | "es-ES" | "fi-FI" | "sv-SE" | "nb-NO" | "pt-PT" | "nl-NL" | "it-IT" | "ru-RU" | "en-IN" | "de-CH" | "en-NZ" | "es-MX" | "en-AU" | "zh-Hant" | "ko-KR" | "en-DE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class CreateVariableRequest {
    /**
    * Type of variable
    */
    'type': CreateVariableRequestTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Name of the variable. This is unique across the cluster.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * If the variable contains sensitive values like passwords
    */
    'is_sensitive'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Variable Data Type, only for formula_variable type, leave empty for others    Version: 10.15.0.cl or later
    */
    'data_type'?: CreateVariableRequestDataTypeEnum;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type CreateVariableRequestTypeEnum = "CONNECTION_PROPERTY" | "TABLE_MAPPING" | "CONNECTION_PROPERTY_PER_PRINCIPAL" | "FORMULA_VARIABLE";
type CreateVariableRequestDataTypeEnum = "VARCHAR" | "INT32" | "INT64" | "DOUBLE" | "DATE" | "DATE_TIME";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class WebhookAuthApiKeyInput {
    /**
    * The header or query parameter name for the API key.
    */
    'key': string;
    /**
    * The API key value.
    */
    'value': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class WebhookAuthBasicAuthInput {
    /**
    * Username for basic authentication.
    */
    'username': string;
    /**
    * Password for basic authentication.
    */
    'password': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class WebhookAuthOAuth2Input {
    /**
    * OAuth2 authorization server URL.
    */
    'authorization_url': string;
    /**
    * OAuth2 client identifier.
    */
    'client_id': string;
    /**
    * OAuth2 client secret key.
    */
    'client_secret': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Authorization configuration for the webhook.
*/
declare class CreateWebhookConfigurationRequestAuthentication {
    'API_KEY'?: WebhookAuthApiKeyInput;
    'BASIC_AUTH'?: WebhookAuthBasicAuthInput;
    /**
    * Bearer token authentication configuration.
    */
    'BEARER_TOKEN'?: string | null;
    'OAUTH2'?: WebhookAuthOAuth2Input;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Configuration for webhook signature verification.
*/
declare class CreateWebhookConfigurationRequestSignatureVerification {
    /**
    * Signature verification method type.
    */
    'type': CreateWebhookConfigurationRequestSignatureVerificationTypeEnum;
    /**
    * HTTP header where the signature is sent.
    */
    'header': string;
    /**
    * Hash algorithm used for signature verification.
    */
    'algorithm': CreateWebhookConfigurationRequestSignatureVerificationAlgorithmEnum;
    /**
    * Shared secret used for HMAC signature generation.
    */
    'secret': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type CreateWebhookConfigurationRequestSignatureVerificationTypeEnum = "HMAC_SHA256";
type CreateWebhookConfigurationRequestSignatureVerificationAlgorithmEnum = "SHA256";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Input type for storage configuration.
*/
declare class StorageConfigInput {
    'aws_s3_config'?: AwsS3ConfigInput;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Configuration for storage destination. Example: {\"storage_type\": \"AWS_S3\", \"storage_config\": {\"aws_s3_config\": {\"bucket_name\": \"my-webhook-files\", \"region\": \"us-west-2\", \"role_arn\": \"arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/ThoughtSpotDeliveryRole\", \"external_id\": \"ts-webhook-a1b2c3d4-7890\", \"path_prefix\": \"thoughtspot-webhooks/\"}}}    Version: 26.3.0.cl or later
*/
declare class CreateWebhookConfigurationRequestStorageDestination {
    /**
    * Type of storage destination. Example: \"AWS_S3\"
    */
    'storage_type': CreateWebhookConfigurationRequestStorageDestinationStorageTypeEnum;
    'storage_config': StorageConfigInput;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type CreateWebhookConfigurationRequestStorageDestinationStorageTypeEnum = "AWS_S3";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Key-value pair input for additional webhook headers.
*/
declare class WebhookKeyValuePairInput {
    /**
    * Header name.
    */
    'key': string;
    /**
    * Header value.
    */
    'value': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class CreateWebhookConfigurationRequest {
    /**
    * Name of the webhook configuration.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Description of the webhook configuration.
    */
    'description'?: string;
    /**
    * The webhook endpoint URL.
    */
    'url': string;
    /**
    * Additional URL parameters as key-value pairs.
    */
    'url_params'?: any;
    /**
    * List of events to subscribe to.
    */
    'events': Array<CreateWebhookConfigurationRequestEventsEnum>;
    'authentication'?: CreateWebhookConfigurationRequestAuthentication;
    'signature_verification'?: CreateWebhookConfigurationRequestSignatureVerification;
    'storage_destination'?: CreateWebhookConfigurationRequestStorageDestination;
    /**
    * Additional headers as an array of key-value pairs. Example: [{\"key\": \"X-Custom-Header\", \"value\": \"custom_value\"}]    Version: 26.4.0.cl or later
    */
    'additional_headers'?: Array<WebhookKeyValuePairInput>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type CreateWebhookConfigurationRequestEventsEnum = "LIVEBOARD_SCHEDULE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Schedule selected cron expression.
*/
declare class CronExpression {
    /**
    * Day of month of the object.
    */
    'day_of_month': string;
    /**
    * Day of Week of the object.
    */
    'day_of_week': string;
    /**
    * Hour of the object.
    */
    'hour': string;
    /**
    * Minute of the object.
    */
    'minute': string;
    /**
    * Month of the object.
    */
    'month': string;
    /**
    * Second of the object.
    */
    'second': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Script-src CSP settings.
*/
declare class ScriptSrcUrls {
    /**
    * Whether script-src customization is enabled.
    */
    'enabled'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Allowed URLs for script-src directive. Can only be set if enabled is true.
    */
    'urls'?: Array<string> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* CSP (Content Security Policy) settings.
*/
declare class CspSettings {
    /**
    * Allowed URLs for connect-src directive.
    */
    'connect_src_urls'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * Allowed URLs for font-src directive.
    */
    'font_src_urls'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * Allowed hosts for visual embed (frame-ancestors directive).
    */
    'visual_embed_hosts'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * Allowed URLs for frame-src directive.
    */
    'iframe_src_urls'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * Allowed URLs for img-src directive.
    */
    'img_src_urls'?: Array<string> | null;
    'script_src_urls'?: ScriptSrcUrls;
    /**
    * Allowed URLs for style-src directive.
    */
    'style_src_urls'?: Array<string> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* MetadataType InputType used in Custom Action API\'s
*/
declare class CustomActionMetadataTypeInput {
    /**
    *   Type of metadata object.     Required if the name of the object is set as the identifier. This attribute is optional when the object GUID is specified as the identifier.
    */
    'type'?: CustomActionMetadataTypeInputTypeEnum | null;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the metadata object.
    */
    'identifier': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type CustomActionMetadataTypeInputTypeEnum = "VISUALIZATION" | "ANSWER" | "WORKSHEET";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class EntityHeader {
    /**
    * Description of the data source.
    */
    'description'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Display name of the data source.
    */
    'data_source_name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the data source.
    */
    'data_source_identifier'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class DataSource {
    /**
    * Confidence score for the data source suggestion.
    */
    'confidence'?: number | null;
    'details'?: EntityHeader;
    /**
    * LLM reasoning for the data source.
    */
    'reasoning'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class Table {
    /**
    * Name of the table.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Columns of the table.
    */
    'columns'?: Array<Column> | null;
    /**
    * Type of table. Either view or table
    */
    'type'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Description of the table
    */
    'description'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Determines if the table is selected
    */
    'selected'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Determines if the table is linked
    */
    'linked'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * List of relationships for the table
    */
    'relationships'?: Array<any> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class SchemaObject {
    /**
    * Name of the schema.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Tables in the schema.
    */
    'tables'?: Array<Table> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class Database {
    /**
    * Name of the database.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Schemas of the database.
    */
    'schemas'?: Array<SchemaObject> | null;
    /**
    * Determines if the object is auto created.
    */
    'auto_created'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class DataWarehouseObjects {
    /**
    * Databases of the connection.
    */
    'databases': Array<Database>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class DbtSearchResponse {
    'dbt_connection_identifier'?: string | null;
    'project_name'?: string | null;
    'connection_id'?: string | null;
    'connection_name'?: string | null;
    'cdw_database'?: string | null;
    'import_type'?: string | null;
    'author_name'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class DeactivateUserRequest {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the user.
    */
    'user_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Base url of the cluster.
    */
    'base_url': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Default Custom action configuration. This includes the custom action\'s visibility across all visualizations and Answers. By default, a custom action is added to all visualizations and Answers.
*/
declare class DefaultActionConfig {
    /**
    * Custom action is available on all visualizations. Earlier , the naming convention: LOCAL/GLOBAL. TRUE signifies GLOBAL for backward compatibility.
    */
    'visibility'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Default Custom action configuration. This includes the custom action\'s visibility across all visualizations and Answers. By default, a custom action is added to all visualizations and Answers.
*/
declare class DefaultActionConfigInput {
    /**
    * Custom action is available on all visualizations. Earlier naming convention: LOCAL/GLOBAL. TRUE signifies GLOBAL for backward compatibility.
    */
    'visibility'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Default Custom action configuration. This includes the custom action\'s visibility across all visualizations and Answers. By default, a custom action is added to all visualizations and Answers.
*/
declare class DefaultActionConfigInputCreate {
    /**
    * Custom action is available on all visualizations. Earlier naming convention: LOCAL/GLOBAL. TRUE signifies GLOBAL for backward compatibility. Default: true
    */
    'visibility'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Default Custom action configuration. This includes the custom action\'s visibility across all visualizations and Answers. By default, a custom action is added to all visualizations and Answers.
*/
declare class DefaultActionConfigSearchInput {
    /**
    * Custom action is available on all visualizations. Earlier naming convention: LOCAL/GLOBAL. TRUE signifies GLOBAL for backward compatibility.
    */
    'visibility'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class DeleteCollectionRequest {
    /**
    * Unique GUIDs of collections to delete. Note: Collection names cannot be used as identifiers since duplicate names are allowed.
    */
    'collection_identifiers': Array<string>;
    /**
    * Flag to delete child objects of the collection that the user has access to.
    */
    'delete_children'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Preview deletion without actually deleting. When set to true, returns what would be deleted without performing the actual deletion.
    */
    'dry_run'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class DeleteConfigRequest {
    /**
    *    Applicable when Orgs is enabled in the cluster      Indicator to consider cluster level or org level config. Set it to false to delete configuration from current org. If set to true, then the configuration at cluster level and orgs that inherited the configuration from cluster level will be deleted.     Version: 9.5.0.cl or later
    */
    'cluster_level'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class DeleteConnectionConfigurationRequest {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the configuration.
    */
    'configuration_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the connection.
    */
    'connection_identifier': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class DeleteConnectionRequest {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the connection.
    */
    'connection_identifier': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* MetadataType InputType used in Delete MetadataType API
*/
declare class DeleteMetadataTypeInput {
    /**
    *   Type of metadata.     Required if the name of the object is set as the identifier. This attribute is optional when the object GUID is specified as the identifier.
    */
    'type'?: DeleteMetadataTypeInputTypeEnum | null;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the metadata object.
    */
    'identifier': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type DeleteMetadataTypeInputTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD" | "ANSWER" | "LOGICAL_TABLE" | "LOGICAL_COLUMN" | "LOGICAL_RELATIONSHIP";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class DeleteMetadataRequest {
    /**
    * Metadata objects.
    */
    'metadata': Array<DeleteMetadataTypeInput>;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to delete disabled metadata objects.
    */
    'delete_disabled_objects'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class DeleteOrgEmailCustomizationRequest {
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the organization.
    */
    'org_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class DeleteVariablesRequest {
    /**
    * Unique id(s) or name(s) of the variable(s) to delete
    */
    'identifiers': Array<string>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class DeleteWebhookConfigurationsRequest {
    /**
    * List of webhook identifiers to delete.
    */
    'webhook_identifiers': Array<string>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class DeployCommitRequest {
    /**
    *    Commit_id against which the files should be picked to deploy.      Note: If no commit_id is specified, then the head of the branch is considered.
    */
    'commit_id'?: string;
    /**
    * Name of the remote branch where changes should be picked
    */
    'branch_name': string;
    /**
    * Indicates if all files or only modified file at specified commit point should be considered
    */
    'deploy_type'?: DeployCommitRequestDeployTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Define the policy to follow while importing TML in the ThoughtSpot environment. Use “ALL_OR_NONE” to cancel the deployment of all ThoughtSpot objects if at least one of them fails to import. Use “Partial” to import ThoughtSpot objects that validate successfully even if other objects in the same deploy operations fail to import.
    */
    'deploy_policy'?: DeployCommitRequestDeployPolicyEnum;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type DeployCommitRequestDeployTypeEnum = "FULL" | "DELTA";
type DeployCommitRequestDeployPolicyEnum = "ALL_OR_NONE" | "PARTIAL" | "VALIDATE_ONLY";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class DeployResponse {
    /**
    * Name of the file deployed
    */
    'file_name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Name of the metadata object
    */
    'metadata_name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Type of the metadata object
    */
    'metadata_type'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Indicates the status of deployment for the file
    */
    'status_code'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Any error or warning with the deployment
    */
    'status_message'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ErrorResponse {
    'error'?: any | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class EurekaDataSourceSuggestionResponse {
    /**
    * List of data sources suggested.
    */
    'data_sources'?: Array<DataSource> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class EurekaLLMSuggestedQuery {
    /**
    * NL query that can be run using spotter aka natural language search to get an AI generated answer.
    */
    'query'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the worksheet on which this query can be run on.
    */
    'worksheetId'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Display name of the worksheet on which this query can be run on.
    */
    'worksheetName'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class EurekaLLMDecomposeQueryResponse {
    /**
    * List of analytical questions that can be run on their respective worksheet/data sources.
    */
    'decomposedQueries'?: Array<EurekaLLMSuggestedQuery> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class EurekaDecomposeQueryResponse {
    'decomposedQueryResponse'?: EurekaLLMDecomposeQueryResponse;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class NLInstructionsInfo {
    /**
    * User instructions for natural language processing.
    */
    'instructions': Array<string>;
    /**
    * Scope of the instruction.
    */
    'scope': NLInstructionsInfoScopeEnum;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type NLInstructionsInfoScopeEnum = "GLOBAL";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class EurekaGetNLInstructionsResponse {
    /**
    * List of NL instructions with their scopes.
    */
    'nl_instructions_info': Array<NLInstructionsInfo>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class EurekaRelevantQuestion {
    /**
    * NL query that can be run using spotter aka natural language search to get an AI generated answer.
    */
    'query'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the data source on which this query can be run on.
    */
    'data_source_identifier'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Display name of the data source on which this query can be run on.
    */
    'data_source_name'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class EurekaGetRelevantQuestionsResponse {
    /**
    * List of relevant questions that can be run on their respective data sources.
    */
    'relevant_questions'?: Array<EurekaRelevantQuestion> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class EurekaSetNLInstructionsResponse {
    /**
    * Success status of the operation.
    */
    'success': boolean;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ExcludeMetadataListItemInput {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the metadata.
    */
    'identifier': string;
    /**
    * Type of metadata. Required if the name of the object is set as identifier. This attribute is optional when the object GUID is specified as identifier. 1. Liveboard 2. Answers 3. LOGICAL_TABLE for any data object such as table, worksheet or view 4. LOGICAL_COLUMN for a column of any data object such as table, worksheet or view 5. CONNECTION for connection objects 6. TAG for tag objects 7. USER for user objects 8. USER_GROUP for group objects 9. LOGICAL_RELATIONSHIP for table or worksheet joins. A join combines from one or several data object by using matching values. 10. INSIGHT_SPEC for SpotIQ objects
    */
    'type': ExcludeMetadataListItemInputTypeEnum;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ExcludeMetadataListItemInputTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD" | "ANSWER" | "LOGICAL_TABLE" | "LOGICAL_COLUMN" | "CONNECTION" | "TAG" | "USER" | "USER_GROUP" | "LOGICAL_RELATIONSHIP" | "INSIGHT_SPEC";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Options for specific region specific overrides to support date/number/string/currency formatting.
*/
declare class ExportAnswerReportRequestRegionalSettings {
    /**
    * ISO code to be appended with currency values.
    */
    'currency_format'?: ExportAnswerReportRequestRegionalSettingsCurrencyFormatEnum | null;
    /**
    * Indicates the locale to be used for all formattings.
    */
    'user_locale'?: ExportAnswerReportRequestRegionalSettingsUserLocaleEnum | null;
    /**
    * Indicates the locale to be used for number formatting.
    */
    'number_format_locale'?: ExportAnswerReportRequestRegionalSettingsNumberFormatLocaleEnum | null;
    /**
    * Indicates the locale to be used for date formatting.
    */
    'date_format_locale'?: ExportAnswerReportRequestRegionalSettingsDateFormatLocaleEnum | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ExportAnswerReportRequestRegionalSettingsCurrencyFormatEnum = "ADP" | "AED" | "AFN" | "ALL" | "AMD" | "ANG" | "AOA" | "ARA" | "ARS" | "ATS" | "AUD" | "AWG" | "AZN" | "BAM" | "BBD" | "BDT" | "BEF" | "BGL" | "BGM" | "BGN" | "BHD" | "BIF" | "BMD" | "BND" | "BOB" | "BOP" | "BOV" | "BRL" | "BSD" | "BTN" | "BUK" | "BWP" | "BYN" | "BZD" | "CAD" | "CDF" | "CHE" | "CHF" | "CHW" | "CLE" | "CLP" | "CNX" | "CNY" | "COP" | "COU" | "CRC" | "CSK" | "CUC" | "CUP" | "CVE" | "CYP" | "CZK" | "DDM" | "DEM" | "DJF" | "DKK" | "DOP" | "DZD" | "ECS" | "ECV" | "EEK" | "EGP" | "ERN" | "ESP" | "ETB" | "EUR" | "FIM" | "FJD" | "FKP" | "FRF" | "GBP" | "GEK" | "GEL" | "GHS" | "GIP" | "GMD" | "GNF" | "GNS" | "GQE" | "GRD" | "GTQ" | "GWE" | "GWP" | "GYD" | "HKD" | "HNL" | "HRD" | "HRK" | "HTG" | "HUF" | "IDR" | "IEP" | "ILP" | "ILS" | "INR" | "IQD" | "IRR" | "ISK" | "ITL" | "JMD" | "JOD" | "JPY" | "KES" | "KGS" | "KHR" | "KMF" | "KPW" | "KRW" | "KWD" | "KYD" | "KZT" | "LAK" | "LBP" | "LKR" | "LRD" | "LSL" | "LTL" | "LTT" | "LUC" | "LUF" | "LUL" | "LVL" | "LVR" | "LYD" | "MAD" | "MAF" | "MCF" | "MDC" | "MDL" | "MGA" | "MGF" | "MKD" | "MLF" | "MMK" | "MNT" | "MOP" | "MRU" | "MTL" | "MTP" | "MUR" | "MVR" | "MWK" | "MXN" | "MXV" | "MYR" | "MZE" | "MZN" | "NAD" | "NGN" | "NIO" | "NLG" | "NOK" | "NPR" | "NZD" | "OMR" | "PAB" | "PEI" | "PEN" | "PGK" | "PHP" | "PKR" | "PLN" | "PTE" | "PYG" | "QAR" | "RHD" | "RON" | "RSD" | "RUB" | "RWF" | "SAR" | "SBD" | "SCR" | "SDG" | "SEK" | "SGD" | "SHP" | "SIT" | "SKK" | "SLL" | "SOS" | "SRD" | "SRG" | "SSP" | "STN" | "SUR" | "SVC" | "SYP" | "SZL" | "THB" | "TJR" | "TJS" | "TMT" | "TND" | "TOP" | "TPE" | "TRY" | "TTD" | "TWD" | "TZS" | "UAH" | "UAK" | "UGX" | "USD" | "UYU" | "UYW" | "UZS" | "VES" | "VND" | "VUV" | "WST" | "XAF" | "XAG" | "XAU" | "XBA" | "XBB" | "XCD" | "XDR" | "XEU" | "XFO" | "XFU" | "XOF" | "XPD" | "XPF" | "XPT" | "XRE" | "XSU" | "XTS" | "XUA" | "XXX" | "YDD" | "YER" | "ZAR" | "ZMW";
type ExportAnswerReportRequestRegionalSettingsUserLocaleEnum = "en-CA" | "en-GB" | "en-US" | "de-DE" | "ja-JP" | "zh-CN" | "pt-BR" | "fr-FR" | "fr-CA" | "es-US" | "da-DK" | "es-ES" | "fi-FI" | "sv-SE" | "nb-NO" | "pt-PT" | "nl-NL" | "it-IT" | "ru-RU" | "en-IN" | "de-CH" | "en-NZ" | "es-MX" | "en-AU" | "zh-Hant" | "ko-KR" | "en-DE";
type ExportAnswerReportRequestRegionalSettingsNumberFormatLocaleEnum = "en-CA" | "en-GB" | "en-US" | "de-DE" | "ja-JP" | "zh-CN" | "pt-BR" | "fr-FR" | "fr-CA" | "es-US" | "da-DK" | "es-ES" | "fi-FI" | "sv-SE" | "nb-NO" | "pt-PT" | "nl-NL" | "it-IT" | "ru-RU" | "en-IN" | "de-CH" | "en-NZ" | "es-MX" | "en-AU" | "zh-Hant" | "ko-KR" | "en-DE";
type ExportAnswerReportRequestRegionalSettingsDateFormatLocaleEnum = "en-CA" | "en-GB" | "en-US" | "de-DE" | "ja-JP" | "zh-CN" | "pt-BR" | "fr-FR" | "fr-CA" | "es-US" | "da-DK" | "es-ES" | "fi-FI" | "sv-SE" | "nb-NO" | "pt-PT" | "nl-NL" | "it-IT" | "ru-RU" | "en-IN" | "de-CH" | "en-NZ" | "es-MX" | "en-AU" | "zh-Hant" | "ko-KR" | "en-DE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class ExportAnswerReportRequest {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the metadata object.
    */
    'metadata_identifier'?: string;
    /**
    * Unique ID of the answer session.
    */
    'session_identifier'?: string;
    /**
    * Generation number of the answer session.
    */
    'generation_number'?: number;
    /**
    * Export file format.
    */
    'file_format'?: ExportAnswerReportRequestFileFormatEnum;
    /**
    * JSON string representing runtime filter. { col1:region, op1: EQ, val1: northeast }
    */
    'runtime_filter'?: any;
    /**
    * JSON string representing runtime sort. { sortCol1: region, asc1 :true, sortCol2 : date }
    */
    'runtime_sort'?: any;
    /**
    * JSON object for setting values of parameters in runtime.
    */
    'runtime_param_override'?: any;
    'regional_settings'?: ExportAnswerReportRequestRegionalSettings;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ExportAnswerReportRequestFileFormatEnum = "CSV" | "PDF" | "XLSX" | "PNG";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Options for PDF export.
*/
declare class ExportLiveboardReportRequestPdfOptions {
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include the cover page with the Liveboard title.
    */
    'include_cover_page'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include customized wide logo in the footer if available.
    */
    'include_custom_logo'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include a page with all applied filters.
    */
    'include_filter_page'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include page number in the footer of each page.
    */
    'include_page_number'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Page orientation of the PDF.
    */
    'page_orientation'?: ExportLiveboardReportRequestPdfOptionsPageOrientationEnum | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include only the first page of the tables.
    */
    'truncate_table'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Text to include in the footer of each page.
    */
    'page_footer_text'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ExportLiveboardReportRequestPdfOptionsPageOrientationEnum = "PORTRAIT" | "LANDSCAPE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Options for PNG export.
*/
declare class ExportLiveboardReportRequestPngOptions {
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include the cover page with the Liveboard title.
    */
    'include_cover_page'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include a page with all applied filters.
    */
    'include_filter_page'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates personalised view of the Liveboard in case of png
    */
    'personalised_view_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Desired width of the Liveboard image in pixels. Ex. 1920 for Full HD image   Version: 10.9.0.cl or later
    */
    'image_resolution'?: number | null;
    /**
    * The scale of the image in percentage. Ex. 100 for 100% scale.   Version: 10.9.0.cl or later
    */
    'image_scale'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include the header of the liveboard.   Version: 10.9.0.cl or later
    */
    'include_header'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class ExportLiveboardReportRequest {
    /**
    * GUID or name of the Liveboard object.
    */
    'metadata_identifier': string;
    /**
    * GUID or name of the tab of the Liveboard object.    Version: 10.9.0.cl or later
    */
    'tab_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * GUID or name of the personalised view of the Liveboard object.    Version: 10.9.0.cl or later
    */
    'personalised_view_identifier'?: string;
    /**
    * GUID or name of visualizations on the Liveboard. If this parameter is not defined, the API returns a report with all visualizations saved on a Liveboard.
    */
    'visualization_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Transient content of the Liveboard.
    */
    'transient_content'?: string;
    /**
    * Export file format.
    */
    'file_format'?: ExportLiveboardReportRequestFileFormatEnum;
    /**
    * JSON object with representing filter condition to apply filters at runtime. For example, {\"col1\": \"region\", \"op1\": \"EQ\", \"val1\": \"northeast\" }. You can add multiple keys by incrementing the number at the end, for example, col2, op2, val2. For more information, see [API Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_runtime_filters).
    */
    'runtime_filter'?: any;
    /**
    * Applied to the liveboard and overrides any filters already applied on the same columns in liveboard. Following example illustrate different kinds of filters: {   \"override_filters\": [     {       \"column_name\": \"Color\",       \"generic_filter\": {         \"op\": \"IN\",         \"values\": [           \"almond\",           \"turquoise\"         ]       },       \"negate\": false     },     {       \"column_name\": \"Commit Date\",       \"date_filter\": {         \"datePeriod\": \"HOUR\",         \"number\": 3,         \"type\": \"LAST_N_PERIOD\",         \"op\": \"EQ\"       }     },     {       \"column_name\": \"Sales\",       \"generic_filter\": {         \"op\": \"BW_INC\",         \"values\": [           \"100000\",           \"70000\"         ]       },       \"negate\": true     }   ] }
    */
    'override_filters'?: any;
    /**
    * JSON string representing runtime sort. For example, {\"sortCol1\": \"region\", \"asc1\" : true}. For more information, see [API Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_runtime_sort).
    */
    'runtime_sort'?: any;
    'pdf_options'?: ExportLiveboardReportRequestPdfOptions;
    'png_options'?: ExportLiveboardReportRequestPngOptions;
    /**
    * JSON object for setting values of parameters at runtime. For example, <code> {\"param1\": \"Double List Param\", \"paramVal1\": 0.5}</code>. You can add multiple keys by incrementing the number at the end, for example, param2, paramVal2. For more information, see [API Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_runtime_parameters).
    */
    'runtime_param_override'?: any;
    'regional_settings'?: ExportAnswerReportRequestRegionalSettings;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ExportLiveboardReportRequestFileFormatEnum = "PDF" | "PNG" | "CSV" | "XLSX";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ExportMetadataTMLBatchedRequest {
    /**
    * Type of metadata object to export, can be one of USER | ROLE | USER_GROUP
    */
    'metadata_type': ExportMetadataTMLBatchedRequestMetadataTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Indicates the position within the complete set from where the API should begin returning objects.
    */
    'batch_offset'?: number;
    /**
    * Determines the number of objects or items to be retrieved in a single request.
    */
    'batch_size'?: number;
    /**
    * TML EDOC content format.
    */
    'edoc_format'?: ExportMetadataTMLBatchedRequestEdocFormatEnum;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to export dependent metadata objects of specified metadata objects.
    */
    'export_dependent'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to export is happening from all orgs context.
    */
    'all_orgs_override'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ExportMetadataTMLBatchedRequestMetadataTypeEnum = "USER" | "USER_GROUP" | "ROLE";
type ExportMetadataTMLBatchedRequestEdocFormatEnum = "JSON" | "YAML";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Flags to specify additional options for export.    Version: 10.6.0.cl or later
*/
declare class ExportMetadataTMLRequestExportOptions {
    /**
    * Boolean Flag to export Object ID of referenced object. This flag will work only after the Object ID feature has been enabled. Please contact support to enable the feature.
    */
    'include_obj_id_ref'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Boolean flag to export guid of the object. This flag will work only after the Object ID feature has been enabled. Please contact support to enable the feature.
    */
    'include_guid'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Boolean flag to export Object ID of the object. This flag will work only after the Object ID feature has been enabled. Please contact support to enable the feature.
    */
    'include_obj_id'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Boolean flag indicating whether to export associated feedbacks of the object. This will only be respected when the object can have feedbacks.    Version: 10.7.0.cl or later
    */
    'export_with_associated_feedbacks'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Boolean flag indicating whether to export column security rules of the object. This will only be respected when the object can have column security rules and export_associated is true.   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later
    */
    'export_column_security_rules'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Boolean flag indicating whether to export column aliases of the model. This will only be respected when the object can have column aliases.   Version: 10.13.0.cl or later
    */
    'export_with_column_aliases'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* MetadataType InputType used in Export MetadataType API
*/
declare class ExportMetadataTypeInput {
    /**
    *   Type of metadata.     Required if the name of the object is set as the identifier. This attribute is optional when the object GUID is specified as the identifier.
    */
    'type'?: ExportMetadataTypeInputTypeEnum | null;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the metadata object. Not required if the metadata type is ANSWER when session_id and generation_number is set.
    */
    'identifier'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Unique ID of the Answer session. Required if the metadata type is ANSWER and identifier is not set.
    */
    'session_identifier'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Generation Number of the Answer session. Required if the metadata type is ANSWER and identifier is not set.
    */
    'generation_number'?: number | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ExportMetadataTypeInputTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD" | "ANSWER" | "LOGICAL_TABLE" | "CONNECTION" | "CUSTOM_ACTION" | "USER" | "USER_GROUP" | "ROLE" | "FEEDBACK";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class ExportMetadataTMLRequest {
    /**
    * Metadata objects.
    */
    'metadata': Array<ExportMetadataTypeInput>;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to export associated metadata objects of specified metadata objects.
    */
    'export_associated'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Adds FQNs of the referenced objects. For example, if you are exporting a Liveboard and its associated objects, the API returns the Liveboard TML data with the FQNs of the referenced worksheet. If the exported TML data includes FQNs, you don\'t need to manually add FQNs of the referenced objects during TML import.
    */
    'export_fqn'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * TML EDOC content format.  **Note: exporting in YAML format currently requires manual formatting of the output. For more details on the workaround, please click [here](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/known-issues#_version_9_12_0_cl)**
    */
    'edoc_format'?: ExportMetadataTMLRequestEdocFormatEnum;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to export worksheet TML in DEFAULT or V1 or V2 version.
    */
    'export_schema_version'?: ExportMetadataTMLRequestExportSchemaVersionEnum;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to export table while exporting connection.
    */
    'export_dependent'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to export connection as dependent while exporting table/worksheet/answer/liveboard. This will only be active when export_associated is true.
    */
    'export_connection_as_dependent'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to export is happening from all orgs context.
    */
    'all_orgs_override'?: boolean | null;
    'export_options'?: ExportMetadataTMLRequestExportOptions;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ExportMetadataTMLRequestEdocFormatEnum = "JSON" | "YAML";
type ExportMetadataTMLRequestExportSchemaVersionEnum = "DEFAULT" | "V1" | "V2";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Flags to specify additional options for export. This will only be active when UserDefinedId in TML is enabled.
*/
declare class ExportOptions {
    /**
    * Boolean Flag to export Object ID of referenced object. This flag will work only after the Object ID feature has been enabled. Please contact support to enable the feature.
    */
    'include_obj_id_ref'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Boolean flag to export guid of the object. This flag will work only after the Object ID feature has been enabled. Please contact support to enable the feature.
    */
    'include_guid'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Boolean flag to export Object ID of the object. This flag will work only after the Object ID feature has been enabled. Please contact support to enable the feature.
    */
    'include_obj_id'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Boolean flag indicating whether to export associated feedbacks of the object. This will only be respected when the object can have feedbacks.    Version: 10.7.0.cl or later
    */
    'export_with_associated_feedbacks'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Boolean flag indicating whether to export column security rules of the object. This will only be respected when the object can have column security rules and export_associated is true.   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later
    */
    'export_column_security_rules'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Boolean flag indicating whether to export column aliases of the model. This will only be respected when the object can have column aliases.   Version: 10.13.0.cl or later
    */
    'export_with_column_aliases'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ExternalTableInput {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the connection.
    */
    'connection_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Name of the database.
    */
    'database_name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Name of the schema.
    */
    'schema_name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Name of the table. Table names may be case-sensitive depending on the database system.
    */
    'table_name': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class FavoriteMetadataItem {
    /**
    * Unique ID of the metadata object.
    */
    'id': string;
    /**
    * name of the metadata object.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    *   Type of metadata object.     Required if the name of the object is set as the identifier. This attribute is optional when the object GUID is specified as the identifier.
    */
    'type': FavoriteMetadataItemTypeEnum;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type FavoriteMetadataItemTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD" | "ANSWER" | "LOGICAL_TABLE" | "LOGICAL_COLUMN" | "CONNECTION" | "TAG" | "USER" | "USER_GROUP" | "LOGICAL_RELATIONSHIP";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Favorite object options.
*/
declare class FavoriteObjectOptionsInput {
    /**
    * Includes objects marked as favorite for the specified users.
    */
    'include'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the users. If not specified, the favorite objects of current logged in user are returned.
    */
    'user_identifiers'?: Array<string> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class FetchAnswerDataRequest {
    /**
    * GUID or name of the Answer.
    */
    'metadata_identifier': string;
    /**
    * JSON output in compact or full format. The FULL option is available in 9.12.5.cl or later.
    */
    'data_format'?: FetchAnswerDataRequestDataFormatEnum;
    /**
    * The starting record number from where the records should be included.
    */
    'record_offset'?: number;
    /**
    * The number of records to include in a batch.
    */
    'record_size'?: number;
    /**
    * JSON object with representing filter condition to apply filters at runtime. For example, <code> {\"col1\": \"item type\", \"op1\": \"EQ\", \"val1\": \"Bags\"} </code>. You can add multiple keys by incrementing the number at the end, for example, col2, op2, val2, and col3, op3, val3. For more information, see [API Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_runtime_filters).
    */
    'runtime_filter'?: any;
    /**
    * JSON object representing columns to sort data at runtime. For example, <code> {\"sortCol1\": \"sales\", \"asc1\": true} </code>. You can add multiple keys by incrementing the number at the end, for example, sortCol1, asc2. For more information, see [API Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_runtime_sort).
    */
    'runtime_sort'?: any;
    /**
    * JSON object for setting values of parameters at runtime. For example, <code> {\"param1\": \"Double List Param\", \"paramVal1\": 0.5}</code>. You can add multiple keys by incrementing the number at the end, for example, param2, paramVal2. For more information, see [API Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_runtime_parameters).
    */
    'runtime_param_override'?: any;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type FetchAnswerDataRequestDataFormatEnum = "FULL" | "COMPACT";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class FetchAnswerSqlQueryRequest {
    /**
    * ID or name of an Answer.
    */
    'metadata_identifier': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class FetchAsyncImportTaskStatusRequest {
    /**
    * List of task IDs to fetch status for.
    */
    'task_ids'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * List of task statuses to filter on. Valid values: [IN_QUEUE, IN_PROGRESS, COMPLETED, FAILED]
    */
    'task_status'?: Array<FetchAsyncImportTaskStatusRequestTaskStatusEnum>;
    /**
    * Author GUID or name of async import tasks to filter on.
    */
    'author_identifier'?: string;
    /**
    * The offset point, starting from where the task status should be included in the response.
    */
    'record_offset'?: number;
    /**
    * The number of task statuses that should be included in the response starting from offset position.
    */
    'record_size'?: number;
    /**
    * Boolean flag to specify whether to include import response in the task status objects.
    */
    'include_import_response'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type FetchAsyncImportTaskStatusRequestTaskStatusEnum = "COMPLETED" | "IN_QUEUE" | "IN_PROGRESS" | "FAILED";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class FetchColumnSecurityRulesRequest {
    /**
    * Array of table identifier objects for which to fetch column security rules
    */
    'tables': Array<ColumnSecurityRuleTableInput>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class FetchConnectionDiffStatusResponse {
    /**
    * Status of the connection diff.
    */
    'status'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class FetchLiveboardDataRequest {
    /**
    * GUID or name of the Liveboard.
    */
    'metadata_identifier': string;
    /**
    * GUIDs or names of the visualizations on the Liveboard.
    */
    'visualization_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Transient content of the Liveboard.
    */
    'transient_content'?: string;
    /**
    * JSON output in compact or full format. The FULL option is available in 9.12.5.cl or later.
    */
    'data_format'?: FetchLiveboardDataRequestDataFormatEnum;
    /**
    * The starting record number from where the records should be included.
    */
    'record_offset'?: number;
    /**
    * The number of records to include in a batch.
    */
    'record_size'?: number;
    /**
    * JSON object with representing filter condition to apply filters at runtime. For example, <code> {\"col1\": \"item type\", \"op1\": \"EQ\", \"val1\": \"Bags\"} </code>. You can add multiple keys by incrementing the number at the end, for example, col2, op2, val2, and col3, op3, val3. For more information, see [API Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_runtime_filters).
    */
    'runtime_filter'?: any;
    /**
    * JSON object representing columns to sort data at runtime. For example, <code> {\"sortCol1\": \"sales\", \"asc1\": true} </code>. You can add multiple keys by incrementing the number at the end, for example, sortCol1, asc2. For more information, see [API Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_runtime_sort).
    */
    'runtime_sort'?: any;
    /**
    * JSON object for setting values of parameters at runtime. For example, <code> {\"param1\": \"Double List Param\", \"paramVal1\": 0.5}</code>. You can add multiple keys by incrementing the number at the end, for example, param2, paramVal2. For more information, see [API Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_runtime_parameters).
    */
    'runtime_param_override'?: any;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type FetchLiveboardDataRequestDataFormatEnum = "FULL" | "COMPACT";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class FetchLiveboardSqlQueryRequest {
    /**
    * ID or name of the Liveboard.
    */
    'metadata_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of visualizations.
    */
    'visualization_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class FetchLogsRequest {
    /**
    * Name of the log type
    */
    'log_type': FetchLogsRequestLogTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Start time in EPOCH format
    */
    'start_epoch_time_in_millis'?: number;
    /**
    * End time in EPOCH format
    */
    'end_epoch_time_in_millis'?: number;
    /**
    * Fetch all the logs. This is available from 9.10.5.cl
    */
    'get_all_logs'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type FetchLogsRequestLogTypeEnum = "SECURITY_AUDIT";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ObjectPrivilegesMetadataInput {
    /**
    * Type of metadata object. Required if the name of the object is set as the identifier. This attribute is optional when the object GUID is specified as the identifier.
    */
    'type'?: ObjectPrivilegesMetadataInputTypeEnum | null;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the metadata object.
    */
    'identifier': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ObjectPrivilegesMetadataInputTypeEnum = "LOGICAL_TABLE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class PrincipalsInput {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the principal object such as a user or group.
    */
    'identifier': string;
    /**
    * Principal type.
    */
    'type'?: PrincipalsInputTypeEnum | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type PrincipalsInputTypeEnum = "USER" | "USER_GROUP";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class FetchObjectPrivilegesRequest {
    /**
    * Metadata objects for which you want to fetch object privileges. For now only LOGICAL_TABLE is supported. It may be extended to other metadata types in the future.
    */
    'metadata': Array<ObjectPrivilegesMetadataInput>;
    /**
    * User or group objects for which you want to fetch object privileges. If not specified, the API returns all users and groups that have object privileges on the specified metadata objects.
    */
    'principals'?: Array<PrincipalsInput>;
    /**
    * The starting record number from where the records should be included for each metadata type.
    */
    'record_offset'?: number;
    /**
    * The number of records that should be included for each metadata type.
    */
    'record_size'?: number;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* MetadataType InputType used in Permission API\'s
*/
declare class PermissionsMetadataTypeInput {
    /**
    *   Type of metadata object.     Required if the name of the object is set as the identifier. This attribute is optional when the object GUID is specified as the identifier.
    */
    'type'?: PermissionsMetadataTypeInputTypeEnum | null;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the metadata object.
    */
    'identifier': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type PermissionsMetadataTypeInputTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD" | "ANSWER" | "LOGICAL_TABLE" | "LOGICAL_COLUMN" | "CONNECTION";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class FetchPermissionsOfPrincipalsRequest {
    /**
    * GUID or name of the user or group.
    */
    'principals': Array<PrincipalsInput>;
    /**
    * Metadata objects for which you want to fetch permission details. If not specified, the API returns permission details for all metadata objects that the specified users and groups can access.
    */
    'metadata'?: Array<PermissionsMetadataTypeInput>;
    /**
    * The starting record number from where the records should be included for each metadata type.
    */
    'record_offset'?: number;
    /**
    * The number of records that should be included for each metadata type.
    */
    'record_size'?: number;
    /**
    * When no metadata objects input is passed, metadata objects of this type are fetched.
    */
    'default_metadata_type'?: FetchPermissionsOfPrincipalsRequestDefaultMetadataTypeEnum;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type FetchPermissionsOfPrincipalsRequestDefaultMetadataTypeEnum = "ALL" | "LIVEBOARD" | "ANSWER" | "LOGICAL_TABLE" | "LOGICAL_COLUMN" | "CONNECTION";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class FetchPermissionsOnMetadataRequest {
    /**
    * GUID or name of the metadata object.
    */
    'metadata': Array<PermissionsMetadataTypeInput>;
    /**
    * User or group objects for which you want to fetch permissions. If not specified, the API returns all users and groups that can access the specified metadata objects.
    */
    'principals'?: Array<PrincipalsInput>;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to fetch permissions of dependent metadata objects.
    */
    'include_dependent_objects'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * The starting record number from where the records should be included for each metadata type.
    */
    'record_offset'?: number;
    /**
    * The number of records that should be included for each metadata type.
    */
    'record_size'?: number;
    /**
    * <div>Version: 10.3.0.cl or later </div>  Specifies the type of permission. Valid values are:     EFFECTIVE - If the user permission to the metadata objects is granted by the privileges assigned to the groups to which they belong.     DEFINED - If a user or user group received access to metadata objects via object sharing by another user.
    */
    'permission_type'?: string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Filter Rules to be applied on Objects.
*/
declare class FilterRules {
    /**
    * The name of the column to apply the filter on.
    */
    'column_name': string;
    /**
    * The operator to use for filtering. Example: EQ (equals), GT(greater than), etc.
    */
    'operator': FilterRulesOperatorEnum;
    /**
    * The values to filter on. To get all records, use TS_WILDCARD_ALL as values.
    */
    'values': Array<any>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type FilterRulesOperatorEnum = "EQ" | "NE" | "LT" | "LE" | "GT" | "GE" | "IN" | "BW" | "CONTAINS" | "BEGINS_WITH" | "ENDS_WITH" | "BW_INC" | "BW_INC_MIN" | "BW_INC_MAX" | "LIKE" | "NOT_IN";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ForceLogoutUsersRequest {
    /**
    * GUID or name of the users for force logging out their sessions.
    */
    'user_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Configuration of schedule with cron expression
*/
declare class Frequency {
    'cron_expression': CronExpression;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Configuration of schedule with cron expression
*/
declare class FrequencyInput {
    'cron_expression': CronExpressionInput;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class GenerateCSVRequest {
    /**
    * Start date for the calendar in `MM/dd/yyyy` format.
    */
    'start_date': string;
    /**
    * End date for the calendar in `MM/dd/yyyy` format.
    */
    'end_date': string;
    /**
    * Type of the calendar.
    */
    'calendar_type'?: GenerateCSVRequestCalendarTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Month offset to start calendar from `January`.
    */
    'month_offset'?: GenerateCSVRequestMonthOffsetEnum;
    /**
    * Specify the starting day of the week.
    */
    'start_day_of_week'?: GenerateCSVRequestStartDayOfWeekEnum;
    /**
    * Prefix to add before the quarter.
    */
    'quarter_name_prefix'?: string;
    /**
    * Prefix to add before the year.
    */
    'year_name_prefix'?: string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type GenerateCSVRequestCalendarTypeEnum = "MONTH_OFFSET" | "FOUR_FOUR_FIVE" | "FOUR_FIVE_FOUR" | "FIVE_FOUR_FOUR";
type GenerateCSVRequestMonthOffsetEnum = "January" | "February" | "March" | "April" | "May" | "June" | "July" | "August" | "September" | "October" | "November" | "December";
type GenerateCSVRequestStartDayOfWeekEnum = "Sunday" | "Monday" | "Tuesday" | "Wednesday" | "Thursday" | "Friday" | "Saturday";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ImportEPackAsyncTaskStatus {
    /**
    * GUID of tenant from which the task is initiated.
    */
    'tenant_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Organisation ID of the user who initiated the task.
    */
    'org_id'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Unique identifier for the task.
    */
    'task_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Name of the task.
    */
    'task_name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Response of imported objects so far.
    */
    'import_response'?: any | null;
    /**
    * Current status of the task.
    */
    'task_status'?: ImportEPackAsyncTaskStatusTaskStatusEnum | null;
    /**
    * ID of the user who initiated the task.
    */
    'author_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Policy used for the import task.
    */
    'import_policy'?: ImportEPackAsyncTaskStatusImportPolicyEnum | null;
    /**
    * Time when the task was created (in ms since epoch).
    */
    'created_at'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Time when the task started (in ms since epoch).
    */
    'in_progress_at'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Time when the task was completed (in ms since epoch).
    */
    'completed_at'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Total number of objects to process.
    */
    'total_object_count'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Number of objects processed so far.
    */
    'object_processed_count'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Last time the task status was updated (in ms since epoch).
    */
    'modified_at'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Display name of the user who initiated the task.
    */
    'author_display_name'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ImportEPackAsyncTaskStatusTaskStatusEnum = "COMPLETED" | "IN_QUEUE" | "IN_PROGRESS" | "FAILED";
type ImportEPackAsyncTaskStatusImportPolicyEnum = "PARTIAL" | "ALL_OR_NONE" | "VALIDATE_ONLY" | "PARTIAL_OBJECT";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class GetAsyncImportStatusResponse {
    /**
    * List of task statuses.
    */
    'status_list'?: Array<ImportEPackAsyncTaskStatus> | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether there are more task statuses to fetch.
    */
    'last_batch'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Groups objects.
*/
declare class GroupObject {
    'identifier'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Filter Rules to be applied on Objects.
*/
declare class ParameterValues {
    /**
    * The name of the column to apply the filter on.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * The values to filter on. Only single value is supported currently.
    */
    'values': Array<any>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Objects on which the filter rules and parameters values should be applied to
*/
declare class TokenAccessScopeObject {
    /**
    *   Type of object.     Required if the name of the object is set as the identifier. This attribute is optional when the object GUID is specified as the identifier.      Specify the object type as `LOGICAL_TABLE`.
    */
    'type'?: TokenAccessScopeObjectTypeEnum | null;
    /**
    * Unique name/id of the object.
    */
    'identifier': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type TokenAccessScopeObjectTypeEnum = "LOGICAL_TABLE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Variable values.
*/
declare class VariableValues {
    /**
    * The name of the existing formula variable.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * The values to filter on.
    */
    'values': Array<any>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class GetCustomAccessTokenRequest {
    /**
    * Username of the ThoughtSpot user. The username is stored in the `name` attribute of the user object.
    */
    'username': string;
    /**
    * Password of the user account
    */
    'password'?: string;
    /**
    * The secret key string provided by the ThoughtSpot application server. ThoughtSpot generates a secret key when Trusted authentication is enabled.
    */
    'secret_key'?: string;
    /**
    * Token validity duration in seconds
    */
    'validity_time_in_sec'?: number;
    /**
    * ID or name of the Org context to log in to. If the Org ID or name is not specified but a secret key is provided, the user will be logged into the Org associated with the secret key. If neither the Org ID/name nor the secret key is provided, the user will be logged into the Org context from their previous login session.
    */
    'org_identifier'?: string;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the specified attributes should be persisted or not. RESET and NONE are not applicable if you are setting variable_values.
    */
    'persist_option': GetCustomAccessTokenRequestPersistOptionEnum;
    /**
    * Filter rules.
    */
    'filter_rules'?: Array<FilterRules>;
    /**
    * Allows developers to assign parameter values for existing parameters to a user at login. Note: Using parameter values for row level security use cases will ultimately be deprecated. Developers can still pass data security values via the Custom Access token via the variable_values field and create RLS rules based on custom variables. Please refer to the [ABAC via RLS documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/abac-user-parameters) for more details.
    */
    'parameter_values'?: Array<ParameterValues>;
    /**
    * List of variable values where `name` references an existing formula variable and `values` is any value from the corresponding column.    Version: 10.14.0.cl or later
    */
    'variable_values'?: Array<VariableValues>;
    /**
    * Objects on which the parameter and variable values should be applied to
    */
    'objects'?: Array<TokenAccessScopeObject>;
    /**
    * (just-in-time (JIT) provisioning)Email address of the user. Specify this attribute when creating a new user.
    */
    'email'?: string;
    /**
    * (just-in-time (JIT) provisioning) Indicates display name of the user. Specify this attribute when creating a new user.
    */
    'display_name'?: string;
    /**
    * (just-in-time (JIT) provisioning) ID or name of the groups to which the newly created user belongs. Specify this attribute when creating a new user.
    */
    'groups'?: Array<GroupObject>;
    /**
    *    Creates a new user if the specified username does not exist in ThoughtSpot. To provision a user just-in-time (JIT), set this attribute to true.      Note: For JIT provisioning of a user, the secret_key is required. New formula variables won\'t be created.     Version: 10.5.0.cl or later
    */
    'auto_create'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type GetCustomAccessTokenRequestPersistOptionEnum = "REPLACE" | "APPEND" | "NONE" | "RESET";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class GetDataSourceSuggestionsRequest {
    /**
    * User query used to suggest data sources.
    */
    'query': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Objects to apply the User_Object.
*/
declare class UserObject {
    /**
    *   Type of object.     Required if the name of the object is set as the identifier. This attribute is optional when the object GUID is specified as the identifier.      Specify the object type as `LOGICAL_TABLE`.
    */
    'type'?: UserObjectTypeEnum | null;
    /**
    * Unique name/id of the object.
    */
    'identifier': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type UserObjectTypeEnum = "LOGICAL_TABLE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Objects to apply the Runtime_Filters.
*/
declare class RuntimeFilters {
    /**
    * The column name to apply filter.
    */
    'column_name': string;
    /**
    * Value of the filters.
    */
    'values': Array<string>;
    /**
    * Operator value. Example: EQ
    */
    'operator': RuntimeFiltersOperatorEnum;
    /**
    * Flag to persist the runtime filters.    Version: 9.12.0.cl or later
    */
    'persist'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Object to apply the runtime filter.
    */
    'objects'?: Array<UserObject> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type RuntimeFiltersOperatorEnum = "EQ" | "NE" | "LT" | "LE" | "GT" | "GE" | "IN" | "BW" | "CONTAINS" | "BEGINS_WITH" | "ENDS_WITH" | "BW_INC" | "BW_INC_MIN" | "BW_INC_MAX" | "LIKE" | "NOT_IN";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Objects to apply the Runtime_Parameters.
*/
declare class RuntimeParameters {
    /**
    * The name of the parameter.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * The array of values.
    */
    'values': Array<string>;
    /**
    * Flag to persist the parameters.    Version: 9.12.0.cl or later
    */
    'persist'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Object to apply the runtime parameter.
    */
    'objects'?: Array<UserObject> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Objects to apply the Runtime_Sorts.
*/
declare class RuntimeSorts {
    /**
    * The column name to apply filter.
    */
    'column_name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Order for the sort.
    */
    'order'?: RuntimeSortsOrderEnum | null;
    /**
    * Flag to persist the runtime sorts.    Version: 9.12.0.cl or later
    */
    'persist'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Object to apply the runtime sort.
    */
    'objects'?: Array<UserObject> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type RuntimeSortsOrderEnum = "ASC" | "DESC";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* <div>Deprecated: 10.4.0.cl and later </div>  Define attributes such as Runtime filters and Runtime parameters to send security entitlements to a user session. For more information, see [Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/abac-user-parameters).
*/
declare class GetFullAccessTokenRequestUserParameters {
    'objects'?: Array<UserObject> | null;
    /**
    * Objects to apply the User_Runtime_Filters.  Examples to set the `runtime_filters` : ```json { \"column_name\": \"Color\", \"operator\": \"EQ\", \"values\": [\"red\"], \"persist\": false } ```
    */
    'runtime_filters'?: Array<RuntimeFilters> | null;
    /**
    * Objects to apply the User_Runtime_Sorts.  Examples to set the `runtime_sorts` : ```json { \"column_name\": \"Color\", \"order\": \"ASC\", \"persist\": false } ```
    */
    'runtime_sorts'?: Array<RuntimeSorts> | null;
    /**
    * Objects to apply the Runtime_Parameters.  Examples to set the `parameters` : ```json { \"name\": \"Color\", \"values\": [\"Blue\"], \"persist\": false } ```
    */
    'parameters'?: Array<RuntimeParameters> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class GetFullAccessTokenRequest {
    /**
    * Username of the ThoughtSpot user. The username is stored in the `name` attribute of the user object.
    */
    'username': string;
    /**
    * Password of the user account
    */
    'password'?: string;
    /**
    * The secret key string provided by the ThoughtSpot application server. ThoughtSpot generates a secret key when Trusted authentication is enabled.
    */
    'secret_key'?: string;
    /**
    * Token validity duration in seconds
    */
    'validity_time_in_sec'?: number;
    /**
    * ID of the Org context to log in to. If the Org ID is not specified and secret key is provided then user will be logged into the org corresponding to the secret key, and if secret key is not provided then user will be logged in to the Org context of their previous login session.
    */
    'org_id'?: number;
    /**
    * Email address of the user. Specify this attribute when creating a new user (just-in-time (JIT) provisioning).
    */
    'email'?: string;
    /**
    * Indicates display name of the user. Use this parameter to provision a user just-in-time (JIT).
    */
    'display_name'?: string;
    /**
    *    Creates a new user if the specified username does not already exist in ThoughtSpot. To provision a user just-in-time (JIT), set this attribute to true.      Note: For JIT provisioning of a user, the secret_key is required.
    */
    'auto_create'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * ID or name of the groups to which the newly created user belongs. Use this parameter to provision a user just-in-time (JIT).
    */
    'group_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    'user_parameters'?: GetFullAccessTokenRequestUserParameters;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class GetNLInstructionsRequest {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the data-model for which to retrieve NL instructions.
    */
    'data_source_identifier': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class GetObjectAccessTokenRequest {
    /**
    * Username of the ThoughtSpot user. The username is stored in the `name` attribute of the user object.
    */
    'username': string;
    /**
    * GUID of the ThoughtSpot metadata object that the user can access. The bearer will only have access to the object specified in the API request.
    */
    'object_id'?: string;
    /**
    * Password of the user account
    */
    'password'?: string;
    /**
    * The secret key string provided by the ThoughtSpot application server. ThoughtSpot generates a secret key when Trusted authentication is enabled.
    */
    'secret_key'?: string;
    /**
    * Token validity duration in seconds
    */
    'validity_time_in_sec'?: number;
    /**
    * ID of the Org context to log in to. If the Org ID is not specified and secret key is provided then user will be logged into the org corresponding to the secret key, and if secret key is not provided then user will be logged in to the Org context of their previous login session.
    */
    'org_id'?: number;
    /**
    * Email address of the user. Specify this attribute when creating a new user (just-in-time (JIT) provisioning).
    */
    'email'?: string;
    /**
    * Display name of the user. Specify this attribute when creating a new user (just-in-time (JIT) provisioning).
    */
    'display_name'?: string;
    /**
    *    Creates a new user if the specified username does not exist in ThoughtSpot. To provision a user just-in-time (JIT), set this attribute to true.      Note: For JIT provisioning of a user, the secret_key is required.
    */
    'auto_create'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the groups to which you want to assign the new user. You can specify this attribute to dynamically assign privileges during just-in-time (JIT) provisioning.
    */
    'group_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    'user_parameters'?: GetFullAccessTokenRequestUserParameters;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Additional context to guide the response.
*/
declare class GetRelevantQuestionsRequestAiContext {
    /**
    * User specific text instructions sent to AI system for processing the query.
    */
    'instructions'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * User provided content like text data, csv data as a string message to provide context & potentially improve the quality of the response.
    */
    'content'?: Array<string> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* metadata for the query to enable generation of relevant sub-questions; at least one context identifier is required.
*/
declare class GetRelevantQuestionsRequestMetadataContext {
    /**
    * List of data_source_identifiers to provide context for breaking down user query into analytical queries that can be run on them.
    */
    'data_source_identifiers'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * List of answer unique identifiers (GUIDs) whose data will be used to guide the response.
    */
    'answer_identifiers'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * Unique identifier to denote current conversation.
    */
    'conversation_identifier'?: string | null;
    /**
    * List of liveboard unique identifiers (GUIDs) whose data will be used to guide the response.
    */
    'liveboard_identifiers'?: Array<string> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class GetRelevantQuestionsRequest {
    'metadata_context': GetRelevantQuestionsRequestMetadataContext;
    /**
    * Maximum number of relevant questions that is allowed in the response, default = 5.
    */
    'limit_relevant_questions'?: number;
    /**
    * If true, results are not returned from cache & calculated every time.
    */
    'bypass_cache'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * A user query that requires breaking down into smaller, more manageable analytical questions to facilitate better understanding and analysis.
    */
    'query': string;
    'ai_context'?: GetRelevantQuestionsRequestAiContext;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class GetTokenResponse {
    /**
    * Bearer auth token.
    */
    'token': string;
    /**
    * Token creation time in milliseconds.
    */
    'creation_time_in_millis': number;
    /**
    * Token expiration time in milliseconds.
    */
    'expiration_time_in_millis': number;
    /**
    * Username to whom the token is issued.
    */
    'valid_for_user_id': string;
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the user to whom the token is issued.
    */
    'valid_for_username': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class GroupsImportListInput {
    /**
    * Unique display name of the group.
    */
    'display_name': string;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the group.
    */
    'group_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Unique ID of Liveboards that will be assigned as default Liveboards to the users in the group.
    */
    'default_liveboard_identifiers'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * Description of the group.
    */
    'description'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Privileges that will be assigned to the group.
    */
    'privileges'?: Array<GroupsImportListInputPrivilegesEnum> | null;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the sub-groups to add to the group.
    */
    'sub_group_identifiers'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * Type of the group.
    */
    'type'?: GroupsImportListInputTypeEnum | null;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the users to assign to the group.
    */
    'user_identifiers'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * Visibility of the group. The SHARABLE makes a group visible to other users and groups, and thus allows them to share objects.
    */
    'visibility'?: GroupsImportListInputVisibilityEnum | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type GroupsImportListInputPrivilegesEnum = "ADMINISTRATION" | "AUTHORING" | "USERDATAUPLOADING" | "DATADOWNLOADING" | "USERMANAGEMENT" | "DATAMANAGEMENT" | "SHAREWITHALL" | "JOBSCHEDULING" | "A3ANALYSIS" | "EXPERIMENTALFEATUREPRIVILEGE" | "BYPASSRLS" | "RANALYSIS" | "DEVELOPER" | "USER_ADMINISTRATION" | "GROUP_ADMINISTRATION" | "SYNCMANAGEMENT" | "CAN_CREATE_CATALOG" | "DISABLE_PINBOARD_CREATION" | "LIVEBOARD_VERIFIER" | "PREVIEW_THOUGHTSPOT_SAGE" | "CAN_MANAGE_VERSION_CONTROL" | "THIRDPARTY_ANALYSIS" | "ALLOW_NON_EMBED_FULL_APP_ACCESS" | "CAN_ACCESS_ANALYST_STUDIO" | "CAN_MANAGE_ANALYST_STUDIO" | "CAN_MODIFY_FOLDERS" | "CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES" | "CAN_VIEW_FOLDERS" | "PREVIEW_DOCUMENT_SEARCH" | "CAN_SETUP_VERSION_CONTROL" | "CAN_DOWNLOAD_VISUALS" | "CAN_DOWNLOAD_DETAILED_DATA" | "CAN_USE_SPOTTER";
type GroupsImportListInputTypeEnum = "LOCAL_GROUP" | "LDAP_GROUP" | "TEAM_GROUP" | "TENANT_GROUP";
type GroupsImportListInputVisibilityEnum = "SHARABLE" | "NON_SHARABLE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Attribute to update in a header.
*/
declare class HeaderAttributeInput {
    /**
    * Attribute name to be updated.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Attribute\'s new value.
    */
    'value': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Favorite object options.
*/
declare class HeaderUpdateInput {
    /**
    * Unique ID of a specified type to identify the header.
    */
    'identifier'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Custom object identifier to uniquely identify header.
    */
    'obj_identifier'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Optional type of the header object.
    */
    'type'?: HeaderUpdateInputTypeEnum | null;
    /**
    * List of attributes to update
    */
    'attributes': Array<HeaderAttributeInput>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type HeaderUpdateInputTypeEnum = "ANSWER" | "LOGICAL_TABLE" | "LOGICAL_COLUMN" | "LIVEBOARD" | "ACTION_OBJECT" | "DATA_SOURCE" | "USER" | "USER_GROUP";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ImportMetadataTMLAsyncRequest {
    /**
    * Details of TML objects.
    */
    'metadata_tmls': Array<string>;
    /**
    * If selected, creates TML objects with new GUIDs.
    */
    'create_new'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * If import is happening from all orgs context.
    */
    'all_orgs_override'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * <div>Version: 10.5.0.cl or later </div>  Policy to be followed while importing the TML. Valid values are [PARTIAL_OBJECT, PARTIAL, VALIDATE_ONLY, ALL_OR_NONE]
    */
    'import_policy'?: ImportMetadataTMLAsyncRequestImportPolicyEnum;
    /**
    * <div>Version: 10.6.0.cl or later </div>  Boolean Flag to skip TML diff check before processing object TMLs.
    */
    'skip_diff_check'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * <div>Version: 10.5.0.cl or later </div>  Boolean to indicate if the large metadata validation should be enabled.
    */
    'enable_large_metadata_validation'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ImportMetadataTMLAsyncRequestImportPolicyEnum = "PARTIAL" | "ALL_OR_NONE" | "VALIDATE_ONLY" | "PARTIAL_OBJECT";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ImportMetadataTMLRequest {
    /**
    * Details of TML objects.  **Note: importing TML in YAML format, when coming directly from our Playground, is currently requires manual formatting. For more details on the workaround, please click [here](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/known-issues#_version_9_12_0_cl)**
    */
    'metadata_tmls': Array<string>;
    /**
    * Specifies the import policy for the TML import.
    */
    'import_policy'?: ImportMetadataTMLRequestImportPolicyEnum;
    /**
    * If selected, creates TML objects with new GUIDs.
    */
    'create_new'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * If import is happening from all orgs context.
    */
    'all_orgs_override'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * <div>Version: 10.6.0.cl or later </div>  Boolean Flag to skip TML diff check before processing object TMLs.
    */
    'skip_diff_check'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * <div>Version: 10.5.0.cl or later </div>  Boolean to indicate if the large metadata validation should be enabled.
    */
    'enable_large_metadata_validation'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ImportMetadataTMLRequestImportPolicyEnum = "PARTIAL" | "ALL_OR_NONE" | "VALIDATE_ONLY" | "PARTIAL_OBJECT";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class ImportUser {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the user.
    */
    'user_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Display name of the user.
    */
    'display_name': string;
    /**
    * Password of the user.
    */
    'password'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Type of the user account.
    */
    'account_type'?: ImportUserAccountTypeEnum | null;
    /**
    * Status of the user account.
    */
    'account_status'?: ImportUserAccountStatusEnum | null;
    /**
    * Email address of the user.
    */
    'email'?: string | null;
    /**
    * ID or name of the Orgs to which the user belongs.
    */
    'org_identifiers'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * ID or name of the groups to which the user belongs.
    */
    'group_identifiers'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * Visibility of the users. The SHARABLE property makes a user visible to other users and group, who can share objects with the user.
    */
    'visibility'?: ImportUserVisibilityEnum | null;
    /**
    * Notify user when other users or groups share metadata objects
    */
    'notify_on_share'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Show or hide the new user onboarding walkthroughs
    */
    'show_onboarding_experience'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Revisit the new user onboarding walkthroughs
    */
    'onboarding_experience_completed'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the default Liveboard assigned to the user.
    */
    'home_liveboard_identifier'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Metadata objects to add to the user\'s favorites list.
    */
    'favorite_metadata'?: Array<FavoriteMetadataInput> | null;
    /**
    * Locale for the user. When setting this value, do not set use_browser_language to true, otherwise the browser\'s language setting will take precedence and the preferred_locale value will be ignored.
    */
    'preferred_locale'?: ImportUserPreferredLocaleEnum | null;
    /**
    * Flag to indicate whether to use the browser locale for the user in the UI. When set to true, the preferred_locale value is unset and the browser\'s language setting takes precedence.    Version: 26.3.0.cl or later
    */
    'use_browser_language'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ImportUserAccountTypeEnum = "LOCAL_USER" | "LDAP_USER" | "SAML_USER" | "OIDC_USER" | "REMOTE_USER";
type ImportUserAccountStatusEnum = "ACTIVE" | "INACTIVE" | "EXPIRED" | "LOCKED" | "PENDING" | "SUSPENDED";
type ImportUserVisibilityEnum = "SHARABLE" | "NON_SHARABLE";
type ImportUserPreferredLocaleEnum = "en-CA" | "en-GB" | "en-US" | "de-DE" | "ja-JP" | "zh-CN" | "pt-BR" | "fr-FR" | "fr-CA" | "es-US" | "da-DK" | "es-ES" | "fi-FI" | "sv-SE" | "nb-NO" | "pt-PT" | "nl-NL" | "it-IT" | "ru-RU" | "en-IN" | "de-CH" | "en-NZ" | "es-MX" | "en-AU" | "zh-Hant" | "ko-KR" | "en-DE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class ImportUserGroupsRequest {
    /**
    * Details of groups which are to be imported
    */
    'groups'?: Array<GroupsImportListInput>;
    /**
    * If set to true, removes groups that are not specified in the API request.
    */
    'delete_unspecified_groups'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * If true, the API performs a test operation and returns user IDs whose data will be edited after the import.
    */
    'dry_run'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class UserGroup {
    'id'?: string | null;
    'name'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class ImportUserGroupsResponse {
    /**
    * The groups which are added into the system.
    */
    'groups_added': Array<UserGroup>;
    /**
    * The groups which are deleted from the system.
    */
    'groups_deleted': Array<UserGroup>;
    /**
    * The groups which are updated in the system.
    */
    'groups_updated': Array<UserGroup>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ImportUserType {
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the user.
    */
    'id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Name of the user.
    */
    'name': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class ImportUsersRequest {
    /**
    * List of users needs to be imported.
    */
    'users': Array<ImportUser>;
    /**
    * The default password to assign to users if they do not have a password assigned in ThoughtSpot.
    */
    'default_password'?: string;
    /**
    * If true, the API performs a test operation and returns user IDs whose data will be edited after the import.
    */
    'dry_run'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * If set to true, removes the users that are not specified in the API request.
    */
    'delete_unspecified_users'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class ImportUsersResponse {
    'users_added'?: Array<ImportUserType> | null;
    'users_updated'?: Array<ImportUserType> | null;
    'users_deleted'?: Array<ImportUserType> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class InputEurekaNLSRequest {
    /**
    * Cluster version like 10.4.0.cl, 10.5.0.cl, so on.
    */
    'agentVersion'?: number | null;
    /**
    * If true, results are not returned from cache & calculated every time. Can incur high costs & latency.
    */
    'bypassCache'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * User specific instructions for processing the @query.
    */
    'instructions'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * User query which is a topical/goal oriented question that needs to be broken down into smaller simple analytical questions.
    */
    'query'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Metadata objects.
*/
declare class JWTMetadataObject {
    'identifier'?: string | null;
    'type'?: JWTMetadataObjectTypeEnum | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type JWTMetadataObjectTypeEnum = "LOGICAL_TABLE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* List of runtime parameters need to set during the session.
*/
declare class JWTParameter {
    /**
    * Runtime filter parameter type in JWT.
    */
    'runtime_filter'?: any | null;
    /**
    * Runtime sort parameter type in JWT.
    */
    'runtime_sort'?: any | null;
    /**
    * Runtime param override type in JWT.
    */
    'runtime_param_override'?: any | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* JWT user options to create a JWT token given the payload.   *Deprecated in 9.12.0.cl. Use user_parameters instead.*
*/
declare class JWTUserOptions {
    'parameters'?: Array<any>;
    'metadata'?: Array<JWTMetadataObject> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* JWT user options to create a JWT token given the payload.   *Deprecated in 9.12.0.cl. Use user_parameters instead.*
*/
declare class JWTUserOptionsFull {
    'parameters'?: Array<JWTParameter> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class LiveboardContent {
    /**
    * Total available data row count.
    */
    'available_data_row_count': number;
    /**
    * Name of the columns.
    */
    'column_names': Array<string>;
    /**
    * Rows of data set.
    */
    'data_rows': Array<any>;
    /**
    * The starting record number from where the records should be included.
    */
    'record_offset': number;
    /**
    * The number of records that should be included.
    */
    'record_size': number;
    /**
    * Total returned data row count.
    */
    'returned_data_row_count': number;
    /**
    * Sampling ratio (0 to 1). If the query was sampled, it is the ratio of keys returned in the data set to the total number of keys expected in the query. If the value is 1.0, this means that the complete result is returned.
    */
    'sampling_ratio': number;
    /**
    * Unique ID of the visualization.
    */
    'visualization_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Name of the visualization.
    */
    'visualization_name'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class LiveboardDataResponse {
    /**
    * The unique identifier of the object
    */
    'metadata_id': string;
    /**
    * Name of the metadata object
    */
    'metadata_name': string;
    /**
    * Data content of metadata objects
    */
    'contents': Array<LiveboardContent>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Options to specify details of Liveboard.
*/
declare class LiveboardOptions {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of visualizations.
    */
    'visualization_identifiers': Array<string>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Options to specify details of Liveboard.
*/
declare class LiveboardOptionsInput {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of visualizations.
    */
    'visualization_identifiers': Array<string>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class LogResponse {
    /**
    * Date timestamp of the log entry
    */
    'date': string;
    /**
    * Log data
    */
    'log': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class LoginRequest {
    /**
    * Username of the ThoughtSpot user
    */
    'username'?: string;
    /**
    * Password of the user account
    */
    'password'?: string;
    /**
    * ID of the Org context to log in to. If Org ID is not specified, the user will be logged in to the Org context of their previous login session.
    */
    'org_identifier'?: string;
    /**
    * A flag to remember the user session. When set to true, a session cookie is created and used in subsequent API requests.
    */
    'remember_me'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class ManageObjectPrivilegeRequest {
    /**
    * Operation to perform to manage object privileges. Available operations are: `ADD`, `REMOVE`.
    */
    'operation': ManageObjectPrivilegeRequestOperationEnum;
    /**
    * Type of metadata objects on which you want to perform the operation. For now only LOGICAL_TABLE is supported. It may be extended to other metadata types in the future.
    */
    'metadata_type': ManageObjectPrivilegeRequestMetadataTypeEnum;
    /**
    * List of object privilege types on which you want to perform the operation.
    */
    'object_privilege_types': Array<ManageObjectPrivilegeRequestObjectPrivilegeTypesEnum>;
    /**
    * List of metadata identifiers (GUID or name) on which you want to perform the operation.
    */
    'metadata_identifiers': Array<string>;
    /**
    * User or group objects (GUID or name) to which you want to apply the given operation and given object privileges.
    */
    'principals': Array<PrincipalsInput>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ManageObjectPrivilegeRequestOperationEnum = "ADD" | "REMOVE";
type ManageObjectPrivilegeRequestMetadataTypeEnum = "LOGICAL_TABLE";
type ManageObjectPrivilegeRequestObjectPrivilegeTypesEnum = "SPOTTER_COACHING_PRIVILEGE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class MetadataAssociationItem {
    'action_config': ActionConfig;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the metadata.
    */
    'identifier': string;
    /**
    *   Type of metadata.     Required if the name of the object is set as the identifier. This attribute is optional when the object GUID is specified as the identifier.
    */
    'type': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class MetadataContext {
    /**
    * List of data_source_identifiers to provide context for breaking down user query into analytical queries that can be run on them.
    */
    'data_source_identifiers'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * List of answer unique identifiers (GUIDs) whose data will be used to guide the response.
    */
    'answer_identifiers'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * Unique identifier to denote current conversation.
    */
    'conversation_identifier'?: string | null;
    /**
    * List of liveboard unique identifiers (GUIDs) whose data will be used to guide the response.
    */
    'liveboard_identifiers'?: Array<string> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class MetadataInput {
    'identifier'?: string | null;
    'type'?: MetadataInputTypeEnum | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type MetadataInputTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class MetadataListItemInput {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the metadata.
    */
    'identifier'?: string | null;
    /**
    * CustomObjectId of the metadata.
    */
    'obj_identifier'?: string | null;
    /**
    * A pattern to match the case-insensitive name of the metadata object. User % for a wildcard match.
    */
    'name_pattern'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Type of metadata. Required if the name of the object is set as identifier. This attribute is optional when the object GUID is specified as identifier. 1. Liveboard 2. Answers 3. LOGICAL_TABLE for any data object such as table, worksheet or view. 4. LOGICAL_COLUMN for a column of any data object such as table, worksheet or view. 5. CONNECTION for creating or modify data connections. 6. TAG for tag objects. 7. USER for user objects. 8. USER_GROUP for group objects. 9. LOGICAL_RELATIONSHIP for table or worksheet joins. A join combines from one or several data object by using matching values 10. INSIGHT_SPEC for SpotIQ objects
    */
    'type'?: MetadataListItemInputTypeEnum | null;
    /**
    * List of subtype of metadata. Applies for LOGICAL_TABLE type with the following valid values. 1. ONE_TO_ONE_LOGICAL 2. WORKSHEET 3. PRIVATE_WORKSHEET. 4. USER_DEFINED. 5. AGGR_WORKSHEET. 6. SQL_VIEW    Version: 10.11.0.cl or later
    */
    'subtypes'?: Array<MetadataListItemInputSubtypesEnum> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type MetadataListItemInputTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD" | "ANSWER" | "LOGICAL_TABLE" | "LOGICAL_COLUMN" | "CONNECTION" | "TAG" | "USER" | "USER_GROUP" | "LOGICAL_RELATIONSHIP" | "INSIGHT_SPEC";
type MetadataListItemInputSubtypesEnum = "ONE_TO_ONE_LOGICAL" | "WORKSHEET" | "PRIVATE_WORKSHEET" | "USER_DEFINED" | "AGGR_WORKSHEET" | "SQL_VIEW";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class MetadataResponse {
    'name'?: string | null;
    'id': string;
    'type': MetadataResponseTypeEnum;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type MetadataResponseTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Metadata Search Response Object.
*/
declare class MetadataSearchResponse {
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the metadata.
    */
    'metadata_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Name of the metadata.
    */
    'metadata_name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Type of the metadata.
    */
    'metadata_type': MetadataSearchResponseMetadataTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Custom identifier of the metadata. (Available from 10.8.0.cl onwards)
    */
    'metadata_obj_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Details of dependent objects of the metadata objects.
    */
    'dependent_objects'?: any | null;
    /**
    * Details of incomplete information of the metadata objects if any.
    */
    'incomplete_objects'?: Array<any> | null;
    /**
    * Complete details of the metadata objects.
    */
    'metadata_detail'?: any | null;
    /**
    * Header information of the metadata objects.
    */
    'metadata_header'?: any | null;
    /**
    * Visualization header information of the metadata objects.
    */
    'visualization_headers'?: Array<any> | null;
    /**
    * Stats of the metadata object. Includes views, favorites, last_accessed.
    */
    'stats'?: any | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type MetadataSearchResponseMetadataTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD" | "ANSWER" | "LOGICAL_TABLE" | "LOGICAL_COLUMN" | "CONNECTION" | "TAG" | "USER" | "USER_GROUP" | "LOGICAL_RELATIONSHIP" | "INSIGHT_SPEC";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Sort options.
*/
declare class MetadataSearchSortOptions {
    /**
    * Name of the field to apply the sort on.
    */
    'field_name'?: MetadataSearchSortOptionsFieldNameEnum | null;
    /**
    * Sort order : ASC(Ascending) or DESC(Descending).
    */
    'order'?: MetadataSearchSortOptionsOrderEnum | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type MetadataSearchSortOptionsFieldNameEnum = "NAME" | "DISPLAY_NAME" | "AUTHOR" | "CREATED" | "MODIFIED" | "VIEWS" | "FAVORITES" | "LAST_ACCESSED";
type MetadataSearchSortOptionsOrderEnum = "ASC" | "DESC";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ModelTableList {
    /**
    * Name of the Model.
    */
    'model_name': string;
    /**
    * Model directory path, this is optional param and required if there are duplicate models with the same name.
    */
    'model_path'?: string | null;
    /**
    * List of Tables.
    */
    'tables': Array<string>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class NLInstructionsInfoInput {
    /**
    * User instructions for natural language processing.
    */
    'instructions': Array<string>;
    /**
    * Scope of the instruction (USER or GLOBAL). Defaults to GLOBAL.
    */
    'scope': NLInstructionsInfoInputScopeEnum;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type NLInstructionsInfoInputScopeEnum = "GLOBAL";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* The object representation with ID and Name.
*/
declare class ObjectIDAndName {
    /**
    * The unique identifier of the object.
    */
    'id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Name of the object.
    */
    'name'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ObjectPrivilegesOfMetadataResponse {
    'metadata_object_privileges'?: any | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* The current Org context of the user.
*/
declare class Org {
    /**
    * The ID of the object.
    */
    'id': number;
    /**
    * Name of the object.
    */
    'name': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Org-level non-embed access configuration.
*/
declare class OrgNonEmbedAccess {
    /**
    * Block full application access for non-embedded usage.
    */
    'block_full_app_access'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Groups that have non-embed full app access.
    */
    'groups_with_access'?: Array<GroupInfo> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class OrgPreferenceSearchCriteriaInput {
    /**
    * Unique identifier or name of the org
    */
    'org_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Event types to search for. If not provided, all event types for this org are returned.
    */
    'event_types'?: Array<OrgPreferenceSearchCriteriaInputEventTypesEnum> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type OrgPreferenceSearchCriteriaInputEventTypesEnum = "LIVEBOARD_SCHEDULE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class OrgResponse {
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the Org.
    */
    'id'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Name of the Org.
    */
    'name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Status of the Org.
    */
    'status'?: OrgResponseStatusEnum | null;
    /**
    * Description of the Org.
    */
    'description'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Visibility of the Org.
    */
    'visibility'?: OrgResponseVisibilityEnum | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type OrgResponseStatusEnum = "ACTIVE" | "IN_ACTIVE";
type OrgResponseVisibilityEnum = "SHOW" | "HIDDEN";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ParameterizeMetadataFieldsRequest {
    /**
    * Type of metadata object to parameterize.
    */
    'metadata_type'?: ParameterizeMetadataFieldsRequestMetadataTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the metadata object to parameterize.
    */
    'metadata_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Type of field in the metadata to parameterize.
    */
    'field_type': ParameterizeMetadataFieldsRequestFieldTypeEnum;
    /**
    * JSON array of field names to parameterize. Example: [schemaName, databaseName, tableName]
    */
    'field_names': Array<string>;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the variable to use for parameterization of these fields.
    */
    'variable_identifier': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ParameterizeMetadataFieldsRequestMetadataTypeEnum = "LOGICAL_TABLE" | "CONNECTION" | "CONNECTION_CONFIG";
type ParameterizeMetadataFieldsRequestFieldTypeEnum = "ATTRIBUTE" | "CONNECTION_PROPERTY";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ParameterizeMetadataRequest {
    /**
    * Type of metadata object to parameterize.
    */
    'metadata_type'?: ParameterizeMetadataRequestMetadataTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the metadata object to parameterize.
    */
    'metadata_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Type of field in the metadata to parameterize.
    */
    'field_type': ParameterizeMetadataRequestFieldTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Name of the field which needs to be parameterized.
    */
    'field_name': string;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the variable to use for parameterization
    */
    'variable_identifier': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ParameterizeMetadataRequestMetadataTypeEnum = "LOGICAL_TABLE" | "CONNECTION" | "CONNECTION_CONFIG";
type ParameterizeMetadataRequestFieldTypeEnum = "ATTRIBUTE" | "CONNECTION_PROPERTY";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Options for PDF export.
*/
declare class PdfOptions {
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include complete Liveboard.
    */
    'complete_liveboard'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include cover page with the Liveboard title.
    */
    'include_cover_page'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include customized wide logo in the footer if available.
    */
    'include_custom_logo'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include a page with all applied filters.
    */
    'include_filter_page'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include page number in the footer of each page
    */
    'include_page_number'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Text to include in the footer of each page.
    */
    'page_footer_text'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Page orientation of the PDF.
    */
    'page_orientation'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Page size.
    */
    'page_size'?: PdfOptionsPageSizeEnum | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include only first page of the tables.
    */
    'truncate_table'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type PdfOptionsPageSizeEnum = "A4";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class PdfOptionsInput {
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include the cover page with the Liveboard title.
    */
    'include_cover_page'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include customized wide logo in the footer if available.
    */
    'include_custom_logo'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include a page with all applied filters.
    */
    'include_filter_page'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include page number in the footer of each page.
    */
    'include_page_number'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Page orientation of the PDF.
    */
    'page_orientation'?: PdfOptionsInputPageOrientationEnum | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include only the first page of the tables.
    */
    'truncate_table'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Text to include in the footer of each page.
    */
    'page_footer_text'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type PdfOptionsInputPageOrientationEnum = "PORTRAIT" | "LANDSCAPE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Details of users or groups.
*/
declare class PermissionInput {
    'principal': PrincipalsInput;
    /**
    * Object share mode.
    */
    'share_mode': PermissionInputShareModeEnum;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type PermissionInputShareModeEnum = "READ_ONLY" | "MODIFY" | "NO_ACCESS";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class PermissionOfMetadataResponse {
    'metadata_permission_details'?: any | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class PermissionOfPrincipalsResponse {
    'principal_permission_details'?: any | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class PngOptionsInput {
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include the cover page with the Liveboard title.
    */
    'include_cover_page'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include a page with all applied filters.
    */
    'include_filter_page'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates personalised view of the Liveboard in case of png
    */
    'personalised_view_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Desired width of the Liveboard image in pixels. Ex. 1920 for Full HD image   Version: 10.9.0.cl or later
    */
    'image_resolution'?: number | null;
    /**
    * The scale of the image in percentage. Ex. 100 for 100% scale.   Version: 10.9.0.cl or later
    */
    'image_scale'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include the header of the liveboard.   Version: 10.9.0.cl or later
    */
    'include_header'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class PolicyProcessOptionsInput {
    'impersonate_user'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class PrincipalsListItem {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the user or group.
    */
    'identifier': string;
    /**
    * Principal type. Valid values are
    */
    'type': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class PublishMetadataListItem {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the metadata.
    */
    'identifier': string;
    /**
    * Type of metadata. Required if identifier is name.
    */
    'type'?: PublishMetadataListItemTypeEnum | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type PublishMetadataListItemTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD" | "ANSWER" | "LOGICAL_TABLE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class PublishMetadataRequest {
    /**
    * Metadata objects to be published.
    */
    'metadata': Array<PublishMetadataListItem>;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of orgs to which metadata objects should be published.
    */
    'org_identifiers': Array<string>;
    /**
    * Skip validations of objects to be published.
    */
    'skip_validation'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Input for variable value put operations
*/
declare class VariablePutAssignmentInput {
    /**
    * Values of the variable
    */
    'assigned_values': Array<string>;
    /**
    * The unique name of the org
    */
    'org_identifier'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Principal type
    */
    'principal_type'?: VariablePutAssignmentInputPrincipalTypeEnum | null;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the principal
    */
    'principal_identifier'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Unique ID of the model
    */
    'model_identifier'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Priority level
    */
    'priority'?: number | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type VariablePutAssignmentInputPrincipalTypeEnum = "USER" | "USER_GROUP";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class PutVariableValuesRequest {
    /**
    * Operation to perform
    */
    'operation'?: PutVariableValuesRequestOperationEnum;
    /**
    * Variable assignments
    */
    'variable_assignment': Array<VariablePutAssignmentInput>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type PutVariableValuesRequestOperationEnum = "ADD" | "REMOVE" | "REPLACE" | "RESET";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* NLSRequest object containing user query & instructions.
*/
declare class QueryGetDecomposedQueryRequestNlsRequest {
    /**
    * Cluster version like 10.4.0.cl, 10.5.0.cl, so on.
    */
    'agentVersion'?: number | null;
    /**
    * If true, results are not returned from cache & calculated every time. Can incur high costs & latency.
    */
    'bypassCache'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * User specific instructions for processing the @query.
    */
    'instructions'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * User query which is a topical/goal oriented question that needs to be broken down into smaller simple analytical questions.
    */
    'query'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class QueryGetDecomposedQueryRequest {
    /**
    * List of answer unique identifiers (GUIDs) whose data will be used to guide the response.
    */
    'answerIds'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * User provided content like text data, csv data as a string message to provide context & potentially improve the quality of the response.
    */
    'content'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Unique identifier to denote current conversation.
    */
    'conversationId'?: string;
    /**
    * List of liveboard unique identifiers (GUIDs) whose data will be used to guide the response.
    */
    'liveboardIds'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Maximum number of decomposed queries that is allowed in the response, default = 5.
    */
    'maxDecomposedQueries'?: number;
    'nlsRequest'?: QueryGetDecomposedQueryRequestNlsRequest;
    /**
    * List of worksheetIds to provide context for decomposing user query into analytical queries that can be run on them.
    */
    'worksheetIds'?: Array<string>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Recipient configuration which includes email address, ID or name of the users and groups.
*/
declare class RecipientDetails {
    /**
    * Emails of the recipients. Specify email address if the recipient is not a ThoughtSpot user.
    */
    'emails'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * List of user or groups to subscribe for the scheduled job notifications.
    */
    'principals'?: Array<PrincipalsListItem> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Recipients of the scheduled job notification.
*/
declare class RecipientDetailsInput {
    /**
    * Emails of the recipients.
    */
    'emails'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * User or groups to be set as recipients of the schedule notifications.
    */
    'principals'?: Array<PrincipalsListItemInput> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class RegionalSettingsInput {
    /**
    * ISO code to be appended with currency values.
    */
    'currency_format'?: RegionalSettingsInputCurrencyFormatEnum | null;
    /**
    * Indicates the locale to be used for all formattings.
    */
    'user_locale'?: RegionalSettingsInputUserLocaleEnum | null;
    /**
    * Indicates the locale to be used for number formatting.
    */
    'number_format_locale'?: RegionalSettingsInputNumberFormatLocaleEnum | null;
    /**
    * Indicates the locale to be used for date formatting.
    */
    'date_format_locale'?: RegionalSettingsInputDateFormatLocaleEnum | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type RegionalSettingsInputCurrencyFormatEnum = "ADP" | "AED" | "AFN" | "ALL" | "AMD" | "ANG" | "AOA" | "ARA" | "ARS" | "ATS" | "AUD" | "AWG" | "AZN" | "BAM" | "BBD" | "BDT" | "BEF" | "BGL" | "BGM" | "BGN" | "BHD" | "BIF" | "BMD" | "BND" | "BOB" | "BOP" | "BOV" | "BRL" | "BSD" | "BTN" | "BUK" | "BWP" | "BYN" | "BZD" | "CAD" | "CDF" | "CHE" | "CHF" | "CHW" | "CLE" | "CLP" | "CNX" | "CNY" | "COP" | "COU" | "CRC" | "CSK" | "CUC" | "CUP" | "CVE" | "CYP" | "CZK" | "DDM" | "DEM" | "DJF" | "DKK" | "DOP" | "DZD" | "ECS" | "ECV" | "EEK" | "EGP" | "ERN" | "ESP" | "ETB" | "EUR" | "FIM" | "FJD" | "FKP" | "FRF" | "GBP" | "GEK" | "GEL" | "GHS" | "GIP" | "GMD" | "GNF" | "GNS" | "GQE" | "GRD" | "GTQ" | "GWE" | "GWP" | "GYD" | "HKD" | "HNL" | "HRD" | "HRK" | "HTG" | "HUF" | "IDR" | "IEP" | "ILP" | "ILS" | "INR" | "IQD" | "IRR" | "ISK" | "ITL" | "JMD" | "JOD" | "JPY" | "KES" | "KGS" | "KHR" | "KMF" | "KPW" | "KRW" | "KWD" | "KYD" | "KZT" | "LAK" | "LBP" | "LKR" | "LRD" | "LSL" | "LTL" | "LTT" | "LUC" | "LUF" | "LUL" | "LVL" | "LVR" | "LYD" | "MAD" | "MAF" | "MCF" | "MDC" | "MDL" | "MGA" | "MGF" | "MKD" | "MLF" | "MMK" | "MNT" | "MOP" | "MRU" | "MTL" | "MTP" | "MUR" | "MVR" | "MWK" | "MXN" | "MXV" | "MYR" | "MZE" | "MZN" | "NAD" | "NGN" | "NIO" | "NLG" | "NOK" | "NPR" | "NZD" | "OMR" | "PAB" | "PEI" | "PEN" | "PGK" | "PHP" | "PKR" | "PLN" | "PTE" | "PYG" | "QAR" | "RHD" | "RON" | "RSD" | "RUB" | "RWF" | "SAR" | "SBD" | "SCR" | "SDG" | "SEK" | "SGD" | "SHP" | "SIT" | "SKK" | "SLL" | "SOS" | "SRD" | "SRG" | "SSP" | "STN" | "SUR" | "SVC" | "SYP" | "SZL" | "THB" | "TJR" | "TJS" | "TMT" | "TND" | "TOP" | "TPE" | "TRY" | "TTD" | "TWD" | "TZS" | "UAH" | "UAK" | "UGX" | "USD" | "UYU" | "UYW" | "UZS" | "VES" | "VND" | "VUV" | "WST" | "XAF" | "XAG" | "XAU" | "XBA" | "XBB" | "XCD" | "XDR" | "XEU" | "XFO" | "XFU" | "XOF" | "XPD" | "XPF" | "XPT" | "XRE" | "XSU" | "XTS" | "XUA" | "XXX" | "YDD" | "YER" | "ZAR" | "ZMW";
type RegionalSettingsInputUserLocaleEnum = "en-CA" | "en-GB" | "en-US" | "de-DE" | "ja-JP" | "zh-CN" | "pt-BR" | "fr-FR" | "fr-CA" | "es-US" | "da-DK" | "es-ES" | "fi-FI" | "sv-SE" | "nb-NO" | "pt-PT" | "nl-NL" | "it-IT" | "ru-RU" | "en-IN" | "de-CH" | "en-NZ" | "es-MX" | "en-AU" | "zh-Hant" | "ko-KR" | "en-DE";
type RegionalSettingsInputNumberFormatLocaleEnum = "en-CA" | "en-GB" | "en-US" | "de-DE" | "ja-JP" | "zh-CN" | "pt-BR" | "fr-FR" | "fr-CA" | "es-US" | "da-DK" | "es-ES" | "fi-FI" | "sv-SE" | "nb-NO" | "pt-PT" | "nl-NL" | "it-IT" | "ru-RU" | "en-IN" | "de-CH" | "en-NZ" | "es-MX" | "en-AU" | "zh-Hant" | "ko-KR" | "en-DE";
type RegionalSettingsInputDateFormatLocaleEnum = "en-CA" | "en-GB" | "en-US" | "de-DE" | "ja-JP" | "zh-CN" | "pt-BR" | "fr-FR" | "fr-CA" | "es-US" | "da-DK" | "es-ES" | "fi-FI" | "sv-SE" | "nb-NO" | "pt-PT" | "nl-NL" | "it-IT" | "ru-RU" | "en-IN" | "de-CH" | "en-NZ" | "es-MX" | "en-AU" | "zh-Hant" | "ko-KR" | "en-DE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class RepoConfigObject {
    /**
    * Remote repository URL configured
    */
    'repository_url'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Username to authenticate connection to the version control system
    */
    'username'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Name of the remote branch where objects from this Thoughtspot instance will be versioned.
    */
    'commit_branch_name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Branches that have been pulled in local repository
    */
    'branches'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * Maintain mapping of guid for the deployment to an instance
    */
    'enable_guid_mapping'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Name of the branch where the configuration files related to operations between Thoughtspot and version control repo should be maintained.
    */
    'configuration_branch_name'?: string | null;
    'org'?: Org;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ResetUserPasswordRequest {
    /**
    * New password for the user.
    */
    'new_password': string;
    /**
    * GUID or name of the user.
    */
    'user_identifier': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* The object representation with activation link.
*/
declare class ResponseActivationURL {
    /**
    * Activation link to activate the user.
    */
    'activation_link'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ResponseCopyObject {
    /**
    * The unique identifier of the object.
    */
    'metadata_id'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Custom action details
*/
declare class ResponseCustomAction {
    'action_details': ActionDetails;
    'default_action_config': DefaultActionConfig;
    /**
    * Unique Id of the custom action.
    */
    'id': string;
    /**
    * Metadata objects to assign the the custom action to.
    */
    'metadata_association'?: Array<MetadataAssociationItem> | null;
    /**
    * Unique name of the custom action.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the User groups which are associated with the custom action.
    */
    'user_groups'?: Array<ObjectIDAndName> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Unique ID of the failed worksheet.
*/
declare class ResponseFailedEntity {
    'id': string;
    /**
    * Name of the worksheet that failed to convert.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Error details related to the failed conversion.
    */
    'error': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Wrapper for the failed entities, as they are inside a \'data\' field in the response.
*/
declare class ResponseFailedEntities {
    'data': Array<ResponseFailedEntity>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Unique ID of the incomplete worksheet.
*/
declare class ResponseIncompleteEntity {
    'id': string;
    /**
    * Name of the incomplete worksheet.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Error details related to the incomplete conversion.
    */
    'error': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Wrapper for the incomplete entities, as they are inside a \'data\' field in the response.
*/
declare class ResponseIncompleteEntities {
    'data': Array<ResponseIncompleteEntity>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ResponseMessage {
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the generated response.
    */
    'session_identifier'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Generate number of the response.
    */
    'generation_number'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Type of the generated response.
    */
    'message_type': ResponseMessageMessageTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Generated visualization type.
    */
    'visualization_type'?: ResponseMessageVisualizationTypeEnum | null;
    /**
    * Tokens for the response.
    */
    'tokens'?: string | null;
    /**
    * User friendly tokens for the response.
    */
    'display_tokens'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ResponseMessageMessageTypeEnum = "TSAnswer";
type ResponseMessageVisualizationTypeEnum = "Chart" | "Table" | "Undefined";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Unique ID of the worksheet that failed post-upgrade.
*/
declare class ResponsePostUpgradeFailedEntity {
    'id': string;
    /**
    * Name of the worksheet that failed post-upgrade.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Error details related to the post-upgrade failure.
    */
    'error': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Wrapper for the post-upgrade failed entities, as they are inside a \'data\' field in the response.
*/
declare class ResponsePostUpgradeFailedEntities {
    'data': Array<ResponsePostUpgradeFailedEntity>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Schedule run response object
*/
declare class ResponseScheduleRun {
    /**
    * GUID of the scheduled job.
    */
    'id': string;
    /**
    * Schedule run start time in milliseconds.
    */
    'start_time_in_millis': number;
    /**
    * Schedule run end time in milliseconds.
    */
    'end_time_in_millis': number;
    /**
    * Status of the schedule run.
    */
    'status': string;
    /**
    * Message details related to the schedule run.
    */
    'detail'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class ResponseSchedule {
    'author': Author;
    /**
    * Schedule creation time in milliseconds.
    */
    'creation_time_in_millis': any;
    /**
    * Description of the job.
    */
    'description'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Export file format.
    */
    'file_format': string;
    'frequency': Frequency;
    /**
    * GUID of the scheduled job.
    */
    'id': string;
    'liveboard_options'?: LiveboardOptions;
    'metadata': MetadataResponse;
    /**
    * Name of the scheduled job.
    */
    'name': string;
    'pdf_options'?: PdfOptions;
    'recipient_details': RecipientDetails;
    /**
    * Status of the job
    */
    'status'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Time zone
    */
    'time_zone': string;
    /**
    * Schedule runs history records.
    */
    'history_runs'?: Array<ResponseScheduleRun> | null;
    /**
    * Personalised view id of the liveboard to be scheduled.
    */
    'personalised_view_id'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Unique ID of the worksheet.
*/
declare class ResponseSuccessfulEntity {
    'id': string;
    /**
    * Name of the worksheet.
    */
    'name': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Wrapper for the successful entities, as they are inside a \'data\' field in the response.
*/
declare class ResponseSuccessfulEntities {
    'data': Array<ResponseSuccessfulEntity>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Name of the conversion process, which involves converting worksheets to models.
*/
declare class ResponseWorksheetToModelConversion {
    'name': string;
    /**
    * The number of worksheets successfully converted to models.
    */
    'success_count': number;
    /**
    * The number of worksheets that failed to convert.
    */
    'failure_count': number;
    /**
    * The number of worksheets that were incomplete during the conversion process.
    */
    'incomplete_count': number;
    /**
    * The number of worksheets that failed after an upgrade during the conversion process.
    */
    'post_upgrade_failed_count': number;
    /**
    * The total time taken to complete the conversion process in milliseconds.
    */
    'total_time_in_millis': number;
    'successful_entities': ResponseSuccessfulEntities;
    'failed_entities': ResponseFailedEntities;
    'incomplete_entities': ResponseIncompleteEntities;
    'post_upgrade_failed_entities': ResponsePostUpgradeFailedEntities;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class RevertCommitRequest {
    /**
    * Metadata objects.
    */
    'metadata'?: Array<MetadataObject>;
    /**
    *    Name of the branch where the reverted version should be committed      Note: If no branch_name is specified, then the commit_branch_name will be considered.
    */
    'branch_name'?: string;
    /**
    * Policy to apply when reverting a commit. Valid values: [ALL_OR_NONE, PARTIAL]
    */
    'revert_policy'?: RevertCommitRequestRevertPolicyEnum;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type RevertCommitRequestRevertPolicyEnum = "ALL_OR_NONE" | "PARTIAL";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class RevertedMetadata {
    /**
    * Name of the file deployed
    */
    'file_name': string;
    /**
    * Name of the metadata object
    */
    'metadata_name': string;
    /**
    * Type of the metadata object
    */
    'metadata_type': string;
    /**
    * Indicates the status of deployment for the file
    */
    'status_code': string;
    /**
    * Any error or warning with the deployment
    */
    'status_message': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class RevertResponse {
    'committer'?: CommiterType;
    'author'?: AuthorType;
    /**
    * Comments associated with the commit
    */
    'comment'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Time at which the changes were committed.
    */
    'commit_time'?: string | null;
    /**
    * SHA id associated with the commit
    */
    'commit_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Branch where changes were committed
    */
    'branch'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Files that were pushed as part of this commit
    */
    'committed_files'?: Array<CommitFileType> | null;
    /**
    * Metadata of reverted file of this commit
    */
    'reverted_metadata'?: Array<RevertedMetadata> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class RevokeRefreshTokensRequest {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the configuration. When provided, the refresh tokens of the users associated with the connection configuration will be revoked.
    */
    'configuration_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the users. When provided, the refresh tokens of the specified users will be revoked. If the request includes the user ID or name of the connection author, their token will also be revoked.
    */
    'user_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the Org. When provided, the refresh tokens of all users associated with the published connection in the Org will be revoked. This parameter is valid only for published connections. Using it with unpublished connections will result in an error.
    */
    'org_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class RevokeRefreshTokensResponse {
    /**
    * Result message describing the outcome of the refresh token revocation operation.
    */
    'data': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class RevokeTokenRequest {
    'user_identifier'?: string;
    'token'?: string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class RiseGQLArgWrapper {
    'name': string;
    'type': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class RiseSetter {
    'field': string;
    'path': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class Role {
    /**
    * id of the role
    */
    'id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * name of the role
    */
    'name'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class RoleResponse {
    /**
    * Unique Id of the role.
    */
    'id': string;
    /**
    * Name of the role
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Description of the role
    */
    'description': string;
    /**
    * number of groups assigned with this role
    */
    'groups_assigned_count'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Orgs in which role exists.
    */
    'orgs'?: Array<GenericInfo> | null;
    /**
    * Details of groups assigned with this role
    */
    'groups'?: Array<GenericInfo> | null;
    /**
    * Privileges granted to the role.
    */
    'privileges': Array<RoleResponsePrivilegesEnum>;
    /**
    * Permission details of the Role
    */
    'permission'?: RoleResponsePermissionEnum | null;
    /**
    * Unique identifier of author of the role.
    */
    'author_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Unique identifier of modifier of the role.
    */
    'modifier_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Creation time of the role in milliseconds.
    */
    'creation_time_in_millis'?: any | null;
    /**
    * Last modified time of the role in milliseconds.
    */
    'modification_time_in_millis'?: any | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the role is deleted.
    */
    'deleted'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the role is deprecated.
    */
    'deprecated'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the role is external.
    */
    'external'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the role is hidden.
    */
    'hidden'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the role is shared via connection
    */
    'shared_via_connection'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type RoleResponsePrivilegesEnum = "USERDATAUPLOADING" | "DATADOWNLOADING" | "DATAMANAGEMENT" | "SHAREWITHALL" | "JOBSCHEDULING" | "A3ANALYSIS" | "BYPASSRLS" | "DISABLE_PINBOARD_CREATION" | "DEVELOPER" | "APPLICATION_ADMINISTRATION" | "USER_ADMINISTRATION" | "GROUP_ADMINISTRATION" | "SYSTEM_INFO_ADMINISTRATION" | "SYNCMANAGEMENT" | "ORG_ADMINISTRATION" | "ROLE_ADMINISTRATION" | "AUTHENTICATION_ADMINISTRATION" | "BILLING_INFO_ADMINISTRATION" | "CONTROL_TRUSTED_AUTH" | "TAGMANAGEMENT" | "LIVEBOARD_VERIFIER" | "CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR" | "CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS" | "CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES" | "CAN_MANAGE_VERSION_CONTROL" | "THIRDPARTY_ANALYSIS" | "CAN_CREATE_CATALOG" | "ALLOW_NON_EMBED_FULL_APP_ACCESS" | "CAN_ACCESS_ANALYST_STUDIO" | "CAN_MANAGE_ANALYST_STUDIO" | "PREVIEW_DOCUMENT_SEARCH" | "CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES" | "CAN_MODIFY_FOLDERS" | "CAN_VIEW_FOLDERS" | "CAN_SETUP_VERSION_CONTROL" | "PREVIEW_THOUGHTSPOT_SAGE" | "CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS" | "CAN_DOWNLOAD_VISUALS" | "CAN_DOWNLOAD_DETAILED_DATA" | "CAN_USE_SPOTTER";
type RoleResponsePermissionEnum = "READ_ONLY" | "MODIFY" | "NO_ACCESS";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* List of runtime parameters need to set during the session.
*/
declare class RuntimeFilter {
    /**
    * Runtime filter parameter type in JWT.
    */
    'runtime_filter'?: any;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* List of runtime parameters need to set during the session.
*/
declare class RuntimeParamOverride {
    /**
    * Runtime param override type in JWT.
    */
    'runtime_param_override'?: any;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* List of runtime parameters need to set during the session.
*/
declare class RuntimeSort {
    /**
    * Runtime sort parameter type in JWT.
    */
    'runtime_sort'?: any;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ScheduleHistoryRunsOptionsInput {
    /**
    * Indicates whether to fetch history runs for the scheduled notification.
    */
    'include_history_runs'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates the max number of records that can be fetched as past runs of any scheduled job.
    */
    'record_size'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Indicates the starting record number from where history runs records should be fetched.
    */
    'record_offset'?: number | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Options for PDF export.
*/
declare class SchedulesPdfOptionsInput {
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include complete Liveboard.
    */
    'complete_liveboard'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include cover page with the Liveboard title.
    */
    'include_cover_page'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include customized wide logo in the footer if available.
    */
    'include_custom_logo'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include a page with all applied filters.
    */
    'include_filter_page'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include page number in the footer of each page
    */
    'include_page_number'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Text to include in the footer of each page.
    */
    'page_footer_text'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Page orientation of the PDF.
    */
    'page_orientation'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Page size.
    */
    'page_size'?: SchedulesPdfOptionsInputPageSizeEnum | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include only first page of the tables.
    */
    'truncate_table'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SchedulesPdfOptionsInputPageSizeEnum = "A4";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class Scope {
    /**
    * Object access scope type.
    */
    'access_type': string;
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the metadata.
    */
    'org_id'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the Org.
    */
    'metadata_id'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Sort options.
*/
declare class SearchCalendarsRequestSortOptions {
    /**
    * Name of the field to apply the sort on.
    */
    'field_name'?: SearchCalendarsRequestSortOptionsFieldNameEnum | null;
    /**
    * Sort order : ASC(Ascending) or DESC(Descending).
    */
    'order'?: SearchCalendarsRequestSortOptionsOrderEnum | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SearchCalendarsRequestSortOptionsFieldNameEnum = "DEFAULT" | "NAME" | "DISPLAY_NAME" | "AUTHOR" | "CREATED" | "MODIFIED";
type SearchCalendarsRequestSortOptionsOrderEnum = "ASC" | "DESC";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class SearchCalendarsRequest {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the connection.
    */
    'connection_identifier'?: string;
    /**
    * Pattern to match for calendar names (use \'%\' for wildcard match).
    */
    'name_pattern'?: string;
    /**
    * The starting record number from where the records should be included.
    */
    'record_offset'?: number;
    /**
    * The number of records that should be included.
    */
    'record_size'?: number;
    'sort_options'?: SearchCalendarsRequestSortOptions;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class SearchChannelHistoryRequest {
    /**
    * Type of communication channel to search history for.
    */
    'channel_type': SearchChannelHistoryRequestChannelTypeEnum;
    /**
    * List of job execution record IDs to retrieve.
    */
    'job_ids'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * List of channel IDs or names to filter by.
    */
    'channel_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Filter by channel delivery status.
    */
    'channel_status'?: SearchChannelHistoryRequestChannelStatusEnum;
    /**
    * Filter by events that triggered the channel.
    */
    'events'?: Array<ChannelHistoryEventInput>;
    /**
    * Filter records created on or after this time (epoch milliseconds).
    */
    'start_epoch_time_in_millis'?: number;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SearchChannelHistoryRequestChannelTypeEnum = "WEBHOOK";
type SearchChannelHistoryRequestChannelStatusEnum = "PENDING" | "RETRY" | "SUCCESS" | "FAILED";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Response wrapper for channel delivery history.
*/
declare class SearchChannelHistoryResponse {
    /**
    * List of job execution records.
    */
    'jobs': Array<ChannelHistoryJob>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Sort options.
*/
declare class SearchCollectionsRequestSortOptions {
    /**
    * Name of the field to apply the sort on.
    */
    'field_name'?: SearchCollectionsRequestSortOptionsFieldNameEnum | null;
    /**
    * Sort order : ASC(Ascending) or DESC(Descending).
    */
    'order'?: SearchCollectionsRequestSortOptionsOrderEnum | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SearchCollectionsRequestSortOptionsFieldNameEnum = "NAME" | "DISPLAY_NAME" | "AUTHOR" | "CREATED" | "MODIFIED";
type SearchCollectionsRequestSortOptionsOrderEnum = "ASC" | "DESC";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class SearchCollectionsRequest {
    /**
    * A pattern to match case-insensitive name of the Collection object. Use \'%\' for wildcard match.
    */
    'name_pattern'?: string;
    /**
    * The starting record number from where the records should be included.
    */
    'record_offset'?: number;
    /**
    * The number of records that should be included. -1 implies no pagination.
    */
    'record_size'?: number;
    /**
    * Unique GUIDs of collections to search. Note: Collection names cannot be used as identifiers since duplicate names are allowed.
    */
    'collection_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Filter collections by author. Provide unique IDs or names of users who created the collections.
    */
    'created_by_user_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Include collection metadata items in the response.
    */
    'include_metadata'?: boolean | null;
    'sort_options'?: SearchCollectionsRequestSortOptions;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class SearchCommitsRequest {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the metadata.
    */
    'metadata_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Type of metadata.
    */
    'metadata_type'?: SearchCommitsRequestMetadataTypeEnum;
    /**
    *    Name of the branch from which commit history needs to be displayed.      Note: If no branch_name is specified, then commits will be returned for the default branch for this configuration.
    */
    'branch_name'?: string;
    /**
    *     Record offset point in the commit history to display the response.       Note: If no record offset is specified, the beginning of the record will be considered.
    */
    'record_offset'?: number;
    /**
    *     Number of history records from record offset point to be displayed in the response.       Note: If no record size is specified, then all the records will be considered.
    */
    'record_size'?: number;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SearchCommitsRequestMetadataTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD" | "ANSWER" | "LOGICAL_TABLE" | "CUSTOM_ACTION";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class SearchCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest {
    /**
    * Event types to search for in cluster-level preferences.
    */
    'cluster_preferences'?: Array<SearchCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequestClusterPreferencesEnum>;
    /**
    * Org-specific search criteria.
    */
    'org_preferences'?: Array<OrgPreferenceSearchCriteriaInput>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SearchCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequestClusterPreferencesEnum = "LIVEBOARD_SCHEDULE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class SearchConfigRequest {
    /**
    *    Applicable when Orgs is enabled in the cluster      List of Org ids or name. Provide value -1 for cluster level. Example : [\"OrgID1-or-Name1\", \"OrgID2-or-Name2\"]         Note: If no value is specified, then the configurations will be returned for all orgs the user has access to     Version: 9.5.0.cl or later
    */
    'org_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Sort options.
*/
declare class SearchConnectionRequestSortOptions {
    /**
    * Name of the field to apply the sort on.
    */
    'field_name'?: SearchConnectionRequestSortOptionsFieldNameEnum | null;
    /**
    * Sort order : ASC(Ascending) or DESC(Descending).
    */
    'order'?: SearchConnectionRequestSortOptionsOrderEnum | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SearchConnectionRequestSortOptionsFieldNameEnum = "NAME" | "DISPLAY_NAME" | "AUTHOR" | "CREATED" | "MODIFIED" | "LAST_ACCESSED" | "SYNCED" | "VIEWS" | "USER_STATE" | "ROW_COUNT";
type SearchConnectionRequestSortOptionsOrderEnum = "ASC" | "DESC";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class SearchConnectionRequest {
    /**
    * List of connections and name pattern
    */
    'connections'?: Array<ConnectionInput>;
    /**
    * Array of types of data warehouse defined for the connection.
    */
    'data_warehouse_types'?: Array<SearchConnectionRequestDataWarehouseTypesEnum>;
    /**
    * The starting record number from where the records should be included.
    */
    'record_offset'?: number;
    /**
    * The number of records that should be included.
    */
    'record_size'?: number;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of tags.
    */
    'tag_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Data warehouse object type.
    */
    'data_warehouse_object_type'?: SearchConnectionRequestDataWarehouseObjectTypeEnum;
    'sort_options'?: SearchConnectionRequestSortOptions;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include complete details of the connection objects.
    */
    'include_details'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Configuration values. If empty we are fetching configuration from datasource based on given connection id. If required you can provide config details to fetch specific details. Example input: {}, {\"warehouse\":\"SMALL_WH\",\"database\":\"DEVELOPMENT\"}. This is only applicable when data_warehouse_object_type is selected.
    */
    'configuration'?: any;
    /**
    * List of authentication types to fetch data_ware_house_objects from external Data warehouse. This is only applicable when data_warehouse_object_type is selected.
    */
    'authentication_type'?: SearchConnectionRequestAuthenticationTypeEnum;
    /**
    * <div>Version: 10.9.0.cl or later </div>  Indicates whether to show resolved parameterised values.
    */
    'show_resolved_parameters'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SearchConnectionRequestDataWarehouseTypesEnum = "SNOWFLAKE" | "AMAZON_REDSHIFT" | "GOOGLE_BIGQUERY" | "AZURE_SYNAPSE" | "TERADATA" | "SAP_HANA" | "STARBURST" | "ORACLE_ADW" | "DATABRICKS" | "DENODO" | "DREMIO" | "TRINO" | "PRESTO" | "POSTGRES" | "SQLSERVER" | "MYSQL" | "GENERIC_JDBC" | "AMAZON_RDS_POSTGRESQL" | "AMAZON_AURORA_POSTGRESQL" | "AMAZON_RDS_MYSQL" | "AMAZON_AURORA_MYSQL" | "LOOKER" | "AMAZON_ATHENA" | "SINGLESTORE" | "GCP_SQLSERVER" | "GCP_ALLOYDB_POSTGRESQL" | "GCP_POSTGRESQL" | "GCP_MYSQL" | "MODE" | "GOOGLE_SHEETS" | "FALCON" | "FALCON_ONPREM" | "CLICKHOUSE";
type SearchConnectionRequestDataWarehouseObjectTypeEnum = "DATABASE" | "SCHEMA" | "TABLE" | "COLUMN";
type SearchConnectionRequestAuthenticationTypeEnum = "SERVICE_ACCOUNT" | "OAUTH" | "IAM" | "EXTOAUTH" | "OAUTH_WITH_SERVICE_PRINCIPAL" | "PERSONAL_ACCESS_TOKEN" | "KEY_PAIR" | "OAUTH_WITH_PKCE" | "EXTOAUTH_WITH_PKCE" | "OAUTH_WITH_PEZ" | "OAUTH_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class SearchConnectionResponse {
    /**
    * Unique ID of the connection.
    */
    'id': string;
    /**
    * Name of the connection.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Description of the connection.
    */
    'description'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Type of data warehouse.
    */
    'data_warehouse_type': SearchConnectionResponseDataWarehouseTypeEnum;
    'data_warehouse_objects'?: DataWarehouseObjects;
    /**
    * Details of the connection.
    */
    'details'?: any | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SearchConnectionResponseDataWarehouseTypeEnum = "SNOWFLAKE" | "AMAZON_REDSHIFT" | "GOOGLE_BIGQUERY" | "AZURE_SYNAPSE" | "TERADATA" | "SAP_HANA" | "STARBURST" | "ORACLE_ADW" | "DATABRICKS" | "DENODO" | "DREMIO" | "TRINO" | "PRESTO" | "POSTGRES" | "SQLSERVER" | "MYSQL" | "GENERIC_JDBC" | "AMAZON_RDS_POSTGRESQL" | "AMAZON_AURORA_POSTGRESQL" | "AMAZON_RDS_MYSQL" | "AMAZON_AURORA_MYSQL" | "LOOKER" | "AMAZON_ATHENA" | "SINGLESTORE" | "GCP_SQLSERVER" | "GCP_ALLOYDB_POSTGRESQL" | "GCP_POSTGRESQL" | "GCP_MYSQL" | "MODE" | "GOOGLE_SHEETS" | "FALCON" | "FALCON_ONPREM" | "CLICKHOUSE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Default Custom action configuration. This includes if the custom action is available on all visualizations. By default, a custom action is added to all visualizations and Answers.
*/
declare class SearchCustomActionsRequestDefaultActionConfig {
    /**
    * Custom action is available on all visualizations. Earlier naming convention: LOCAL/GLOBAL. TRUE signifies GLOBAL for backward compatibility.
    */
    'visibility'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class SearchCustomActionsRequest {
    /**
    * Name or ID of the custom action.
    */
    'custom_action_identifier'?: string;
    /**
    * A pattern to match case-insensitive name of the custom-action object.
    */
    'name_pattern'?: string;
    'default_action_config'?: SearchCustomActionsRequestDefaultActionConfig;
    /**
    * When set to true, returns the associated groups for a custom action.
    */
    'include_group_associations'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * When set to true, returns the associated metadata for a custom action.
    */
    'include_metadata_associations'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Search with a given metadata identifier.
    */
    'metadata'?: Array<CustomActionMetadataTypeInput>;
    /**
    * Filter the action objects based on type
    */
    'type'?: SearchCustomActionsRequestTypeEnum;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SearchCustomActionsRequestTypeEnum = "CALLBACK" | "URL";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class SearchDataRequest {
    /**
    * Query string with search tokens. For example, <code>[Sales][Region]</code>. See [API Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_search_data_api)
    */
    'query_string': string;
    /**
    * GUID of the data source object, such as a Worksheet, View, or Table. You can find the GUID of a data object from the UI or via API. See [API Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_search_query) for more details.
    */
    'logical_table_identifier': string;
    /**
    * JSON output in compact or full format. The FULL option is available in 9.12.5.cl or later.
    */
    'data_format'?: SearchDataRequestDataFormatEnum;
    /**
    * The starting record number from where the records should be included.
    */
    'record_offset'?: number;
    /**
    * The number of records to include in a batch.
    */
    'record_size'?: number;
    /**
    * JSON object with representing filter condition to apply filters at runtime. For example, <code> {\"col1\": \"item type\", \"op1\": \"EQ\", \"val1\": \"Bags\"} </code>. You can add multiple keys by incrementing the number at the end, for example, col2, op2, val2, and col3, op3, val3. For more information, see [API Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_runtime_filters).
    */
    'runtime_filter'?: any;
    /**
    * JSON object representing columns to sort data at runtime. For example, <code> {\"sortCol1\": \"sales\", \"asc1\": true} </code>. You can add multiple keys by incrementing the number at the end, for example, sortCol1, asc2. For more information, see [API Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_runtime_sort).
    */
    'runtime_sort'?: any;
    /**
    * JSON object for setting values of parameters at runtime. For example, <code> {\"param1\": \"Double List Param\", \"paramVal1\": 0.5}</code>. You can add multiple keys by incrementing the number at the end, for example, param2, paramVal2. For more information, see [API Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_runtime_parameters).
    */
    'runtime_param_override'?: any;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SearchDataRequestDataFormatEnum = "FULL" | "COMPACT";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Response format associated with the search data API.
*/
declare class SearchDataResponse {
    /**
    * Data content of metadata objects
    */
    'contents': Array<AnswerContent>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class SearchEmailCustomizationRequest {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of org    Version: 10.12.0.cl or later
    */
    'org_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Options to sort the API response by objects set as favorites for the logged-in user or the users specified in the API request.
*/
declare class SearchMetadataRequestFavoriteObjectOptions {
    /**
    * Includes objects marked as favorite for the specified users.
    */
    'include'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the users. If not specified, the favorite objects of current logged in user are returned.
    */
    'user_identifiers'?: Array<string> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Sort options to filter metadata details.
*/
declare class SearchMetadataRequestSortOptions {
    /**
    * Name of the field to apply the sort on.
    */
    'field_name'?: SearchMetadataRequestSortOptionsFieldNameEnum | null;
    /**
    * Sort order : ASC(Ascending) or DESC(Descending).
    */
    'order'?: SearchMetadataRequestSortOptionsOrderEnum | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SearchMetadataRequestSortOptionsFieldNameEnum = "NAME" | "DISPLAY_NAME" | "AUTHOR" | "CREATED" | "MODIFIED" | "VIEWS" | "FAVORITES" | "LAST_ACCESSED";
type SearchMetadataRequestSortOptionsOrderEnum = "ASC" | "DESC";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class SearchMetadataRequest {
    /**
    * Metadata objects such as Liveboards, Answers, and Worksheets.
    */
    'metadata'?: Array<MetadataListItemInput>;
    /**
    * Object permission details to search by.
    */
    'permissions'?: Array<PermissionInput>;
    /**
    * GUID or name of user who created the metadata object.
    */
    'created_by_user_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Version of the dependent table of the metadata objects like Worksheets.
    */
    'dependent_object_version'?: SearchMetadataRequestDependentObjectVersionEnum;
    /**
    * List of metadata objects to exclude from search.
    */
    'exclude_objects'?: Array<ExcludeMetadataListItemInput>;
    'favorite_object_options'?: SearchMetadataRequestFavoriteObjectOptions;
    /**
    * Includes system-generated metadata objects.
    */
    'include_auto_created_objects'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Includes dependents of the metadata object specified in the API request. For example, a worksheet can consist of dependent objects such as Liveboards or Answers.
    */
    'include_dependent_objects'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * The maximum number of dependents to include per metadata object.
    */
    'dependent_objects_record_size'?: number;
    /**
    * Includes complete details of the metadata objects.
    */
    'include_details'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Includes headers of the metadata objects.
    */
    'include_headers'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Includes details of the hidden objects, such as a column in a worksheet or a table.
    */
    'include_hidden_objects'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Includes objects with incomplete metadata.
    */
    'include_incomplete_objects'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Includes visualization headers of the specified Liveboard object.
    */
    'include_visualization_headers'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * If search assistance lessons are configured on a worksheet, the API returns the search assist data for Worksheet objects.
    */
    'include_worksheet_search_assist_data'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Includes ID or names of the users who modified the metadata object.
    */
    'modified_by_user_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * The starting record number from where the records should be included.
    */
    'record_offset'?: number;
    /**
    * The number of records that should be included. It is recommended to use a smaller `record_size` when fetching dependent objects or any of the additional metadata detail options.
    */
    'record_size'?: number;
    'sort_options'?: SearchMetadataRequestSortOptions;
    /**
    * Tags to filter metadata objects by
    */
    'tag_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include stats of the metadata objects.
    */
    'include_stats'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * <div>Version: 10.7.0.cl or later </div>  Boolean to indicate whether to include discoverable metadata objects.
    */
    'include_discoverable_objects'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * <div>Version: 10.9.0.cl or later </div>  Indicates whether to show resolved parameterised values.
    */
    'show_resolved_parameters'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates the model version of Liveboard to be attached in metadata detail.
    */
    'liveboard_response_version'?: SearchMetadataRequestLiveboardResponseVersionEnum;
    /**
    * <div>Version: 10.11.0.cl or later </div>  If only published objects should be returned
    */
    'include_only_published_objects'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SearchMetadataRequestDependentObjectVersionEnum = "V1" | "V2";
type SearchMetadataRequestLiveboardResponseVersionEnum = "V1" | "V2";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class SearchOrgsRequest {
    /**
    * ID or name of the Org
    */
    'org_identifier'?: string;
    /**
    * Description of the Org
    */
    'description'?: string;
    /**
    * Visibility of the Org
    */
    'visibility'?: SearchOrgsRequestVisibilityEnum;
    /**
    * Status of the Org
    */
    'status'?: SearchOrgsRequestStatusEnum;
    /**
    * GUIDs or names of the users for which you want to retrieve the Orgs data
    */
    'user_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SearchOrgsRequestVisibilityEnum = "SHOW" | "HIDDEN";
type SearchOrgsRequestStatusEnum = "ACTIVE" | "IN_ACTIVE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Response for search role api should handle hidden privileges as well.
*/
declare class SearchRoleResponse {
    /**
    * Unique Id of the role.
    */
    'id': string;
    /**
    * Name of the role
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Description of the role
    */
    'description': string;
    /**
    * number of groups assigned with this role
    */
    'groups_assigned_count'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Orgs in which role exists.
    */
    'orgs'?: Array<GenericInfo> | null;
    /**
    * Details of groups assigned with this role
    */
    'groups'?: Array<GenericInfo> | null;
    /**
    * Privileges granted to the role.
    */
    'privileges': Array<SearchRoleResponsePrivilegesEnum>;
    /**
    * Permission details of the Role
    */
    'permission'?: SearchRoleResponsePermissionEnum | null;
    /**
    * Unique identifier of author of the role.
    */
    'author_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Unique identifier of modifier of the role.
    */
    'modifier_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Creation time of the role in milliseconds.
    */
    'creation_time_in_millis'?: any | null;
    /**
    * Last modified time of the role in milliseconds.
    */
    'modification_time_in_millis'?: any | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the role is deleted.
    */
    'deleted'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the role is deprecated.
    */
    'deprecated'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the role is external.
    */
    'external'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the role is hidden.
    */
    'hidden'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the role is shared via connection
    */
    'shared_via_connection'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SearchRoleResponsePrivilegesEnum = "UNKNOWN" | "ADMINISTRATION" | "AUTHORING" | "USERDATAUPLOADING" | "DATADOWNLOADING" | "USERMANAGEMENT" | "SECURITYMANAGEMENT" | "LOGICALMODELING" | "DATAMANAGEMENT" | "TAGMANAGEMENT" | "SHAREWITHALL" | "SYSTEMMANAGEMENT" | "JOBSCHEDULING" | "A3ANALYSIS" | "EXPERIMENTALFEATUREPRIVILEGE" | "BYPASSRLS" | "RANALYSIS" | "DISABLE_PINBOARD_CREATION" | "DEVELOPER" | "APPLICATION_ADMINISTRATION" | "USER_ADMINISTRATION" | "GROUP_ADMINISTRATION" | "BACKUP_ADMINISTRATION" | "SYSTEM_INFO_ADMINISTRATION" | "ENABLESPOTAPPCREATION" | "SYNCMANAGEMENT" | "ORG_ADMINISTRATION" | "ROLE_ADMINISTRATION" | "AUTHENTICATION_ADMINISTRATION" | "BILLING_INFO_ADMINISTRATION" | "PREVIEW_THOUGHTSPOT_SAGE" | "LIVEBOARD_VERIFIER" | "CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR" | "CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS" | "CAN_CONFIGURE_CONNECTIONS" | "CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES" | "CAN_MANAGE_VERSION_CONTROL" | "THIRDPARTY_ANALYSIS" | "CONTROL_TRUSTED_AUTH" | "CAN_CREATE_CATALOG" | "ALLOW_NON_EMBED_FULL_APP_ACCESS" | "CAN_ACCESS_ANALYST_STUDIO" | "CAN_MANAGE_ANALYST_STUDIO" | "CAN_VIEW_FOLDERS" | "CAN_MODIDY_FOLDERS" | "CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES" | "PREVIEW_DOCUMENT_SEARCH" | "CAN_SETUP_VERSION_CONTROL" | "CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS" | "CAN_DOWNLOAD_VISUALS" | "CAN_DOWNLOAD_DETAILED_DATA" | "CAN_USE_SPOTTER";
type SearchRoleResponsePermissionEnum = "READ_ONLY" | "MODIFY" | "NO_ACCESS";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class SearchRolesRequest {
    /**
    * unique ID or name of the Roles
    */
    'role_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Unique Id or name of the Organisation
    */
    'org_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Unique Id or name of the User Group
    */
    'group_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Privileges assigned to the Role. See [Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac#_role_categories_and_privileges)for supported roles privileges.
    */
    'privileges'?: Array<SearchRolesRequestPrivilegesEnum>;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the Role is deprecated.
    */
    'deprecated'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the Role is external
    */
    'external'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the Role is shared via connection
    */
    'shared_via_connection'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Permission details of the Role
    */
    'permissions'?: Array<SearchRolesRequestPermissionsEnum>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SearchRolesRequestPrivilegesEnum = "UNKNOWN" | "ADMINISTRATION" | "AUTHORING" | "USERDATAUPLOADING" | "DATADOWNLOADING" | "USERMANAGEMENT" | "SECURITYMANAGEMENT" | "LOGICALMODELING" | "DATAMANAGEMENT" | "TAGMANAGEMENT" | "SHAREWITHALL" | "SYSTEMMANAGEMENT" | "JOBSCHEDULING" | "A3ANALYSIS" | "EXPERIMENTALFEATUREPRIVILEGE" | "BYPASSRLS" | "RANALYSIS" | "DISABLE_PINBOARD_CREATION" | "DEVELOPER" | "APPLICATION_ADMINISTRATION" | "USER_ADMINISTRATION" | "GROUP_ADMINISTRATION" | "BACKUP_ADMINISTRATION" | "SYSTEM_INFO_ADMINISTRATION" | "ENABLESPOTAPPCREATION" | "SYNCMANAGEMENT" | "ORG_ADMINISTRATION" | "ROLE_ADMINISTRATION" | "AUTHENTICATION_ADMINISTRATION" | "BILLING_INFO_ADMINISTRATION" | "PREVIEW_THOUGHTSPOT_SAGE" | "LIVEBOARD_VERIFIER" | "CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR" | "CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS" | "CAN_CONFIGURE_CONNECTIONS" | "CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES" | "CAN_MANAGE_VERSION_CONTROL" | "THIRDPARTY_ANALYSIS" | "CONTROL_TRUSTED_AUTH" | "CAN_CREATE_CATALOG" | "ALLOW_NON_EMBED_FULL_APP_ACCESS" | "CAN_ACCESS_ANALYST_STUDIO" | "CAN_MANAGE_ANALYST_STUDIO" | "CAN_VIEW_FOLDERS" | "CAN_MODIDY_FOLDERS" | "CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES" | "PREVIEW_DOCUMENT_SEARCH" | "CAN_SETUP_VERSION_CONTROL" | "CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS" | "CAN_DOWNLOAD_VISUALS" | "CAN_DOWNLOAD_DETAILED_DATA" | "CAN_USE_SPOTTER";
type SearchRolesRequestPermissionsEnum = "READ_ONLY" | "MODIFY" | "NO_ACCESS";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Options while fetching history runs for the schedule.
*/
declare class SearchSchedulesRequestHistoryRunsOptions {
    /**
    * Indicates whether to fetch history runs for the scheduled notification.
    */
    'include_history_runs'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates the max number of records that can be fetched as past runs of any scheduled job.
    */
    'record_size'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Indicates the starting record number from where history runs records should be fetched.
    */
    'record_offset'?: number | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Sort options.
*/
declare class SearchSchedulesRequestSortOptions {
    /**
    * Name of the field to apply the sort on.
    */
    'field_name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Sort order : ASC(Ascending) or DESC(Descending).
    */
    'order'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class SearchSchedulesRequest {
    /**
    * Metadata objects associated with the scheduled jobs.
    */
    'metadata'?: Array<MetadataInput>;
    /**
    * The starting record number from where the records should be included.
    */
    'record_offset'?: number;
    /**
    * The number of records that should be included.
    */
    'record_size'?: number;
    'sort_options'?: SearchSchedulesRequestSortOptions;
    'history_runs_options'?: SearchSchedulesRequestHistoryRunsOptions;
    /**
    * unique ID or name of the Schedule
    */
    'schedule_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class SearchSecuritySettingsRequest {
    /**
    * Scope of security settings to retrieve. CLUSTER returns cluster-level settings, ORG returns org-level settings for the current org. If not specified, returns both cluster and org settings based on user privileges.
    */
    'scope'?: SearchSecuritySettingsRequestScopeEnum;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SearchSecuritySettingsRequestScopeEnum = "CLUSTER" | "ORG";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class SearchTagsRequest {
    /**
    * Name or Id of the tag.
    */
    'tag_identifier'?: string;
    /**
    * A pattern to match case-insensitive name of the Tag object.
    */
    'name_pattern'?: string;
    /**
    * Color of the tag.
    */
    'color'?: string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Sort options to filter group details.
*/
declare class SearchUserGroupsRequestSortOptions {
    /**
    * Name of the field to apply the sort on.
    */
    'field_name'?: SearchUserGroupsRequestSortOptionsFieldNameEnum | null;
    /**
    * Sort order : ASC(Ascending) or DESC(Descending).
    */
    'order'?: SearchUserGroupsRequestSortOptionsOrderEnum | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SearchUserGroupsRequestSortOptionsFieldNameEnum = "NAME" | "DISPLAY_NAME" | "AUTHOR" | "CREATED" | "MODIFIED";
type SearchUserGroupsRequestSortOptionsOrderEnum = "ASC" | "DESC";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class SearchUserGroupsRequest {
    /**
    * GUID of Liveboards that are assigned as default Liveboards to the users in the group.
    */
    'default_liveboard_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Description of the group
    */
    'description'?: string;
    /**
    * Display name of the group
    */
    'display_name'?: string;
    /**
    * A pattern to match case-insensitive name of the Group object.
    */
    'name_pattern'?: string;
    /**
    * GUID or name of the group
    */
    'group_identifier'?: string;
    /**
    * ID or name of the Org to which the group belongs
    */
    'org_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Privileges assigned to the group.
    */
    'privileges'?: Array<SearchUserGroupsRequestPrivilegesEnum>;
    /**
    * GUID or name of the sub groups. A subgroup is a group assigned to a parent group.
    */
    'sub_group_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Group type.
    */
    'type'?: SearchUserGroupsRequestTypeEnum;
    /**
    * GUID or name of the users assigned to the group.
    */
    'user_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Visibility of the group. To make a group visible to other users and groups, set the visibility to SHAREABLE.
    */
    'visibility'?: SearchUserGroupsRequestVisibilityEnum;
    /**
    * Filter groups with a list of Roles assigned to a group
    */
    'role_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * The starting record number from where the records should be included.
    */
    'record_offset'?: number;
    /**
    * The number of records that should be included.
    */
    'record_size'?: number;
    'sort_options'?: SearchUserGroupsRequestSortOptions;
    /**
    * <div>Version: 10.10.0.cl or later </div>  Define Parameter to consider if the users should be included in group search response.
    */
    'include_users'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * <div>Version: 10.10.0.cl or later </div>  Define Parameter to consider if the sub groups should be included in group search response.
    */
    'include_sub_groups'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SearchUserGroupsRequestPrivilegesEnum = "ADMINISTRATION" | "AUTHORING" | "USERDATAUPLOADING" | "DATADOWNLOADING" | "USERMANAGEMENT" | "DATAMANAGEMENT" | "SHAREWITHALL" | "JOBSCHEDULING" | "A3ANALYSIS" | "EXPERIMENTALFEATUREPRIVILEGE" | "BYPASSRLS" | "RANALYSIS" | "DEVELOPER" | "USER_ADMINISTRATION" | "GROUP_ADMINISTRATION" | "SYNCMANAGEMENT" | "CAN_CREATE_CATALOG" | "DISABLE_PINBOARD_CREATION" | "LIVEBOARD_VERIFIER" | "PREVIEW_THOUGHTSPOT_SAGE" | "APPLICATION_ADMINISTRATION" | "SYSTEM_INFO_ADMINISTRATION" | "ORG_ADMINISTRATION" | "ROLE_ADMINISTRATION" | "AUTHENTICATION_ADMINISTRATION" | "BILLING_INFO_ADMINISTRATION" | "CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR" | "CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS" | "CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES" | "CAN_MANAGE_VERSION_CONTROL" | "THIRDPARTY_ANALYSIS" | "ALLOW_NON_EMBED_FULL_APP_ACCESS" | "CAN_ACCESS_ANALYST_STUDIO" | "CAN_MANAGE_ANALYST_STUDIO" | "PREVIEW_DOCUMENT_SEARCH" | "CAN_MODIFY_FOLDERS" | "CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES" | "CAN_VIEW_FOLDERS" | "CAN_SETUP_VERSION_CONTROL" | "CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS" | "CAN_DOWNLOAD_VISUALS" | "CAN_DOWNLOAD_DETAILED_DATA" | "CAN_USE_SPOTTER";
type SearchUserGroupsRequestTypeEnum = "LOCAL_GROUP" | "LDAP_GROUP" | "TEAM_GROUP" | "TENANT_GROUP";
type SearchUserGroupsRequestVisibilityEnum = "SHARABLE" | "NON_SHARABLE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class SearchUsersRequest {
    /**
    * GUID / name of the user to search
    */
    'user_identifier'?: string;
    /**
    * A unique display name string for the user account, usually their first and last name
    */
    'display_name'?: string;
    /**
    * A pattern to match case-insensitive name of the User object.
    */
    'name_pattern'?: string;
    /**
    * Visibility of the user
    */
    'visibility'?: SearchUsersRequestVisibilityEnum;
    /**
    * Email of the user account
    */
    'email'?: string;
    /**
    * GUID or name of the group to which the user belongs
    */
    'group_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Privileges assigned to the user
    */
    'privileges'?: Array<SearchUsersRequestPrivilegesEnum>;
    /**
    * Type of the account
    */
    'account_type'?: SearchUsersRequestAccountTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Current status of the user account.
    */
    'account_status'?: SearchUsersRequestAccountStatusEnum;
    /**
    * User preference for receiving email notifications when another ThoughtSpot user shares a metadata object such as Answer, Liveboard, or Worksheet.
    */
    'notify_on_share'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * The user preference for revisiting the onboarding experience
    */
    'show_onboarding_experience'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates if the user has completed the onboarding walkthrough
    */
    'onboarding_experience_completed'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * IDs or names of the Orgs to which the user belongs
    */
    'org_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the user\'s home Liveboard.
    */
    'home_liveboard_identifier'?: string;
    /**
    * Metadata objects which are assigned as favorites of the user.
    */
    'favorite_metadata'?: Array<FavoriteMetadataInput>;
    /**
    * The starting record number from where the records should be included.
    */
    'record_offset'?: number;
    /**
    * The number of records that should be included.
    */
    'record_size'?: number;
    'sort_options'?: SearchCollectionsRequestSortOptions;
    /**
    * Filters by the role assigned to the user.
    */
    'role_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Indicates if the user\'s favorite objects should be displayed.
    */
    'include_favorite_metadata'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates if the user\'s formula variable values should be included in the response.
    */
    'include_variable_values'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SearchUsersRequestVisibilityEnum = "SHARABLE" | "NON_SHARABLE";
type SearchUsersRequestPrivilegesEnum = "ADMINISTRATION" | "AUTHORING" | "USERDATAUPLOADING" | "DATADOWNLOADING" | "USERMANAGEMENT" | "DATAMANAGEMENT" | "SHAREWITHALL" | "JOBSCHEDULING" | "A3ANALYSIS" | "EXPERIMENTALFEATUREPRIVILEGE" | "BYPASSRLS" | "RANALYSIS" | "DEVELOPER" | "USER_ADMINISTRATION" | "GROUP_ADMINISTRATION" | "SYNCMANAGEMENT" | "CAN_CREATE_CATALOG" | "DISABLE_PINBOARD_CREATION" | "LIVEBOARD_VERIFIER" | "PREVIEW_THOUGHTSPOT_SAGE" | "APPLICATION_ADMINISTRATION" | "SYSTEM_INFO_ADMINISTRATION" | "ORG_ADMINISTRATION" | "ROLE_ADMINISTRATION" | "AUTHENTICATION_ADMINISTRATION" | "BILLING_INFO_ADMINISTRATION" | "CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR" | "CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS" | "CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES" | "CAN_MANAGE_VERSION_CONTROL" | "THIRDPARTY_ANALYSIS" | "ALLOW_NON_EMBED_FULL_APP_ACCESS" | "CAN_ACCESS_ANALYST_STUDIO" | "CAN_MANAGE_ANALYST_STUDIO" | "PREVIEW_DOCUMENT_SEARCH" | "CAN_MODIFY_FOLDERS" | "CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES" | "CAN_VIEW_FOLDERS" | "CAN_SETUP_VERSION_CONTROL" | "CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS" | "CAN_DOWNLOAD_VISUALS" | "CAN_DOWNLOAD_DETAILED_DATA" | "CAN_USE_SPOTTER";
type SearchUsersRequestAccountTypeEnum = "LOCAL_USER" | "LDAP_USER" | "SAML_USER" | "OIDC_USER" | "REMOTE_USER";
type SearchUsersRequestAccountStatusEnum = "ACTIVE" | "INACTIVE" | "EXPIRED" | "LOCKED" | "PENDING" | "SUSPENDED";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Input for filtering variable values by scope in search operations
*/
declare class ValueScopeInput {
    /**
    * The unique name of the org
    */
    'org_identifier'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Type of principal to filter by. Use USER to filter values assigned to specific users, or USER_GROUP to filter values assigned to groups.
    */
    'principal_type'?: ValueScopeInputPrincipalTypeEnum | null;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the principal
    */
    'principal_identifier'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the model to filter by. Applicable only for FORMULA_VARIABLE type.
    */
    'model_identifier'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ValueScopeInputPrincipalTypeEnum = "USER" | "USER_GROUP";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Input for variable details in search
*/
declare class VariableDetailInput {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the variable
    */
    'identifier'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Type of variable
    */
    'type'?: VariableDetailInputTypeEnum | null;
    /**
    * A pattern to match case-insensitive name of the variable. User % for a wildcard match
    */
    'name_pattern'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type VariableDetailInputTypeEnum = "CONNECTION_PROPERTY" | "TABLE_MAPPING" | "CONNECTION_PROPERTY_PER_PRINCIPAL" | "FORMULA_VARIABLE" | "USER_PROPERTY";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class SearchVariablesRequest {
    /**
    * Variable details
    */
    'variable_details'?: Array<VariableDetailInput>;
    /**
    * Array of scope filters
    */
    'value_scope'?: Array<ValueScopeInput>;
    /**
    * The starting record number from where the records should be included
    */
    'record_offset'?: number;
    /**
    * The number of records that should be included
    */
    'record_size'?: number;
    /**
    * Format in which we want the output
    */
    'response_content'?: SearchVariablesRequestResponseContentEnum;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SearchVariablesRequestResponseContentEnum = "METADATA" | "METADATA_AND_VALUES";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Sort option includes sort field and sort order.
*/
declare class SearchWebhookConfigurationsRequestSortOptions {
    /**
    * Name of the field to apply the sort on.
    */
    'field_name'?: SearchWebhookConfigurationsRequestSortOptionsFieldNameEnum | null;
    /**
    * Sort order: ASC (Ascending) or DESC (Descending).
    */
    'order'?: SearchWebhookConfigurationsRequestSortOptionsOrderEnum | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SearchWebhookConfigurationsRequestSortOptionsFieldNameEnum = "CREATED" | "MODIFIED" | "NAME";
type SearchWebhookConfigurationsRequestSortOptionsOrderEnum = "ASC" | "DESC";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class SearchWebhookConfigurationsRequest {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the org.
    */
    'org_identifier'?: string;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the webhook.
    */
    'webhook_identifier'?: string;
    /**
    * Type of webhook event to filter by.
    */
    'event_type'?: SearchWebhookConfigurationsRequestEventTypeEnum;
    /**
    * The offset point, starting from where the webhooks should be included in the response.
    */
    'record_offset'?: number;
    /**
    * The number of webhooks that should be included in the response starting from offset position.
    */
    'record_size'?: number;
    'sort_options'?: SearchWebhookConfigurationsRequestSortOptions;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SearchWebhookConfigurationsRequestEventTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD_SCHEDULE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Cluster-level security preferences.
*/
declare class SecuritySettingsClusterPreferences {
    /**
    * Support embedded access when third-party cookies are blocked.
    */
    'enable_partitioned_cookies'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Allowed origins for CORS.
    */
    'cors_whitelisted_urls'?: Array<string> | null;
    'csp_settings'?: CspSettings;
    /**
    * Allowed redirect hosts for SAML login.
    */
    'saml_redirect_urls'?: Array<string> | null;
    'non_embed_access'?: ClusterNonEmbedAccess;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Input for cluster-level security preferences configuration.
*/
declare class SecuritySettingsClusterPreferencesInput {
    /**
    * Support embedded access when third-party cookies are blocked.
    */
    'enable_partitioned_cookies'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Allowed origins for CORS.
    */
    'cors_whitelisted_urls'?: Array<string> | null;
    'csp_settings'?: CspSettingsInput;
    /**
    * Allowed redirect hosts for SAML login.
    */
    'saml_redirect_urls'?: Array<string> | null;
    'non_embed_access'?: ClusterNonEmbedAccessInput;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Org details for security settings.
*/
declare class SecuritySettingsOrgDetails {
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the org.
    */
    'id'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Name of the org.
    */
    'name'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Org-level security preferences.
*/
declare class SecuritySettingsOrgPreferences {
    'org'?: SecuritySettingsOrgDetails;
    /**
    * Allowed origins for CORS for this org.
    */
    'cors_whitelisted_urls'?: Array<string> | null;
    'non_embed_access'?: OrgNonEmbedAccess;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Response type for security settings search.
*/
declare class SecuritySettingsResponse {
    'cluster_preferences'?: SecuritySettingsClusterPreferences;
    /**
    * Org-level security preferences.
    */
    'org_preferences'?: Array<SecuritySettingsOrgPreferences> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class SendAgentMessageRequest {
    /**
    * messages to be sent to the agent
    */
    'messages': Array<string>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class SendAgentMessageResponse {
    'success': boolean;
    'message'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class SendAgentMessageStreamingRequest {
    /**
    * Unique identifier for the conversation (used to track context)
    */
    'conversation_identifier': string;
    /**
    * messages to be sent to the agent
    */
    'messages': Array<string>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class SendMessageRequest {
    /**
    * ID of the metadata object, such as a Worksheet or Model, to use as a data source for the conversation.
    */
    'metadata_identifier': string;
    /**
    * A message string with the follow-up question to continue the conversation.
    */
    'message': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class SetNLInstructionsRequest {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the data-model for which to set NL instructions.
    */
    'data_source_identifier': string;
    /**
    * List of NL instructions to set for the data-model.
    */
    'nl_instructions_info': Array<NLInstructionsInfoInput>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ShareMetadataTypeInput {
    /**
    *   Type of metadata.     Type of metadata. Required if the name of the object is set as the identifier. This attribute is optional when the object GUID is specified as the identifier.
    */
    'type'?: ShareMetadataTypeInputTypeEnum | null;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the metadata object.
    */
    'identifier': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ShareMetadataTypeInputTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD" | "ANSWER" | "LOGICAL_TABLE" | "LOGICAL_COLUMN" | "CONNECTION";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class SharePermissionsInput {
    'principal': PrincipalsInput;
    /**
    * Type of access to the shared object
    */
    'share_mode': SharePermissionsInputShareModeEnum;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SharePermissionsInputShareModeEnum = "READ_ONLY" | "MODIFY" | "NO_ACCESS";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class ShareMetadataRequest {
    /**
    * Type of metadata. Required if identifier in metadata_identifies is a name. 1. Liveboard 2. Answers 3. LOGICAL_TABLE for any data object such as table, worksheet or view. 4. LOGICAL_COLUMN 5. Connection
    */
    'metadata_type'?: ShareMetadataRequestMetadataTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of metadata objects. Note: All the names should belong to same metadata_type
    */
    'metadata_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Metadata details for sharing objects.
    */
    'metadata'?: Array<ShareMetadataTypeInput>;
    /**
    * Permission details for sharing the objects.
    */
    'permissions': Array<SharePermissionsInput>;
    /**
    * Options to specify details of Liveboard. First Liveboard encountered in payload is considered to be the corresponding Liveboard.
    */
    'visualization_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Email IDs to which notifications will be sent.
    */
    'emails'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Message to be included in notification.
    */
    'message': string;
    /**
    * Sends object URLs in the customized format in email notifications.
    */
    'enable_custom_url'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Flag to notify user when any object is shared.
    */
    'notify_on_share'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Flag to make the object discoverable.
    */
    'has_lenient_discoverability'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ShareMetadataRequestMetadataTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD" | "ANSWER" | "LOGICAL_TABLE" | "LOGICAL_COLUMN" | "CONNECTION";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class SingleAnswerRequest {
    /**
    * A natural language query string to generate the Answer.
    */
    'query': string;
    /**
    * ID of the metadata object, such as a Worksheet or Model, to use as a data source for the query.
    */
    'metadata_identifier': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class SortOption {
    /**
    * Name of the field to apply the sort on.
    */
    'field_name'?: SortOptionFieldNameEnum | null;
    /**
    * Sort order : ASC(Ascending) or DESC(Descending).
    */
    'order'?: SortOptionOrderEnum | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SortOptionFieldNameEnum = "DEFAULT" | "NAME" | "DISPLAY_NAME" | "AUTHOR" | "CREATED" | "MODIFIED";
type SortOptionOrderEnum = "ASC" | "DESC";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class SortOptionInput {
    /**
    * Name of the field to apply the sort on.
    */
    'field_name'?: SortOptionInputFieldNameEnum | null;
    /**
    * Sort order : ASC(Ascending) or DESC(Descending).
    */
    'order'?: SortOptionInputOrderEnum | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SortOptionInputFieldNameEnum = "NAME" | "DISPLAY_NAME" | "AUTHOR" | "CREATED" | "MODIFIED" | "LAST_ACCESSED" | "SYNCED" | "VIEWS" | "USER_STATE" | "ROW_COUNT";
type SortOptionInputOrderEnum = "ASC" | "DESC";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Sort options.
*/
declare class SortOptions {
    /**
    * Name of the field to apply the sort on.
    */
    'field_name'?: SortOptionsFieldNameEnum | null;
    /**
    * Sort order : ASC(Ascending) or DESC(Descending).
    */
    'order'?: SortOptionsOrderEnum | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SortOptionsFieldNameEnum = "NAME" | "DISPLAY_NAME" | "AUTHOR" | "CREATED" | "MODIFIED";
type SortOptionsOrderEnum = "ASC" | "DESC";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Sort options.
*/
declare class SortingOptions {
    /**
    * Name of the field to apply the sort on.
    */
    'field_name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Sort order : ASC(Ascending) or DESC(Descending).
    */
    'order'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Response format associated with fetch SQL query api
*/
declare class SqlQuery {
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the metadata.
    */
    'metadata_id': string;
    /**
    * Name of the metadata.
    */
    'metadata_name': string;
    /**
    * SQL query of a metadata object.
    */
    'sql_query': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class SqlQueryResponse {
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the metadata.
    */
    'metadata_id': string;
    /**
    * Name of the metadata.
    */
    'metadata_name': string;
    /**
    * Type of the metadata.
    */
    'metadata_type': SqlQueryResponseMetadataTypeEnum;
    /**
    * SQL query details of metadata objects.
    */
    'sql_queries': Array<SqlQuery>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type SqlQueryResponseMetadataTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD" | "ANSWER" | "LOGICAL_TABLE" | "LOGICAL_COLUMN" | "CONNECTION" | "TAG" | "USER" | "USER_GROUP" | "LOGICAL_RELATIONSHIP";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Storage configuration containing provider-specific settings.
*/
declare class StorageConfig {
    'aws_s3_config'?: AwsS3Config;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Storage destination configuration for webhook payload delivery.
*/
declare class StorageDestination {
    /**
    * Type of storage destination (e.g., AWS_S3).
    */
    'storage_type': StorageDestinationStorageTypeEnum;
    'storage_config': StorageConfig;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type StorageDestinationStorageTypeEnum = "AWS_S3";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Input type for storage destination configuration.
*/
declare class StorageDestinationInput {
    /**
    * Type of storage destination. Example: \"AWS_S3\"
    */
    'storage_type': StorageDestinationInputStorageTypeEnum;
    'storage_config': StorageConfigInput;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type StorageDestinationInputStorageTypeEnum = "AWS_S3";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class SystemConfig {
    'onboarding_content_url'?: string | null;
    'saml_enabled'?: boolean | null;
    'okta_enabled'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class SystemInfo {
    /**
    * The unique identifier of the object
    */
    'id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Name of the cluster.
    */
    'name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * The release version of the cluster.
    */
    'release_version'?: string | null;
    /**
    * The timezone of the cluster.
    */
    'time_zone'?: string | null;
    /**
    * The default locale of the cluster.
    */
    'locale'?: string | null;
    /**
    * The default date format representation of the cluster.
    */
    'date_format'?: string | null;
    /**
    * The API version of the cluster.
    */
    'api_version'?: string | null;
    /**
    * The deployment type of the cluster.
    */
    'type'?: string | null;
    /**
    * The deployed environment of the cluster.
    */
    'environment'?: string | null;
    /**
    * The license applied to the cluster.
    */
    'license'?: string | null;
    /**
    * The default date time format representation of the cluster.
    */
    'date_time_format'?: string | null;
    /**
    * The default time format representation of the cluster.
    */
    'time_format'?: string | null;
    /**
    * The unique identifier of system user.
    */
    'system_user_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * The unique identifier of super user.
    */
    'super_user_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * The unique identifier of hidden object.
    */
    'hidden_object_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * The unique identifier of system group.
    */
    'system_group_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * The unique identifier of tsadmin user.
    */
    'tsadmin_user_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * The unique identifier of admin group.
    */
    'admin_group_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * The unique identifier of all tables connection.
    */
    'all_tables_connection_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * The unique identifier of ALL group.
    */
    'all_user_group_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * The supported accept language by the cluster.
    */
    'accept_language'?: string | null;
    /**
    * The count of users of ALL group.
    */
    'all_user_group_member_user_count'?: number | null;
    /**
    * The version number of logical model of the cluster.
    */
    'logical_model_version'?: number | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class SystemOverrideInfo {
    'config_override_info'?: any | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class Tag {
    'name': string;
    'id': string;
    'color'?: string | null;
    'deleted'?: boolean | null;
    'hidden'?: boolean | null;
    'external'?: boolean | null;
    'deprecated'?: boolean | null;
    'creation_time_in_millis'?: number | null;
    'modification_time_in_millis'?: number | null;
    'author_id'?: string | null;
    'modifier_id'?: string | null;
    'owner_id'?: string | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Email customization configuration properties
*/
declare class TemplatePropertiesInputCreate {
    /**
    * Background color for call-to-action button in hex format
    */
    'cta_button_bg_color'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Text color for call-to-action button in hex format
    */
    'cta_text_font_color'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Primary background color in hex format
    */
    'primary_bg_color'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Home page URL (HTTP/HTTPS only)
    */
    'home_url'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Logo image URL (HTTP/HTTPS only)
    */
    'logo_url'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Font family for email content (e.g., Arial, sans-serif)
    */
    'font_family'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Product name to display
    */
    'product_name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Footer address text
    */
    'footer_address'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Footer phone number
    */
    'footer_phone'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Replacement value for Liveboard
    */
    'replacement_value_for_liveboard'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Replacement value for Answer
    */
    'replacement_value_for_answer'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Replacement value for SpotIQ
    */
    'replacement_value_for_spot_iq'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Whether to hide footer address
    */
    'hide_footer_address'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Whether to hide footer phone number
    */
    'hide_footer_phone'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Whether to hide manage notification link
    */
    'hide_manage_notification'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Whether to hide mobile app nudge
    */
    'hide_mobile_app_nudge'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Whether to hide privacy policy link
    */
    'hide_privacy_policy'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Whether to hide product name
    */
    'hide_product_name'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Whether to hide ThoughtSpot vocabulary definitions
    */
    'hide_ts_vocabulary_definitions'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Whether to hide notification status
    */
    'hide_notification_status'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Whether to hide error message
    */
    'hide_error_message'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Whether to hide unsubscribe link
    */
    'hide_unsubscribe_link'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Whether to hide modify alert
    */
    'hide_modify_alert'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Company privacy policy URL (HTTP/HTTPS only)
    */
    'company_privacy_policy_url'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Company website URL (HTTP/HTTPS only)
    */
    'company_website_url'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Contact support url (HTTP/HTTPS only).    Version: 26.2.0.cl or later
    */
    'contact_support_url'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Whether to hide contact support url.    Version: 26.2.0.cl or later
    */
    'hide_contact_support_url'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Whether to hide logo    Version: 26.4.0.cl or later
    */
    'hide_logo_url'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class Token {
    /**
    * Bearer auth token.
    */
    'token': string;
    /**
    * Token creation time in milliseconds.
    */
    'creation_time_in_millis': number;
    /**
    * Token expiration time in milliseconds.
    */
    'expiration_time_in_millis': number;
    'scope': Scope;
    /**
    * Username to whom the token is issued.
    */
    'valid_for_user_id': string;
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the user to whom the token is issued.
    */
    'valid_for_username': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class TokenValidationResponse {
    /**
    * Token creation time in milliseconds.
    */
    'creation_time_in_millis': number;
    /**
    * Token expiration time in milliseconds.
    */
    'expiration_time_in_millis': number;
    'scope': Scope;
    /**
    * Username to whom the token is issued.
    */
    'valid_for_user_id': string;
    /**
    * Type of token.
    */
    'token_type': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class UnassignTagRequest {
    /**
    * Metadata objects.
    */
    'metadata': Array<TagMetadataTypeInput>;
    /**
    * GUID or name of the tag.
    */
    'tag_identifiers': Array<string>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class UnparameterizeMetadataRequest {
    /**
    * Type of metadata object to unparameterize.
    */
    'metadata_type'?: UnparameterizeMetadataRequestMetadataTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the metadata object to unparameterize.
    */
    'metadata_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Type of field in the metadata to unparameterize.
    */
    'field_type': UnparameterizeMetadataRequestFieldTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Name of the field which needs to be unparameterized.
    */
    'field_name': string;
    /**
    * The value to use in place of the variable for the field
    */
    'value': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type UnparameterizeMetadataRequestMetadataTypeEnum = "LOGICAL_TABLE" | "CONNECTION" | "CONNECTION_CONFIG";
type UnparameterizeMetadataRequestFieldTypeEnum = "ATTRIBUTE" | "CONNECTION_PROPERTY";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class UnpublishMetadataRequest {
    /**
    * Force unpublishes the object. This will break all the dependent objects in the unpublished orgs.
    */
    'force'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Should we unpublish all the dependencies for the objects specified. The dependencies will be unpublished if no other published object is using it.
    */
    'include_dependencies': boolean;
    /**
    * Metadata objects.
    */
    'metadata': Array<PublishMetadataListItem>;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of orgs.
    */
    'org_identifiers': Array<string>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Table reference containing connection identifier and table details in this format: `{\"connection_identifier\":\"conn1\", \"database_name\":\"db1\", \"schema_name\":\"sc1\", \"table_name\":\"tb1\"}`.
*/
declare class UpdateCalendarRequestTableReference {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the connection.
    */
    'connection_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Name of the database.
    */
    'database_name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Name of the schema.
    */
    'schema_name'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Name of the table. Table names may be case-sensitive depending on the database system.
    */
    'table_name': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class UpdateCalendarRequest {
    /**
    * Type of update operation.
    */
    'update_method'?: UpdateCalendarRequestUpdateMethodEnum;
    'table_reference': UpdateCalendarRequestTableReference;
    /**
    * Start date for the calendar in `MM/dd/yyyy` format. This parameter is mandatory if `update_method` is set as `FROM_INPUT_PARAMS`.
    */
    'start_date'?: string;
    /**
    * End date for the calendar in `MM/dd/yyyy` format. This parameter is mandatory if `update_method` is set as `FROM_INPUT_PARAMS`.
    */
    'end_date'?: string;
    /**
    * Type of the calendar.
    */
    'calendar_type'?: UpdateCalendarRequestCalendarTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Specify the month in which the fiscal or custom calendar year should start. For example, if you set `month_offset` to \"April\", the custom calendar will treat \"April\" as the first month of the year, and the related attributes such as quarters and start date will be based on this offset. The default value is `January`, which represents the standard calendar year (January to December).
    */
    'month_offset'?: UpdateCalendarRequestMonthOffsetEnum;
    /**
    * Specify the starting day of the week
    */
    'start_day_of_week'?: UpdateCalendarRequestStartDayOfWeekEnum;
    /**
    * Prefix to add before the quarter.
    */
    'quarter_name_prefix'?: string;
    /**
    * Prefix to add before the year.
    */
    'year_name_prefix'?: string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type UpdateCalendarRequestUpdateMethodEnum = "FROM_INPUT_PARAMS" | "FROM_EXISTING_TABLE";
type UpdateCalendarRequestCalendarTypeEnum = "MONTH_OFFSET" | "FOUR_FOUR_FIVE" | "FOUR_FIVE_FOUR" | "FIVE_FOUR_FOUR";
type UpdateCalendarRequestMonthOffsetEnum = "January" | "February" | "March" | "April" | "May" | "June" | "July" | "August" | "September" | "October" | "November" | "December";
type UpdateCalendarRequestStartDayOfWeekEnum = "Sunday" | "Monday" | "Tuesday" | "Wednesday" | "Thursday" | "Friday" | "Saturday";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class UpdateCollectionRequest {
    /**
    * Name of the collection.
    */
    'name'?: string;
    /**
    * Description of the collection.
    */
    'description'?: string;
    /**
    * Metadata objects to add, remove, or replace in the collection.
    */
    'metadata'?: Array<CollectionMetadataInput>;
    /**
    * Type of update operation. Default operation type is REPLACE.
    */
    'operation'?: UpdateCollectionRequestOperationEnum;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type UpdateCollectionRequestOperationEnum = "ADD" | "REMOVE" | "REPLACE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class UpdateColumnSecurityRulesRequest {
    /**
    * GUID or name of the table for which we want to create column security rules
    */
    'identifier'?: string;
    /**
    * The object ID of the table
    */
    'obj_identifier'?: string;
    /**
    * If true, then all the secured columns will be marked as unprotected, and all the group associations will be removed
    */
    'clear_csr'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Array where each object defines the security rule for a specific column
    */
    'column_security_rules': Array<ColumnSecurityRuleUpdate>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class UpdateConfigRequest {
    /**
    * Username to authenticate connection to version control system
    */
    'username'?: string;
    /**
    * Access token corresponding to the user to authenticate connection to version control system
    */
    'access_token'?: string;
    /**
    *    Applicable when Orgs is enabled in the cluster      List of Org ids or name. Provide value -1 for cluster level. Example : [\"OrgID1-or-Name1\", \"OrgID2-or-Name2\"]         Note: If no value is specified, then the configurations will be returned for all orgs the user has access to     Version: 9.5.0.cl or later
    */
    'org_identifier'?: string;
    /**
    * List the remote branches to configure. Example:[development, production]
    */
    'branch_names'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Name of the remote branch where objects from this Thoughtspot instance will be versioned.    Version: 9.7.0.cl or later
    */
    'commit_branch_name'?: string;
    /**
    * Maintain mapping of guid for the deployment to an instance    Version: 9.4.0.cl or later
    */
    'enable_guid_mapping'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Name of the branch where the configuration files related to operations between Thoughtspot and version control repo should be maintained.    Version: 9.7.0.cl or later
    */
    'configuration_branch_name'?: string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class UpdateConnectionConfigurationRequest {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the connection.
    */
    'connection_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Name of the configuration to update.
    */
    'name'?: string;
    /**
    * Description of the configuration.
    */
    'description'?: string;
    /**
    * Specifies whether the connection configuration should inherit all properties and authentication type from its parent connection. This attribute is only applicable to parameterized connections. When set to true, the configuration uses only the connection properties and authentication type inherited from the parent.    Version: 26.2.0.cl or later
    */
    'same_as_parent'?: boolean | null;
    'policy_process_options'?: CreateConnectionConfigurationRequestPolicyProcessOptions;
    /**
    * Type of authentication.
    */
    'authentication_type'?: UpdateConnectionConfigurationRequestAuthenticationTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Configuration properties in JSON.
    */
    'configuration'?: any;
    /**
    * Type of policy.
    */
    'policy_type'?: UpdateConnectionConfigurationRequestPolicyTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the User and User Groups.
    */
    'policy_principals'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Action that the query performed on the data warehouse, such as SAGE_INDEXING and ROW_COUNT_STATS.
    */
    'policy_processes'?: Array<UpdateConnectionConfigurationRequestPolicyProcessesEnum>;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the configuration enable/disable.
    */
    'disable'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type UpdateConnectionConfigurationRequestAuthenticationTypeEnum = "SERVICE_ACCOUNT" | "OAUTH" | "OAUTH_WITH_SERVICE_PRINCIPAL" | "EXTOAUTH" | "KEY_PAIR" | "EXTOAUTH_WITH_PKCE" | "OAUTH_WITH_PKCE" | "PERSONAL_ACCESS_TOKEN" | "OAUTH_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS";
type UpdateConnectionConfigurationRequestPolicyTypeEnum = "NO_POLICY" | "PRINCIPALS" | "PROCESSES";
type UpdateConnectionConfigurationRequestPolicyProcessesEnum = "SAGE_INDEXING" | "ROW_COUNT_STATS";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class UpdateConnectionRequest {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the connection.
    */
    'connection_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Updated name of the connection.
    */
    'name'?: string;
    /**
    * Updated description of the connection.
    */
    'description'?: string;
    /**
    * Configuration of the data warehouse in JSON.
    */
    'data_warehouse_config'?: any;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to validate the connection details.
    */
    'validate'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class UpdateConnectionV2Request {
    /**
    * Updated name of the connection.
    */
    'name'?: string;
    /**
    * Updated description of the connection.
    */
    'description'?: string;
    /**
    * Configuration of the data warehouse in JSON.
    */
    'data_warehouse_config'?: any;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to validate the connection details.
    */
    'validate'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Action details includes `Type` and Configuration for Custom Actions, either Callback or URL is required.
*/
declare class UpdateCustomActionRequestActionDetails {
    'CALLBACK'?: CALLBACKInput;
    'URL'?: URLInput;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Default Custom action configuration. This includes if the custom action available on visualizations and Answers. By default, a custom action is added to all visualizations and Answers.
*/
declare class UpdateCustomActionRequestDefaultActionConfig {
    /**
    * Custom action is available on all visualizations. Earlier naming convention: LOCAL/GLOBAL. TRUE signifies GLOBAL for backward compatibility.
    */
    'visibility'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class UpdateCustomActionRequest {
    'action_details'?: UpdateCustomActionRequestActionDetails;
    /**
    * Metadata objects to which the custom action needs to be associated.
    */
    'associate_metadata'?: Array<AssociateMetadataInput>;
    'default_action_config'?: UpdateCustomActionRequestDefaultActionConfig;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the groups that can view and access the custom action.
    */
    'group_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Name of the custom action. The custom action name must be unique.
    */
    'name'?: string;
    /**
    * Type of update operation. Default operation type is ADD
    */
    'operation'?: UpdateCustomActionRequestOperationEnum;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type UpdateCustomActionRequestOperationEnum = "ADD" | "REMOVE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class UpdateEmailCustomizationRequest {
    'template_properties': CreateEmailCustomizationRequestTemplateProperties;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of org
    */
    'org_identifier'?: string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class UpdateMetadataHeaderRequest {
    /**
    * List of header objects to update.
    */
    'headers_update': Array<HeaderUpdateInput>;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the organization.
    */
    'org_identifier'?: string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Input for updating object ID of a metadata object.
*/
declare class UpdateObjIdInput {
    /**
    * GUID or name of the metadata object.
    */
    'metadata_identifier'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Type of metadata. Required if metadata_identifier is name of the object.
    */
    'type'?: UpdateObjIdInputTypeEnum | null;
    /**
    * Current object ID value.
    */
    'current_obj_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * New object ID value to set.
    */
    'new_obj_id': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type UpdateObjIdInputTypeEnum = "ANSWER" | "LOGICAL_TABLE" | "LOGICAL_COLUMN" | "LIVEBOARD" | "ACTION_OBJECT" | "DATA_SOURCE" | "USER" | "USER_GROUP";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class UpdateMetadataObjIdRequest {
    /**
    * List of metadata objects to update their object IDs.
    */
    'metadata': Array<UpdateObjIdInput>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class UpdateOrgRequest {
    /**
    * Name of the Org
    */
    'name'?: string;
    /**
    * Description of the Org
    */
    'description'?: string;
    /**
    * Add Users to an Org
    */
    'user_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Add Default Groups to an Org
    */
    'group_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Type of update operation. Default operation type is ADD
    */
    'operation'?: UpdateOrgRequestOperationEnum;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type UpdateOrgRequestOperationEnum = "ADD" | "REMOVE" | "REPLACE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class UpdateRoleRequest {
    /**
    * Name of the Role.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Description of the Role.
    */
    'description'?: string;
    /**
    * Privileges granted to the role. See [Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac#_role_categories_and_privileges)for supported roles privileges.
    */
    'privileges'?: Array<UpdateRoleRequestPrivilegesEnum>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type UpdateRoleRequestPrivilegesEnum = "USERDATAUPLOADING" | "DATADOWNLOADING" | "DATAMANAGEMENT" | "SHAREWITHALL" | "JOBSCHEDULING" | "A3ANALYSIS" | "BYPASSRLS" | "DISABLE_PINBOARD_CREATION" | "DEVELOPER" | "APPLICATION_ADMINISTRATION" | "USER_ADMINISTRATION" | "GROUP_ADMINISTRATION" | "SYSTEM_INFO_ADMINISTRATION" | "SYNCMANAGEMENT" | "ORG_ADMINISTRATION" | "ROLE_ADMINISTRATION" | "AUTHENTICATION_ADMINISTRATION" | "BILLING_INFO_ADMINISTRATION" | "CONTROL_TRUSTED_AUTH" | "TAGMANAGEMENT" | "LIVEBOARD_VERIFIER" | "CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR" | "CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS" | "CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES" | "CAN_MANAGE_VERSION_CONTROL" | "THIRDPARTY_ANALYSIS" | "CAN_CREATE_CATALOG" | "CAN_ACCESS_ANALYST_STUDIO" | "CAN_MANAGE_ANALYST_STUDIO" | "CAN_MODIFY_FOLDERS" | "CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES" | "CAN_VIEW_FOLDERS" | "PREVIEW_DOCUMENT_SEARCH" | "PREVIEW_THOUGHTSPOT_SAGE" | "CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS" | "CAN_DOWNLOAD_VISUALS" | "CAN_DOWNLOAD_DETAILED_DATA" | "CAN_USE_SPOTTER";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Frequency of the scheduled job run.
*/
declare class UpdateScheduleRequestFrequency {
    'cron_expression': CronExpressionInput;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Options to specify the details of a Liveboard.
*/
declare class UpdateScheduleRequestLiveboardOptions {
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of visualizations.
    */
    'visualization_identifiers': Array<string>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Options for PDF export.
*/
declare class UpdateScheduleRequestPdfOptions {
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include complete Liveboard.
    */
    'complete_liveboard'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include cover page with the Liveboard title.
    */
    'include_cover_page'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include customized wide logo in the footer if available.
    */
    'include_custom_logo'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include a page with all applied filters.
    */
    'include_filter_page'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include page number in the footer of each page
    */
    'include_page_number'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Text to include in the footer of each page.
    */
    'page_footer_text'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Page orientation of the PDF.
    */
    'page_orientation'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Page size.
    */
    'page_size'?: UpdateScheduleRequestPdfOptionsPageSizeEnum | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether to include only first page of the tables.
    */
    'truncate_table'?: boolean | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type UpdateScheduleRequestPdfOptionsPageSizeEnum = "A4";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Recipients of the scheduled job notifications. You can add the ID or name of the ThoughtSpot users or groups as recipients in the `principals` array. If a recipient is not a ThoughtSpot user, specify email address.
*/
declare class UpdateScheduleRequestRecipientDetails {
    /**
    * Emails of the recipients.
    */
    'emails'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * User or groups to be set as recipients of the schedule notifications.
    */
    'principals'?: Array<PrincipalsListItemInput> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class UpdateScheduleRequest {
    /**
    * Name of the scheduled job.
    */
    'name'?: string;
    /**
    * Description of the scheduled job.
    */
    'description'?: string;
    /**
    * Type of metadata object.
    */
    'metadata_type'?: UpdateScheduleRequestMetadataTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the metadata object.
    */
    'metadata_identifier'?: string;
    /**
    * Export file format.
    */
    'file_format'?: UpdateScheduleRequestFileFormatEnum;
    'liveboard_options'?: UpdateScheduleRequestLiveboardOptions;
    'pdf_options'?: UpdateScheduleRequestPdfOptions;
    /**
    * Time zone
    */
    'time_zone'?: UpdateScheduleRequestTimeZoneEnum;
    'frequency'?: UpdateScheduleRequestFrequency;
    'recipient_details'?: UpdateScheduleRequestRecipientDetails;
    /**
    * Status of the schedule
    */
    'status'?: UpdateScheduleRequestStatusEnum;
    /**
    * Personalised view id of the liveboard to be scheduled.
    */
    'personalised_view_id'?: string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type UpdateScheduleRequestMetadataTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD";
type UpdateScheduleRequestFileFormatEnum = "CSV" | "PDF" | "XLSX";
type UpdateScheduleRequestTimeZoneEnum = "Africa/Abidjan" | "Africa/Accra" | "Africa/Addis_Ababa" | "Africa/Algiers" | "Africa/Asmara" | "Africa/Asmera" | "Africa/Bamako" | "Africa/Bangui" | "Africa/Banjul" | "Africa/Bissau" | "Africa/Blantyre" | "Africa/Brazzaville" | "Africa/Bujumbura" | "Africa/Cairo" | "Africa/Casablanca" | "Africa/Ceuta" | "Africa/Conakry" | "Africa/Dakar" | "Africa/Dar_es_Salaam" | "Africa/Djibouti" | "Africa/Douala" | "Africa/El_Aaiun" | "Africa/Freetown" | "Africa/Gaborone" | "Africa/Harare" | "Africa/Johannesburg" | "Africa/Juba" | "Africa/Kampala" | "Africa/Khartoum" | "Africa/Kigali" | "Africa/Kinshasa" | "Africa/Lagos" | "Africa/Libreville" | "Africa/Lome" | "Africa/Luanda" | "Africa/Lubumbashi" | "Africa/Lusaka" | "Africa/Malabo" | "Africa/Maputo" | "Africa/Maseru" | "Africa/Mbabane" | "Africa/Mogadishu" | "Africa/Monrovia" | "Africa/Nairobi" | "Africa/Ndjamena" | "Africa/Niamey" | "Africa/Nouakchott" | "Africa/Ouagadougou" | "Africa/Porto-Novo" | "Africa/Sao_Tome" | "Africa/Timbuktu" | "Africa/Tripoli" | "Africa/Tunis" | "Africa/Windhoek" | "America/Adak" | "America/Anchorage" | "America/Anguilla" | "America/Antigua" | "America/Araguaina" | "America/Argentina/Buenos_Aires" | "America/Argentina/Catamarca" | "America/Argentina/ComodRivadavia" | "America/Argentina/Cordoba" | "America/Argentina/Jujuy" | "America/Argentina/La_Rioja" | "America/Argentina/Mendoza" | "America/Argentina/Rio_Gallegos" | "America/Argentina/Salta" | "America/Argentina/San_Juan" | "America/Argentina/San_Luis" | "America/Argentina/Tucuman" | "America/Argentina/Ushuaia" | "America/Aruba" | "America/Asuncion" | "America/Atikokan" | "America/Atka" | "America/Bahia" | "America/Bahia_Banderas" | "America/Barbados" | "America/Belem" | "America/Belize" | "America/Blanc-Sablon" | "America/Boa_Vista" | "America/Bogota" | "America/Boise" | "America/Buenos_Aires" | "America/Cambridge_Bay" | "America/Campo_Grande" | "America/Cancun" | "America/Caracas" | "America/Catamarca" | "America/Cayenne" | "America/Cayman" | "America/Chicago" | "America/Chihuahua" | "America/Coral_Harbour" | "America/Cordoba" | "America/Costa_Rica" | "America/Creston" | "America/Cuiaba" | "America/Curacao" | "America/Danmarkshavn" | "America/Dawson" | "America/Dawson_Creek" | "America/Denver" | "America/Detroit" | "America/Dominica" | "America/Edmonton" | "America/Eirunepe" | "America/El_Salvador" | "America/Ensenada" | "America/Fort_Nelson" | "America/Fort_Wayne" | "America/Fortaleza" | "America/Glace_Bay" | "America/Godthab" | "America/Goose_Bay" | "America/Grand_Turk" | "America/Grenada" | "America/Guadeloupe" | "America/Guatemala" | "America/Guayaquil" | "America/Guyana" | "America/Halifax" | "America/Havana" | "America/Hermosillo" | "America/Indiana/Indianapolis" | "America/Indiana/Knox" | "America/Indiana/Marengo" | "America/Indiana/Petersburg" | "America/Indiana/Tell_City" | "America/Indiana/Vevay" | "America/Indiana/Vincennes" | "America/Indiana/Winamac" | "America/Indianapolis" | "America/Inuvik" | "America/Iqaluit" | "America/Jamaica" | "America/Jujuy" | "America/Juneau" | "America/Kentucky/Louisville" | "America/Kentucky/Monticello" | "America/Knox_IN" | "America/Kralendijk" | "America/La_Paz" | "America/Lima" | "America/Los_Angeles" | "America/Louisville" | "America/Lower_Princes" | "America/Maceio" | "America/Managua" | "America/Manaus" | "America/Marigot" | "America/Martinique" | "America/Matamoros" | "America/Mazatlan" | "America/Mendoza" | "America/Menominee" | "America/Merida" | "America/Metlakatla" | "America/Mexico_City" | "America/Miquelon" | "America/Moncton" | "America/Monterrey" | "America/Montevideo" | "America/Montreal" | "America/Montserrat" | "America/Nassau" | "America/New_York" | "America/Nipigon" | "America/Nome" | "America/Noronha" | "America/North_Dakota/Beulah" | "America/North_Dakota/Center" | "America/North_Dakota/New_Salem" | "America/Nuuk" | "America/Ojinaga" | "America/Panama" | "America/Pangnirtung" | "America/Paramaribo" | "America/Phoenix" | "America/Port-au-Prince" | "America/Port_of_Spain" | "America/Porto_Acre" | "America/Porto_Velho" | "America/Puerto_Rico" | "America/Punta_Arenas" | "America/Rainy_River" | "America/Rankin_Inlet" | "America/Recife" | "America/Regina" | "America/Resolute" | "America/Rio_Branco" | "America/Rosario" | "America/Santa_Isabel" | "America/Santarem" | "America/Santiago" | "America/Santo_Domingo" | "America/Sao_Paulo" | "America/Scoresbysund" | "America/Shiprock" | "America/Sitka" | "America/St_Barthelemy" | "America/St_Johns" | "America/St_Kitts" | "America/St_Lucia" | "America/St_Thomas" | "America/St_Vincent" | "America/Swift_Current" | "America/Tegucigalpa" | "America/Thule" | "America/Thunder_Bay" | "America/Tijuana" | "America/Toronto" | "America/Tortola" | "America/Vancouver" | "America/Virgin" | "America/Whitehorse" | "America/Winnipeg" | "America/Yakutat" | "America/Yellowknife" | "Antarctica/Casey" | "Antarctica/Davis" | "Antarctica/DumontDUrville" | "Antarctica/Macquarie" | "Antarctica/Mawson" | "Antarctica/McMurdo" | "Antarctica/Palmer" | "Antarctica/Rothera" | "Antarctica/South_Pole" | "Antarctica/Syowa" | "Antarctica/Troll" | "Antarctica/Vostok" | "Arctic/Longyearbyen" | "Asia/Aden" | "Asia/Almaty" | "Asia/Amman" | "Asia/Anadyr" | "Asia/Aqtau" | "Asia/Aqtobe" | "Asia/Ashgabat" | "Asia/Ashkhabad" | "Asia/Atyrau" | "Asia/Baghdad" | "Asia/Bahrain" | "Asia/Baku" | "Asia/Bangkok" | "Asia/Barnaul" | "Asia/Beirut" | "Asia/Bishkek" | "Asia/Brunei" | "Asia/Calcutta" | "Asia/Chita" | "Asia/Choibalsan" | "Asia/Chongqing" | "Asia/Chungking" | "Asia/Colombo" | "Asia/Dacca" | "Asia/Damascus" | "Asia/Dhaka" | "Asia/Dili" | "Asia/Dubai" | "Asia/Dushanbe" | "Asia/Famagusta" | "Asia/Gaza" | "Asia/Harbin" | "Asia/Hebron" | "Asia/Ho_Chi_Minh" | "Asia/Hong_Kong" | "Asia/Hovd" | "Asia/Irkutsk" | "Asia/Istanbul" | "Asia/Jakarta" | "Asia/Jayapura" | "Asia/Jerusalem" | "Asia/Kabul" | "Asia/Kamchatka" | "Asia/Karachi" | "Asia/Kashgar" | "Asia/Kathmandu" | "Asia/Katmandu" | "Asia/Khandyga" | "Asia/Kolkata" | "Asia/Krasnoyarsk" | "Asia/Kuala_Lumpur" | "Asia/Kuching" | "Asia/Kuwait" | "Asia/Macao" | "Asia/Macau" | "Asia/Magadan" | "Asia/Makassar" | "Asia/Manila" | "Asia/Muscat" | "Asia/Nicosia" | "Asia/Novokuznetsk" | "Asia/Novosibirsk" | "Asia/Omsk" | "Asia/Oral" | "Asia/Phnom_Penh" | "Asia/Pontianak" | "Asia/Pyongyang" | "Asia/Qatar" | "Asia/Qostanay" | "Asia/Qyzylorda" | "Asia/Rangoon" | "Asia/Riyadh" | "Asia/Saigon" | "Asia/Sakhalin" | "Asia/Samarkand" | "Asia/Seoul" | "Asia/Shanghai" | "Asia/Singapore" | "Asia/Srednekolymsk" | "Asia/Taipei" | "Asia/Tashkent" | "Asia/Tbilisi" | "Asia/Tehran" | "Asia/Tel_Aviv" | "Asia/Thimbu" | "Asia/Thimphu" | "Asia/Tokyo" | "Asia/Tomsk" | "Asia/Ujung_Pandang" | "Asia/Ulaanbaatar" | "Asia/Ulan_Bator" | "Asia/Urumqi" | "Asia/Ust-Nera" | "Asia/Vientiane" | "Asia/Vladivostok" | "Asia/Yakutsk" | "Asia/Yangon" | "Asia/Yekaterinburg" | "Asia/Yerevan" | "Atlantic/Azores" | "Atlantic/Bermuda" | "Atlantic/Canary" | "Atlantic/Cape_Verde" | "Atlantic/Faeroe" | "Atlantic/Faroe" | "Atlantic/Jan_Mayen" | "Atlantic/Madeira" | "Atlantic/Reykjavik" | "Atlantic/South_Georgia" | "Atlantic/St_Helena" | "Atlantic/Stanley" | "Australia/ACT" | "Australia/Adelaide" | "Australia/Brisbane" | "Australia/Broken_Hill" | "Australia/Canberra" | "Australia/Currie" | "Australia/Darwin" | "Australia/Eucla" | "Australia/Hobart" | "Australia/LHI" | "Australia/Lindeman" | "Australia/Lord_Howe" | "Australia/Melbourne" | "Australia/NSW" | "Australia/North" | "Australia/Perth" | "Australia/Queensland" | "Australia/South" | "Australia/Sydney" | "Australia/Tasmania" | "Australia/Victoria" | "Australia/West" | "Australia/Yancowinna" | "Brazil/Acre" | "Brazil/DeNoronha" | "Brazil/East" | "Brazil/West" | "CET" | "CST6CDT" | "Canada/Atlantic" | "Canada/Central" | "Canada/Eastern" | "Canada/Mountain" | "Canada/Newfoundland" | "Canada/Pacific" | "Canada/Saskatchewan" | "Canada/Yukon" | "Chile/Continental" | "Chile/EasterIsland" | "Cuba" | "EET" | "EST5EDT" | "Egypt" | "Eire" | "Etc/GMT" | "Etc/GMT+0" | "Etc/GMT+1" | "Etc/GMT+10" | "Etc/GMT+11" | "Etc/GMT+12" | "Etc/GMT+2" | "Etc/GMT+3" | "Etc/GMT+4" | "Etc/GMT+5" | "Etc/GMT+6" | "Etc/GMT+7" | "Etc/GMT+8" | "Etc/GMT+9" | "Etc/GMT-0" | "Etc/GMT-1" | "Etc/GMT-10" | "Etc/GMT-11" | "Etc/GMT-12" | "Etc/GMT-13" | "Etc/GMT-14" | "Etc/GMT-2" | "Etc/GMT-3" | "Etc/GMT-4" | "Etc/GMT-5" | "Etc/GMT-6" | "Etc/GMT-7" | "Etc/GMT-8" | "Etc/GMT-9" | "Etc/GMT0" | "Etc/Greenwich" | "Etc/UCT" | "Etc/UTC" | "Etc/Universal" | "Etc/Zulu" | "Europe/Amsterdam" | "Europe/Andorra" | "Europe/Astrakhan" | "Europe/Athens" | "Europe/Belfast" | "Europe/Belgrade" | "Europe/Berlin" | "Europe/Bratislava" | "Europe/Brussels" | "Europe/Bucharest" | "Europe/Budapest" | "Europe/Busingen" | "Europe/Chisinau" | "Europe/Copenhagen" | "Europe/Dublin" | "Europe/Gibraltar" | "Europe/Guernsey" | "Europe/Helsinki" | "Europe/Isle_of_Man" | "Europe/Istanbul" | "Europe/Jersey" | "Europe/Kaliningrad" | "Europe/Kiev" | "Europe/Kirov" | "Europe/Kyiv" | "Europe/Lisbon" | "Europe/Ljubljana" | "Europe/London" | "Europe/Luxembourg" | "Europe/Madrid" | "Europe/Malta" | "Europe/Mariehamn" | "Europe/Minsk" | "Europe/Monaco" | "Europe/Moscow" | "Europe/Nicosia" | "Europe/Oslo" | "Europe/Paris" | "Europe/Podgorica" | "Europe/Prague" | "Europe/Riga" | "Europe/Rome" | "Europe/Samara" | "Europe/San_Marino" | "Europe/Sarajevo" | "Europe/Saratov" | "Europe/Simferopol" | "Europe/Skopje" | "Europe/Sofia" | "Europe/Stockholm" | "Europe/Tallinn" | "Europe/Tirane" | "Europe/Tiraspol" | "Europe/Ulyanovsk" | "Europe/Uzhgorod" | "Europe/Vaduz" | "Europe/Vatican" | "Europe/Vienna" | "Europe/Vilnius" | "Europe/Volgograd" | "Europe/Warsaw" | "Europe/Zagreb" | "Europe/Zaporozhye" | "Europe/Zurich" | "GB" | "GB-Eire" | "GMT" | "GMT0" | "Greenwich" | "Hongkong" | "Iceland" | "Indian/Antananarivo" | "Indian/Chagos" | "Indian/Christmas" | "Indian/Cocos" | "Indian/Comoro" | "Indian/Kerguelen" | "Indian/Mahe" | "Indian/Maldives" | "Indian/Mauritius" | "Indian/Mayotte" | "Indian/Reunion" | "Iran" | "Israel" | "Jamaica" | "Japan" | "Kwajalein" | "Libya" | "MET" | "MST7MDT" | "Mexico/BajaNorte" | "Mexico/BajaSur" | "Mexico/General" | "NZ" | "NZ-CHAT" | "Navajo" | "PRC" | "PST8PDT" | "Pacific/Apia" | "Pacific/Auckland" | "Pacific/Bougainville" | "Pacific/Chatham" | "Pacific/Chuuk" | "Pacific/Easter" | "Pacific/Efate" | "Pacific/Enderbury" | "Pacific/Fakaofo" | "Pacific/Fiji" | "Pacific/Funafuti" | "Pacific/Galapagos" | "Pacific/Gambier" | "Pacific/Guadalcanal" | "Pacific/Guam" | "Pacific/Honolulu" | "Pacific/Johnston" | "Pacific/Kanton" | "Pacific/Kiritimati" | "Pacific/Kosrae" | "Pacific/Kwajalein" | "Pacific/Majuro" | "Pacific/Marquesas" | "Pacific/Midway" | "Pacific/Nauru" | "Pacific/Niue" | "Pacific/Norfolk" | "Pacific/Noumea" | "Pacific/Pago_Pago" | "Pacific/Palau" | "Pacific/Pitcairn" | "Pacific/Pohnpei" | "Pacific/Ponape" | "Pacific/Port_Moresby" | "Pacific/Rarotonga" | "Pacific/Saipan" | "Pacific/Samoa" | "Pacific/Tahiti" | "Pacific/Tarawa" | "Pacific/Tongatapu" | "Pacific/Truk" | "Pacific/Wake" | "Pacific/Wallis" | "Pacific/Yap" | "Poland" | "Portugal" | "ROK" | "Singapore" | "SystemV/AST4" | "SystemV/AST4ADT" | "SystemV/CST6" | "SystemV/CST6CDT" | "SystemV/EST5" | "SystemV/EST5EDT" | "SystemV/HST10" | "SystemV/MST7" | "SystemV/MST7MDT" | "SystemV/PST8" | "SystemV/PST8PDT" | "SystemV/YST9" | "SystemV/YST9YDT" | "Turkey" | "UCT" | "US/Alaska" | "US/Aleutian" | "US/Arizona" | "US/Central" | "US/East-Indiana" | "US/Eastern" | "US/Hawaii" | "US/Indiana-Starke" | "US/Michigan" | "US/Mountain" | "US/Pacific" | "US/Samoa" | "UTC" | "Universal" | "W-SU" | "WET" | "Zulu" | "EST" | "HST" | "MST" | "ACT" | "AET" | "AGT" | "ART" | "AST" | "BET" | "BST" | "CAT" | "CNT" | "CST" | "CTT" | "EAT" | "ECT" | "IET" | "IST" | "JST" | "MIT" | "NET" | "NST" | "PLT" | "PNT" | "PRT" | "PST" | "SST" | "VST";
type UpdateScheduleRequestStatusEnum = "ACTIVE" | "PAUSE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class UpdateSystemConfigRequest {
    /**
    * Configuration JSON with the key-value pair of configuration attributes to be updated.
    */
    'configuration': any;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class UpdateTagRequest {
    /**
    * Name of the tag.
    */
    'name'?: string;
    /**
    * Hex color code to be assigned to the tag. For example, #ff78a9.
    */
    'color'?: string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class UpdateUserGroupRequest {
    /**
    * Name of the group to modify.
    */
    'name'?: string;
    /**
    * ID of the Liveboards to be assigned as default Liveboards to the users in the group.
    */
    'default_liveboard_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Description for the group.
    */
    'description'?: string;
    /**
    * Display name of the group.
    */
    'display_name'?: string;
    /**
    * Privileges to assign to the group.
    */
    'privileges'?: Array<UpdateUserGroupRequestPrivilegesEnum>;
    /**
    * GUID or name of the sub groups. A subgroup is a group assigned to a parent group.
    */
    'sub_group_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Type of the group
    */
    'type'?: UpdateUserGroupRequestTypeEnum;
    /**
    * GUID or name of the users to assign to the group.
    */
    'user_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Visibility of the group. To make a group visible to other users and groups, set the visibility to SHAREABLE.
    */
    'visibility'?: UpdateUserGroupRequestVisibilityEnum;
    /**
    * Role identifiers of the Roles that should be assigned to the group.
    */
    'role_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Type of update operation. Default operation type is REPLACE
    */
    'operation'?: UpdateUserGroupRequestOperationEnum;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type UpdateUserGroupRequestPrivilegesEnum = "ADMINISTRATION" | "AUTHORING" | "USERDATAUPLOADING" | "DATADOWNLOADING" | "USERMANAGEMENT" | "DATAMANAGEMENT" | "SHAREWITHALL" | "JOBSCHEDULING" | "A3ANALYSIS" | "EXPERIMENTALFEATUREPRIVILEGE" | "BYPASSRLS" | "RANALYSIS" | "DEVELOPER" | "USER_ADMINISTRATION" | "GROUP_ADMINISTRATION" | "SYNCMANAGEMENT" | "CAN_CREATE_CATALOG" | "DISABLE_PINBOARD_CREATION" | "LIVEBOARD_VERIFIER" | "PREVIEW_THOUGHTSPOT_SAGE" | "CAN_MANAGE_VERSION_CONTROL" | "THIRDPARTY_ANALYSIS" | "ALLOW_NON_EMBED_FULL_APP_ACCESS" | "CAN_ACCESS_ANALYST_STUDIO" | "CAN_MANAGE_ANALYST_STUDIO" | "CAN_MODIFY_FOLDERS" | "CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES" | "CAN_VIEW_FOLDERS" | "PREVIEW_DOCUMENT_SEARCH" | "CAN_SETUP_VERSION_CONTROL" | "CAN_DOWNLOAD_VISUALS" | "CAN_DOWNLOAD_DETAILED_DATA" | "CAN_USE_SPOTTER";
type UpdateUserGroupRequestTypeEnum = "LOCAL_GROUP" | "LDAP_GROUP" | "TEAM_GROUP" | "TENANT_GROUP";
type UpdateUserGroupRequestVisibilityEnum = "SHARABLE" | "NON_SHARABLE";
type UpdateUserGroupRequestOperationEnum = "ADD" | "REMOVE" | "REPLACE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class UpdateUserRequest {
    /**
    * Name of the user. The username string must be unique.
    */
    'name'?: string;
    /**
    * A unique display name string for the user account, usually their first and last name
    */
    'display_name'?: string;
    /**
    * Visibility of the users. When set to SHARABLE, the user is visible to other users and groups when they try to share an object.
    */
    'visibility'?: UpdateUserRequestVisibilityEnum;
    /**
    * Email of the user account
    */
    'email'?: string;
    /**
    * Current status of the user account. The `SUSPENDED` user state indicates a transitional state applicable to IAMv2 users only.
    */
    'account_status'?: UpdateUserRequestAccountStatusEnum;
    /**
    * User preference for receiving email notifications when another ThoughtSpot user shares a metadata object such as Answer, Liveboard, or Worksheet.
    */
    'notify_on_share'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * The user preference for revisiting the onboarding experience.
    */
    'show_onboarding_experience'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates if the user has completed the onboarding and allows turning off the onboarding walkthrough.
    */
    'onboarding_experience_completed'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Type of the account.
    */
    'account_type'?: UpdateUserRequestAccountTypeEnum;
    /**
    * GUIDs or names of the groups.
    */
    'group_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * GUID of the Liveboard to set a default Liveboard for the user. ThoughtSpot displays this Liveboard on the Home page when the user logs in.
    */
    'home_liveboard_identifier'?: string;
    /**
    * Metadata objects to add to the user\'s favorites list.
    */
    'favorite_metadata'?: Array<FavoriteMetadataInput>;
    /**
    * IDs of the Orgs.
    */
    'org_identifiers'?: Array<string>;
    /**
    * Type of update operation. Default operation type is REPLACE
    */
    'operation'?: UpdateUserRequestOperationEnum;
    /**
    * Locale for the user. When setting this value, do not set use_browser_language to true, otherwise the browser\'s language setting will take precedence and the preferred_locale value will be ignored.
    */
    'preferred_locale'?: UpdateUserRequestPreferredLocaleEnum;
    /**
    * Flag to indicate whether to use the browser locale for the user in the UI. When set to true, the preferred_locale value is unset and the browser\'s language setting takes precedence.    Version: 26.3.0.cl or later
    */
    'use_browser_language'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Properties for the user
    */
    'extended_properties'?: any;
    /**
    * Preferences for the user
    */
    'extended_preferences'?: any;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type UpdateUserRequestVisibilityEnum = "SHARABLE" | "NON_SHARABLE";
type UpdateUserRequestAccountStatusEnum = "ACTIVE" | "INACTIVE" | "EXPIRED" | "LOCKED" | "PENDING" | "SUSPENDED";
type UpdateUserRequestAccountTypeEnum = "LOCAL_USER" | "LDAP_USER" | "SAML_USER" | "OIDC_USER" | "REMOTE_USER";
type UpdateUserRequestOperationEnum = "ADD" | "REMOVE" | "REPLACE";
type UpdateUserRequestPreferredLocaleEnum = "en-CA" | "en-GB" | "en-US" | "de-DE" | "ja-JP" | "zh-CN" | "pt-BR" | "fr-FR" | "fr-CA" | "es-US" | "da-DK" | "es-ES" | "fi-FI" | "sv-SE" | "nb-NO" | "pt-PT" | "nl-NL" | "it-IT" | "ru-RU" | "en-IN" | "de-CH" | "en-NZ" | "es-MX" | "en-AU" | "zh-Hant" | "ko-KR" | "en-DE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class UpdateVariableRequest {
    /**
    * New name of the variable.
    */
    'name': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Input for variable value update in batch operations
*/
declare class VariableUpdateAssignmentInput {
    /**
    * ID or Name of the variable
    */
    'variable_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Values of the variable
    */
    'variable_values': Array<string>;
    /**
    * Operation to perform
    */
    'operation': VariableUpdateAssignmentInputOperationEnum;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type VariableUpdateAssignmentInputOperationEnum = "ADD" | "REMOVE" | "REPLACE" | "RESET";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Input for defining the scope of variable value assignments in batch update operations
*/
declare class VariableUpdateScopeInput {
    /**
    * The unique name of the org
    */
    'org_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Type of principal to which the variable value applies. Use USER to assign values to a specific user, or USER_GROUP to assign values to a group.
    */
    'principal_type'?: VariableUpdateScopeInputPrincipalTypeEnum | null;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the principal
    */
    'principal_identifier'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the model. Required for FORMULA_VARIABLE type to scope the variable value to a specific worksheet.
    */
    'model_identifier'?: string | null;
    /**
    * The priority level for this scope assignment, used for conflict resolution when multiple values match. Higher priority values (larger numbers) take precedence.
    */
    'priority'?: number | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type VariableUpdateScopeInputPrincipalTypeEnum = "USER" | "USER_GROUP";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class UpdateVariableValuesRequest {
    /**
    * Array of variable assignment objects specifying the variable identifier, values to assign, and the operation type (ADD, REMOVE, REPLACE, or RESET) to perform on each variable.
    */
    'variable_assignment': Array<VariableUpdateAssignmentInput>;
    /**
    * Array of scope objects defining where the variable values apply, including organization context, optional principal constraints (user or group), model reference for formula variables, and priority for conflict resolution.
    */
    'variable_value_scope': Array<VariableUpdateScopeInput>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class UpdateWebhookConfigurationRequest {
    /**
    * Name of the webhook configuration.
    */
    'name'?: string;
    /**
    * Description of the webhook configuration.
    */
    'description'?: string;
    /**
    * The webhook endpoint URL.
    */
    'url'?: string;
    /**
    * Additional URL parameters as key-value pairs.
    */
    'url_params'?: any;
    /**
    * List of events to subscribe to.
    */
    'events'?: Array<UpdateWebhookConfigurationRequestEventsEnum>;
    'authentication'?: CreateWebhookConfigurationRequestAuthentication;
    'signature_verification'?: CreateWebhookConfigurationRequestSignatureVerification;
    'storage_destination'?: CreateWebhookConfigurationRequestStorageDestination;
    /**
    * Additional headers as an array of key-value pairs. Example: [{\"key\": \"X-Custom-Header\", \"value\": \"custom_value\"}]    Version: 26.4.0.cl or later
    */
    'additional_headers'?: Array<WebhookKeyValuePairInput>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type UpdateWebhookConfigurationRequestEventsEnum = "LIVEBOARD_SCHEDULE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class User {
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the user.
    */
    'id': string;
    /**
    * Name of the user.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Display name of the user.
    */
    'display_name': string;
    /**
    * Visibility of the users. The `SHARABLE` property makes a user visible to other users and group, who can share objects with the user.
    */
    'visibility': UserVisibilityEnum;
    /**
    * Unique identifier of author of the user.
    */
    'author_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Defines whether the user can change their password.
    */
    'can_change_password'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Defines whether the response has complete detail of the user.
    */
    'complete_detail'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Creation time of the user in milliseconds.
    */
    'creation_time_in_millis'?: number | null;
    'current_org'?: Org;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the user is deleted.
    */
    'deleted'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the user is deprecated.
    */
    'deprecated'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Type of the user account.
    */
    'account_type'?: UserAccountTypeEnum | null;
    /**
    * Status of the user account.
    */
    'account_status'?: UserAccountStatusEnum | null;
    /**
    * Email of the user.
    */
    'email'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Expiration time of the user in milliseconds.
    */
    'expiration_time_in_millis'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the user is external.
    */
    'external'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Metadata objects to add to the users\' favorites list.
    */
    'favorite_metadata'?: Array<FavoriteMetadataItem> | null;
    /**
    * Timestamp of the first login session of the user in milliseconds.
    */
    'first_login_time_in_millis'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Group mask of the user.
    */
    'group_mask'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the user is hidden.
    */
    'hidden'?: boolean | null;
    'home_liveboard'?: ObjectIDAndName;
    /**
    * Incomplete details of user if any present.
    */
    'incomplete_details'?: any | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether it is first login of the user.
    */
    'is_first_login'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Last modified time of the user in milliseconds.
    */
    'modification_time_in_millis'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Unique identifier of modifier of the user.
    */
    'modifier_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * User preference for receiving email notifications on shared Answers or Liveboard.
    */
    'notify_on_share'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * The user preference for turning off the onboarding experience.
    */
    'onboarding_experience_completed'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Orgs to which the user belongs.
    */
    'orgs'?: Array<Org> | null;
    /**
    * Unique identifier of owner of the user.
    */
    'owner_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Parent type of the user.
    */
    'parent_type'?: UserParentTypeEnum | null;
    /**
    * Privileges which are assigned to the user.
    */
    'privileges'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * User\'s preference to revisit the new user onboarding experience.
    */
    'show_onboarding_experience'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the user is a super user.
    */
    'super_user'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the user is a system user.
    */
    'system_user'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Tags associated with the user.
    */
    'tags'?: Array<ObjectIDAndName> | null;
    /**
    * Unique identifier of tenant of the user.
    */
    'tenant_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Groups to which the user is assigned.
    */
    'user_groups'?: Array<ObjectIDAndName> | null;
    /**
    * Inherited User Groups which the user is part of.
    */
    'user_inherited_groups'?: Array<ObjectIDAndName> | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether welcome email is sent for the user.
    */
    'welcome_email_sent'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Privileges which are assigned to the user with org.
    */
    'org_privileges'?: any | null;
    /**
    * Locale for the user.
    */
    'preferred_locale'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Flag to indicate whether to use the browser locale for the user in the UI. When set to true, the preferred_locale value is unset and the browser\'s language setting takes precedence.    Version: 26.3.0.cl or later
    */
    'use_browser_language'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Properties for the user
    */
    'extended_properties'?: any | null;
    /**
    * Preferences for the user
    */
    'extended_preferences'?: any | null;
    /**
    * User Parameters which are specified for the user via JWToken
    */
    'user_parameters'?: any | null;
    /**
    * Access Control Properties which are specified for the user via JWToken
    */
    'access_control_properties'?: any | null;
    /**
    * Formula Variables which are specified for the user via JWToken
    */
    'variable_values'?: any | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type UserVisibilityEnum = "SHARABLE" | "NON_SHARABLE";
type UserAccountTypeEnum = "LOCAL_USER" | "LDAP_USER" | "SAML_USER" | "OIDC_USER" | "REMOTE_USER";
type UserAccountStatusEnum = "ACTIVE" | "INACTIVE" | "EXPIRED" | "LOCKED" | "PENDING" | "SUSPENDED";
type UserParentTypeEnum = "USER" | "GROUP";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class UserGroupResponse {
    /**
    * The unique identifier of the object
    */
    'author_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the response has complete detail of the group.
    */
    'complete_detail'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Content details of the group
    */
    'content'?: any | null;
    /**
    * Creation time of the group in milliseconds
    */
    'creation_time_in_millis'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Liveboards that are assigned as default Liveboards to the group.
    */
    'default_liveboards'?: Array<UserGroup> | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the group is deleted
    */
    'deleted'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the group is deprecated
    */
    'deprecated'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Description of the group
    */
    'description'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Display name of the group.
    */
    'display_name': string;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the group is external
    */
    'external'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Generation number of the group
    */
    'generation_number'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the group is hidden
    */
    'hidden'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * The unique identifier of the object
    */
    'id': string;
    /**
    * Index number of the group
    */
    'index'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Index version number of the group
    */
    'index_version'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Metadata version number of the group
    */
    'metadata_version'?: number | null;
    /**
    * Last modified time of the group in milliseconds.
    */
    'modification_time_in_millis'?: number | null;
    /**
    * The unique identifier of the object
    */
    'modifier_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Name of the group.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Orgs in which group exists.
    */
    'orgs'?: Array<UserGroup> | null;
    /**
    * The unique identifier of the object
    */
    'owner_id'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Parent type of the group.
    */
    'parent_type'?: UserGroupResponseParentTypeEnum | null;
    /**
    * Privileges which are assigned to the group
    */
    'privileges'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * Groups who are part of the group
    */
    'sub_groups'?: Array<UserGroup> | null;
    /**
    * Indicates whether the group is a system group.
    */
    'system_group'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Tags associated with the group.
    */
    'tags'?: Array<UserGroup> | null;
    /**
    * Type of the group.
    */
    'type'?: UserGroupResponseTypeEnum | null;
    /**
    * Users who are part of the group.
    */
    'users'?: Array<UserGroup> | null;
    /**
    * Visibility of the group. The SHARABLE makes a group visible to other users and groups, and thus allows them to share objects.
    */
    'visibility': UserGroupResponseVisibilityEnum;
    /**
    * List of roles assgined to the user
    */
    'roles'?: Array<Role> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type UserGroupResponseParentTypeEnum = "USER" | "GROUP";
type UserGroupResponseTypeEnum = "LOCAL_GROUP" | "LDAP_GROUP" | "TEAM_GROUP" | "TENANT_GROUP";
type UserGroupResponseVisibilityEnum = "SHARABLE" | "NON_SHARABLE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Define attributes such as Runtime filters and Runtime parameters to send security entitlements to a user session. For more information, see [Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/abac-user-parameters).
*/
declare class UserParameterOptions {
    'objects'?: Array<UserObject> | null;
    /**
    * Objects to apply the User_Runtime_Filters.  Examples to set the `runtime_filters` : ```json { \"column_name\": \"Color\", \"operator\": \"EQ\", \"values\": [\"red\"], \"persist\": false } ```
    */
    'runtime_filters'?: Array<RuntimeFilters> | null;
    /**
    * Objects to apply the User_Runtime_Sorts.  Examples to set the `runtime_sorts` : ```json { \"column_name\": \"Color\", \"order\": \"ASC\", \"persist\": false } ```
    */
    'runtime_sorts'?: Array<RuntimeSorts> | null;
    /**
    * Objects to apply the Runtime_Parameters.  Examples to set the `parameters` : ```json { \"name\": \"Color\", \"values\": [\"Blue\"], \"persist\": false } ```
    */
    'parameters'?: Array<RuntimeParameters> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ValidateCommunicationChannelRequest {
    /**
    * Type of communication channel to validate (e.g., WEBHOOK).
    */
    'channel_type': ValidateCommunicationChannelRequestChannelTypeEnum;
    /**
    * Unique identifier or name for the communication channel.
    */
    'channel_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Event type to validate for this channel.
    */
    'event_type': ValidateCommunicationChannelRequestEventTypeEnum;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type ValidateCommunicationChannelRequestChannelTypeEnum = "WEBHOOK";
type ValidateCommunicationChannelRequestEventTypeEnum = "LIVEBOARD_SCHEDULE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ValidateMergeRequest {
    /**
    * Name of the branch from which changes need to be picked for validation
    */
    'source_branch_name': string;
    /**
    * Name of the branch where files will be merged
    */
    'target_branch_name': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class ValidateTokenRequest {
    'token': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class VariableValue {
    /**
    * The value of the variable
    */
    'value'?: string | null;
    /**
    * The value of the variable if it is a list type
    */
    'value_list'?: Array<string> | null;
    /**
    * The unique name of the org
    */
    'org_identifier': string;
    /**
    * Type of principal to which this value applies. Use USER to assign the value to a specific user, or USER_GROUP to assign it to a group.
    */
    'principal_type'?: VariableValuePrincipalTypeEnum | null;
    /**
    * Unique ID or name of the principal
    */
    'principal_identifier'?: string | null;
    /**
    * Unique ID of the model   Version: 26.3.0.cl or later
    */
    'model_identifier'?: string | null;
    /**
    * The priority assigned to this value. If there are 2 matching values, the one with the higher priority will be picked.
    */
    'priority'?: number | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type VariableValuePrincipalTypeEnum = "USER" | "USER_GROUP";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

/**
* Variable object
*/
declare class Variable {
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the variable
    */
    'id': string;
    /**
    * Name of the variable
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Type of the variable
    */
    'variable_type'?: VariableVariableTypeEnum | null;
    /**
    * If the variable is sensitive
    */
    'sensitive'?: boolean | null;
    /**
    * Values of the variable
    */
    'values'?: Array<VariableValue> | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type VariableVariableTypeEnum = "CONNECTION_PROPERTY" | "TABLE_MAPPING" | "CONNECTION_PROPERTY_PER_PRINCIPAL" | "FORMULA_VARIABLE" | "USER_PROPERTY";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class WebhookAuthApiKey {
    /**
    * The header or query parameter name for the API key.
    */
    'key': string;
    /**
    * The API key value.
    */
    'value': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class WebhookAuthBasicAuth {
    /**
    * Username for basic authentication.
    */
    'username': string;
    /**
    * Password for basic authentication.
    */
    'password': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class WebhookAuthOAuth2 {
    /**
    * OAuth2 authorization server URL.
    */
    'authorization_url': string;
    /**
    * OAuth2 client identifier.
    */
    'client_id': string;
    /**
    * OAuth2 client secret key.
    */
    'client_secret': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class WebhookAuthentication {
    'API_KEY'?: WebhookAuthApiKey;
    'BASIC_AUTH'?: WebhookAuthBasicAuth;
    /**
    * Redacted Bearer token authentication configuration.
    */
    'BEARER_TOKEN'?: string | null;
    'OAUTH2'?: WebhookAuthOAuth2;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class WebhookAuthenticationInput {
    'API_KEY'?: WebhookAuthApiKeyInput;
    'BASIC_AUTH'?: WebhookAuthBasicAuthInput;
    /**
    * Bearer token authentication configuration.
    */
    'BEARER_TOKEN'?: string | null;
    'OAUTH2'?: WebhookAuthOAuth2Input;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class WebhookDeleteFailure {
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the webhook that failed to delete.
    */
    'id': string;
    /**
    * Name of the webhook that failed to delete.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Error message describing why the deletion failed.
    */
    'error': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
/**
* Key-value pair for additional webhook headers.
*/
declare class WebhookKeyValuePair {
    /**
    * Header name.
    */
    'key': string;
    /**
    * Header value.
    */
    'value': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class WebhookOrg {
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the org.
    */
    'id': string;
    /**
    * Name of the org.
    */
    'name': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class WebhookSignatureVerification {
    /**
    * Signature verification method type.
    */
    'type': WebhookSignatureVerificationTypeEnum;
    /**
    * HTTP header where the signature is sent.
    */
    'header': string;
    /**
    * Hash algorithm used for signature verification.
    */
    'algorithm': WebhookSignatureVerificationAlgorithmEnum;
    /**
    * Shared secret used for HMAC signature generation.
    */
    'secret': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type WebhookSignatureVerificationTypeEnum = "HMAC_SHA256";
type WebhookSignatureVerificationAlgorithmEnum = "SHA256";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class WebhookUser {
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the user.
    */
    'id': string;
    /**
    * Name of the user.
    */
    'name': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class WebhookResponse {
    /**
    * Unique identifier of the webhook configuration.
    */
    'id': string;
    /**
    * Name of the webhook configuration.
    */
    'name': string;
    /**
    * Description of the webhook configuration.
    */
    'description'?: string | null;
    'org'?: WebhookOrg;
    /**
    * The webhook endpoint URL.
    */
    'url': string;
    /**
    * Additional URL parameters as key-value pairs.
    */
    'url_params'?: any | null;
    /**
    * List of events this webhook subscribes to.
    */
    'events': Array<WebhookResponseEventsEnum>;
    'authentication'?: WebhookAuthentication;
    'signature_verification'?: WebhookSignatureVerification;
    /**
    * Additional headers as an array of key-value pairs.    Version: 26.4.0.cl or later
    */
    'additional_headers'?: Array<WebhookKeyValuePair> | null;
    /**
    * Creation time of the webhook configuration in milliseconds.
    */
    'creation_time_in_millis': number;
    /**
    * Last modified time of the webhook configuration in milliseconds.
    */
    'modification_time_in_millis': number;
    'created_by'?: WebhookUser;
    'last_modified_by'?: WebhookUser;
    'storage_destination'?: StorageDestination;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type WebhookResponseEventsEnum = "LIVEBOARD_SCHEDULE";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class WebhookDeleteResponse {
    /**
    * Number of webhooks successfully deleted.
    */
    'deleted_count': number;
    /**
    * Number of webhooks that failed to delete.
    */
    'failed_count': number;
    /**
    * List of successfully deleted webhooks.
    */
    'deleted_webhooks': Array<WebhookResponse>;
    /**
    * List of webhooks that failed to delete with error details.
    */
    'failed_webhooks': Array<WebhookDeleteFailure>;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class WebhookPagination {
    /**
    * The starting record number from where the records are included.
    */
    'record_offset': number;
    /**
    * The number of records included in the response.
    */
    'record_size': number;
    /**
    * Total number of webhook configurations available.
    */
    'total_count': number;
    /**
    * Indicates whether more records are available beyond the current response.
    */
    'has_more': boolean;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */

declare class WebhookSearchResponse {
    /**
    * List of webhook configurations matching the search criteria.
    */
    'webhooks': Array<WebhookResponse>;
    'pagination': WebhookPagination;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class WebhookSignatureVerificationInput {
    /**
    * Signature verification method type.
    */
    'type': WebhookSignatureVerificationInputTypeEnum;
    /**
    * HTTP header where the signature is sent.
    */
    'header': string;
    /**
    * Hash algorithm used for signature verification.
    */
    'algorithm': WebhookSignatureVerificationInputAlgorithmEnum;
    /**
    * Shared secret used for HMAC signature generation.
    */
    'secret': string;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type WebhookSignatureVerificationInputTypeEnum = "HMAC_SHA256";
type WebhookSignatureVerificationInputAlgorithmEnum = "SHA256";

/**
 * ThoughtSpot Public REST API
 * No description provided (generated by Openapi Generator https://github.com/openapitools/openapi-generator)
 *
 * OpenAPI spec version: 2.0
 *
 *
 * NOTE: This class is auto generated by OpenAPI Generator (https://openapi-generator.tech).
 * https://openapi-generator.tech
 * Do not edit the class manually.
 */
declare class WebhookSortOptionsInput {
    /**
    * Name of the field to apply the sort on.
    */
    'field_name'?: WebhookSortOptionsInputFieldNameEnum | null;
    /**
    * Sort order: ASC (Ascending) or DESC (Descending).
    */
    'order'?: WebhookSortOptionsInputOrderEnum | null;
    static readonly discriminator: string | undefined;
    static readonly attributeTypeMap: Array<{
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }>;
    static getAttributeTypeMap(): {
        name: string;
        baseName: string;
        type: string;
        format: string;
    }[];
    constructor();
}
type WebhookSortOptionsInputFieldNameEnum = "CREATED" | "MODIFIED" | "NAME";
type WebhookSortOptionsInputOrderEnum = "ASC" | "DESC";

/**
 * Defines the contract for a middleware intercepting requests before
 * they are sent (but after the RequestContext was created)
 * and before the ResponseContext is unwrapped.
 *
 */
interface Middleware {
    /**
     * Modifies the request before the request is sent.
     *
     * @param context RequestContext of a request which is about to be sent to the server
     * @returns an observable of the updated request context
     *
     */
    pre(context: RequestContext): Observable<RequestContext>;
    /**
     * Modifies the returned response before it is deserialized.
     *
     * @param context ResponseContext of a sent request
     * @returns an observable of the modified response context
     */
    post(context: ResponseContext): Observable<ResponseContext>;
}
/**
 * Defines the contract for a middleware intercepting requests before
 * they are sent (but after the RequestContext was created)
 * and before the ResponseContext is unwrapped.
 *
 */
interface PromiseMiddleware {
    /**
     * Modifies the request before the request is sent.
     *
     * @param context RequestContext of a request which is about to be sent to the server
     * @returns an observable of the updated request context
     *
     */
    pre(context: RequestContext): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
 * Modifies the returned response before it is deserialized.
 *
 * @param context ResponseContext of a sent request
 * @returns an observable of the modified response context
 */
    post(context: ResponseContext): Promise<ResponseContext>;
}

interface BaseServerConfiguration {
    makeRequestContext(endpoint: string, httpMethod: HttpMethod): RequestContext;
}
/**
 *
 * Represents the configuration of a server including its
 * url template and variable configuration based on the url.
 *
 */
declare class ServerConfiguration<T extends {
    [key: string]: string;
}> implements BaseServerConfiguration {
    private url;
    private variableConfiguration;
    constructor(url: string, variableConfiguration: T);
    /**
     * Sets the value of the variables of this server. Variables are included in
     * the `url` of this ServerConfiguration in the form `{variableName}`
     *
     * @param variableConfiguration a partial variable configuration for the
     * variables contained in the url
     */
    setVariables(variableConfiguration: Partial<T>): void;
    getConfiguration(): T;
    private getUrl;
    /**
     * Creates a new request context for this server using the url with variables
     * replaced with their respective values and the endpoint of the request appended.
     *
     * @param endpoint the endpoint to be queried on the server
     * @param httpMethod httpMethod to be used
     *
     */
    makeRequestContext(endpoint: string, httpMethod: HttpMethod): RequestContext;
}
declare const server1: ServerConfiguration<{
    "base-url": string;
}>;
declare const servers: ServerConfiguration<{
    "base-url": string;
}>[];

interface Configuration {
    readonly baseServer: BaseServerConfiguration;
    readonly httpApi: HttpLibrary;
    readonly middleware: Middleware[];
    readonly authMethods: AuthMethods;
}
/**
 * Interface with which a configuration object can be configured.
 */
interface ConfigurationParameters {
    /**
     * Default server to use - a list of available servers (according to the
     * OpenAPI yaml definition) is included in the `servers` const in `./servers`. You can also
     * create your own server with the `ServerConfiguration` class from the same
     * file.
     */
    baseServer?: BaseServerConfiguration;
    /**
     * HTTP library to use e.g. IsomorphicFetch. This can usually be skipped as
     * all generators come with a default library.
     * If available, additional libraries can be imported from `./http/*`
     */
    httpApi?: HttpLibrary;
    /**
     * The middlewares which will be applied to requests and responses. You can
     * add any number of middleware components to modify requests before they
     * are sent or before they are deserialized by implementing the `Middleware`
     * interface defined in `./middleware`
     */
    middleware?: Middleware[];
    /**
     * Configures middleware functions that return promises instead of
     * Observables (which are used by `middleware`). Otherwise allows for the
     * same functionality as `middleware`, i.e., modifying requests before they
     * are sent and before they are deserialized.
     */
    promiseMiddleware?: PromiseMiddleware[];
    /**
     * Configuration for the available authentication methods (e.g., api keys)
     * according to the OpenAPI yaml definition. For the definition, please refer to
     * `./auth/auth`
     */
    authMethods?: AuthMethodsConfiguration;
}
/**
 * Provide your `ConfigurationParameters` to this function to get a `Configuration`
 * object that can be used to configure your APIs (in the constructor or
 * for each request individually).
 *
 * If a property is not included in conf, a default is used:
 *    - baseServer: server1
 *    - httpApi: IsomorphicFetchHttpLibrary
 *    - middleware: []
 *    - promiseMiddleware: []
 *    - authMethods: {}
 *
 * @param conf partial configuration
 */
declare function createConfiguration(conf?: ConfigurationParameters): Configuration;

/**
 * Represents an error caused by an api call i.e. it has attributes for a HTTP status code
 * and the returned body object.
 *
 * Example
 * API returns a ErrorMessageObject whenever HTTP status code is not in [200, 299]
 * => ApiException(404, someErrorMessageObject)
 *
 */
declare class ApiException<T> extends Error {
    code: number;
    body: T;
    headers: {
        [key: string]: string;
    };
    constructor(code: number, message: string, body: T, headers: {
        [key: string]: string;
    });
}

/**
 *
 * @export
 * @class BaseAPI
 */
declare class BaseAPIRequestFactory {
    protected configuration: Configuration;
    constructor(configuration: Configuration);
}
/**
 *
 * @export
 * @class RequiredError
 * @extends {Error}
 */
declare class RequiredError extends Error {
    api: string;
    method: string;
    field: string;
    name: "RequiredError";
    constructor(api: string, method: string, field: string);
}

/**
 * no description
 */
declare class AIApiRequestFactory extends BaseAPIRequestFactory {
    /**
     *  Version: 26.2.0.cl or later   Creates a new Spotter agent conversation based on the provided context and settings. The endpoint was in Beta from 26.2.0.cl through 26.4.0.cl.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view access to the metadata object specified in the request.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include the `metadata_context` parameter to define the conversation context. The context type can be one of:  - `DATA_SOURCE` *(available from 26.5.0.cl)*: targets a specific data source. Provide `data_source_identifier` in `data_source_context` for a single data source, or `data_source_identifiers` for multi-data-source context. The deprecated `guid` field is accepted for backwards compatibility. - `AUTO_MODE` *(available from 26.5.0.cl)*: automatically discovers and selects the most relevant datasets for the user\'s queries.  > **Note for callers on versions 26.2.0.cl – 26.4.0.cl (Beta):** use the lowercase `data_source` enum value with the `guid` field instead of the above. Example: `{ \"type\": \"data_source\", \"data_source_context\": { \"guid\": \"<worksheet-id>\" } }`.  The `conversation_settings` parameter controls which Spotter capabilities are enabled for the conversation:  - `enable_contextual_change_analysis` (default: `true`, **deprecated from 26.2.0.cl**) — always enabled in Spotter 3; setting this to `false` has no effect on versions >= 26.2.0.cl - `enable_natural_language_answer_generation` (default: `true`, **deprecated from 26.2.0.cl**) — always enabled in Spotter 3; setting this to `false` has no effect on versions >= 26.2.0.cl - `enable_reasoning` (default: `true`, **deprecated from 26.2.0.cl**) — always enabled in Spotter 3; setting this to `false` has no effect on versions >= 26.2.0.cl - `enable_save_chat` (default: `false`, *available from 26.5.0.cl*) — enables saving the conversation for later retrieval via conversation history  If the request is successful, the response includes a unique `conversation_identifier` that must be passed to `sendAgentConversationMessage` or `sendAgentConversationMessageStreaming` to send messages within this conversation. The response also includes `conversation_id` with the same value for backwards compatibility; use `conversation_identifier` for new integrations.  #### Example request  ```json {   \"metadata_context\": {     \"type\": \"DATA_SOURCE\",     \"data_source_context\": {       \"data_source_identifier\": \"a1b2c3d4-e5f6-7890-abcd-ef1234567890\"     }   },   \"conversation_settings\": {} } ```  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                             | | ---- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                    | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view permission on the specified metadata object. |  > ###### Note: > > - This endpoint was in Beta from 26.2.0.cl through 26.4.0.cl and is Generally Available from version 26.5.0.cl. > - This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param createAgentConversationRequest
     */
    createAgentConversation(createAgentConversationRequest: CreateAgentConversationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Creates a new conversation session tied to a specific data model for AI-driven natural language querying.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view access to the metadata object specified in the request.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include: - `metadata_identifier`: the unique ID of the data source that provides context for the conversation  Optionally, you can provide: - `tokens`: a token string to set initial context for the conversation (e.g., `\"[sales],[item type],[state]\"`)  If the request is successful, ThoughtSpot returns a unique `conversation_identifier` that must be passed to `sendMessage` to continue the conversation.  #### Error responses  | Code | Description | |------|-------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid. | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view permission on the specified metadata object. |  > ###### Note: > * This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > * This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param createConversationRequest
     */
    createConversation(createConversationRequest: CreateConversationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.15.0.cl or later   Suggests the most relevant data sources for a given natural language query, ranked by confidence with LLM-generated reasoning.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view-level access to the underlying metadata entities referenced in the response.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include: - `query`: the natural language question to find relevant data sources for  If the request is successful, the API returns a ranked list of suggested data sources, each containing: - `confidence`: a float score indicating the model\'s confidence in the relevance of the suggestion - `details`: metadata about the data source   - `data_source_identifier`: the unique ID of the data source   - `data_source_name`: the display name of the data source   - `description`: a description of the data source - `reasoning`: LLM-generated rationale explaining why the data source was recommended  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                                | |------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                       | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view permission on the underlying metadata entities. |  > ###### Note: > * This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before it is made Generally Available. > * This endpoint requires Spotter — please contact ThoughtSpot Support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param getDataSourceSuggestionsRequest
     */
    getDataSourceSuggestions(getDataSourceSuggestionsRequest: GetDataSourceSuggestionsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.15.0.cl or later   Retrieves existing natural language (NL) instructions configured for a specific data model. These instructions guide the AI system in understanding data context and generating more accurate responses.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege, at least view access on the data model, and a bearer token corresponding to the org where the data model exists.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include:  - `data_source_identifier`: the unique ID of the data model to retrieve instructions for  If the request is successful, the API returns:  - `nl_instructions_info`: an array of instruction objects, each containing:   - `instructions`: the configured text instructions for AI processing   - `scope`: the scope of the instruction — currently only `GLOBAL` is supported  #### Instructions scope  - **GLOBAL**: Instructions that apply globally across the system on the given data-model (currently only global instructions are supported)  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                                                                                        | |------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                                                                               | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege, lacks view access on the data model, or the bearer token does not correspond to the org where the data model exists. |  > ###### Note: > > - To use this API, the user needs at least view access on the data model, and must use the bearer token corresponding to the org where the data model exists. > - This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > - Available from version 10.15.0.cl and later. > - This endpoint requires Spotter — please contact ThoughtSpot Support to enable Spotter on your cluster. > - Use this API to review currently configured instructions before modifying them with `setNLInstructions`.
     * @param getNLInstructionsRequest
     */
    getNLInstructions(getNLInstructionsRequest: GetNLInstructionsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.13.0.cl or later   Breaks down a natural language query into a series of smaller analytical sub-questions, each mapped to a relevant data source.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view-level access to the referenced metadata objects.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include: - `query`: the natural language question to decompose into analytical sub-questions - `metadata_context`: at least one of the following context identifiers to guide question generation:   - `conversation_identifier` — an existing conversation session ID   - `answer_identifiers` — a list of Answer GUIDs   - `liveboard_identifiers` — a list of Liveboard GUIDs   - `data_source_identifiers` — a list of data source GUIDs  Optional parameters for refining the output: - `ai_context`: additional context to improve response quality   - `content` — supplementary text or CSV data as string input   - `instructions` — custom text instructions for the AI system - `limit_relevant_questions`: maximum number of questions to return (default: `5`) - `bypass_cache`: if `true`, forces fresh computation instead of returning cached results  If the request is successful, the API returns a list of relevant analytical questions, each containing: - `query`: the generated sub-question - `data_source_identifier`: the unique ID of the data source the question targets - `data_source_name`: the display name of the corresponding data source  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                           | |------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                  | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view access to the referenced metadata objects. |  > ###### Note: > * This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > * This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param getRelevantQuestionsRequest
     */
    getRelevantQuestions(getRelevantQuestionsRequest: GetRelevantQuestionsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.7.0.cl or later   **Deprecated** — Use `getRelevantQuestions` instead (available from 10.13.0.cl).  Breaks down a topical or goal-oriented natural language question into smaller, actionable analytical sub-questions, each mapped to a relevant data source for independent execution.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view-level access to the referenced metadata objects.  #### Usage guidelines  The request accepts the following parameters:  - `nlsRequest`: contains the user `query` to decompose, along with optional `instructions` and `bypassCache` flag - `worksheetIds`: list of data source identifiers to scope the decomposition - `answerIds`: list of Answer GUIDs whose data guides the response - `liveboardIds`: list of Liveboard GUIDs whose data guides the response - `conversationId`: an existing conversation session ID for context continuity - `content`: supplementary text or CSV data to improve response quality - `maxDecomposedQueries`: maximum number of sub-questions to return (default: `5`)  If the request is successful, the API returns a `decomposedQueryResponse` containing a list of `decomposedQueries`, each with: - `query`: the generated analytical sub-question - `worksheetId`: the unique ID of the data source the question targets - `worksheetName`: the display name of the corresponding data source  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                           | |------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                  | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view access to the referenced metadata objects. |  > ###### Note: > * This endpoint is deprecated since 10.13.0.cl. Use `getRelevantQuestions` for new integrations. > * This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > * This endpoint requires Spotter — please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param queryGetDecomposedQueryRequest
     */
    queryGetDecomposedQuery(queryGetDecomposedQueryRequest: QueryGetDecomposedQueryRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.15.0.cl or later   **Deprecated** — Use `sendAgentConversationMessage` instead.  Send natural language messages to an existing Spotter agent conversation and returns the complete response synchronously.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and access to the metadata object associated with the conversation. The user must have access to the conversation session referenced by `conversation_identifier`. A conversation must first be created using the `createAgentConversation` API.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include:  - `conversation_identifier`: the unique session ID returned by `createAgentConversation`, used for context continuity and message tracking - `messages`: an array of one or more text messages to send to the agent  The API returns an array of response objects, each containing:  - `type`: the kind of response — `text`, `answer`, or `error` - `message`: the main content of the response - `metadata`: additional information depending on the message type (e.g., answer metadata includes analytics and visualization details)  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                      | |------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                             | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks permission on the referenced conversation. |  > ###### Note: > > - This endpoint is deprecated. Use `sendAgentConversationMessage` for new integrations. > - This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > - This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param conversationIdentifier Unique identifier for the conversation (used to track context)
     * @param sendAgentMessageRequest
     */
    sendAgentMessage(conversationIdentifier: string, sendAgentMessageRequest: SendAgentMessageRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.13.0.cl or later   **Deprecated** — Use `sendAgentConversationMessageStreaming` instead.  Sends one or more natural language messages to an existing Spotter agent conversation and returns the response as a real-time Server-Sent Events stream.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and access to the metadata object associated with the conversation. The user must have access to the conversation session referenced by `conversation_identifier`. A conversation must first be created using the `createAgentConversation` API.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include:  - `conversation_identifier`: the unique session ID returned by `createAgentConversation`, used for context continuity and message tracking - `messages`: an array of one or more text messages to send to the agent  If the request is valid, the API returns a Server-Sent Events (SSE) stream. Each line has the form `data: [{\"type\": \"...\", ...}]` — a JSON array of event objects. Event types include:  - `ack`: confirms receipt of the request (`node_id`) - `conv_title`: conversation title (`title`, `conv_id`) - `notification`: status updates on operations (`group_id`, `metadata`, `code` — e.g. `TOOL_CALL_NOTIFICATION`, `nls_start`, `FINAL_RESPONSE_NOTIFICATION`) - `text-chunk`: incremental content chunks (`id`, `group_id`, `metadata` with `format` and `type` such as `thinking` or `text`, `content`) - `text`: full text block with same structure as `text-chunk` - `answer`: structured answer with metadata (`id`, `group_id`, `metadata` with `sage_query`, `session_id`, `title`, etc., `title`) - `error`: if a failure occurs  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                      | |------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                             | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks permission on the referenced conversation. |  > ###### Note: > > - This endpoint is deprecated. Use `sendAgentConversationMessageStreaming` for new integrations. > - This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > - This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster. > - The streaming protocol uses Server-Sent Events (SSE).
     * @param sendAgentMessageStreamingRequest
     */
    sendAgentMessageStreaming(sendAgentMessageStreamingRequest: SendAgentMessageStreamingRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Sends a follow-up message to an existing conversation within the context of a data model.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view access to the metadata object specified in the request. A conversation must first be created using the `createConversation` API.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include: - `conversation_identifier`: the unique session ID returned by `createConversation` - `metadata_identifier`: the unique ID of the data source used for the conversation - `message`: a natural language string with the follow-up question  If the request is successful, the API returns an array of response messages, each containing: - `session_identifier`: the unique ID of the generated response - `generation_number`: the generation number of the response - `message_type`: the type of the response (e.g., `TSAnswer`) - `visualization_type`: the generated visualization type (`Chart`, `Table`, or `Undefined`) - `tokens` / `display_tokens`: the search tokens and user-friendly display tokens for the response  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                             | |------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                    | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view permission on the specified metadata object. |  > ###### Note: > * This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > * This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param conversationIdentifier Unique identifier of the conversation.
     * @param sendMessageRequest
     */
    sendMessage(conversationIdentifier: string, sendMessageRequest: SendMessageRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.15.0.cl or later   This API allows users to set natural language (NL) instructions for a specific data-model to improve AI-generated answers and query processing. These instructions help guide the AI system to better understand the data context and provide more accurate responses.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege, either edit access or `SPOTTER_COACHING_PRIVILEGE` on the data model, and a bearer token corresponding to the org where the data model exists.  #### Usage guidelines  To set NL instructions for a data-model, the request must include:  - `data_source_identifier`: The unique ID of the data-model for which to set NL instructions - `nl_instructions_info`: An array of instruction objects, each containing:   - `instructions`: Array of text instructions for the LLM   - `scope`: The scope of the instruction (`GLOBAL`). Currently only `GLOBAL` is supported. It can be extended to data-model-user scope in future.  #### Instructions scope  - **GLOBAL**: instructions that apply to all users querying this data model  If the request is successful, the API returns:  - `success`: a boolean indicating whether the operation completed successfully  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                        | |------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                                                                                                               | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege, lacks edit access or `SPOTTER_COACHING_PRIVILEGE` on the data model, or the bearer token does not correspond to the org where the data model exists. |  > ###### Note: > > - To use this API, the user needs either edit access or `SPOTTER_COACHING_PRIVILEGE` on the data model, and must use the bearer token corresponding to the org where the data model exists. > - This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > - Available from version 10.15.0.cl and later. > - This endpoint requires Spotter — please contact ThoughtSpot Support to enable Spotter on your cluster. > - Instructions help improve the accuracy and relevance of AI-generated responses for the specified data-model.
     * @param setNLInstructionsRequest
     */
    setNLInstructions(setNLInstructionsRequest: SetNLInstructionsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Processes a natural language query against a specified data model and returns a single AI-generated answer without requiring a conversation session.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view access to the metadata object specified in the request.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include: - `query`: a natural language question (e.g., \"What were total sales last quarter?\") - `metadata_identifier`: the unique ID of the data source to query against  If the request is successful, the API returns a response message containing: - `session_identifier`: the unique ID of the generated response - `generation_number`: the generation number of the response - `message_type`: the type of the response (e.g., `TSAnswer`) - `visualization_type`: the generated visualization type (`Chart`, `Table`, or `Undefined`) - `tokens` / `display_tokens`: the search tokens and user-friendly display tokens for the response  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                             | |------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                    | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view permission on the specified metadata object. |  > ###### Note: > * This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > * This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param singleAnswerRequest
     */
    singleAnswer(singleAnswerRequest: SingleAnswerRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
}
declare class AIApiResponseProcessor {
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createAgentConversation
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createAgentConversation(response: ResponseContext): Promise<AgentConversation>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createConversation
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createConversation(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Conversation>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to getDataSourceSuggestions
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    getDataSourceSuggestions(response: ResponseContext): Promise<EurekaDataSourceSuggestionResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to getNLInstructions
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    getNLInstructions(response: ResponseContext): Promise<EurekaGetNLInstructionsResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to getRelevantQuestions
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    getRelevantQuestions(response: ResponseContext): Promise<EurekaGetRelevantQuestionsResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to queryGetDecomposedQuery
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    queryGetDecomposedQuery(response: ResponseContext): Promise<EurekaDecomposeQueryResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to sendAgentMessage
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    sendAgentMessage(response: ResponseContext): Promise<any>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to sendAgentMessageStreaming
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    sendAgentMessageStreaming(response: ResponseContext): Promise<SendAgentMessageResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to sendMessage
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    sendMessage(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<ResponseMessage>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to setNLInstructions
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    setNLInstructions(response: ResponseContext): Promise<EurekaSetNLInstructionsResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to singleAnswer
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    singleAnswer(response: ResponseContext): Promise<ResponseMessage>;
}

/**
 * no description
 */
declare class AuthenticationApiRequestFactory extends BaseAPIRequestFactory {
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Retrieves details of the current user session for the token provided in the request header.  Any ThoughtSpot user can access this endpoint and send an API request. The data returned in the API response varies according to user\'s privilege and object access permissions.  **NOTE**: In ThoughtSpot, users with cluster administration privileges can access all Orgs by default. However, unless the administrator is explicitly added to an Org, the Orgs list in the session information returned by the API will include only the Primary Org. To include other Orgs in the API response, you must explicitly add the administrator to each Org in the Admin settings page in the UI or via user REST API.
     */
    getCurrentUserInfo(_options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.4.0.cl or later   Retrieves details of the current session token for the bearer token provided in the request header.  This API endpoint does not create a new token. Instead, it returns details about the token, including the token string, creation time, expiration time, and the associated user.  Use this endpoint to introspect your current session token, debug authentication issues, or when a frontend application needs session token details.  Any ThoughtSpot user with a valid bearer token can access this endpoint and send an API request
     */
    getCurrentUserToken(_options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Creates an authentication token that provides values for the formula variables in the Row Level Security (RLS) rules for a given user. Recommended for use cases that require Attribute-based access control (ABAC) via RLS.  #### Required privileges  To add a new user and assign privileges during auto-creation, the `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege is required. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled, the `CONTROL_TRUSTED_AUTH` (**Can Enable or Disable Trusted Authentication**) privilege and edit access to the data source are required.  To configure formula variables for all Orgs on your instance or the Primary Org, cluster administration privileges are required. Org administrators can configure formula variables for their respective Orgs. If Role-Based Access Control (RBAC) is enabled, users with the `CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES` (**Can manage variables**) role privilege can also create and manage variables for their Org context.  #### Usage guidelines  You can generate a token by providing a `username` and `password`, or by using a `secret_key`. To generate a `secret_key`, the administrator must enable [Trusted authentication](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/trusted-auth-secret-key) in the **Develop** > **Customizations** > **Security Settings** page.  **Note**: * When both `password` and `secret_key` are included in the API request, `password` takes precedence. * If [Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA)](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/authentication-local-mfa) is enabled on your instance, the API login request with `username`  and `password` returns an error. You can switch to token-based authentication with  `secret_key`  or contact ThoughtSpot Support for assistance.  The token obtained from ThoughtSpot is valid for 5 minutes by default. You can configure the token expiration time as required.  #### ABAC via RLS  To implement ABAC via RLS and assign security entitlements to users during session creation, generate a token with custom variable values. The values set in the authentication token are applied to the formula variables referenced in RLS rules at the table level, which determines the data each user can access based on their entitlements.  The variable values can be configured to persist for a specific set of Models in user sessions initiated with the token, allowing different RLS rules to be set for different data models. Once defined, the rules are added to the user\'s `variable_values` object, after which all sessions will use the persisted values.  For more information, see [ABAC via tokens Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/abac-via-rls-variables).  ##### Formula variables Before defining variable values, ensure the variables are created and available on your instance. To create a formula variable, you can use the **Create variable** (`/api/rest/2.0/template/variables/create`) REST API endpoint, with the variable `type` set as `Formula_Variable` in the API request.  The API doesn\'t support `\"persist_option\": \"RESET\"` and `\"persist_option\": \"NONE\"` when `variable_values` are defined  in the request. If you are using `variable_values` for token generation, you must use other supported persist options such as `APPEND` or `REPLACE`.  If you want to use `RESET` or `NONE`, do not pass any `variable_values`. In such cases, `variable_values` will remain unaffected.  #### Supported objects  The supported object type is `LOGICAL_TABLE`. When using `object_id` with `variable_values`, models are supported.  #### Just-in-time provisioning  For [just-in-time user creation and provisioning](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/just-in-time-provisioning), specify the following attributes in the API request:  * `auto_create` * `username` * `display_name` * `email` * `groups`  Set `auto_create` to `true` if the username does not exist in ThoughtSpot. If the username already exists in ThoughtSpot and `auto_create` is set to `true`, user properties such as display name, email, Org and group entitlements will not be updated with new values. Setting `auto_create` to `true` does not create formula variables. Hence, this setting will not be applicable to `variable_values`.  #### Important point to note All options in the token creation APIs that define user access to data in ThoughtSpot will take effect during token creation, not when the token is used for authentication. For example, `auto_create:true` will create the user when the authentication token is created. Persist options such as `APPEND` and `REPLACE` will persist `variable_values` on the user profile when the token is created.
     * @param getCustomAccessTokenRequest
     */
    getCustomAccessToken(getCustomAccessTokenRequest: GetCustomAccessTokenRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Generates an authentication token for creating a full session in ThoughtSpot for a given user. Recommended for use cases that do not require Attribute-based access control (ABAC) via Row Level Security (RLS).  #### Usage guidelines  You can generate a token for a user by providing a `username` and `password`, or by using the `secret_key` generated for your instance. To generate a `secret_key`, the administrator must enable [Trusted authentication](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/trusted-auth-secret-key) in the **Develop** > **Customizations** > **Security Settings** page.  **Note**: * When both `password` and `secret_key` are included in the API request, `password` takes precedence. * If [Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA)](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/authentication-local-mfa) is enabled on your instance, the API login request with `username` and `password` returns an error. You can switch to token-based authentication with  `secret_key` or contact ThoughtSpot Support for assistance.  The token obtained from ThoughtSpot is valid for 5 minutes by default. You can configure the token expiration time as required.  #### Just-in-time provisioning  For [just-in-time user creation and provisioning](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/just-in-time-provisioning), specify the following attributes in the API request:  * `auto_create` * `username` * `display_name` * `email` * `group_identifiers`  Set `auto_create` to `true` if the username does not exist in ThoughtSpot. If the user already exists in ThoughtSpot and `auto_create` is set to `true`, user properties such as display name, email and group assignment will be updated.  To add a new user and assign privileges during auto-creation, the `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege is required. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled, the `CONTROL_TRUSTED_AUTH` (**Can Enable or Disable Trusted Authentication**) privilege is required.  #### Important point to note All options in the token creation APIs that define user access to data in ThoughtSpot will take effect during token creation, not when the token is used for authentication. For example, `auto_create:true` will create the user when the authentication token is created.
     * @param getFullAccessTokenRequest
     */
    getFullAccessToken(getFullAccessTokenRequest: GetFullAccessTokenRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Generates an authentication token that provides access to a specific metadata object. This object list is intersected with the list of objects the user is allowed to access via group membership. For more information, see [Object security](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/security-data-object#object_security).  #### Usage guidelines  You can generate a token for a user by providing a `username` and `password`, or by using the `secret_key` generated for your instance. To generate a `secret_key`, the administrator must enable [Trusted authentication](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/trusted-auth-secret-key) in the **Develop** > **Customizations** > **Security Settings** page.  **Note**: * When both `password` and `secret_key` are included in the API request, `password` takes precedence. * If [Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA)](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/authentication-local-mfa) is enabled on your instance, the API login request with `username` and `password` returns an error. You can switch to token-based authentication with `secret_key` or contact ThoughtSpot Support for assistance.  The token obtained from ThoughtSpot is valid for 5 minutes by default. You can configure the token expiration time as required.  #### Just-in-time provisioning  For [just-in-time user creation and provisioning](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/just-in-time-provisioning), specify the following attributes in the API request:  * `auto_create` * `username` * `display_name` * `email` * `group_identifiers`  Set `auto_create` to `true` if the user is not available in ThoughtSpot. If the user already exists in ThoughtSpot and the `auto_create` parameter is set to `true`, user properties such as display name, email, and group assignment will be updated.  To add a new user and assign privileges, the `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege is required. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled, the `CONTROL_TRUSTED_AUTH`(**Can Enable or Disable Trusted Authentication**) privilege is required.  #### Important point to note  All options in the token creation APIs that define user access to data in ThoughtSpot will take effect during token creation, not when the token is used for authentication. For example, `auto_create:true` will create the user when the authentication token is created.
     * @param getObjectAccessTokenRequest
     */
    getObjectAccessToken(getObjectAccessTokenRequest: GetObjectAccessTokenRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Creates a login session for a ThoughtSpot user with Basic authentication.  In Basic authentication method, REST clients log in to ThoughtSpot using `username` and `password` attributes. On a multi-tenant cluster with Orgs, users can pass the ID of the Org in the API request to log in to a specific Org context.  **Note**: If Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA) is enabled on your instance, the API login request with basic authentication (`username`  and `password` ) returns an error. Contact ThoughtSpot Support for assistance.  A successful login returns a session cookie that can be used in your subsequent API requests.
     * @param loginRequest
     */
    login(loginRequest: LoginRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later    Logs out a user from their current session.
     */
    logout(_options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later    Revokes the authentication token issued for current user session.  The token of your current session expires when you make a call to the `/api/rest/2.0/auth/token/revoke` endpoint. the users will not be able to access ThoughtSpot objects until a new token is obtained.  To restart your session, request for a new token from ThoughtSpot. See [Get Full Access Token](#/http/api-endpoints/authentication/get-full-access-token).
     * @param revokeTokenRequest
     */
    revokeToken(revokeTokenRequest: RevokeTokenRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.12.0.cl or later    Validates the authentication token specified in the API request.  If your token is not valid, [Get a new token](#/http/api-endpoints/authentication/get-full-access-token).
     * @param validateTokenRequest
     */
    validateToken(validateTokenRequest: ValidateTokenRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
}
declare class AuthenticationApiResponseProcessor {
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to getCurrentUserInfo
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    getCurrentUserInfo(response: ResponseContext): Promise<User>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to getCurrentUserToken
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    getCurrentUserToken(response: ResponseContext): Promise<GetTokenResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to getCustomAccessToken
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    getCustomAccessToken(response: ResponseContext): Promise<AccessToken>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to getFullAccessToken
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    getFullAccessToken(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Token>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to getObjectAccessToken
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    getObjectAccessToken(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Token>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to login
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    login(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to logout
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    logout(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to revokeToken
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    revokeToken(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to validateToken
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    validateToken(response: ResponseContext): Promise<TokenValidationResponse>;
}

/**
 * no description
 */
declare class CollectionsApiRequestFactory extends BaseAPIRequestFactory {
    /**
     *   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Creates a new collection in ThoughtSpot.  Collections allow you to organize and group related metadata objects such as Liveboards, Answers, worksheets, and other data objects. You can also create nested collections (sub-collections) to build a hierarchical structure.  #### Supported operations  The API endpoint lets you perform the following operations:  * Create a new collection * Add metadata objects (Liveboards, Answers, Logical Tables) to the collection * Create nested collections by adding sub-collections
     * @param createCollectionRequest
     */
    createCollection(createCollectionRequest: CreateCollectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Deletes one or more collections from ThoughtSpot.  #### Delete options  * **delete_children**: When set to `true`, deletes the child objects (metadata items) within the collection that the user has access to. Objects that the user does not have permission to delete will be skipped. * **dry_run**: When set to `true`, performs a preview of the deletion operation without actually deleting anything. The response shows what would be deleted, allowing you to review before committing the deletion.  #### Response  The response includes: * **metadata_deleted**: List of metadata objects that were successfully deleted * **metadata_skipped**: List of metadata objects that were skipped due to lack of permissions or other constraints
     * @param deleteCollectionRequest
     */
    deleteCollection(deleteCollectionRequest: DeleteCollectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Gets a list of collections available in ThoughtSpot.  To get details of a specific collection, specify the collection GUID or name. You can also filter the API response based on the collection name pattern, author, and other criteria.  #### Search options  * **name_pattern**: Use \'%\' as a wildcard character to match collection names * **collection_identifiers**: Search for specific collections by their GUIDs or names * **include_metadata**: When set to `true`, includes the metadata objects within each collection in the response  **NOTE**: If the API returns an empty list, consider increasing the value of the `record_size` parameter. To search across all available collections, set `record_size` to `-1`.
     * @param searchCollectionsRequest
     */
    searchCollections(searchCollectionsRequest: SearchCollectionsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Updates an existing collection in ThoughtSpot.  #### Supported operations  This API endpoint lets you perform the following operations:  * Update collection name and description * Change visibility settings * Add metadata objects to the collection (operation: ADD) * Remove metadata objects from the collection (operation: REMOVE) * Replace all metadata objects in the collection (operation: REPLACE)  #### Operation types  * **ADD**: Adds the specified metadata objects to the existing collection without removing current items * **REMOVE**: Removes only the specified metadata objects from the collection * **REPLACE**: Replaces all existing metadata objects with the specified items (default behavior)
     * @param collectionIdentifier Unique GUID of the collection. Note: Collection names cannot be used as identifiers since duplicate names are allowed.
     * @param updateCollectionRequest
     */
    updateCollection(collectionIdentifier: string, updateCollectionRequest: UpdateCollectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
}
declare class CollectionsApiResponseProcessor {
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createCollection
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createCollection(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Collection>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteCollection
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteCollection(response: ResponseContext): Promise<CollectionDeleteResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchCollections
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchCollections(response: ResponseContext): Promise<CollectionSearchResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateCollection
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateCollection(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
}

/**
 * no description
 */
declare class ConnectionConfigurationsApiRequestFactory extends BaseAPIRequestFactory {
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Gets connection configuration objects.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines * To get a list of all configurations available in the ThoughtSpot system, send the API request with only the connection name or GUID in the request body. * To fetch details of a configuration object, specify the configuration object name or GUID.
     * @param connectionConfigurationSearchRequest
     */
    connectionConfigurationSearch(connectionConfigurationSearchRequest: ConnectionConfigurationSearchRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Creates an additional configuration to an existing connection to a data warehouse.    Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines   * A JSON map of configuration attributes in `configuration`. The following example shows the configuration attributes:   ```    {      \"user\":\"DEV_USER\",      \"password\":\"TestConn123\",      \"role\":\"DEV\",      \"warehouse\":\"DEV_WH\"     }   ```  * If the `policy_type` is `PRINCIPALS`, then `policy_principals` is a required field. * If the `policy_type` is `PROCESSES`, then `policy_processes` is a required field. * If the `policy_type` is `NO_POLICY`, then `policy_principals` and `policy_processes` are not required fields.  #### Parameterized Connection Support For parameterized connections that use OAuth authentication, only the same_as_parent and policy_process_options  attributes are allowed in the API request. These attributes are not applicable to connections that are not parameterized.
     * @param createConnectionConfigurationRequest
     */
    createConnectionConfiguration(createConnectionConfigurationRequest: CreateConnectionConfigurationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Deletes connection configuration objects.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.
     * @param deleteConnectionConfigurationRequest
     */
    deleteConnectionConfiguration(deleteConnectionConfigurationRequest: DeleteConnectionConfigurationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Updates a connection configuration object.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  #### Supported operations This API endpoint lets you perform the following operations in a single API request:   * Edit the name or description of the configuration  * Edit the configuration properties  * Edit the `policy_type`  * Edit the type of authentication  * Enable or disable a configuration  #### Parameterized Connection Support For parameterized oauth based connections, only the `same_as_parent` and `policy_process_options` attributes are allowed. These attributes are not applicable to connections that are not parameterized.   **NOTE**: When updating a configuration where `disabled` is `true`, you must reset `disabled` to `true` in your update request payload. If not explicitly set again, the API will default `disabled` to `false`.
     * @param configurationIdentifier Unique ID or name of the configuration.
     * @param updateConnectionConfigurationRequest
     */
    updateConnectionConfiguration(configurationIdentifier: string, updateConnectionConfigurationRequest: UpdateConnectionConfigurationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
}
declare class ConnectionConfigurationsApiResponseProcessor {
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to connectionConfigurationSearch
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    connectionConfigurationSearch(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<ConnectionConfigurationResponse>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createConnectionConfiguration
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createConnectionConfiguration(response: ResponseContext): Promise<ConnectionConfigurationResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteConnectionConfiguration
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteConnectionConfiguration(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateConnectionConfiguration
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateConnectionConfiguration(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
}

/**
 * no description
 */
declare class ConnectionsApiRequestFactory extends BaseAPIRequestFactory {
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Creates a connection to a data warehouse for live query services.    Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  #### Create a connection without tables  To create a connection without tables:  1. Pass these parameters in your API request.  * Name of the connection.  * Type of the data warehouse to connect to.  * A JSON map of configuration attributes in `data_warehouse_config`. The following example shows the configuration attributes for a SnowFlake connection:   ```   {      \"configuration\":{         \"accountName\":\"thoughtspot_partner\",         \"user\":\"tsadmin\",         \"password\":\"TestConn123\",         \"role\":\"sysadmin\",         \"warehouse\":\"MEDIUM_WH\"      },      \"authenticationType\": \"SERVICE_ACCOUNT\",      \"externalDatabases\":[       ]   }   ``` 2. Set `validate` to `false`.  **NOTE:** If the `authentication_type` is anything other than SERVICE_ACCOUNT, you must explicitly provide the authenticationType property in the payload. If you do not specify authenticationType, the API will default to SERVICE_ACCOUNT as the authentication type.  #### Create a connection with tables  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) and `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**) privilege is required.  To create a connection with tables:  1. Pass these parameters in your API request.  * Name of the connection.  * Type of the data warehouse to connect to.  * A JSON map of configuration attributes, database details, and table properties in `data_warehouse_config` as shown in the following example:   ```   {      \"configuration\":{         \"accountName\":\"thoughtspot_partner\",         \"user\":\"tsadmin\",         \"password\":\"TestConn123\",         \"role\":\"sysadmin\",         \"warehouse\":\"MEDIUM_WH\"      },      \"authenticationType\": \"SERVICE_ACCOUNT\",      \"externalDatabases\":[         {            \"name\":\"AllDatatypes\",            \"isAutoCreated\":false,            \"schemas\":[               {                  \"name\":\"alldatatypes\",                  \"tables\":[                     {                        \"name\":\"allDatatypes\",                        \"type\":\"TABLE\",                        \"description\":\"\",                        \"selected\":true,                        \"linked\":true,                        \"columns\":[                           {                              \"name\":\"CNUMBER\",                              \"type\":\"INT64\",                              \"canImport\":true,                              \"selected\":true,                              \"isLinkedActive\":true,                              \"isImported\":false,                              \"tableName\":\"allDatatypes\",                              \"schemaName\":\"alldatatypes\",                              \"dbName\":\"AllDatatypes\"                           },                           {                              \"name\":\"CDECIMAL\",                              \"type\":\"INT64\",                              \"canImport\":true,                              \"selected\":true,                              \"isLinkedActive\":true,                              \"isImported\":false,                              \"tableName\":\"allDatatypes\",                              \"schemaName\":\"alldatatypes\",                              \"dbName\":\"AllDatatypes\"                           }                        ]                     }                  ]               }            ]         }      ]   }   ``` 2. Set `validate` to `true`.  **NOTE:** If the `authentication_type` is anything other than SERVICE_ACCOUNT, you must explicitly provide the authenticationType property in the payload. If you do not specify authenticationType, the API will default to SERVICE_ACCOUNT as the authentication type.
     * @param createConnectionRequest
     */
    createConnection(createConnectionRequest: CreateConnectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later    **Important**: This endpoint is deprecated and will be removed from ThoughtSpot in September 2025. ThoughtSpot strongly recommends using the [Delete Connection V2](#/http/api-endpoints/connections/delete-connection-v2) endpoint to delete your connection objects.    #### Usage guidelines  Deletes a connection object.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  **Note**: If a connection has dependent objects, make sure you remove its associations before the delete operation.
     * @param deleteConnectionRequest
     */
    deleteConnection(deleteConnectionRequest: DeleteConnectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Deletes a connection object.  **Note**: If a connection has dependent objects, make sure you remove its associations before the delete operation.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.
     * @param connectionIdentifier Unique ID or name of the connection.
     */
    deleteConnectionV2(connectionIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Exports the difference in connection metadata between CDW and ThoughtSpot  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required:   - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  To download the connection metadata difference between ThoughtSpot and CDW, pass the connection GUID as `connection_identifier` in the API request.
     * @param connectionIdentifier GUID of the connection
     */
    downloadConnectionMetadataChanges(connectionIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Validates the difference in connection metadata between CDW and ThoughtSpot.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  Returns a boolean indicating whether there is any difference between the connection metadata at ThoughtSpot and CDW.  To get the connection metadata difference status, pass the connection GUID as `connection_identifier` in the API request.
     * @param connectionIdentifier GUID of the connection
     */
    fetchConnectionDiffStatus(connectionIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.2.0.cl or later   Revokes OAuth refresh tokens for users who no longer require access to a data warehouse connection. When a token is revoked, the affected user\'s session for that connection is terminated, and they must re-authenticate to regain access.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privileges. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on the ThoughtSpot instance, users with `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege can also make API requests to revoke tokens for connection users.  #### Usage guidelines  You can specify different combinations of identifiers to control which refresh tokens are revoked.  - **connection_identifier**: Revokes refresh tokens for all users of the connection, except the connection author. - **connection_identifier** and **user_identifiers**: Revokes refresh tokens only for the users specified in the request. If the name or ID of the connection author is included in the request, their token will also be revoked. - **connection_identifier** and **configuration_identifiers**: Revokes refresh tokens for all users on the specified configurations, except the configuration author. - **connection_identifier**, **configuration_identifiers**, and **user_identifiers**: Revokes refresh tokens for the specified users on the specified configurations. - **connection_identifier** and **org_identifiers**: Revokes refresh tokens for the specified Orgs. Applicable only for published connections. - **connection_identifier**, **org_identifiers**, and **user_identifiers**: Revokes refresh tokens for the specified users in the specified Orgs. Applicable only for published connections.  **NOTE**: The `org_identifiers` parameter is only applicable for published connections. Using this parameter for unpublished connections will result in an error. Ensure that the connections are published before making the API request.
     * @param connectionIdentifier Unique ID or name of the connection whose refresh tokens need to be revoked. All the users associated with the connection will have their refresh tokens revoked except the author.
     * @param revokeRefreshTokensRequest
     */
    revokeRefreshTokens(connectionIdentifier: string, revokeRefreshTokensRequest: RevokeRefreshTokensRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Gets connection objects. Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  - To get a list of all connections available in the ThoughtSpot system, send the API request without any attributes in the request body. - To get the connection objects for a specific type of data warehouse, specify the type in `data_warehouse_types`. - To fetch details of a connection object, specify the connection object GUID or name. The `name_pattern` attribute allows passing partial text with `%` for a wildcard match. - To get details of the database, schemas, tables, or columns from a data connection object, specify `data_warehouse_object_type`. - To get a specific database, schema, table, or column from a connection object, define the object type in `data_warehouse_object_type` and object properties in the `data_warehouse_objects` array. For example, to search for a column, you must pass the database, schema, and table names in the API request.   Note that in the following example, object properties are set in a hierarchical order (`database` > `schema` > `table` > `column`).  ``` {   \"connections\": [     {       \"identifier\": \"b9d1f2ef-fa65-4a4b-994e-30fa2d57b0c2\",       \"data_warehouse_objects\": [         {           \"database\": \"NEBULADEV\",           \"schema\": \"INFORMATION_SCHEMA\",           \"table\": \"APPLICABLE_ROLES\",           \"column\": \"ROLE_NAME\"         }       ]     }   ],   \"data_warehouse_object_type\": \"COLUMN\" } ```  - To fetch data by `configuration`, specify `data_warehouse_object_type`. For example, to fetch columns from the `DEVELOPMENT` database, specify the `data_warehouse_object_type` as `DATABASE` and define the `configuration` string as `{\"database\":\"DEVELOPMENT\"}`. To get column data for a specific table, specify the table, for example,`{\"database\":\"RETAILAPPAREL\",\"table\":\"PIPES\"}`. - To query connections by `authentication_type`, specify `data_warehouse_object_type`. Supported values for `authentication_type` are:   - `SERVICE_ACCOUNT`: For connections that require service account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data.   - `OAUTH`: For connections that require OAuth credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. Teradata, Oracle, and Presto Cloud Data Warehouses do not support the OAuth authentication type.   - `IAM`: For connections that have the IAM OAuth set up. This authentication type is supported on Amazon Redshift connections only.   - `EXTOAUTH`: For connections that have External OAuth set up. ThoughtSpot supports external [OAuth with Microsoft Azure Active Directory (AD)](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/ connections-snowflake-azure-ad-oauth) and [Okta for Snowflake data connections](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/connections-snowflake-okta-oauth).   - `KEY_PAIR`: For connections that require Key Pair account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Snowflake connections only.   - `OAUTH_WITH_PKCE`: For connections that require OAuth with PKCE account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Snowflake, Starburst, Databricks, Denodo  connections only.   - `EXTOAUTH_WITH_PKCE`: For connections that require External OAuth With PKCE account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Snowflake connections only.   - `OAUTH_WITH_PEZ`: For connections that require OAuth With PEZ account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Amazon Redshift connections only.   - `OAUTH_WITH_SERVICE_PRINCIPAL`: For connections that require OAuth With Service Principal account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Databricks connections only.   - `PERSONAL_ACCESS_TOKEN`: For connections that require Personal Access Token account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Databricks connections only.   - `OAUTH_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS`: For connections that require OAuth Client Credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Snowflake connections only. - To include more details about connection objects in the API response, set `include_details` to `true`. - You can also sort the output by field names and filter connections by tags.  **NOTE**: When filtering connection records by parameters other than `data_warehouse_types` or `tag_identifiers`, ensure that you set `record_size` to `-1` and `record_offset` to `0` for precise results.
     * @param searchConnectionRequest
     */
    searchConnection(searchConnectionRequest: SearchConnectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   **Important**: This endpoint is deprecated and will be removed from ThoughtSpot in September 2025. ThoughtSpot strongly recommends using the [Update connection V2](#/http/api-endpoints/connections/update-connection-v2) endpoint to update your connection objects.  #### Usage guidelines  Updates a connection object.    Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  To update a connection object, pass these parameters in your API request:  1. GUID of the connection object. 2. If you are updating tables or database schema of a connection object:    a. Add the updated JSON map of metadata with database, schema, and tables in `data_warehouse_config`.    b. Set `validate` to `true`. 3. If you are updating a configuration attribute, connection name, or description, you can set `validate` to `false`.
     * @param updateConnectionRequest
     */
    updateConnection(updateConnectionRequest: UpdateConnectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Updates a connection object.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  To update a connection object, pass these parameters in your API request:  1. GUID of the connection object. 2. If you are updating tables or database schema of a connection object:    a. Add the updated JSON map of metadata with database, schema, and tables in `data_warehouse_config`.    b. Set `validate` to `true`.        **NOTE:** If the `authentication_type` is anything other than SERVICE_ACCOUNT, you must explicitly provide the authenticationType property in the payload. If you do not specify authenticationType, the API will default to SERVICE_ACCOUNT as the authentication type.     * A JSON map of configuration attributes, database details, and table properties in `data_warehouse_config` as shown in the following example:    * This is an example of updating a single table in a empty connection:           ```       {         \"authenticationType\": \"SERVICE_ACCOUNT\",         \"externalDatabases\": [           {             \"name\": \"DEVELOPMENT\",             \"isAutoCreated\": false,             \"schemas\": [               {                 \"name\": \"TS_dataset\",                 \"tables\": [                   {                     \"name\": \"DEMORENAME\",                     \"type\": \"TABLE\",                     \"description\": \"\",                     \"selected\": true,                     \"linked\": true,                     \"gid\": 0,                     \"datasetId\": \"-1\",                     \"subType\": \"\",                     \"reportId\": \"\",                     \"viewId\": \"\",                     \"columns\": [                       {                         \"name\": \"Col1\",                         \"type\": \"VARCHAR\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       },                       {                         \"name\": \"Col2\",                         \"type\": \"VARCHAR\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       },                       {                         \"name\": \"Col3\",                         \"type\": \"VARCHAR\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       },                       {                         \"name\": \"Col312\",                         \"type\": \"VARCHAR\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       },                       {                         \"name\": \"Col4\",                         \"type\": \"VARCHAR\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       }                     ],                     \"relationships\": []                   }                 ]               }             ]           }         ],         \"configuration\": {           \"password\": \"\",           \"database\": \"DEVELOPMENT\",           \"role\": \"DEV\",           \"accountName\": \"thoughtspot_partner\",           \"warehouse\": \"DEMO_WH\",           \"user\": \"DEV_USER\"         }       }       ```        * This is an example of updating a single table in an existing connection with tables:            ```       {         \"authenticationType\": \"SERVICE_ACCOUNT\",         \"externalDatabases\": [           {             \"name\": \"DEVELOPMENT\",             \"isAutoCreated\": false,             \"schemas\": [               {                 \"name\": \"TS_dataset\",                 \"tables\": [                   {                     \"name\": \"CUSTOMER\",                     \"type\": \"TABLE\",                     \"description\": \"\",                     \"selected\": true,                     \"linked\": true,                     \"gid\": 0,                     \"datasetId\": \"-1\",                     \"subType\": \"\",                     \"reportId\": \"\",                     \"viewId\": \"\",                     \"columns\": [],                     \"relationships\": []                   },                   {                     \"name\": \"tpch5k_falcon_default_schema_users\",                     \"type\": \"TABLE\",                     \"description\": \"\",                     \"selected\": true,                     \"linked\": true,                     \"gid\": 0,                     \"datasetId\": \"-1\",                     \"subType\": \"\",                     \"reportId\": \"\",                     \"viewId\": \"\",                     \"columns\": [                       {                         \"name\": \"user_id\",                         \"type\": \"INT64\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       },                       {                         \"name\": \"product_id\",                         \"type\": \"INT64\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       },                       {                         \"name\": \"user_cost\",                         \"type\": \"INT64\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       }                     ],                     \"relationships\": []                   }                 ]               }             ]           }         ],         \"configuration\": {           \"password\": \"\",           \"database\": \"DEVELOPMENT\",           \"role\": \"DEV\",           \"accountName\": \"thoughtspot_partner\",           \"warehouse\": \"DEMO_WH\",           \"user\": \"DEV_USER\"         }       }       ```  3. If you are updating a configuration attribute, connection name, or description, you can set `validate` to `false`.    **NOTE:** If the `authentication_type` is anything other than SERVICE_ACCOUNT, you must explicitly provide the authenticationType property in the payload. If you do not  specify authenticationType, the API will default to SERVICE_ACCOUNT as the authentication type.    * A JSON map of configuration attributes in `data_warehouse_config`. The following example shows the configuration attributes for a Snowflake connection:    ```    {       \"configuration\":{          \"accountName\":\"thoughtspot_partner\",          \"user\":\"tsadmin\",          \"password\":\"TestConn123\",          \"role\":\"sysadmin\",          \"warehouse\":\"MEDIUM_WH\"       },       \"externalDatabases\":[        ]    }    ```
     * @param connectionIdentifier Unique ID or name of the connection.
     * @param updateConnectionV2Request
     */
    updateConnectionV2(connectionIdentifier: string, updateConnectionV2Request: UpdateConnectionV2Request, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
}
declare class ConnectionsApiResponseProcessor {
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createConnection
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createConnection(response: ResponseContext): Promise<CreateConnectionResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteConnection
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteConnection(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteConnectionV2
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteConnectionV2(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to downloadConnectionMetadataChanges
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    downloadConnectionMetadataChanges(response: ResponseContext): Promise<HttpFile>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to fetchConnectionDiffStatus
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    fetchConnectionDiffStatus(response: ResponseContext): Promise<FetchConnectionDiffStatusResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to revokeRefreshTokens
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    revokeRefreshTokens(response: ResponseContext): Promise<RevokeRefreshTokensResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchConnection
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchConnection(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<SearchConnectionResponse>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateConnection
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateConnection(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateConnectionV2
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateConnectionV2(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
}

/**
 * no description
 */
declare class CustomActionApiRequestFactory extends BaseAPIRequestFactory {
    /**
     *   Version: 9.6.0.cl or later   Creates a custom action that appears as a menu action on a saved Answer or Liveboard visualization.  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**Has Developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  #### Usage Guidelines  The API lets you create the following types of custom actions:  * URL-based action        Allows pushing data to an external URL. * Callback action           Triggers a callback to the host application and initiates a response payload on an embedded ThoughtSpot instance.  By default, custom actions are visible to only administrator or developer users. To make a custom action available to other users, and specify the groups in `group_identifiers`.  By default, the custom action is set as a _global_ action on all visualizations and saved Answers. To assign a custom action to specific Liveboard visualization, saved Answer, or Worksheet, set `visibility` to `false` in `default_action_config` property and specify the GUID or name of the object in `associate_metadata`.  For more information, see [Custom actions](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/custom-action-intro).
     * @param createCustomActionRequest
     */
    createCustomAction(createCustomActionRequest: CreateCustomActionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.6.0.cl or later   Removes the custom action specified in the API request.  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**Has Developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.
     * @param customActionIdentifier Unique ID or name of the custom action.
     */
    deleteCustomAction(customActionIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.6.0.cl or later   Gets custom actions configured on the cluster.  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**Has Developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.
     * @param searchCustomActionsRequest
     */
    searchCustomActions(searchCustomActionsRequest: SearchCustomActionsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.6.0.cl or later   Updates a custom action.  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**Has Developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  #### Usage Guidelines  The API allows you to modify the following properties:  * Name of the custom action * Action availability to groups * Association to metadata objects * Authentication settings for a URL-based action  For more information, see [Custom actions](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/custom-action-intro).
     * @param customActionIdentifier Unique ID or name of the custom action.
     * @param updateCustomActionRequest
     */
    updateCustomAction(customActionIdentifier: string, updateCustomActionRequest: UpdateCustomActionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
}
declare class CustomActionApiResponseProcessor {
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createCustomAction
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createCustomAction(response: ResponseContext): Promise<ResponseCustomAction>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteCustomAction
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteCustomAction(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchCustomActions
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchCustomActions(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<ResponseCustomAction>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateCustomAction
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateCustomAction(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
}

/**
 * no description
 */
declare class CustomCalendarsApiRequestFactory extends BaseAPIRequestFactory {
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Creates a new [custom calendar](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/connections-cust-cal).  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your ThoughtSpot instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR` (**Can manage custom calendars**) privilege is required.   #### Usage guidelines  You can create a custom calendar from scratch or an existing Table in ThoughtSpot. For both methods of calendar creation, the following parameters are required:  * Name of the custom calendar. * Calendar creation method. To create a calendar from an existing table, specify the method:   - `FROM_EXISTING_TABLE` - Creates calendar from the table reference provided in the API request.  - `FROM_INPUT_PARAMS` - Creates a calendar from the parameters defined in the API request.  * Connection ID and Table name * Database and schema name attributes:   For most Cloud Data Warehouse (CDW) connectors, both `database_name` and `schema_name` attributes are required.     However, the attribute requirements are conditional and vary based on the connector type and its metadata structure. For example, for connectors such as Teradata, MySQL, SingleSore, Amazon Aurora MySQL, Amazon RDS MySQL, Oracle, and GCP_MYSQL, the `schema_name` is required, whereas the `database_name` attribute is not.   Similarly, connectors such as ClickHouse require you to specify the `database_name` and the schema specification in such cases is optional.  **NOTE**: If you are creating a calendar from an existing table, ensure that the referenced table matches the required DDL for custom calendars. If the schema does not match, the API returns an error.  ##### Calendar type The API allows you to create the following types of calendars:  * `MONTH_OFFSET`. The default calendar type. A `MONTH_OFFSET` calendar is offset by a few months from the standard calendar months (January to December) and the year begins with the month defined in the request. For example, if the `month_offset` value is set as `April`, the calendar year begins in April.  * `4-4-5`. Each quarter in the calendar will include two 4-week months followed by one 5-week month. * `4-5-4`. Each quarter in the calendar will include two 4-week months with a 5-week month between. * `5-4-4`. Each quarter begins with a 5-week month, followed by two 4-week months.  To start and end the calendar on a specific date, specify the dates in the `MM/DD/YYYY` format. For `MONTH_OFFSET` calendars, ensure that the `start_date` matches the month specified in the `month_offset` attribute.  You can also set the starting day of the week and customize the prefixes for year and quarter labels.  #### Examples  To create a calendar from an existing table:  ``` {   \"name\": \"MyCustomCalendar1\",   \"table_reference\": {     \"connection_identifier\": \"4db8ea22-2ff4-4224-b05a-26674717e468\",     \"table_name\": \"MyCalendarTable\",     \"database_name\": \"RETAILAPPAREL\",     \"schema_name\": \"PUBLIC\"   },   \"creation_method\": \"FROM_EXISTING_TABLE\", } ```  To create a calendar from scratch:  ``` {   \"name\": \"MyCustomCalendar1\",   \"table_reference\": {     \"connection_identifier\": \"4db8ea22-2ff4-4224-b05a-26674717e468\",     \"table_name\": \"MyCalendarTable\",     \"database_name\": \"RETAILAPPAREL\",     \"schema_name\": \"PUBLIC\"   },   \"creation_method\": \"FROM_INPUT_PARAMS\",   \"calendar_type\": \"MONTH_OFFSET\",   \"month_offset\": \"April\",   \"start_day_of_week\": \"Monday\",   \"quarter_name_prefix\": \"Q\",   \"year_name_prefix\": \"FY\",   \"start_date\": \"04/01/2025\",   \"end_date\": \"04/31/2025\" } ```
     * @param createCalendarRequest
     */
    createCalendar(createCalendarRequest: CreateCalendarRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Deletes a [custom calendar](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/connections-cust-cal).  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your ThoughtSpot instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR` (**Can manage custom calendars**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines To delete a custom calendar, specify the calendar ID as a path parameter in the request URL.
     * @param calendarIdentifier Unique ID or name of the Calendar.
     */
    deleteCalendar(calendarIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Exports a [custom calendar](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/connections-cust-cal) in the CSV format.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your ThoughtSpot instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR` (**Can manage custom calendars**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines  Use this API to download a custom calendar in the CSV file format. In your API request, specify the following parameters.  * Start and end date of the calendar. For \"month offset\" calendars, the start date must match the month defined in the `month_offset` attribute.  You can also specify optional parameters such as the starting day of the week and prefixes for the quarter and year labels.
     * @param generateCSVRequest
     */
    generateCSV(generateCSVRequest: GenerateCSVRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Gets a list of [custom calendars](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/connections-cust-cal).  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your ThoughtSpot instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR` (**Can manage custom calendars**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines  By default, the API returns a list of custom calendars for all connection objects. To retrieve custom calendar details for a particular connection, specify the connection ID. You can also use other search parameters such as `name_pattern` and `sort_options` as search filters.  The `name_pattern` parameter filters and returns only those objects that match the specified pattern. Use `%` as a wildcard for pattern matching.
     * @param searchCalendarsRequest
     */
    searchCalendars(searchCalendarsRequest: SearchCalendarsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Updates the properties of a [custom calendar](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/connections-cust-cal).  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your ThoughtSpot instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR` (**Can manage custom calendars**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines  You can update the properties of a calendar using one of the following methods: * `FROM_INPUT_PARAMS` to update the calendar properties with the values defined in the API request. * `FROM_EXISTING_TABLE` Creates a calendar from the parameters defined in the API request.  To update a custom calendar, specify the calendar ID as a path parameter in the request URL and the following parameters in the request body:    * Connection ID and Table name * Database and schema name attributes:   For most Cloud Data Warehouse (CDW) connectors, both `database_name` and `schema_name` attributes are required.     However, the attribute requirements are conditional and vary based on the connector type and its metadata structure. For example, for connectors such as Teradata, MySQL, SingleSore, Amazon Aurora MySQL, Amazon RDS MySQL, Oracle, and GCP_MYSQL, the `schema_name` is required, whereas the `database_name` attribute is not.   Similarly, connectors such as ClickHouse require you to specify the `database_name` and the schema specification in such cases is optional.  The API allows you to modify the calendar type, month offset value, start and end date, starting day of the week, and prefixes assigned to the year and quarter labels.     #### Examples  Update a custom calendar using an existing Table in ThoughtSpot:  ``` {   \"update_method\": \"FROM_EXISTING_TABLE\",   \"table_reference\": {     \"connection_identifier\": \"Connection1\",     \"database_name\": \"db1\",     \"table_name\": \"custom_calendar_2025\",     \"schame_name\": \"schemaVar\"   } } ```  Update a custom calendar with the attributes defined in the API request:  ``` {   \"update_method\": \"FROM_INPUT_PARAMS\",   \"table_reference\": {     \"connection_identifier\": \"Connection1\",     \"database_name\": \"db1\",     \"table_name\": \"custom_calendar_2025\",     \"schame_name\": \"schemaVar\"   },   \"month_offset\": \"August\",   \"start_day_of_week\": \"Monday\",   \"start_date\": \"08/01/2025\",   \"end_date\": \"07/31/2026\" } ```
     * @param calendarIdentifier Unique Id or name of the calendar.
     * @param updateCalendarRequest
     */
    updateCalendar(calendarIdentifier: string, updateCalendarRequest: UpdateCalendarRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
}
declare class CustomCalendarsApiResponseProcessor {
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createCalendar
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createCalendar(response: ResponseContext): Promise<CalendarResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteCalendar
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteCalendar(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to generateCSV
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    generateCSV(response: ResponseContext): Promise<any>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchCalendars
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchCalendars(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<CalendarResponse>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateCalendar
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateCalendar(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
}

/**
 * no description
 */
declare class DBTApiRequestFactory extends BaseAPIRequestFactory {
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Creates a DBT connection object in ThoughtSpot.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  #### About create DBT connection DBT connection in ThoughtSpot is used by the user to define DBT credentials for cloud . The API needs  embrace connection, embrace database name, DBT url, import type, DBT account identifier, DBT project identifier, DBT access token and environment details (or) embrace connection, embrace database name, import type, file_content to create a connection object. To know more about DBT, see ThoughtSpot Product Documentation.
     * @param connectionName Name of the connection.
     * @param databaseName Name of the Database.
     * @param importType Mention type of Import
     * @param accessToken Access token is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD.
     * @param dbtUrl DBT URL is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD.
     * @param accountId Account ID is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD
     * @param projectId Project ID is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD
     * @param dbtEnvId DBT Environment ID\\\&quot;
     * @param projectName Name of the project
     * @param fileContent Upload DBT Manifest and Catalog artifact files as a ZIP file. This field is Mandatory when Import Type is \\\&#39;ZIP_FILE\\\&#39;
     */
    dbtConnection(connectionName: string, databaseName: string, importType?: string, accessToken?: string, dbtUrl?: string, accountId?: string, projectId?: string, dbtEnvId?: string, projectName?: string, fileContent?: HttpFile, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Resynchronize the existing list of models, tables, worksheet tml’s and import them to Thoughtspot based on the DBT connection object.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege, along with an existing DBT connection. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)
     * @param dbtConnectionIdentifier Unique ID of the DBT connection.
     * @param fileContent Upload DBT Manifest and Catalog artifact files as a ZIP file. This field is mandatory if the connection was created with import_type ‘ZIP_FILE’
     */
    dbtGenerateSyncTml(dbtConnectionIdentifier: string, fileContent?: HttpFile, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Generate required table and worksheet and import them.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege, along with an existing DBT connection. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  #### About generate TML Models and Worksheets to be imported can be selected by the user as part of the API.
     * @param dbtConnectionIdentifier Unique ID of the DBT connection.
     * @param modelTables List of Models and their respective Tables Example: \\\&#39;[{\\\&quot;model_name\\\&quot;: \\\&quot;model_name\\\&quot;, \\\&quot;tables\\\&quot;: [\\\&quot;table_name\\\&quot;]}]\\\&#39;
     * @param importWorksheets Mention the worksheet tmls to import
     * @param worksheets List of worksheets is mandatory when import_Worksheets is type SELECTED Example: [\\\&quot;worksheet_name\\\&quot;]
     * @param fileContent Upload DBT Manifest and Catalog artifact files as a ZIP file. This field is mandatory if the connection was created with import_type ‘ZIP_FILE’
     */
    dbtGenerateTml(dbtConnectionIdentifier: string, modelTables: string, importWorksheets: string, worksheets?: string, fileContent?: HttpFile, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Gets a list of DBT connection objects by user and organization, available on the ThoughtSpot system.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  #### About search DBT connection To get details of a specific DBT connection identifier, database connection identifier, database connection name, database name, project name, project identifier, environment identifier , import type and author.
     */
    dbtSearch(_options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Removes the specified DBT connection object from the ThoughtSpot system.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)
     * @param dbtConnectionIdentifier Unique ID of the DBT Connection.
     */
    deleteDbtConnection(dbtConnectionIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Updates a DBT connection object.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data ThoughtSpot**) privilege, along with an existing DBT connection. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  #### About update DBT connection You can modify DBT connection object properties such as embrace connection name, embrace database name, import type, account identifier, access token, project identifier and environment (or) embrace connection, embrace database name, import type, file_content settings.
     * @param dbtConnectionIdentifier Unique ID of the DBT Connection.
     * @param connectionName Name of the connection.
     * @param databaseName Name of the Database.
     * @param importType Mention type of Import
     * @param accessToken Access token is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD.
     * @param dbtUrl DBT URL is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD.
     * @param accountId Account ID is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD
     * @param projectId Project ID is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD
     * @param dbtEnvId DBT Environment ID\\\&quot;
     * @param projectName Name of the project
     * @param fileContent Upload DBT Manifest and Catalog artifact files as a ZIP file. This field is Mandatory when Import Type is \\\&#39;ZIP_FILE\\\&#39;
     */
    updateDbtConnection(dbtConnectionIdentifier: string, connectionName?: string, databaseName?: string, importType?: string, accessToken?: string, dbtUrl?: string, accountId?: string, projectId?: string, dbtEnvId?: string, projectName?: string, fileContent?: HttpFile, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
}
declare class DBTApiResponseProcessor {
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to dbtConnection
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    dbtConnection(response: ResponseContext): Promise<any>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to dbtGenerateSyncTml
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    dbtGenerateSyncTml(response: ResponseContext): Promise<any>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to dbtGenerateTml
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    dbtGenerateTml(response: ResponseContext): Promise<any>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to dbtSearch
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    dbtSearch(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<DbtSearchResponse>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteDbtConnection
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteDbtConnection(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateDbtConnection
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateDbtConnection(response: ResponseContext): Promise<any>;
}

/**
 * no description
 */
declare class DataApiRequestFactory extends BaseAPIRequestFactory {
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Fetches data from a saved Answer.  Requires at least view access to the saved Answer.  The `record_size` attribute determines the number of records to retrieve in an API call. For more information about pagination, record size, and maximum row limit, see [Pagination and record size settings](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_pagination_settings_for_data_and_report_apis).
     * @param fetchAnswerDataRequest
     */
    fetchAnswerData(fetchAnswerDataRequest: FetchAnswerDataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets data from a Liveboard object and its visualization.    Requires at least view access to the Liveboard.  #### Usage guidelines  In the request body, specify the GUID or name of the Liveboard. To get data for specific visualizations, add the GUIDs or names of the visualizations in the API request.  To include unsaved changes in the report, pass the `transient_pinboard_content` script generated from the `getExportRequestForCurrentPinboard` method in the Visual Embed SDK. Upon successful execution, the API returns the report with unsaved changes. If the new Liveboard experience mode, the transient content includes ad hoc changes to visualizations such as sorting, toggling of legends, and data drill down.  For more information, and see [Liveboard data API](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_fetch_liveboard_data_api).
     * @param fetchLiveboardDataRequest
     */
    fetchLiveboardData(fetchLiveboardDataRequest: FetchLiveboardDataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Generates an Answer from a given data source.  Requires at least view access to the data source object (Worksheet or View).  #### Usage guidelines  To search data, specify the data source GUID in `logical_table_identifier`. The data source can be a Worksheet, View, Table, or SQL view.  Pass search tokens in the `query_string` attribute in the API request as shown in the following example:  ``` {   \"query_string\": \"[sales] by [store]\",   \"logical_table_identifier\": \"cd252e5c-b552-49a8-821d-3eadaa049cca\", } ```  For more information about the `query_string` format and data source attribute, see [Search data API](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_search_data_api).    The `record_size` attribute determines the number of records to retrieve in an API call. For more information about pagination, record size, and maximum row limit, see [Pagination and record size settings](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_pagination_settings_for_data_and_report_api).
     * @param searchDataRequest
     */
    searchData(searchDataRequest: SearchDataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
}
declare class DataApiResponseProcessor {
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to fetchAnswerData
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    fetchAnswerData(response: ResponseContext): Promise<AnswerDataResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to fetchLiveboardData
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    fetchLiveboardData(response: ResponseContext): Promise<LiveboardDataResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchData
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchData(response: ResponseContext): Promise<SearchDataResponse>;
}

/**
 * no description
 */
declare class EmailCustomizationApiRequestFactory extends BaseAPIRequestFactory {
    /**
     *  Version: 10.10.0.cl or later   Creates a customization configuration for the notification email.  #### Pre-requisites  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**has developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**:This endpoint in currently in beta. Contact ThoughtSpot support to enable this on your instance.  #### Usage guidelines  To create a custom configuration pass these parameters in your API request:  - A JSON map of configuration attributes `template_properties`. The following example shows a sample set of customization configuration:  ``` {   {       \"cta_button_bg_color\": \"#444DEA\",       \"cta_text_font_color\": \"#FFFFFF\",       \"primary_bg_color\": \"#D3DEF0\",       \"logo_url\": \"https://storage.pardot.com/710713/1642089901EbkRibJq/TS_fullworkmark_darkmode.png\",      \"font_family\": \"\",       \"product_name\": \"ThoughtSpot\",       \"footer_address\": \"444 Castro St, Suite 1000 Mountain View, CA 94041\",    \"footer_phone\": \"(800) 508-7008\",       \"replacement_value_for_liveboard\": \"Dashboard\",       \"replacement_value_for_answer\": \"Chart\",       \"replacement_value_for_spot_iq\": \"AI Insights\",       \"hide_footer_phone\": false,       \"hide_footer_address\": false,       \"hide_product_name\": false,       \"hide_manage_notification\": false,       \"hide_mobile_app_nudge\": false,       \"hide_privacy_policy\": false,       \"hide_ts_vocabulary_definitions\": false,       \"hide_error_message\": false,       \"hide_unsubscribe_link\": false,       \"hide_notification_status\": false,       \"hide_modify_alert\": false,       \"company_website_url\": \"https://your-website.com/\",       \"company_privacy_policy_url\" : \"https://link-to-privacy-policy.com/\",       \"contact_support_url\": \"https://link-to-contact-support.com/\",       \"hide_contact_support_url\": false,    \"hide_logo_url\" : false   } } ```
     * @param createEmailCustomizationRequest
     */
    createEmailCustomization(createEmailCustomizationRequest: CreateEmailCustomizationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.10.0.cl or later   Deletes the configuration for the email customization.  #### Pre-requisites  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**has developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**:This endpoint in currently in beta. Contact ThoughtSpot support to enable this on your instance.  #### Usage guidelines  - Call the search API endpoint to get the `template_identifier` from the response. - Use that `template_identifier` as a parameter in this API request.
     * @param templateIdentifier Unique ID or name of the email customization.
     */
    deleteEmailCustomization(templateIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Deletes the configuration for the email customization.  #### Pre-requisites  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**has developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**:This endpoint in currently in beta. Contact ThoughtSpot support to enable this on your instance.  #### Usage guidelines  - Call the search API endpoint to get the `org_identifier` from the response. - Use that `org_identifier` as a parameter in this API request.
     * @param deleteOrgEmailCustomizationRequest
     */
    deleteOrgEmailCustomization(deleteOrgEmailCustomizationRequest: DeleteOrgEmailCustomizationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.10.0.cl or later   Search the email customization configuration if any set for the ThoughtSpot system.  #### Pre-requisites  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**has developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**:This endpoint in currently in beta. Contact ThoughtSpot support to enable this on your instance.
     * @param searchEmailCustomizationRequest
     */
    searchEmailCustomization(searchEmailCustomizationRequest: SearchEmailCustomizationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Updates a customization configuration for the notification email.  #### Pre-requisites  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**has developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**:This endpoint in currently in beta. Contact ThoughtSpot support to enable this on your instance.  #### Usage guidelines  To update a custom configuration pass these parameters in your API request:  - A JSON map of configuration attributes `template_properties`. The following example shows a sample set of customization configuration:  ``` {   {       \"cta_button_bg_color\": \"#444DEA\",      \"cta_text_font_color\": \"#FFFFFF\",      \"primary_bg_color\": \"#D3DEF0\",         \"logo_url\": \"https://storage.pardot.com/710713/1642089901EbkRibJq/TS_fullworkmark_darkmode.png\",        \"font_family\": \"\",      \"product_name\": \"ThoughtSpot\",      \"footer_address\": \"444 Castro St, Suite 1000 Mountain View, CA 94041\",      \"footer_phone\": \"(800) 508-7008\",         \"replacement_value_for_liveboard\": \"Dashboard\",      \"replacement_value_for_answer\": \"Chart\",      \"replacement_value_for_spot_iq\": \"AI Insights\",         \"hide_footer_phone\": false,         \"hide_footer_address\": false,         \"hide_product_name\": false,      \"hide_manage_notification\": false,      \"hide_mobile_app_nudge\": false,      \"hide_privacy_policy\": false,       \"hide_ts_vocabulary_definitions\": false,      \"hide_error_message\": false,      \"hide_unsubscribe_link\": false,         \"hide_notification_status\": false,      \"hide_modify_alert\": false,      \"company_website_url\": \"https://your-website.com/\",      \"company_privacy_policy_url\" : \"https://link-to-privacy-policy.com/\",         \"contact_support_url\": \"https://link-to-contact-support.com/\",         \"hide_contact_support_url\": false,      \"hide_logo_url\" : false   } } ```
     * @param updateEmailCustomizationRequest
     */
    updateEmailCustomization(updateEmailCustomizationRequest: UpdateEmailCustomizationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.10.0.cl or later   Validates the email customization configuration if any set for the ThoughtSpot system.  #### Pre-requisites  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**has developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**:This endpoint in currently in beta. Contact ThoughtSpot support to enable this on your instance.
     */
    validateEmailCustomization(_options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
}
declare class EmailCustomizationApiResponseProcessor {
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createEmailCustomization
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createEmailCustomization(response: ResponseContext): Promise<CreateEmailCustomizationResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteEmailCustomization
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteEmailCustomization(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteOrgEmailCustomization
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteOrgEmailCustomization(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchEmailCustomization
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchEmailCustomization(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<CreateEmailCustomizationResponse>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateEmailCustomization
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateEmailCustomization(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to validateEmailCustomization
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    validateEmailCustomization(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
}

/**
 * no description
 */
declare class GroupsApiRequestFactory extends BaseAPIRequestFactory {
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Creates a group object in ThoughtSpot.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `GROUP_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage groups**) privilege is required.  #### About groups Groups in ThoughtSpot are used by the administrators to define privileges and organize users based on their roles and access requirements. To know more about groups and privileges, see [ThoughtSpot Product Documentation](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/groups-privileges).  #### Supported operations  The API endpoint lets you perform the following operations:  * Assign privileges * Add users * Define sharing visibility * Add sub-groups * Assign a default Liveboard
     * @param createUserGroupRequest
     */
    createUserGroup(createUserGroupRequest: CreateUserGroupRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Removes the specified group object from the ThoughtSpot system.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `GROUP_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage groups**) privilege is required.
     * @param groupIdentifier GUID or name of the group.
     */
    deleteUserGroup(groupIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Imports group objects from external databases into ThoughtSpot.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `GROUP_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage groups**) privilege is required.  During the import operation:  * If the specified group is not available in ThoughtSpot, it will be added to ThoughtSpot. * If `delete_unspecified_groups` is set to `true`, the groups not specified in the API request, excluding administrator and system user groups, are deleted. * If the specified groups are already available in ThoughtSpot, the object properties of these groups are modified and synchronized as per the input data in the API request.  A successful API call returns the object that represents the changes made in the ThoughtSpot system.
     * @param importUserGroupsRequest
     */
    importUserGroups(importUserGroupsRequest: ImportUserGroupsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets a list of user group objects from the ThoughtSpot system.  To get details of a specific user group, specify the user group GUID or name. You can also filter the API response based on User ID, Org ID, Role ID, type of group, sharing visibility, privileges assigned to the group, and the Liveboard IDs assigned to the users in the group.  Available to all users. Users with `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privileges can view all users properties.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `GROUP_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage groups**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**: If you do not get precise results, try setting `record_size` to `-1` and `record_offset` to `0`.
     * @param searchUserGroupsRequest
     */
    searchUserGroups(searchUserGroupsRequest: SearchUserGroupsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Updates the properties of a group object in ThoughtSpot.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `GROUP_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage groups**) privilege is required.  #### Supported operations  This API endpoint lets you perform the following operations in a single API request:  * Edit [privileges](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/?pageid=api-user-management#group-privileges) * Add or remove users * Change sharing visibility settings * Add or remove sub-groups * Assign a default Liveboard  or update the existing settings
     * @param groupIdentifier GUID or name of the group.
     * @param updateUserGroupRequest
     */
    updateUserGroup(groupIdentifier: string, updateUserGroupRequest: UpdateUserGroupRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
}
declare class GroupsApiResponseProcessor {
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createUserGroup
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createUserGroup(response: ResponseContext): Promise<UserGroupResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteUserGroup
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteUserGroup(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to importUserGroups
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    importUserGroups(response: ResponseContext): Promise<ImportUserGroupsResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchUserGroups
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchUserGroups(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<UserGroupResponse>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateUserGroup
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateUserGroup(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
}

/**
 * no description
 */
declare class JobsApiRequestFactory extends BaseAPIRequestFactory {
    /**
     *   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Searches delivery history for communication channels such as webhooks. Returns channel-level delivery status for each job execution record. Use this to monitor channel health and delivery success rates across events.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS` (**Can manage webhooks**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.  **NOTE**: When `channel_type` is `WEBHOOK`, the following constraints apply:  - `job_ids`, `channel_identifiers`, and `events` each accept at most one element. - When `job_ids` is provided, it is used as the sole lookup key and other filter fields are ignored. - When `job_ids` is not provided, `channel_identifiers` and `events` are both required. Each must contain exactly one element, and the event object must include the `identifier` field. - Records older than the configured retention period are not returned.
     * @param searchChannelHistoryRequest
     */
    searchChannelHistory(searchChannelHistoryRequest: SearchChannelHistoryRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
}
declare class JobsApiResponseProcessor {
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchChannelHistory
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchChannelHistory(response: ResponseContext): Promise<SearchChannelHistoryResponse>;
}

/**
 * no description
 */
declare class LogApiRequestFactory extends BaseAPIRequestFactory {
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Fetches security audit logs.    Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the [Admin Control](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac#_admin_control) privileges are required.   #### Usage guidelines  By default, the API retrieves logs for the last 24 hours. You can set a custom duration in EPOCH time. Make sure the log duration specified in your API request doesn’t exceed 24 hours. If you must fetch logs for a longer time range, modify the duration and make multiple sequential API requests.  Upon successful execution, the API returns logs with the following information: * timestamp of the event * event ID * event type * name and GUID of the user * IP address of ThoughtSpot instance  For more information see [Audit logs Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/audit-logs).
     * @param fetchLogsRequest
     */
    fetchLogs(fetchLogsRequest: FetchLogsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
}
declare class LogApiResponseProcessor {
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to fetchLogs
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    fetchLogs(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<LogResponse>>;
}

/**
 * no description
 */
declare class MetadataApiRequestFactory extends BaseAPIRequestFactory {
    /**
     *  Convert worksheets to models    Version: 10.6.0.cl or later   ## Prerequisites - **Privileges Required:**   - `DATAMANAGEMENT` (Can manage data) or `ADMINISTRATION` (Can administer ThoughtSpot). - **Additional Privileges (if RBAC is enabled):**   - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (Can manage data models).  ---  ## Usage Guidelines  ### Parameters  1. **worksheet_ids**      - **Description:** A comma-separated list of GUIDs (Globally Unique Identifiers) specifying the Worksheets to be converted.      - **Usage:**        - Used only when `convert_all` is set to `false`.        - Leave empty or omit when `convert_all` is set to `true`.  2. **exclude_worksheet_ids**      - **Description:** A comma-separated list of GUIDs specifying Worksheets to be excluded from conversion.      - **Usage:**        - Useful when `convert_all` is set to `true` and specific Worksheets should not be converted.  3. **convert_all**      - **Description:** Sets the scope of conversion.    - **Options:**        - `true`: Converts all Worksheets in the system, except those specified in `exclude_worksheet_ids`.        - `false`: Converts only the Worksheets listed in `worksheet_ids`.  4. **apply_changes**      - **Description:** Specifies whether to apply changes directly to ThoughtSpot or to generate a preview before applying any changes.Used for validation of conversion.    - **Options:**        - `true`: Applies conversion changes directly to ThoughtSpot.      - `false`: Generates only a preview of the changes and does not apply any changes to ThoughtSpot  ---  ## Best Practices  1. **Backup Before Conversion:**      Always export metadata as a backup before initiating the conversion process  2. **Partial Conversion for Testing:**      Test the conversion process by setting `convert_all` to `false` and specifying a small number of `worksheet_ids`.  3. **Verify Dependencies:**      Check for dependent objects, such as Tables and Connections, to avoid invalid references.  4. **Review Changes:**      Use `apply_changes: false` to preview the impact of the conversion before applying changes.  ---  ## Examples  ### Convert Specific Worksheets ```json {   \"worksheet_ids\": [\"guid1\", \"guid2\", \"guid3\"],   \"exclude_worksheet_ids\": [],   \"convert_all\": false,   \"apply_changes\": true } ```  ### Convert All Accessible Worksheets ```json {   \"worksheet_ids\": [],   \"exclude_worksheet_ids\": [],   \"convert_all\": true,   \"apply_changes\": true } ```  ### Exclude Specific Worksheets While Converting All Accessible Worksheets ```json {   \"worksheet_ids\": [],   \"exclude_worksheet_ids\": [\"abc\"],   \"convert_all\": true,   \"apply_changes\": true } ```
     * @param convertWorksheetToModelRequest
     */
    convertWorksheetToModel(convertWorksheetToModelRequest: ConvertWorksheetToModelRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Makes a copy of an Answer or Liveboard    Version: 10.3.0.cl or later   Creates a copy of a metadata object.  Requires at least view access to the metadata object being copied.  Upon successful execution, the API creates a copy of the metadata object specified in the API request and returns the ID of the new object.
     * @param copyObjectRequest
     */
    copyObject(copyObjectRequest: CopyObjectRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Removes the specified metadata object from the ThoughtSpot system.  Requires edit access to the metadata object.
     * @param deleteMetadataRequest
     */
    deleteMetadata(deleteMetadataRequest: DeleteMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Exports the [TML](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/tml) representation of metadata objects in JSON or YAML format.  Requires `DATADOWNLOADING` (**Can download Data**) and at least view access to the metadata object.  #### Usage guidelines  * You can export one or several objects by passing metadata object GUIDs in the `metadata` array. * When exporting TML content for a Liveboard or Answer object, you can set `export_associated` to `true` to retrieve TML content for underlying Worksheets, Tables, or Views, including the GUID of each object within the headers. When   `export_associated` is set to `true`, consider retrieving one metadata object at a time. * Set `export_fqns` to `true` to add FQNs of the referenced objects in the TML content. For example, if you send an API request to retrieve TML for a Liveboard and its associated objects, the API returns the TML content with FQNs of the referenced Worksheet. Exporting TML with FQNs is useful if ThoughtSpot has multiple objects with the same name and you want to eliminate ambiguity when importing TML files into ThoughtSpot. It eliminates the need for adding FQNs of the referenced objects manually during the import operation. * To export only the TML of feedbacks associated with an object, set the GUID of the object as `identifier`, and set the `type` as `FEEDBACK` in the `metadata` array. * To export the TML of an object along with the feedbacks associated with it, set the GUID of the object as `identifier`, set the `type` as `LOGIAL_TABLE` in the `metadata` array, and set `export_with_associated_feedbacks` in `export_options` to true.  For more information, see [TML Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/tml#_export_a_tml).  For more information on feedbacks, see [Feedback Documentation](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/sage-feedback).
     * @param exportMetadataTMLRequest
     */
    exportMetadataTML(exportMetadataTMLRequest: ExportMetadataTMLRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.1.0.cl or later   Exports the [TML](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/tml) representation of metadata objects in JSON or YAML format.  ### **Permissions Required**  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and `USERMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage users**) privileges.  #### **Usage Guidelines**  This API is only applicable for `USER`, `GROUP`, and `ROLES` metadata types.  - `batch_offset` Indicates the starting position within the complete dataset from which the API should begin returning objects. Useful for paginating results efficiently. - `batch_size` Specifies the number of objects or items to retrieve in a single request. Helps control response size for better performance. - `edoc_format` Defines the format of the TML content. The exported metadata can be in JSON or YAML format. - `export_dependent` Specifies whether to include dependent metadata objects in the export. Ensures related objects are also retrieved if needed. - `all_orgs_override` Indicates whether the export operation applies across all organizations. Useful for multi-tenant environments where cross-org exports are required.
     * @param exportMetadataTMLBatchedRequest
     */
    exportMetadataTMLBatched(exportMetadataTMLBatchedRequest: ExportMetadataTMLBatchedRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Fetches the underlying SQL query data for an Answer object.  Requires at least view access to the Answer object.  Upon successful execution, the API returns the SQL queries for the specified object as shown in this example: ``` {    \"metadata_id\":\"8fbe44a8-46ad-4b16-8d39-184b2fada490\",    \"metadata_name\":\"Total sales\",    \"metadata_type\":\"ANSWER\",    \"sql_queries\":[       {          \"metadata_id\":\"8fbe44a8-46ad-4b16-8d39-184b2fada490\",          \"metadata_name\":\"Total sales -test\",          \"sql_query\":\"SELECT \\n  \\\"ta_1\\\".\\\"REGION\\\" \\\"ca_1\\\", \\n  \\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"PRODUCTNAME\\\" \\\"ca_2\\\", \\n  \\\"ta_1\\\".\\\"STORENAME\\\" \\\"ca_3\\\", \\n  CASE\\n    WHEN sum(\\\"ta_3\\\".\\\"SALES\\\") IS NOT NULL THEN sum(\\\"ta_3\\\".\\\"SALES\\\")\\n    ELSE 0\\n  END \\\"ca_4\\\", \\n  CASE\\n    WHEN sum(\\\"ta_3\\\".\\\"QUANTITYPURCHASED\\\") IS NOT NULL THEN sum(\\\"ta_3\\\".\\\"QUANTITYPURCHASED\\\")\\n    ELSE 0\\n  END \\\"ca_5\\\"\\nFROM \\\"RETAILAPPAREL\\\".\\\"PUBLIC\\\".\\\"FACT_RETAPP_SALES\\\" \\\"ta_3\\\"\\n  JOIN \\\"RETAILAPPAREL\\\".\\\"PUBLIC\\\".\\\"DIM_RETAPP_STORES\\\" \\\"ta_1\\\"\\n    ON \\\"ta_3\\\".\\\"STOREID\\\" = \\\"ta_1\\\".\\\"STOREID\\\"\\n  JOIN \\\"RETAILAPPAREL\\\".\\\"PUBLIC\\\".\\\"DIM_RETAPP_PRODUCTS\\\" \\\"ta_2\\\"\\n    ON \\\"ta_3\\\".\\\"PRODUCTID\\\" = \\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"PRODUCTID\\\"\\nGROUP BY \\n  \\\"ca_1\\\", \\n  \\\"ca_2\\\", \\n  \\\"ca_3\\\"\\n\"       }    ] } ```
     * @param fetchAnswerSqlQueryRequest
     */
    fetchAnswerSqlQuery(fetchAnswerSqlQueryRequest: FetchAnswerSqlQueryRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Gets information about the status of the TML async import task scheduled using the `/api/rest/2.0/metadata/tml/async/import` API call.  To fetch the task details, specify the ID of the TML async import task.    Requires access to the task ID. The API allows users who initiated the asynchronous TML import via `/api/rest/2.0/metadata/tml/async/import` to view the status of their tasks.  Users with administration privilege can view the status of all import tasks initiated by the users in their Org.  #### Usage guidelines  See [TML API Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/tml#_fetch_status_of_the_tml_import_task) for usage guidelines.
     * @param fetchAsyncImportTaskStatusRequest
     */
    fetchAsyncImportTaskStatus(fetchAsyncImportTaskStatusRequest: FetchAsyncImportTaskStatusRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Fetches the underlying SQL query data for a Liveboard object and its visualizations.  Requires at least view access to the Liveboard object.  To get SQL query data for a Liveboard, specify the GUID of the Liveboard. Optionally, you can add an array of visualization GUIDs to retrieve the SQL query data for visualizations in the Liveboard.  Upon successful execution, the API returns the SQL queries for the specified object as shown in this example: ``` {   \"metadata_id\": \"fa68ae91-7588-4136-bacd-d71fb12dda69\",   \"metadata_name\": \"Total Sales\",   \"metadata_type\": \"LIVEBOARD\",   \"sql_queries\": [     {       \"metadata_id\": \"b3b6d2b9-089a-490c-8e16-b144650b7843\",       \"metadata_name\": \"Total quantity purchased, Total sales by region\",       \"sql_query\": \"SELECT \\n  \\\"ta_1\\\".\\\"REGION\\\" \\\"ca_1\\\", \\n  CASE\\n    WHEN sum(\\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"QUANTITYPURCHASED\\\") IS NOT NULL THEN sum(\\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"QUANTITYPURCHASED\\\")\\n    ELSE 0\\n  END \\\"ca_2\\\", \\n  CASE\\n    WHEN sum(\\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"SALES\\\") IS NOT NULL THEN sum(\\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"SALES\\\")\\n    ELSE 0\\n  END \\\"ca_3\\\"\\nFROM \\\"RETAILAPPAREL\\\".\\\"PUBLIC\\\".\\\"FACT_RETAPP_SALES\\\" \\\"ta_2\\\"\\n  JOIN \\\"RETAILAPPAREL\\\".\\\"PUBLIC\\\".\\\"DIM_RETAPP_STORES\\\" \\\"ta_1\\\"\\n    ON \\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"STOREID\\\" = \\\"ta_1\\\".\\\"STOREID\\\"\\nGROUP BY \\\"ca_1\\\"\"     }   ] } ```
     * @param fetchLiveboardSqlQueryRequest
     */
    fetchLiveboardSqlQuery(fetchLiveboardSqlQueryRequest: FetchLiveboardSqlQueryRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Imports [TML](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/tml) files into ThoughtSpot.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtsSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required: - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  #### Usage guidelines  *  Import all related objects in a single TML Import API call. For example, Tables that use the same Connection object and Worksheets connected to these Tables. * Include the `fqn` property to distinguish objects that have the same name.   For example, if you have multiple Connections or Worksheets with the same name on ThoughtSpot and the Connection or Worksheet referenced in your TML file does not have a unique name to distinguish, it may result in invalid object references.   Adding `fqn` helps ThoughtSpot differentiate a Table from another with the same name.   We recommend [exporting TML with FQNs](#/http/api-endpoints/metadata/export-metadata-tml) and using these during the import operation. * You can upload multiple TML files at a time.   If you import a Worksheet along with Liveboards, Answers, and other dependent objects in a single API call, the imported objects will be immediately available for use.   When you import only a Worksheet object, it may take some time for the Worksheet to become available in the ThoughtSpot system. Please wait for a few minutes, and then proceed to create an Answer and Liveboard from the newly imported Worksheet.  For more information, see [TML Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/tml#_import_a_tml).
     * @param importMetadataTMLRequest
     */
    importMetadataTML(importMetadataTMLRequest: ImportMetadataTMLRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Schedules a task to import [TML](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/tml) files into ThoughtSpot. You can use this API endpoint to process TML objects asynchronously when importing TMLs of large and complex metadata objects into ThoughtSpot. Unlike the synchronous import TML operation, the API processes TML data in the background and returns a task ID, which can be used to check the status of the import task via `/api/rest/2.0/metadata/tml/async/status` API endpoint.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtsSpot**) privilege, and edit access to the TML objects.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required: - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  #### Usage guidelines  See [Async TML API Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/tml#_import_tml_objects_asynchronously) for usage guidelines.
     * @param importMetadataTMLAsyncRequest
     */
    importMetadataTMLAsync(importMetadataTMLAsyncRequest: ImportMetadataTMLAsyncRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Parameterize fields in metadata objects.   Version: 10.9.0.cl or later   **Note:** This API endpoint is deprecated and will be removed from ThoughtSpot in a future release. Use [POST /api/rest/2.0/metadata/parameterize-fields](/api/rest/2.0/metadata/parameterize-fields) instead.  Allows parameterizing fields in metadata objects in ThoughtSpot.  Requires appropriate permissions to modify the metadata object.  The API endpoint allows parameterizing the following types of metadata objects: * Logical Tables * Connections * Connection Configs  For a Logical Table the field type must be `ATTRIBUTE` and field name can be one of: * databaseName * schemaName * tableName  For a Connection or Connection Config, the field type is always `CONNECTION_PROPERTY`. In this case, field_name specifies the exact property of the Connection or Connection Config that needs to be parameterized.  For Connection Config, the only supported field name is: * impersonate_user
     * @param parameterizeMetadataRequest
     */
    parameterizeMetadata(parameterizeMetadataRequest: ParameterizeMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Parameterize multiple fields of metadata objects. For example [schemaName, databaseName] for LOGICAL_TABLE.    Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Allows parameterizing multiple fields of metadata objects in ThoughtSpot. For example, you can parameterize [schemaName, databaseName] for LOGICAL_TABLE.  Requires appropriate permissions to modify the metadata object.  The API endpoint allows parameterizing the following types of metadata objects: * Logical Tables * Connections * Connection Configs  For a Logical Table, the field type must be `ATTRIBUTE` and field names can include: * databaseName * schemaName * tableName  For a Connection or Connection Config, the field type is always `CONNECTION_PROPERTY`. In this case, field_names specifies the exact properties of the Connection or Connection Config that need to be parameterized.  For Connection Config, supported field names include: * impersonate_user  You can parameterize multiple fields at once by providing an array of field names.
     * @param parameterizeMetadataFieldsRequest
     */
    parameterizeMetadataFields(parameterizeMetadataFieldsRequest: ParameterizeMetadataFieldsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets a list of metadata objects available on the ThoughtSpot system.  This API endpoint is available to all users who have view access to the object. Users with `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privileges can view data for all metadata objects, including users and groups.  #### Usage guidelines  - To get all metadata objects, send the API request without any attributes. - To get metadata objects of a specific type, set the `type` attribute. For example, to fetch a Worksheet, set the type as `LOGICAL_TABLE`. - To filter metadata objects within type `LOGICAL_TABLE`, set the `subtypes` attribute. For example, to fetch a Worksheet, set the type as `LOGICAL_TABLE` & subtypes as `[WORKSHEET]`. - To get a specific metadata object, specify the GUID. - To customize your search and filter the API response, you can use several parameters.   You can search for objects created or modified by specific users, by tags applied to the objects, or by using the include parameters like `include_auto_created_objects`, `include_dependent_objects`, `include_headers`, `include_incomplete_objects`, and so on.   You can also define sorting options to sort the data retrieved in the API response. - To get discoverable objects when linientmodel is enabled you can use `include_discoverable_objects` as true else false. Default value is true. - For liveboard metadata type, to get the newer format, set the `liveboard_response_format` as V2. Default value is V1. - To retrieve only objects that are published, set the `include_only_published_objects` as true. Default value is false.  **NOTE**: The following parameters support pagination of metadata records:  - `tag_identifiers` - `type` - `subtypes` - `created_by_user_identifiers` - `modified_by_user_identifiers` - `owned_by_user_identifiers` - `exclude_objects` - `include_auto_created_objects` - `favorite_object_options` - `include_only_published_objects` If you are using other parameters to search metadata, set `record_size` to `-1` and `record_offset` to `0`.
     * @param searchMetadataRequest
     */
    searchMetadata(searchMetadataRequest: SearchMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Remove parameterization from fields in metadata objects.   Version: 10.9.0.cl or later   Allows removing parameterization from fields in metadata objects in ThoughtSpot.  Requires appropriate permissions to modify the metadata object.  The API endpoint allows unparameterizing the following types of metadata objects: * Logical Tables * Connections * Connection Configs  For a Logical Table the field type must be `ATTRIBUTE` and field name can be one of: * databaseName * schemaName * tableName  For a Connection or Connection Config, the field type is always `CONNECTION_PROPERTY`. In this case, field_name specifies the exact property of the Connection or Connection Config that needs to be unparameterized.  For Connection Config, the only supported field name is: * impersonate_user
     * @param unparameterizeMetadataRequest
     */
    unparameterizeMetadata(unparameterizeMetadataRequest: UnparameterizeMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Update header attributes for a given list of header objects.   Version: 10.6.0.cl or later   ## Prerequisites - **Privileges Required:**   - `DATAMANAGEMENT` (Can manage data) or `ADMINISTRATION` (Can administer ThoughtSpot). - **Additional Privileges (if RBAC is enabled):**   - `ORG_ADMINISTRATION` (Can manage orgs).  ---  ## Usage Guidelines  ### Parameters  1. **headers_update**      - **Description:** List of header objects with their attributes to be updated. Each object contains a list of attributes to be updated in the header.    - **Usage:**       - You must provide either `identifier` or `obj_identifier`, but not both. Both fields cannot be empty.       - When `org_identifier` is set to `-1`, only the `identifier` value is accepted; `obj_identifier` is not allowed.  2. **org_identifier**      - **Description:** GUID (Globally Unique Identifier) or name of the organization.      - **Usage:**      - Leaving this field empty assumes that the changes should be applied to the current organization       - Provide `org_guid` or `org_name` to uniquely identify the organization where changes need to be applied. .      - Provide `-1` if changes have to be applied across all the org.  ---  ## Note Currently, this API is enabled only for updating the `obj_identifier` attribute. Only `text` will be allowed in attribute\'s value.  ## Best Practices  1. **Backup Before Conversion:**      Always export metadata as a backup before initiating the update process  ---  ## Examples  ### Only `identifier` is given  ```json {   \"headers_update\":   [     {       \"identifier\": \"guid_1\",       \"obj_identifier\": \"\",       \"type\": \"LOGICAL_COLUMN\",       \"attributes\":       [         {           \"name\": \"obj_id\",           \"value\": \"custom_object_id\"         }       ]     }   ],   \"org_identifier\": \"orgGuid\" } ```  ### Only `obj_identifier` is given ```json {   \"headers_update\":   [     {       \"obj_identifier\": \"custom_object_id\",       \"type\": \"ANSWER\",       \"attributes\":       [         {           \"name\": \"obj_id\",           \"value\": \"custom_object_id\"         }       ]     }   ],   \"org_identifier\": \"orgName\" } ```  ### Executing update for all org `-1` ```json {   \"headers_update\":   [     {       \"identifier\": \"guid_1\",       \"type\": \"ANSWER\",       \"attributes\":       [         {           \"name\": \"obj_id\",           \"value\": \"custom_object_id\"         }       ]     }   ],   \"org_identifier\": -1 } ```  ### Optional `type` is not provided ```json {   \"headers_update\":   [     {       \"identifier\": \"guid_1\",       \"attributes\":       [         {           \"name\": \"obj_id\",           \"value\": \"custom_object_id\"         }       ]     }   ],   \"org_identifier\": -1 } ```
     * @param updateMetadataHeaderRequest
     */
    updateMetadataHeader(updateMetadataHeaderRequest: UpdateMetadataHeaderRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Update object IDs for given metadata objects.   Version: 10.8.0.cl or later   ## Prerequisites - **Privileges Required:**   - `DATAMANAGEMENT` (Can manage data) or `ADMINISTRATION` (Can administer ThoughtSpot). - **Additional Privileges (if RBAC is enabled):**   - `ORG_ADMINISTRATION` (Can manage orgs).  ---  ## Usage Guidelines  ### Parameters  1. **metadata**      - **Description:** List of metadata objects to update their object IDs.    - **Usage:**       - Use either `current_obj_id` alone OR use `metadata_identifier` with `type` (when needed).       - When using `metadata_identifier`, the `type` field is required if using a name instead of a GUID.       - The `new_obj_id` field is always required.  ---  ## Note This API is specifically designed for updating object IDs of metadata objects. It internally uses the header update mechanism to perform the changes.  ## Best Practices  1. **Backup Before Update:**      Always export metadata as a backup before initiating the update process.  2. **Validation:**    - When using `current_obj_id`, ensure it matches the existing object ID exactly.    - When using `metadata_identifier` with a name, ensure the `type` is specified correctly.    - Verify that the `new_obj_id` follows your naming conventions and is unique within your system.  ---  ## Examples  ### Using current_obj_id ```json {   \"metadata\": [     {       \"current_obj_id\": \"existing_object_id\",       \"new_obj_id\": \"new_object_id\"     }   ] } ```  ### Using metadata_identifier with GUID ```json {   \"metadata\": [     {       \"metadata_identifier\": \"01234567-89ab-cdef-0123-456789abcdef\",       \"new_obj_id\": \"new_object_id\"     }   ] } ```  ### Using metadata_identifier with name and type ```json {   \"metadata\": [     {       \"metadata_identifier\": \"My Answer\",       \"type\": \"ANSWER\",       \"new_obj_id\": \"new_object_id\"     }   ] } ```  ### Multiple objects update ```json {   \"metadata\": [     {       \"current_obj_id\": \"existing_object_id_1\",       \"new_obj_id\": \"new_object_id_1\"     },     {       \"metadata_identifier\": \"My Worksheet\",       \"type\": \"LOGICAL_TABLE\",       \"new_obj_id\": \"new_object_id_2\"     }   ] } ```
     * @param updateMetadataObjIdRequest
     */
    updateMetadataObjId(updateMetadataObjIdRequest: UpdateMetadataObjIdRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
}
declare class MetadataApiResponseProcessor {
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to convertWorksheetToModel
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    convertWorksheetToModel(response: ResponseContext): Promise<ResponseWorksheetToModelConversion>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to copyObject
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    copyObject(response: ResponseContext): Promise<ResponseCopyObject>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteMetadata
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteMetadata(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to exportMetadataTML
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    exportMetadataTML(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<any>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to exportMetadataTMLBatched
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    exportMetadataTMLBatched(response: ResponseContext): Promise<any>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to fetchAnswerSqlQuery
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    fetchAnswerSqlQuery(response: ResponseContext): Promise<SqlQueryResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to fetchAsyncImportTaskStatus
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    fetchAsyncImportTaskStatus(response: ResponseContext): Promise<GetAsyncImportStatusResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to fetchLiveboardSqlQuery
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    fetchLiveboardSqlQuery(response: ResponseContext): Promise<SqlQueryResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to importMetadataTML
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    importMetadataTML(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<any>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to importMetadataTMLAsync
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    importMetadataTMLAsync(response: ResponseContext): Promise<ImportEPackAsyncTaskStatus>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to parameterizeMetadata
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    parameterizeMetadata(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to parameterizeMetadataFields
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    parameterizeMetadataFields(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchMetadata
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchMetadata(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<MetadataSearchResponse>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to unparameterizeMetadata
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    unparameterizeMetadata(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateMetadataHeader
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateMetadataHeader(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateMetadataObjId
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateMetadataObjId(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
}

/**
 * no description
 */
declare class OrgsApiRequestFactory extends BaseAPIRequestFactory {
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Creates an Org object.  To use this API, the [Orgs](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/orgs-overview) feature must be enabled in your cluster.  Requires cluster administration (**Can administer Org**) privileges. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `ORG_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage Orgs**) privilege is required.
     * @param createOrgRequest
     */
    createOrg(createOrgRequest: CreateOrgRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Deletes an Org object from the ThoughtSpot system.  Requires cluster administration (**Can administer Org**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `ORG_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage Orgs**) privilege is required.  When you delete an Org, all its users and objects created in that Org context are removed. However, if the users in the deleted Org also exists in other Orgs, they are removed only from the deleted Org.
     * @param orgIdentifier ID or name of the Org
     */
    deleteOrg(orgIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets a list of Orgs configured on the ThoughtSpot system. To get details of a specific Org, specify the Org ID or name. You can also pass parameters such as status, visibility, and user identifiers to get a specific list of Orgs.  Requires cluster administration (**Can administer Org**) privileges. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `ORG_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage Orgs**) privilege is required.
     * @param searchOrgsRequest
     */
    searchOrgs(searchOrgsRequest: SearchOrgsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Updates an Org object. You can modify Org properties such as name, description, and user associations.  Requires cluster administration (**Can administer Org**) privileges. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `ORG_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage Orgs**) privilege is required.
     * @param orgIdentifier ID or name of the Org
     * @param updateOrgRequest
     */
    updateOrg(orgIdentifier: string, updateOrgRequest: UpdateOrgRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
}
declare class OrgsApiResponseProcessor {
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createOrg
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createOrg(response: ResponseContext): Promise<OrgResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteOrg
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteOrg(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchOrgs
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchOrgs(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<OrgResponse>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateOrg
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateOrg(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
}

/**
 * no description
 */
declare class ReportsApiRequestFactory extends BaseAPIRequestFactory {
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Exports an Answer in the given file format. You can download the Answer data as a PDF, PNG, CSV, or XLSX file.  Requires at least view access to the Answer.  #### Usage guidelines  In the request body, the GUID or name of the Answer and set `file_format`. The default file format is CSV.  **NOTE**: * The downloadable file returned in API response file is extensionless. Please rename the downloaded file by typing in the relevant extension. * HTML rendering is not supported for PDF exports of Answers with tables.  Optionally, you can define [runtime overrides](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_runtime_overrides) to apply to the Answer data.
     * @param exportAnswerReportRequest
     */
    exportAnswerReport(exportAnswerReportRequest: ExportAnswerReportRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Exports a Liveboard and its visualizations in PDF, PNG, CSV, or XLSX file format. The default `file_format` is CSV.  Requires at least view access to the Liveboard.  #### Usage guidelines  In the request body, specify the GUID or name of the Liveboard. To generate a Liveboard report with specific visualizations, add GUIDs or names of the visualizations.  **NOTE**:   * The downloadable file returned in API response file is extensionless. Please rename the downloaded file by typing in the relevant extension.  * Optionally, you can define [runtime overrides](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_runtime_overrides) to apply to the Answer data.  * To include unsaved changes in the report, pass the `transient_pinboard_content` script generated from the `getExportRequestForCurrentPinboard` method in the Visual Embed SDK. Upon successful execution, the API returns the report with unsaved changes, including ad hoc changes to visualizations. For more information, see [Liveboard Report API](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_liveboard_report_api).   * Starting with ThoughtSpot Cloud 10.9.0.cl release, the Liveboard can be exported in the PNG format in the resolution of your choice. To enable this on your instance, contact ThoughtSpot support. When this feature is enabled, the options `include_cover_page`,`include_filter_page` within the `png_options` will not be available for PNG exports.  * Starting with the ThoughtSpot Cloud 26.2.0.cl release,    * Liveboards can be exported in CSV format.      * All visualizations within a Liveboard can be exported as individual CSV files.      * When exporting multiple visualizations or the entire Liveboard, the system returns the report as a compressed ZIP file containing the separate CSV files for each visualization.    * Liveboards can also be exported in XLSX format.      * All selected visualizations are consolidated into a single Excel workbook (.xlsx), with each visualization placed in its own worksheet (tab).      * XLSX exports are limited to a maximum of 255 worksheets (tabs) per workbook.
     * @param exportLiveboardReportRequest
     */
    exportLiveboardReport(exportLiveboardReportRequest: ExportLiveboardReportRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
}
declare class ReportsApiResponseProcessor {
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to exportAnswerReport
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    exportAnswerReport(response: ResponseContext): Promise<HttpFile>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to exportLiveboardReport
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    exportLiveboardReport(response: ResponseContext): Promise<HttpFile>;
}

/**
 * no description
 */
declare class RolesApiRequestFactory extends BaseAPIRequestFactory {
    /**
     *   Version: 9.5.0.cl or later   Creates a Role object in ThoughtSpot.  Available only if [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance. To create a Role, the `ROLE_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage roles**) privilege is required.
     * @param createRoleRequest
     */
    createRole(createRoleRequest: CreateRoleRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.5.0.cl or later   Deletes a Role object from the ThoughtSpot system.  Available only if [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance. To delete a Role, the `ROLE_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage roles**) privilege is required.
     * @param roleIdentifier Unique ID or name of the Role. ReadOnly roles cannot be deleted.
     */
    deleteRole(roleIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.5.0.cl or later   Gets a list of Role objects from the ThoughtSpot system.  Available if [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance. To search for Roles, the `ROLE_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage roles**) privilege is required.  To get details of a specific Role object, specify the GUID or name. You can also filter the API response based on user group and Org identifiers, privileges assigned to the Role, and deprecation status.
     * @param searchRolesRequest
     */
    searchRoles(searchRolesRequest: SearchRolesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.5.0.cl or later   Updates the properties of a Role object.  Available only if [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance. To update a Role, the `ROLE_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage roles**) privilege is required.
     * @param roleIdentifier Unique ID or name of the Role.
     * @param updateRoleRequest
     */
    updateRole(roleIdentifier: string, updateRoleRequest: UpdateRoleRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
}
declare class RolesApiResponseProcessor {
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createRole
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createRole(response: ResponseContext): Promise<RoleResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteRole
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteRole(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchRoles
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchRoles(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<SearchRoleResponse>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateRole
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateRole(response: ResponseContext): Promise<RoleResponse>;
}

/**
 * no description
 */
declare class SchedulesApiRequestFactory extends BaseAPIRequestFactory {
    /**
     *  Create schedule.    Version: 9.4.0.cl or later   Creates a Liveboard schedule job.  Requires at least edit access to Liveboards. To create a schedule on behalf of another user, you need  `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer Org**) or `JOBSCHEDULING` (**Can schedule for others**) privilege and edit access to the Liveboard. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `JOBSCHEDULING` (**Can schedule for others**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines  * The description text is mandatory.  The description text appears as **Description: <your content>** in the Liveboard schedule email notifications. * For Liveboards with both charts and tables, schedule creation is only supported in PDF and XLS formats. Schedules created in CSV formats for such Liveboards will fail to run. If `PDF` is set as the `file_format`, enable `pdf_options` to get the correct attachment. Not doing so may cause the attachment to be rendered empty. * To include only specific visualizations, specify the visualization GUIDs in the `visualization_identifiers` array. * You can schedule a Liveboard job to run periodically by setting frequency parameters. You can set the schedule to run daily, weekly, monthly or every n minutes or hours. The scheduled job can also be configured to run at a specific time of the day or on specific days of the week or month. Please ensure that when setting the schedule frequency for _minute of the object_, only values that are multiples of 5 are included. * If the `frequency` parameters are defined, you can set the time zone to a value that matches your server\'s time zone. For example, `US/Central`, `Etc/UTC`, `CET`. The default time zone is `America/Los_Angeles`.  For more information about Liveboard jobs, see [ThoughtSpot Product Documentation](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/liveboard-schedule).
     * @param createScheduleRequest
     */
    createSchedule(createScheduleRequest: CreateScheduleRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Deletes a scheduled job.    Version: 9.4.0.cl or later   Deletes a scheduled Liveboard job.  Requires at least edit access to Liveboard or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer Org**) privilege.    If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `JOBSCHEDULING` (**Can schedule for others**) privilege is required.
     * @param scheduleIdentifier Unique ID or name of the scheduled job.
     */
    deleteSchedule(scheduleIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Search Schedules    Version: 9.4.0.cl or later   Gets a list of scheduled jobs configured for a Liveboard.  To get details of a specific scheduled job, specify the name or GUID of the scheduled job.  Requires at least view access to Liveboards.  **NOTE**: When filtering schedules by parameters other than `metadata`, set `record_size` to `-1` and `record_offset` to `0` for accurate results.
     * @param searchSchedulesRequest
     */
    searchSchedules(searchSchedulesRequest: SearchSchedulesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Update schedule.    Version: 9.4.0.cl or later   Updates a scheduled Liveboard job.  Requires at least edit access to Liveboards. To update a schedule on behalf of another user, you need `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer Org**) or `JOBSCHEDULING` (**Can schedule for others**) privilege and edit access to the Liveboard. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `JOBSCHEDULING` (**Can schedule for others**) privilege is required.  The API endpoint allows you to pause a scheduled job, change the status of a paused job. You can also edit the recipients list, frequency of the job, format of the file to send to the recipients in email notifications, PDF options, and time zone setting.
     * @param scheduleIdentifier Unique ID or name of the schedule.
     * @param updateScheduleRequest
     */
    updateSchedule(scheduleIdentifier: string, updateScheduleRequest: UpdateScheduleRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
}
declare class SchedulesApiResponseProcessor {
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createSchedule
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createSchedule(response: ResponseContext): Promise<ResponseSchedule>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteSchedule
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteSchedule(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchSchedules
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchSchedules(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<ResponseSchedule>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateSchedule
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateSchedule(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
}

/**
 * no description
 */
declare class SecurityApiRequestFactory extends BaseAPIRequestFactory {
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Transfers the ownership of one or several objects from one user to another.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege and edit access to the objects are required.
     * @param assignChangeAuthorRequest
     */
    assignChangeAuthor(assignChangeAuthorRequest: AssignChangeAuthorRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Fetches column security rules for specified tables.  This API endpoint retrieves column-level security rules configured for tables. It returns information about which columns are secured and which groups have access to those columns.  #### Usage guidelines  - Provide an array of table identifiers using either `identifier` (GUID or name) or `obj_identifier` (object ID) - At least one of `identifier` or `obj_identifier` must be provided for each table - The API returns column security rules for all specified tables - Users must have appropriate permissions to access security rules for the specified tables  #### Required permissions  - `ADMINISTRATION` - Can administer ThoughtSpot - `DATAMANAGEMENT` - Can manage data - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` - Can manage worksheet views and tables  #### Example request  ```json {   \"tables\": [     {       \"identifier\": \"table-guid\",       \"obj_identifier\": \"table-object-id\"     }   ] } ```  #### Response format  The API returns an array of `ColumnSecurityRuleResponse` objects wrapped in a `data` field. Each `ColumnSecurityRuleResponse` object contains: - Table information (GUID and object ID)   - Array of column security rules with column details, group access, and source table information  #### Example response  ```json {   \"data\": [     {       \"guid\": \"table-guid\",       \"objId\": \"table-object-id\",       \"columnSecurityRules\": [         {           \"column\": {             \"id\": \"col_123\",             \"name\": \"Salary\"           },           \"groups\": [             {               \"id\": \"group_1\",               \"name\": \"HR Department\"             }           ],           \"sourceTableDetails\": {             \"id\": \"source-table-guid\",             \"name\": \"Employee_Data\"           }         }       ]     }   ] } ```
     * @param fetchColumnSecurityRulesRequest
     */
    fetchColumnSecurityRules(fetchColumnSecurityRulesRequest: FetchColumnSecurityRulesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.3.0.cl or later   This API fetches the object privileges present for the given list of principals (user or group), on the given set of objects. It supports pagination, which can be enabled and configured using the request parameters. It provides users access to certain features based on privilege based access control.  #### Usage guidelines  - Specify the `type` (`USER` or `USER_GROUP`) and `identifier` (either GUID or name) of the principals for which you want to retrieve object privilege information in the `principals` array. - Specify the `type`  (`LOGICAL_TABLE`)  and `identifier` (either GUID or name) of the metadata objects for which you want to retrieve object privilege information in the `metadata` array. Only `LOGICAL_TABLE` metadata type is supported for now. It may be extended for other metadata types in future. - To control the offset from where principals have to be fetched, use `record_offset`. When `record_offset` is 0, information is fetched from the beginning. - To control the number of principals to be fetched, use `record_size`. Default `record_size` is 20. - Ensure `record_offset` for a subsequent request is one more than the value of `record_size` of the previous request. - Ensure using correct Authorization Bearer Token corresponding to specific user & org.   #### Example request  ```json {   \"principals\": [     {       \"type\": \"type-1\",       \"identifier\": \"principal-guid-or-name-1\"     },     {       \"type\": \"type-2\",       \"identifier\": \"principal-guid-or-name-2\"     }   ],   \"metadata\": [     {       \"type\": \"metadata-type-1\",       \"identifier\": \"metadata-guid-or-name-1\"     },     {       \"type\": \"metadata-type-2\",       \"identifier\": \"metadata-guid-or-name-2\"     }   ],   \"record_offset\": 0,   \"record_size\": 20 } ```   #### Response format  The API returns an array of `metadata_object_privileges` objects wrapped in JSON. Each `metadata_object_privileges` object contains: - Metadata information (GUID, name and type) - Array of `principal_object_privilege_info`. - Each `principal_object_privilege_info` contains:   - Principal type. All principals of this type are listed as described below.   - Array of `principal_object_privileges`.   - Each `principal_object_privileges` contains:     - Principal information (GUID, name, subtype)     - List of applied object level privileges.  #### Example response  ```json {     \"metadata_object_privileges\": [       {         \"metadata_id\": \"metadata-guid-1\",         \"metadata_name\": \"metadata-name-1\",         \"metadata_type\": \"metadata-type-1\",         \"principal_object_privilege_info\": [           {             \"principal_type\": \"principal-type-1\",             \"principal_object_privileges\": [               {                 \"principal_id\": \"principal-guid-1\",                 \"principal_name\": \"principal-name-1\",                 \"principal_sub_type\": \"principal-sub-type-1\",                 \"object_privileges\": \"[object-privilege-1, object-privilege-2]\"               },               {                 \"principal_id\": \"principal-guid-2\",                 \"principal_name\": \"principal-name-2\",                 \"principal_sub_type\": \"principal-sub-type-2\",                 \"object_privileges\": \"[object-privilege-1, object-privilege-2]\"               }             ]           },           {             \"principal_type\": \"principal-type-2\",             \"principal_object_privileges\": [               {                 \"principal_id\": \"principal-guid-3\",                 \"principal_name\": \"principal-guid-4\",                 \"principal_sub_type\": \"principal-sub-type-4\",                 \"object_privileges\": \"[object-privilege-1]\"               }             ]           }         ]       },       {         \"metadata_id\": \"metadata-guid-2\",         \"metadata_name\": \"metadata-name-2\",         \"metadata_type\": \"metadata-type-2\",         \"principal_object_privilege_info\": [           {             \"principal_type\": \"principal-type-1\",             \"principal_object_privileges\": [               {                 \"principal_id\": \"principal-guid-1\",                 \"principal_name\": \"principal-name-1\",                 \"principal_sub_type\": \"principal-sub-type-1\",                 \"object_privileges\": \"[object-privilege-3, object-privilege-4]\"               },               {                 \"principal_id\": \"principal-guid-2\",                 \"principal_name\": \"principal-name-2\",                 \"principal_sub_type\": \"principal-sub-type-2\",                 \"object_privileges\": \"[object-privilege-4]\"               }             ]           }         ]       }     ] } ```
     * @param fetchObjectPrivilegesRequest
     */
    fetchObjectPrivileges(fetchObjectPrivilegesRequest: FetchObjectPrivilegesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Fetches object permission details for a given principal object such as a user and group.  Requires view access to the metadata object.   #### Usage guidelines  * To get a list of all metadata objects that a user or group can access, specify the `type` and GUID or name of the principal. * To get permission details for a specific object, add the `type` and GUID or name of the metadata object to your API request.  Upon successful execution, the API returns a list of metadata objects and permission details for each object.
     * @param fetchPermissionsOfPrincipalsRequest
     */
    fetchPermissionsOfPrincipals(fetchPermissionsOfPrincipalsRequest: FetchPermissionsOfPrincipalsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Fetches permission details for a given metadata object.  Requires view access to the metadata object.  #### Usage guidelines  * To fetch a list of users and groups for a metadata object, specify `type` and GUID or name of the metadata object. * To get permission details for a specific user or group, add `type` and GUID or name of the principal object to your API request.  Upon successful execution, the API returns permission details and principal information for the object specified in the API request.
     * @param fetchPermissionsOnMetadataRequest
     */
    fetchPermissionsOnMetadata(fetchPermissionsOnMetadataRequest: FetchPermissionsOnMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.3.0.cl or later   This API allows the addition or deletion of object level privileges for a set of users and groups, on a set of metadata objects. It provides users to access certain features based on privilege based access control.  #### Usage guidelines  - Specify the `operation`. The supported operations are: `ADD`, `REMOVE`. - Specify the type of the objects on which the object privileges are being provided in `metadata_type`. Only `LOGICAL_TABLE` metadata type is supported for now. It may be extended for other metadata types in future. - Specify the list of object privilege types in the `object_privilege_types` array. The supported object privilege types are: `SPOTTER_COACHING_PRIVILEGE`. - Specify the identifiers (either GUID or name) for the metadata objects in the `metadata_identifiers` array. - Specify the `type` (`USER` or `USER_GROUP`) and `identifier` (either GUID or name) of the principals to which you want to apply the given operation and given object privileges in the `principals` array. - Ensure using correct Authorization Bearer Token corresponding to specific user & org.  #### Example request  ```json {   \"operation\": \"operation-type\",   \"metadata_type\": \"metadata-type\",   \"object_privilege_types\": [\"privilege-type-1\", \"privilege-type-2\"],   \"metadata_identifiers\": [\"metadata-guid-or-name-1\", \"metadata-guid-or-name-1\"],   \"principals\": [     {       \"type\": \"type-1\",        \"identifier\": \"principal-guid-or-name-1\"     },     {       \"type\": \"type-2\",       \"identifier\": \"principal-guid-or-name-2\"     }   ] } ```  > ###### Note: > * Only admin users, users with edit access and users with coaching privilege on a given data-model can add or remove principals related to SPOTTER_COACHING_PRIVILEGE
     * @param manageObjectPrivilegeRequest
     */
    manageObjectPrivilege(manageObjectPrivilegeRequest: ManageObjectPrivilegeRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.9.0.cl or later   Allows publishing metadata objects across organizations in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role and TENANT scope.  The API endpoint allows publishing the following types of metadata objects: * Liveboards * Answers * Logical Tables  This API will essentially share the objects along with it\'s dependencies to the org admins of the orgs to which it is being published.
     * @param publishMetadataRequest
     */
    publishMetadata(publishMetadataRequest: PublishMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Allows sharing one or several metadata objects with users and groups in ThoughtSpot.  Requires edit access to the metadata object.  #### Supported metadata objects: * Liveboards * Visualizations * Answers * Models * Views * Connections  #### Object permissions  You can provide `READ_ONLY` or `MODIFY` access when sharing an object with another user or group. The `READ_ONLY` permission grants view access to the shared object, whereas `MODIFY` provides edit access.  To prevent a user or group from accessing the shared object, specify the GUID or name of the principal and set `shareMode` to `NO_ACCESS`.  #### Sharing a visualization  * Sharing a visualization implicitly shares the entire Liveboard with the recipient.   * Object permissions set for a shared visualization also apply to the Liveboard unless overridden by another API request or via UI. * If email notifications for object sharing are enabled, a notification with a link to the shared visualization will be sent to the recipient’s email address. Although this link opens the shared visualization, recipients can also access other visualizations in the Liveboard.
     * @param shareMetadataRequest
     */
    shareMetadata(shareMetadataRequest: ShareMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.9.0.cl or later   Allows unpublishing metadata objects from organizations in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role and TENANT scope.  The API endpoint allows unpublishing the following types of metadata objects: * Liveboards * Answers * Logical Tables  When unpublishing objects, you can: * Include dependencies by setting `include_dependencies` to true - this will unpublish all dependent objects if no other published object is using them * Force unpublish by setting `force` to true - this will break all dependent objects in the unpublished organizations
     * @param unpublishMetadataRequest
     */
    unpublishMetadata(unpublishMetadataRequest: UnpublishMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Creates, updates, or deletes column security rules for specified tables.  This API endpoint allows you to create, update, or delete column-level security rules on columns of a table. The operation follows an \"all or none\" policy: if defining security rules for any of the provided columns fails, the entire operation will be rolled back, and no rules will be created.  #### Usage guidelines  - Provide table identifier using either `identifier` (GUID or name) or `obj_identifier` (object ID) - Use `clear_csr: true` to remove all column security rules from the table - For each column, specify the security rule using `column_security_rules` array - Use `is_unsecured: true` to mark a specific column as unprotected - Use `group_access` operations to manage group associations:   - `ADD`: Add groups to the column\'s access list   - `REMOVE`: Remove groups from the column\'s access list   - `REPLACE`: Replace all existing groups with the specified groups  #### Required permissions  - `ADMINISTRATION` - Can administer ThoughtSpot - `DATAMANAGEMENT` - Can manage data (if RBAC is disabled) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` - Can manage worksheet views and tables (if RBAC is enabled)  #### Example request  ```json {   \"identifier\": \"table-guid\",   \"obj_identifier\": \"table-object-id\",   \"clear_csr\": false,   \"column_security_rules\": [     {       \"column_identifier\": \"col id or col name\",       \"is_unsecured\": false,       \"group_access\": [         {           \"operation\": \"ADD\",           \"group_identifiers\": [\"hr_group_id\", \"hr_group_name\", \"finance_group_id\"]         }       ]     },     {       \"column_identifier\": \"col id or col name\",       \"is_unsecured\": true     },     {       \"column_identifier\": \"col id or col name\",       \"is_unsecured\": false,       \"group_access\": [         {           \"operation\": \"REPLACE\",           \"group_identifiers\": [\"management_group_id\", \"management_group_name\"]         }       ]     }   ] } ```  #### Request Body Schema  - `identifier` (string, optional): GUID or name of the table for which we want to create column security rules - `obj_identifier` (string, optional): The object ID of the table - `clear_csr` (boolean, optional): If true, then all the secured columns will be marked as unprotected, and all the group associations will be removed - `column_security_rules` (array of objects, required): An array where each object defines the security rule for a specific column  Each column security rule object contains: - `column_identifier` (string, required): Column identifier (col_id or name) - `is_unsecured` (boolean, optional): If true, the column will be marked as unprotected and all groups associated with it will be removed - `group_access` (array of objects, optional): Array of group operation objects  Each group operation object contains: - `operation` (string, required): Operation type - ADD, REMOVE, or REPLACE - `group_identifiers` (array of strings, required): Array of group identifiers (name or GUID) on which the operation will be performed  #### Response  This API does not return any response body. A successful operation returns HTTP 200 status code.  #### Operation Types  - **ADD**: Adds the specified groups to the column\'s access list - **REMOVE**: Removes the specified groups from the column\'s access list   - **REPLACE**: Replaces all existing groups with the specified groups
     * @param updateColumnSecurityRulesRequest
     */
    updateColumnSecurityRules(updateColumnSecurityRulesRequest: UpdateColumnSecurityRulesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
}
declare class SecurityApiResponseProcessor {
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to assignChangeAuthor
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    assignChangeAuthor(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to fetchColumnSecurityRules
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    fetchColumnSecurityRules(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<ColumnSecurityRuleResponse>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to fetchObjectPrivileges
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    fetchObjectPrivileges(response: ResponseContext): Promise<ObjectPrivilegesOfMetadataResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to fetchPermissionsOfPrincipals
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    fetchPermissionsOfPrincipals(response: ResponseContext): Promise<PermissionOfPrincipalsResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to fetchPermissionsOnMetadata
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    fetchPermissionsOnMetadata(response: ResponseContext): Promise<PermissionOfMetadataResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to manageObjectPrivilege
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    manageObjectPrivilege(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to publishMetadata
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    publishMetadata(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to shareMetadata
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    shareMetadata(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to unpublishMetadata
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    unpublishMetadata(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateColumnSecurityRules
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateColumnSecurityRules(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
}

/**
 * no description
 */
declare class SystemApiRequestFactory extends BaseAPIRequestFactory {
    /**
     *  Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Configure communication channel preferences. - Use `cluster_preferences` to update the default preferences for your ThoughtSpot application instance. - If your instance has [Orgs](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/orgs-overview), use `org_preferences` to specify Org-specific preferences that override the defaults.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `APPLICATION_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage application settings**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param configureCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest
     */
    configureCommunicationChannelPreferences(configureCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest: ConfigureCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.2.0.cl or later   Configure security settings for your ThoughtSpot application instance. - Use `cluster_preferences` to update cluster-level security settings including CORS whitelisted URLs, CSP settings, SAML redirect URLs, partitioned cookies, and non-embed access configuration. - Use `org_preferences` to configure Org-specific security settings. If your instance has [Orgs](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/orgs-overview), this allows configuring CORS and non-embed access settings specific to the Org.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. Cluster-level SAML and script-src settings require `ADMINISTRATION` privilege. See [Security Settings](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/security-settings) for more details.
     * @param configureSecuritySettingsRequest
     */
    configureSecuritySettings(configureSecuritySettingsRequest: ConfigureSecuritySettingsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Retrieves the current configuration details of the cluster. If the request is successful, the API returns a list configuration settings applied on the cluster.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION`(**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege to view these complete configuration settings of the cluster. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `SYSTEM_INFO_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can view system activities**) privilege is required.  This API does not require any parameters to be passed in the request.
     */
    getSystemConfig(_options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets system information such as the release version, locale, time zone, deployment environment, date format, and date time format of the cluster.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privileges. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `SYSTEM_INFO_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can view system activities**) privilege is required.  This API does not require any parameters to be passed in the request.
     */
    getSystemInformation(_options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Gets a list of configuration overrides applied on the cluster.    Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `APPLICATION_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage application settings**) privilege is required.  This API does not require any parameters to be passed in the request.
     */
    getSystemOverrideInfo(_options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Fetch communication channel preferences. - Use `cluster_preferences` to fetch the default preferences for your ThoughtSpot application instance. - If your instance has [Orgs](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/orgs-overview), use `org_preferences` to fetch any Org-specific preferences that override the defaults.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `APPLICATION_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage application settings**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param searchCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest
     */
    searchCommunicationChannelPreferences(searchCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest: SearchCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.2.0.cl or later   Fetch security settings for your ThoughtSpot application instance. - Use `scope: CLUSTER` to retrieve cluster-level security settings, including CORS and CSP allowlists, SAML redirect URLs, and settings that control access to non-embedded pages. - Use `scope: ORG` to retrieve Org-level security settings. If your instance has [Orgs](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/orgs-overview), this returns CORS and non-embed access settings specific to the Org. - If `scope` is not specified, returns both cluster and Org-specific settings based on user privileges.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. See [Security Settings](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/security-settings) for more details.
     * @param searchSecuritySettingsRequest
     */
    searchSecuritySettings(searchSecuritySettingsRequest: SearchSecuritySettingsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Updates the current configuration of the cluster. You must send the configuration data in JSON format.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privileges. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `APPLICATION_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage application settings**) privilege is required.
     * @param updateSystemConfigRequest
     */
    updateSystemConfig(updateSystemConfigRequest: UpdateSystemConfigRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Validates a communication channel configuration to ensure it is properly set up and can receive events. - Use `channel_type` to specify the type of communication channel to validate (e.g., WEBHOOK). - Use `channel_identifier` to provide the unique identifier or name for the communication channel. - Use `event_type` to specify the event type to validate for this channel.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. For webhook channels, users with `CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS` (**Can manage webhooks**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param validateCommunicationChannelRequest
     */
    validateCommunicationChannel(validateCommunicationChannelRequest: ValidateCommunicationChannelRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
}
declare class SystemApiResponseProcessor {
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to configureCommunicationChannelPreferences
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    configureCommunicationChannelPreferences(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to configureSecuritySettings
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    configureSecuritySettings(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to getSystemConfig
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    getSystemConfig(response: ResponseContext): Promise<SystemConfig>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to getSystemInformation
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    getSystemInformation(response: ResponseContext): Promise<SystemInfo>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to getSystemOverrideInfo
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    getSystemOverrideInfo(response: ResponseContext): Promise<SystemOverrideInfo>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchCommunicationChannelPreferences
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchCommunicationChannelPreferences(response: ResponseContext): Promise<CommunicationChannelPreferencesResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchSecuritySettings
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchSecuritySettings(response: ResponseContext): Promise<SecuritySettingsResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateSystemConfig
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateSystemConfig(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to validateCommunicationChannel
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    validateCommunicationChannel(response: ResponseContext): Promise<CommunicationChannelValidateResponse>;
}

/**
 * no description
 */
declare class TagsApiRequestFactory extends BaseAPIRequestFactory {
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Assigns tags to Liveboards, Answers, Tables, and Worksheets.  Requires edit access to the metadata object.
     * @param assignTagRequest
     */
    assignTag(assignTagRequest: AssignTagRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Creates a tag object.  Tags are labels that identify a metadata object. For example, you can create a tag to designate subject areas, such as sales, HR, marketing, and finance.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `TAGMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage tags**) privilege is required to create, edit, and delete tags.
     * @param createTagRequest
     */
    createTag(createTagRequest: CreateTagRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Deletes a tag object from the ThoughtSpot system  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `TAGMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage tags**) privilege is required to create, edit, and delete tags.
     * @param tagIdentifier Tag identifier Tag name or Tag id.
     */
    deleteTag(tagIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets a list of tag objects available on the ThoughtSpot system. To get details of a specific tag object, specify the GUID or name.  Any authenticated user can search for tag objects.
     * @param searchTagsRequest
     */
    searchTags(searchTagsRequest: SearchTagsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Removes the tags applied to a Liveboard, Answer, Table, or Worksheet.  Requires edit access to the metadata object.
     * @param unassignTagRequest
     */
    unassignTag(unassignTagRequest: UnassignTagRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Updates a tag object.  You can modify the `name` and `color` properties of a tag object.    Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `TAGMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage tags**) privilege is required to create, edit, and delete tags.
     * @param tagIdentifier Name or Id of the tag.
     * @param updateTagRequest
     */
    updateTag(tagIdentifier: string, updateTagRequest: UpdateTagRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
}
declare class TagsApiResponseProcessor {
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to assignTag
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    assignTag(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createTag
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createTag(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Tag>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteTag
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteTag(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchTags
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchTags(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<Tag>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to unassignTag
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    unassignTag(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateTag
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateTag(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
}

/**
 * no description
 */
declare class ThoughtSpotRestApiRequestFactory extends BaseAPIRequestFactory {
    /**
     *   Version: 9.7.0.cl or later   Activates a deactivated user account.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer Thoughtspot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.  To activate an inactive user account, the API request body must include the following information:  - Username or the GUID of the user account. - Auth token generated for the deactivated user. The auth token is sent in the API response when a user is deactivated. - Password for the user account.
     * @param activateUserRequest
     */
    activateUser(activateUserRequest: ActivateUserRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Transfers the ownership of one or several objects from one user to another.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege and edit access to the objects are required.
     * @param assignChangeAuthorRequest
     */
    assignChangeAuthor(assignChangeAuthorRequest: AssignChangeAuthorRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Assigns tags to Liveboards, Answers, Tables, and Worksheets.  Requires edit access to the metadata object.
     * @param assignTagRequest
     */
    assignTag(assignTagRequest: AssignTagRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Updates the current password of the user.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param changeUserPasswordRequest
     */
    changeUserPassword(changeUserPasswordRequest: ChangeUserPasswordRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Commits TML files of metadata objects to the Git branch configured on your instance.  Requires at least edit access to objects used in the commit operation.  Before using this endpoint to push your commits:  * Enable Git integration on your instance. * Make sure the Git repository and branch details are configured on your instance.  For more information, see [Git integration documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/git-integration).
     * @param commitBranchRequest
     */
    commitBranch(commitBranchRequest: CommitBranchRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Configure communication channel preferences. - Use `cluster_preferences` to update the default preferences for your ThoughtSpot application instance. - If your instance has [Orgs](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/orgs-overview), use `org_preferences` to specify Org-specific preferences that override the defaults.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `APPLICATION_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage application settings**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param configureCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest
     */
    configureCommunicationChannelPreferences(configureCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest: ConfigureCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.2.0.cl or later   Configure security settings for your ThoughtSpot application instance. - Use `cluster_preferences` to update cluster-level security settings including CORS whitelisted URLs, CSP settings, SAML redirect URLs, partitioned cookies, and non-embed access configuration. - Use `org_preferences` to configure Org-specific security settings. If your instance has [Orgs](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/orgs-overview), this allows configuring CORS and non-embed access settings specific to the Org.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. Cluster-level SAML and script-src settings require `ADMINISTRATION` privilege. See [Security Settings](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/security-settings) for more details.
     * @param configureSecuritySettingsRequest
     */
    configureSecuritySettings(configureSecuritySettingsRequest: ConfigureSecuritySettingsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Gets connection configuration objects.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines * To get a list of all configurations available in the ThoughtSpot system, send the API request with only the connection name or GUID in the request body. * To fetch details of a configuration object, specify the configuration object name or GUID.
     * @param connectionConfigurationSearchRequest
     */
    connectionConfigurationSearch(connectionConfigurationSearchRequest: ConnectionConfigurationSearchRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Convert worksheets to models    Version: 10.6.0.cl or later   ## Prerequisites - **Privileges Required:**   - `DATAMANAGEMENT` (Can manage data) or `ADMINISTRATION` (Can administer ThoughtSpot). - **Additional Privileges (if RBAC is enabled):**   - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (Can manage data models).  ---  ## Usage Guidelines  ### Parameters  1. **worksheet_ids**      - **Description:** A comma-separated list of GUIDs (Globally Unique Identifiers) specifying the Worksheets to be converted.      - **Usage:**        - Used only when `convert_all` is set to `false`.        - Leave empty or omit when `convert_all` is set to `true`.  2. **exclude_worksheet_ids**      - **Description:** A comma-separated list of GUIDs specifying Worksheets to be excluded from conversion.      - **Usage:**        - Useful when `convert_all` is set to `true` and specific Worksheets should not be converted.  3. **convert_all**      - **Description:** Sets the scope of conversion.    - **Options:**        - `true`: Converts all Worksheets in the system, except those specified in `exclude_worksheet_ids`.        - `false`: Converts only the Worksheets listed in `worksheet_ids`.  4. **apply_changes**      - **Description:** Specifies whether to apply changes directly to ThoughtSpot or to generate a preview before applying any changes.Used for validation of conversion.    - **Options:**        - `true`: Applies conversion changes directly to ThoughtSpot.      - `false`: Generates only a preview of the changes and does not apply any changes to ThoughtSpot  ---  ## Best Practices  1. **Backup Before Conversion:**      Always export metadata as a backup before initiating the conversion process  2. **Partial Conversion for Testing:**      Test the conversion process by setting `convert_all` to `false` and specifying a small number of `worksheet_ids`.  3. **Verify Dependencies:**      Check for dependent objects, such as Tables and Connections, to avoid invalid references.  4. **Review Changes:**      Use `apply_changes: false` to preview the impact of the conversion before applying changes.  ---  ## Examples  ### Convert Specific Worksheets ```json {   \"worksheet_ids\": [\"guid1\", \"guid2\", \"guid3\"],   \"exclude_worksheet_ids\": [],   \"convert_all\": false,   \"apply_changes\": true } ```  ### Convert All Accessible Worksheets ```json {   \"worksheet_ids\": [],   \"exclude_worksheet_ids\": [],   \"convert_all\": true,   \"apply_changes\": true } ```  ### Exclude Specific Worksheets While Converting All Accessible Worksheets ```json {   \"worksheet_ids\": [],   \"exclude_worksheet_ids\": [\"abc\"],   \"convert_all\": true,   \"apply_changes\": true } ```
     * @param convertWorksheetToModelRequest
     */
    convertWorksheetToModel(convertWorksheetToModelRequest: ConvertWorksheetToModelRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Makes a copy of an Answer or Liveboard    Version: 10.3.0.cl or later   Creates a copy of a metadata object.  Requires at least view access to the metadata object being copied.  Upon successful execution, the API creates a copy of the metadata object specified in the API request and returns the ID of the new object.
     * @param copyObjectRequest
     */
    copyObject(copyObjectRequest: CopyObjectRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 26.2.0.cl or later   Creates a new Spotter agent conversation based on the provided context and settings. The endpoint was in Beta from 26.2.0.cl through 26.4.0.cl.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view access to the metadata object specified in the request.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include the `metadata_context` parameter to define the conversation context. The context type can be one of:  - `DATA_SOURCE` *(available from 26.5.0.cl)*: targets a specific data source. Provide `data_source_identifier` in `data_source_context` for a single data source, or `data_source_identifiers` for multi-data-source context. The deprecated `guid` field is accepted for backwards compatibility. - `AUTO_MODE` *(available from 26.5.0.cl)*: automatically discovers and selects the most relevant datasets for the user\'s queries.  > **Note for callers on versions 26.2.0.cl – 26.4.0.cl (Beta):** use the lowercase `data_source` enum value with the `guid` field instead of the above. Example: `{ \"type\": \"data_source\", \"data_source_context\": { \"guid\": \"<worksheet-id>\" } }`.  The `conversation_settings` parameter controls which Spotter capabilities are enabled for the conversation:  - `enable_contextual_change_analysis` (default: `true`, **deprecated from 26.2.0.cl**) — always enabled in Spotter 3; setting this to `false` has no effect on versions >= 26.2.0.cl - `enable_natural_language_answer_generation` (default: `true`, **deprecated from 26.2.0.cl**) — always enabled in Spotter 3; setting this to `false` has no effect on versions >= 26.2.0.cl - `enable_reasoning` (default: `true`, **deprecated from 26.2.0.cl**) — always enabled in Spotter 3; setting this to `false` has no effect on versions >= 26.2.0.cl - `enable_save_chat` (default: `false`, *available from 26.5.0.cl*) — enables saving the conversation for later retrieval via conversation history  If the request is successful, the response includes a unique `conversation_identifier` that must be passed to `sendAgentConversationMessage` or `sendAgentConversationMessageStreaming` to send messages within this conversation. The response also includes `conversation_id` with the same value for backwards compatibility; use `conversation_identifier` for new integrations.  #### Example request  ```json {   \"metadata_context\": {     \"type\": \"DATA_SOURCE\",     \"data_source_context\": {       \"data_source_identifier\": \"a1b2c3d4-e5f6-7890-abcd-ef1234567890\"     }   },   \"conversation_settings\": {} } ```  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                             | | ---- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                    | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view permission on the specified metadata object. |  > ###### Note: > > - This endpoint was in Beta from 26.2.0.cl through 26.4.0.cl and is Generally Available from version 26.5.0.cl. > - This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param createAgentConversationRequest
     */
    createAgentConversation(createAgentConversationRequest: CreateAgentConversationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Creates a new [custom calendar](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/connections-cust-cal).  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your ThoughtSpot instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR` (**Can manage custom calendars**) privilege is required.   #### Usage guidelines  You can create a custom calendar from scratch or an existing Table in ThoughtSpot. For both methods of calendar creation, the following parameters are required:  * Name of the custom calendar. * Calendar creation method. To create a calendar from an existing table, specify the method:   - `FROM_EXISTING_TABLE` - Creates calendar from the table reference provided in the API request.  - `FROM_INPUT_PARAMS` - Creates a calendar from the parameters defined in the API request.  * Connection ID and Table name * Database and schema name attributes:   For most Cloud Data Warehouse (CDW) connectors, both `database_name` and `schema_name` attributes are required.     However, the attribute requirements are conditional and vary based on the connector type and its metadata structure. For example, for connectors such as Teradata, MySQL, SingleSore, Amazon Aurora MySQL, Amazon RDS MySQL, Oracle, and GCP_MYSQL, the `schema_name` is required, whereas the `database_name` attribute is not.   Similarly, connectors such as ClickHouse require you to specify the `database_name` and the schema specification in such cases is optional.  **NOTE**: If you are creating a calendar from an existing table, ensure that the referenced table matches the required DDL for custom calendars. If the schema does not match, the API returns an error.  ##### Calendar type The API allows you to create the following types of calendars:  * `MONTH_OFFSET`. The default calendar type. A `MONTH_OFFSET` calendar is offset by a few months from the standard calendar months (January to December) and the year begins with the month defined in the request. For example, if the `month_offset` value is set as `April`, the calendar year begins in April.  * `4-4-5`. Each quarter in the calendar will include two 4-week months followed by one 5-week month. * `4-5-4`. Each quarter in the calendar will include two 4-week months with a 5-week month between. * `5-4-4`. Each quarter begins with a 5-week month, followed by two 4-week months.  To start and end the calendar on a specific date, specify the dates in the `MM/DD/YYYY` format. For `MONTH_OFFSET` calendars, ensure that the `start_date` matches the month specified in the `month_offset` attribute.  You can also set the starting day of the week and customize the prefixes for year and quarter labels.  #### Examples  To create a calendar from an existing table:  ``` {   \"name\": \"MyCustomCalendar1\",   \"table_reference\": {     \"connection_identifier\": \"4db8ea22-2ff4-4224-b05a-26674717e468\",     \"table_name\": \"MyCalendarTable\",     \"database_name\": \"RETAILAPPAREL\",     \"schema_name\": \"PUBLIC\"   },   \"creation_method\": \"FROM_EXISTING_TABLE\", } ```  To create a calendar from scratch:  ``` {   \"name\": \"MyCustomCalendar1\",   \"table_reference\": {     \"connection_identifier\": \"4db8ea22-2ff4-4224-b05a-26674717e468\",     \"table_name\": \"MyCalendarTable\",     \"database_name\": \"RETAILAPPAREL\",     \"schema_name\": \"PUBLIC\"   },   \"creation_method\": \"FROM_INPUT_PARAMS\",   \"calendar_type\": \"MONTH_OFFSET\",   \"month_offset\": \"April\",   \"start_day_of_week\": \"Monday\",   \"quarter_name_prefix\": \"Q\",   \"year_name_prefix\": \"FY\",   \"start_date\": \"04/01/2025\",   \"end_date\": \"04/31/2025\" } ```
     * @param createCalendarRequest
     */
    createCalendar(createCalendarRequest: CreateCalendarRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Creates a new collection in ThoughtSpot.  Collections allow you to organize and group related metadata objects such as Liveboards, Answers, worksheets, and other data objects. You can also create nested collections (sub-collections) to build a hierarchical structure.  #### Supported operations  The API endpoint lets you perform the following operations:  * Create a new collection * Add metadata objects (Liveboards, Answers, Logical Tables) to the collection * Create nested collections by adding sub-collections
     * @param createCollectionRequest
     */
    createCollection(createCollectionRequest: CreateCollectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Allows you to connect a ThoughtSpot instance to a Git repository.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance on your instance, the `CAN_SETUP_VERSION_CONTROL` (**Can set up version control**) privilege.  You can use this API endpoint to connect your ThoughtSpot development and production environments to the development and production branches of a Git repository.  Before using this endpoint to connect your ThoughtSpot instance to a Git repository, check the following prerequisites:  * You have a Git repository. If you are using GitHub, make sure you have a valid account and an access token to connect ThoughtSpot to GitHub. For information about generating a token, see [GitHub Documentation](https://docs.github.com/en/authentication/keeping-your-account-and-data-secure/managing-your-personal-access-tokens).  * Your access token has `repo` scope that grants full access to public and private repositories. * Your Git repository has a branch that can be configured as a default branch in ThoughtSpot.  For more information, see [Git integration documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/?pageid=git-integration).  **Note**: ThoughtSpot supports only GitHub / itHub Enterprise for CI/CD.
     * @param createConfigRequest
     */
    createConfig(createConfigRequest: CreateConfigRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Creates a connection to a data warehouse for live query services.    Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  #### Create a connection without tables  To create a connection without tables:  1. Pass these parameters in your API request.  * Name of the connection.  * Type of the data warehouse to connect to.  * A JSON map of configuration attributes in `data_warehouse_config`. The following example shows the configuration attributes for a SnowFlake connection:   ```   {      \"configuration\":{         \"accountName\":\"thoughtspot_partner\",         \"user\":\"tsadmin\",         \"password\":\"TestConn123\",         \"role\":\"sysadmin\",         \"warehouse\":\"MEDIUM_WH\"      },      \"authenticationType\": \"SERVICE_ACCOUNT\",      \"externalDatabases\":[       ]   }   ``` 2. Set `validate` to `false`.  **NOTE:** If the `authentication_type` is anything other than SERVICE_ACCOUNT, you must explicitly provide the authenticationType property in the payload. If you do not specify authenticationType, the API will default to SERVICE_ACCOUNT as the authentication type.  #### Create a connection with tables  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) and `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**) privilege is required.  To create a connection with tables:  1. Pass these parameters in your API request.  * Name of the connection.  * Type of the data warehouse to connect to.  * A JSON map of configuration attributes, database details, and table properties in `data_warehouse_config` as shown in the following example:   ```   {      \"configuration\":{         \"accountName\":\"thoughtspot_partner\",         \"user\":\"tsadmin\",         \"password\":\"TestConn123\",         \"role\":\"sysadmin\",         \"warehouse\":\"MEDIUM_WH\"      },      \"authenticationType\": \"SERVICE_ACCOUNT\",      \"externalDatabases\":[         {            \"name\":\"AllDatatypes\",            \"isAutoCreated\":false,            \"schemas\":[               {                  \"name\":\"alldatatypes\",                  \"tables\":[                     {                        \"name\":\"allDatatypes\",                        \"type\":\"TABLE\",                        \"description\":\"\",                        \"selected\":true,                        \"linked\":true,                        \"columns\":[                           {                              \"name\":\"CNUMBER\",                              \"type\":\"INT64\",                              \"canImport\":true,                              \"selected\":true,                              \"isLinkedActive\":true,                              \"isImported\":false,                              \"tableName\":\"allDatatypes\",                              \"schemaName\":\"alldatatypes\",                              \"dbName\":\"AllDatatypes\"                           },                           {                              \"name\":\"CDECIMAL\",                              \"type\":\"INT64\",                              \"canImport\":true,                              \"selected\":true,                              \"isLinkedActive\":true,                              \"isImported\":false,                              \"tableName\":\"allDatatypes\",                              \"schemaName\":\"alldatatypes\",                              \"dbName\":\"AllDatatypes\"                           }                        ]                     }                  ]               }            ]         }      ]   }   ``` 2. Set `validate` to `true`.  **NOTE:** If the `authentication_type` is anything other than SERVICE_ACCOUNT, you must explicitly provide the authenticationType property in the payload. If you do not specify authenticationType, the API will default to SERVICE_ACCOUNT as the authentication type.
     * @param createConnectionRequest
     */
    createConnection(createConnectionRequest: CreateConnectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Creates an additional configuration to an existing connection to a data warehouse.    Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines   * A JSON map of configuration attributes in `configuration`. The following example shows the configuration attributes:   ```    {      \"user\":\"DEV_USER\",      \"password\":\"TestConn123\",      \"role\":\"DEV\",      \"warehouse\":\"DEV_WH\"     }   ```  * If the `policy_type` is `PRINCIPALS`, then `policy_principals` is a required field. * If the `policy_type` is `PROCESSES`, then `policy_processes` is a required field. * If the `policy_type` is `NO_POLICY`, then `policy_principals` and `policy_processes` are not required fields.  #### Parameterized Connection Support For parameterized connections that use OAuth authentication, only the same_as_parent and policy_process_options  attributes are allowed in the API request. These attributes are not applicable to connections that are not parameterized.
     * @param createConnectionConfigurationRequest
     */
    createConnectionConfiguration(createConnectionConfigurationRequest: CreateConnectionConfigurationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Creates a new conversation session tied to a specific data model for AI-driven natural language querying.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view access to the metadata object specified in the request.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include: - `metadata_identifier`: the unique ID of the data source that provides context for the conversation  Optionally, you can provide: - `tokens`: a token string to set initial context for the conversation (e.g., `\"[sales],[item type],[state]\"`)  If the request is successful, ThoughtSpot returns a unique `conversation_identifier` that must be passed to `sendMessage` to continue the conversation.  #### Error responses  | Code | Description | |------|-------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid. | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view permission on the specified metadata object. |  > ###### Note: > * This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > * This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param createConversationRequest
     */
    createConversation(createConversationRequest: CreateConversationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.6.0.cl or later   Creates a custom action that appears as a menu action on a saved Answer or Liveboard visualization.  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**Has Developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  #### Usage Guidelines  The API lets you create the following types of custom actions:  * URL-based action        Allows pushing data to an external URL. * Callback action           Triggers a callback to the host application and initiates a response payload on an embedded ThoughtSpot instance.  By default, custom actions are visible to only administrator or developer users. To make a custom action available to other users, and specify the groups in `group_identifiers`.  By default, the custom action is set as a _global_ action on all visualizations and saved Answers. To assign a custom action to specific Liveboard visualization, saved Answer, or Worksheet, set `visibility` to `false` in `default_action_config` property and specify the GUID or name of the object in `associate_metadata`.  For more information, see [Custom actions](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/custom-action-intro).
     * @param createCustomActionRequest
     */
    createCustomAction(createCustomActionRequest: CreateCustomActionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.10.0.cl or later   Creates a customization configuration for the notification email.  #### Pre-requisites  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**has developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**:This endpoint in currently in beta. Contact ThoughtSpot support to enable this on your instance.  #### Usage guidelines  To create a custom configuration pass these parameters in your API request:  - A JSON map of configuration attributes `template_properties`. The following example shows a sample set of customization configuration:  ``` {   {       \"cta_button_bg_color\": \"#444DEA\",       \"cta_text_font_color\": \"#FFFFFF\",       \"primary_bg_color\": \"#D3DEF0\",       \"logo_url\": \"https://storage.pardot.com/710713/1642089901EbkRibJq/TS_fullworkmark_darkmode.png\",      \"font_family\": \"\",       \"product_name\": \"ThoughtSpot\",       \"footer_address\": \"444 Castro St, Suite 1000 Mountain View, CA 94041\",    \"footer_phone\": \"(800) 508-7008\",       \"replacement_value_for_liveboard\": \"Dashboard\",       \"replacement_value_for_answer\": \"Chart\",       \"replacement_value_for_spot_iq\": \"AI Insights\",       \"hide_footer_phone\": false,       \"hide_footer_address\": false,       \"hide_product_name\": false,       \"hide_manage_notification\": false,       \"hide_mobile_app_nudge\": false,       \"hide_privacy_policy\": false,       \"hide_ts_vocabulary_definitions\": false,       \"hide_error_message\": false,       \"hide_unsubscribe_link\": false,       \"hide_notification_status\": false,       \"hide_modify_alert\": false,       \"company_website_url\": \"https://your-website.com/\",       \"company_privacy_policy_url\" : \"https://link-to-privacy-policy.com/\",       \"contact_support_url\": \"https://link-to-contact-support.com/\",       \"hide_contact_support_url\": false,    \"hide_logo_url\" : false   } } ```
     * @param createEmailCustomizationRequest
     */
    createEmailCustomization(createEmailCustomizationRequest: CreateEmailCustomizationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Creates an Org object.  To use this API, the [Orgs](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/orgs-overview) feature must be enabled in your cluster.  Requires cluster administration (**Can administer Org**) privileges. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `ORG_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage Orgs**) privilege is required.
     * @param createOrgRequest
     */
    createOrg(createOrgRequest: CreateOrgRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.5.0.cl or later   Creates a Role object in ThoughtSpot.  Available only if [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance. To create a Role, the `ROLE_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage roles**) privilege is required.
     * @param createRoleRequest
     */
    createRole(createRoleRequest: CreateRoleRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Create schedule.    Version: 9.4.0.cl or later   Creates a Liveboard schedule job.  Requires at least edit access to Liveboards. To create a schedule on behalf of another user, you need  `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer Org**) or `JOBSCHEDULING` (**Can schedule for others**) privilege and edit access to the Liveboard. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `JOBSCHEDULING` (**Can schedule for others**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines  * The description text is mandatory.  The description text appears as **Description: <your content>** in the Liveboard schedule email notifications. * For Liveboards with both charts and tables, schedule creation is only supported in PDF and XLS formats. Schedules created in CSV formats for such Liveboards will fail to run. If `PDF` is set as the `file_format`, enable `pdf_options` to get the correct attachment. Not doing so may cause the attachment to be rendered empty. * To include only specific visualizations, specify the visualization GUIDs in the `visualization_identifiers` array. * You can schedule a Liveboard job to run periodically by setting frequency parameters. You can set the schedule to run daily, weekly, monthly or every n minutes or hours. The scheduled job can also be configured to run at a specific time of the day or on specific days of the week or month. Please ensure that when setting the schedule frequency for _minute of the object_, only values that are multiples of 5 are included. * If the `frequency` parameters are defined, you can set the time zone to a value that matches your server\'s time zone. For example, `US/Central`, `Etc/UTC`, `CET`. The default time zone is `America/Los_Angeles`.  For more information about Liveboard jobs, see [ThoughtSpot Product Documentation](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/liveboard-schedule).
     * @param createScheduleRequest
     */
    createSchedule(createScheduleRequest: CreateScheduleRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Creates a tag object.  Tags are labels that identify a metadata object. For example, you can create a tag to designate subject areas, such as sales, HR, marketing, and finance.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `TAGMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage tags**) privilege is required to create, edit, and delete tags.
     * @param createTagRequest
     */
    createTag(createTagRequest: CreateTagRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Creates a user in ThoughtSpot.  The API endpoint allows you to configure several user properties such as email address, account status, share notification preferences, and sharing visibility. You can provision the user to [groups](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/groups-privileges) and [Orgs](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/orgs-overview). You can also add Liveboard, Answer, and Worksheet objects to the user’s favorites list, assign a default Liveboard for the user, and set user preferences.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param createUserRequest
     */
    createUser(createUserRequest: CreateUserRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Creates a group object in ThoughtSpot.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `GROUP_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage groups**) privilege is required.  #### About groups Groups in ThoughtSpot are used by the administrators to define privileges and organize users based on their roles and access requirements. To know more about groups and privileges, see [ThoughtSpot Product Documentation](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/groups-privileges).  #### Supported operations  The API endpoint lets you perform the following operations:  * Assign privileges * Add users * Define sharing visibility * Add sub-groups * Assign a default Liveboard
     * @param createUserGroupRequest
     */
    createUserGroup(createUserGroupRequest: CreateUserGroupRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Create a variable which can be used for parameterizing metadata objects   Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Allows creating a variable which can be used for parameterizing metadata objects in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role and TENANT scope. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint supports the following types of variables: * CONNECTION_PROPERTY - For connection properties * TABLE_MAPPING - For table mappings * CONNECTION_PROPERTY_PER_PRINCIPAL - For connection properties per principal. In order to use this please contact support to enable this. * FORMULA_VARIABLE - For Formula variables, introduced in 10.15.0.cl  When creating a variable, you need to specify: * The variable type * A unique name for the variable * Whether the variable contains sensitive values (defaults to false) * The data type of the variable, only specify for formula variables (defaults to null)  The operation will fail if: * The user lacks required permissions * The variable name already exists * The variable type is invalid
     * @param createVariableRequest
     */
    createVariable(createVariableRequest: CreateVariableRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Creates a new webhook configuration to receive notifications for specified events. The webhook will be triggered when the configured events occur in the system.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS` (**Can manage webhooks**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param createWebhookConfigurationRequest
     */
    createWebhookConfiguration(createWebhookConfigurationRequest: CreateWebhookConfigurationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Creates a DBT connection object in ThoughtSpot.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  #### About create DBT connection DBT connection in ThoughtSpot is used by the user to define DBT credentials for cloud . The API needs  embrace connection, embrace database name, DBT url, import type, DBT account identifier, DBT project identifier, DBT access token and environment details (or) embrace connection, embrace database name, import type, file_content to create a connection object. To know more about DBT, see ThoughtSpot Product Documentation.
     * @param connectionName Name of the connection.
     * @param databaseName Name of the Database.
     * @param importType Mention type of Import
     * @param accessToken Access token is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD.
     * @param dbtUrl DBT URL is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD.
     * @param accountId Account ID is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD
     * @param projectId Project ID is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD
     * @param dbtEnvId DBT Environment ID\\\&quot;
     * @param projectName Name of the project
     * @param fileContent Upload DBT Manifest and Catalog artifact files as a ZIP file. This field is Mandatory when Import Type is \\\&#39;ZIP_FILE\\\&#39;
     */
    dbtConnection(connectionName: string, databaseName: string, importType?: string, accessToken?: string, dbtUrl?: string, accountId?: string, projectId?: string, dbtEnvId?: string, projectName?: string, fileContent?: HttpFile, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Resynchronize the existing list of models, tables, worksheet tml’s and import them to Thoughtspot based on the DBT connection object.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege, along with an existing DBT connection. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)
     * @param dbtConnectionIdentifier Unique ID of the DBT connection.
     * @param fileContent Upload DBT Manifest and Catalog artifact files as a ZIP file. This field is mandatory if the connection was created with import_type ‘ZIP_FILE’
     */
    dbtGenerateSyncTml(dbtConnectionIdentifier: string, fileContent?: HttpFile, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Generate required table and worksheet and import them.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege, along with an existing DBT connection. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  #### About generate TML Models and Worksheets to be imported can be selected by the user as part of the API.
     * @param dbtConnectionIdentifier Unique ID of the DBT connection.
     * @param modelTables List of Models and their respective Tables Example: \\\&#39;[{\\\&quot;model_name\\\&quot;: \\\&quot;model_name\\\&quot;, \\\&quot;tables\\\&quot;: [\\\&quot;table_name\\\&quot;]}]\\\&#39;
     * @param importWorksheets Mention the worksheet tmls to import
     * @param worksheets List of worksheets is mandatory when import_Worksheets is type SELECTED Example: [\\\&quot;worksheet_name\\\&quot;]
     * @param fileContent Upload DBT Manifest and Catalog artifact files as a ZIP file. This field is mandatory if the connection was created with import_type ‘ZIP_FILE’
     */
    dbtGenerateTml(dbtConnectionIdentifier: string, modelTables: string, importWorksheets: string, worksheets?: string, fileContent?: HttpFile, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Gets a list of DBT connection objects by user and organization, available on the ThoughtSpot system.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  #### About search DBT connection To get details of a specific DBT connection identifier, database connection identifier, database connection name, database name, project name, project identifier, environment identifier , import type and author.
     */
    dbtSearch(_options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.7.0.cl or later   Deactivates a user account.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer Thoughtspot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.  To deactivate a user account, the API request body must include the following information:  - Username or the GUID of the user account - Base URL of the ThoughtSpot instance  If the API request is successful, ThoughtSpot returns the activation URL in the response. The activation URL is valid for 14 days and can be used to re-activate the account and reset the password of the deactivated account.
     * @param deactivateUserRequest
     */
    deactivateUser(deactivateUserRequest: DeactivateUserRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Deletes a [custom calendar](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/connections-cust-cal).  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your ThoughtSpot instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR` (**Can manage custom calendars**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines To delete a custom calendar, specify the calendar ID as a path parameter in the request URL.
     * @param calendarIdentifier Unique ID or name of the Calendar.
     */
    deleteCalendar(calendarIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Deletes one or more collections from ThoughtSpot.  #### Delete options  * **delete_children**: When set to `true`, deletes the child objects (metadata items) within the collection that the user has access to. Objects that the user does not have permission to delete will be skipped. * **dry_run**: When set to `true`, performs a preview of the deletion operation without actually deleting anything. The response shows what would be deleted, allowing you to review before committing the deletion.  #### Response  The response includes: * **metadata_deleted**: List of metadata objects that were successfully deleted * **metadata_skipped**: List of metadata objects that were skipped due to lack of permissions or other constraints
     * @param deleteCollectionRequest
     */
    deleteCollection(deleteCollectionRequest: DeleteCollectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Deletes Git repository configuration from your ThoughtSpot instance.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance on your instance, the `CAN_SETUP_VERSION_CONTROL` (**Can set up version control**) privilege.
     * @param deleteConfigRequest
     */
    deleteConfig(deleteConfigRequest: DeleteConfigRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later    **Important**: This endpoint is deprecated and will be removed from ThoughtSpot in September 2025. ThoughtSpot strongly recommends using the [Delete Connection V2](#/http/api-endpoints/connections/delete-connection-v2) endpoint to delete your connection objects.    #### Usage guidelines  Deletes a connection object.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  **Note**: If a connection has dependent objects, make sure you remove its associations before the delete operation.
     * @param deleteConnectionRequest
     */
    deleteConnection(deleteConnectionRequest: DeleteConnectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Deletes connection configuration objects.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.
     * @param deleteConnectionConfigurationRequest
     */
    deleteConnectionConfiguration(deleteConnectionConfigurationRequest: DeleteConnectionConfigurationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Deletes a connection object.  **Note**: If a connection has dependent objects, make sure you remove its associations before the delete operation.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.
     * @param connectionIdentifier Unique ID or name of the connection.
     */
    deleteConnectionV2(connectionIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.6.0.cl or later   Removes the custom action specified in the API request.  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**Has Developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.
     * @param customActionIdentifier Unique ID or name of the custom action.
     */
    deleteCustomAction(customActionIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Removes the specified DBT connection object from the ThoughtSpot system.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)
     * @param dbtConnectionIdentifier Unique ID of the DBT Connection.
     */
    deleteDbtConnection(dbtConnectionIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.10.0.cl or later   Deletes the configuration for the email customization.  #### Pre-requisites  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**has developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**:This endpoint in currently in beta. Contact ThoughtSpot support to enable this on your instance.  #### Usage guidelines  - Call the search API endpoint to get the `template_identifier` from the response. - Use that `template_identifier` as a parameter in this API request.
     * @param templateIdentifier Unique ID or name of the email customization.
     */
    deleteEmailCustomization(templateIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Removes the specified metadata object from the ThoughtSpot system.  Requires edit access to the metadata object.
     * @param deleteMetadataRequest
     */
    deleteMetadata(deleteMetadataRequest: DeleteMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Deletes an Org object from the ThoughtSpot system.  Requires cluster administration (**Can administer Org**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `ORG_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage Orgs**) privilege is required.  When you delete an Org, all its users and objects created in that Org context are removed. However, if the users in the deleted Org also exists in other Orgs, they are removed only from the deleted Org.
     * @param orgIdentifier ID or name of the Org
     */
    deleteOrg(orgIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Deletes the configuration for the email customization.  #### Pre-requisites  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**has developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**:This endpoint in currently in beta. Contact ThoughtSpot support to enable this on your instance.  #### Usage guidelines  - Call the search API endpoint to get the `org_identifier` from the response. - Use that `org_identifier` as a parameter in this API request.
     * @param deleteOrgEmailCustomizationRequest
     */
    deleteOrgEmailCustomization(deleteOrgEmailCustomizationRequest: DeleteOrgEmailCustomizationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.5.0.cl or later   Deletes a Role object from the ThoughtSpot system.  Available only if [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance. To delete a Role, the `ROLE_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage roles**) privilege is required.
     * @param roleIdentifier Unique ID or name of the Role. ReadOnly roles cannot be deleted.
     */
    deleteRole(roleIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Deletes a scheduled job.    Version: 9.4.0.cl or later   Deletes a scheduled Liveboard job.  Requires at least edit access to Liveboard or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer Org**) privilege.    If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `JOBSCHEDULING` (**Can schedule for others**) privilege is required.
     * @param scheduleIdentifier Unique ID or name of the scheduled job.
     */
    deleteSchedule(scheduleIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Deletes a tag object from the ThoughtSpot system  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `TAGMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage tags**) privilege is required to create, edit, and delete tags.
     * @param tagIdentifier Tag identifier Tag name or Tag id.
     */
    deleteTag(tagIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Deletes a user from the ThoughtSpot system.  If you want to remove a user from a specific Org but not from ThoughtSpot, update the group and Org mapping properties of the user object via a POST API call to the [/api/rest/2.0/users/{user_identifier}/update](#/http/api-endpoints/users/update-user) endpoint.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param userIdentifier GUID / name of the user
     */
    deleteUser(userIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Removes the specified group object from the ThoughtSpot system.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `GROUP_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage groups**) privilege is required.
     * @param groupIdentifier GUID or name of the group.
     */
    deleteUserGroup(groupIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Delete a variable   Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   **Note:** This API endpoint is deprecated and will be removed from ThoughtSpot in a future release. Use [POST /api/rest/2.0/template/variables/delete](/api/rest/2.0/template/variables/delete) instead.  Allows deleting a variable from ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role and TENANT scope. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint requires: * The variable identifier (ID or name)  The operation will fail if: * The user lacks required permissions * The variable doesn\'t exist * The variable is being used by other objects
     * @param identifier Unique id or name of the variable
     */
    deleteVariable(identifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Delete variable(s)   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Allows deleting multiple variables from ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role and TENANT scope. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint requires: * The variable identifiers (IDs or names)  The operation will fail if: * The user lacks required permissions * Any of the variables don\'t exist * Any of the variables are being used by other objects
     * @param deleteVariablesRequest
     */
    deleteVariables(deleteVariablesRequest: DeleteVariablesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Deletes one or more webhook configurations by their unique id or name. Returns status of each deletion operation, including successfully deleted webhooks and any failures with error details.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS` (**Can manage webhooks**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param deleteWebhookConfigurationsRequest
     */
    deleteWebhookConfigurations(deleteWebhookConfigurationsRequest: DeleteWebhookConfigurationsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Allows you to deploy a commit and publish TML content to your ThoughtSpot instance.  Requires at least edit access to the objects used in the deploy operation.  The API deploys the head of the branch unless a `commit_id` is specified in the API request. If the branch name is not defined in the request, the default branch is considered for deploying commits.  For more information, see [Git integration documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/git-integration).
     * @param deployCommitRequest
     */
    deployCommit(deployCommitRequest: DeployCommitRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Exports the difference in connection metadata between CDW and ThoughtSpot  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required:   - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  To download the connection metadata difference between ThoughtSpot and CDW, pass the connection GUID as `connection_identifier` in the API request.
     * @param connectionIdentifier GUID of the connection
     */
    downloadConnectionMetadataChanges(connectionIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Exports an Answer in the given file format. You can download the Answer data as a PDF, PNG, CSV, or XLSX file.  Requires at least view access to the Answer.  #### Usage guidelines  In the request body, the GUID or name of the Answer and set `file_format`. The default file format is CSV.  **NOTE**: * The downloadable file returned in API response file is extensionless. Please rename the downloaded file by typing in the relevant extension. * HTML rendering is not supported for PDF exports of Answers with tables.  Optionally, you can define [runtime overrides](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_runtime_overrides) to apply to the Answer data.
     * @param exportAnswerReportRequest
     */
    exportAnswerReport(exportAnswerReportRequest: ExportAnswerReportRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Exports a Liveboard and its visualizations in PDF, PNG, CSV, or XLSX file format. The default `file_format` is CSV.  Requires at least view access to the Liveboard.  #### Usage guidelines  In the request body, specify the GUID or name of the Liveboard. To generate a Liveboard report with specific visualizations, add GUIDs or names of the visualizations.  **NOTE**:   * The downloadable file returned in API response file is extensionless. Please rename the downloaded file by typing in the relevant extension.  * Optionally, you can define [runtime overrides](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_runtime_overrides) to apply to the Answer data.  * To include unsaved changes in the report, pass the `transient_pinboard_content` script generated from the `getExportRequestForCurrentPinboard` method in the Visual Embed SDK. Upon successful execution, the API returns the report with unsaved changes, including ad hoc changes to visualizations. For more information, see [Liveboard Report API](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_liveboard_report_api).   * Starting with ThoughtSpot Cloud 10.9.0.cl release, the Liveboard can be exported in the PNG format in the resolution of your choice. To enable this on your instance, contact ThoughtSpot support. When this feature is enabled, the options `include_cover_page`,`include_filter_page` within the `png_options` will not be available for PNG exports.  * Starting with the ThoughtSpot Cloud 26.2.0.cl release,    * Liveboards can be exported in CSV format.      * All visualizations within a Liveboard can be exported as individual CSV files.      * When exporting multiple visualizations or the entire Liveboard, the system returns the report as a compressed ZIP file containing the separate CSV files for each visualization.    * Liveboards can also be exported in XLSX format.      * All selected visualizations are consolidated into a single Excel workbook (.xlsx), with each visualization placed in its own worksheet (tab).      * XLSX exports are limited to a maximum of 255 worksheets (tabs) per workbook.
     * @param exportLiveboardReportRequest
     */
    exportLiveboardReport(exportLiveboardReportRequest: ExportLiveboardReportRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Exports the [TML](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/tml) representation of metadata objects in JSON or YAML format.  Requires `DATADOWNLOADING` (**Can download Data**) and at least view access to the metadata object.  #### Usage guidelines  * You can export one or several objects by passing metadata object GUIDs in the `metadata` array. * When exporting TML content for a Liveboard or Answer object, you can set `export_associated` to `true` to retrieve TML content for underlying Worksheets, Tables, or Views, including the GUID of each object within the headers. When   `export_associated` is set to `true`, consider retrieving one metadata object at a time. * Set `export_fqns` to `true` to add FQNs of the referenced objects in the TML content. For example, if you send an API request to retrieve TML for a Liveboard and its associated objects, the API returns the TML content with FQNs of the referenced Worksheet. Exporting TML with FQNs is useful if ThoughtSpot has multiple objects with the same name and you want to eliminate ambiguity when importing TML files into ThoughtSpot. It eliminates the need for adding FQNs of the referenced objects manually during the import operation. * To export only the TML of feedbacks associated with an object, set the GUID of the object as `identifier`, and set the `type` as `FEEDBACK` in the `metadata` array. * To export the TML of an object along with the feedbacks associated with it, set the GUID of the object as `identifier`, set the `type` as `LOGIAL_TABLE` in the `metadata` array, and set `export_with_associated_feedbacks` in `export_options` to true.  For more information, see [TML Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/tml#_export_a_tml).  For more information on feedbacks, see [Feedback Documentation](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/sage-feedback).
     * @param exportMetadataTMLRequest
     */
    exportMetadataTML(exportMetadataTMLRequest: ExportMetadataTMLRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.1.0.cl or later   Exports the [TML](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/tml) representation of metadata objects in JSON or YAML format.  ### **Permissions Required**  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and `USERMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage users**) privileges.  #### **Usage Guidelines**  This API is only applicable for `USER`, `GROUP`, and `ROLES` metadata types.  - `batch_offset` Indicates the starting position within the complete dataset from which the API should begin returning objects. Useful for paginating results efficiently. - `batch_size` Specifies the number of objects or items to retrieve in a single request. Helps control response size for better performance. - `edoc_format` Defines the format of the TML content. The exported metadata can be in JSON or YAML format. - `export_dependent` Specifies whether to include dependent metadata objects in the export. Ensures related objects are also retrieved if needed. - `all_orgs_override` Indicates whether the export operation applies across all organizations. Useful for multi-tenant environments where cross-org exports are required.
     * @param exportMetadataTMLBatchedRequest
     */
    exportMetadataTMLBatched(exportMetadataTMLBatchedRequest: ExportMetadataTMLBatchedRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Fetches data from a saved Answer.  Requires at least view access to the saved Answer.  The `record_size` attribute determines the number of records to retrieve in an API call. For more information about pagination, record size, and maximum row limit, see [Pagination and record size settings](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_pagination_settings_for_data_and_report_apis).
     * @param fetchAnswerDataRequest
     */
    fetchAnswerData(fetchAnswerDataRequest: FetchAnswerDataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Fetches the underlying SQL query data for an Answer object.  Requires at least view access to the Answer object.  Upon successful execution, the API returns the SQL queries for the specified object as shown in this example: ``` {    \"metadata_id\":\"8fbe44a8-46ad-4b16-8d39-184b2fada490\",    \"metadata_name\":\"Total sales\",    \"metadata_type\":\"ANSWER\",    \"sql_queries\":[       {          \"metadata_id\":\"8fbe44a8-46ad-4b16-8d39-184b2fada490\",          \"metadata_name\":\"Total sales -test\",          \"sql_query\":\"SELECT \\n  \\\"ta_1\\\".\\\"REGION\\\" \\\"ca_1\\\", \\n  \\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"PRODUCTNAME\\\" \\\"ca_2\\\", \\n  \\\"ta_1\\\".\\\"STORENAME\\\" \\\"ca_3\\\", \\n  CASE\\n    WHEN sum(\\\"ta_3\\\".\\\"SALES\\\") IS NOT NULL THEN sum(\\\"ta_3\\\".\\\"SALES\\\")\\n    ELSE 0\\n  END \\\"ca_4\\\", \\n  CASE\\n    WHEN sum(\\\"ta_3\\\".\\\"QUANTITYPURCHASED\\\") IS NOT NULL THEN sum(\\\"ta_3\\\".\\\"QUANTITYPURCHASED\\\")\\n    ELSE 0\\n  END \\\"ca_5\\\"\\nFROM \\\"RETAILAPPAREL\\\".\\\"PUBLIC\\\".\\\"FACT_RETAPP_SALES\\\" \\\"ta_3\\\"\\n  JOIN \\\"RETAILAPPAREL\\\".\\\"PUBLIC\\\".\\\"DIM_RETAPP_STORES\\\" \\\"ta_1\\\"\\n    ON \\\"ta_3\\\".\\\"STOREID\\\" = \\\"ta_1\\\".\\\"STOREID\\\"\\n  JOIN \\\"RETAILAPPAREL\\\".\\\"PUBLIC\\\".\\\"DIM_RETAPP_PRODUCTS\\\" \\\"ta_2\\\"\\n    ON \\\"ta_3\\\".\\\"PRODUCTID\\\" = \\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"PRODUCTID\\\"\\nGROUP BY \\n  \\\"ca_1\\\", \\n  \\\"ca_2\\\", \\n  \\\"ca_3\\\"\\n\"       }    ] } ```
     * @param fetchAnswerSqlQueryRequest
     */
    fetchAnswerSqlQuery(fetchAnswerSqlQueryRequest: FetchAnswerSqlQueryRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Gets information about the status of the TML async import task scheduled using the `/api/rest/2.0/metadata/tml/async/import` API call.  To fetch the task details, specify the ID of the TML async import task.    Requires access to the task ID. The API allows users who initiated the asynchronous TML import via `/api/rest/2.0/metadata/tml/async/import` to view the status of their tasks.  Users with administration privilege can view the status of all import tasks initiated by the users in their Org.  #### Usage guidelines  See [TML API Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/tml#_fetch_status_of_the_tml_import_task) for usage guidelines.
     * @param fetchAsyncImportTaskStatusRequest
     */
    fetchAsyncImportTaskStatus(fetchAsyncImportTaskStatusRequest: FetchAsyncImportTaskStatusRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Fetches column security rules for specified tables.  This API endpoint retrieves column-level security rules configured for tables. It returns information about which columns are secured and which groups have access to those columns.  #### Usage guidelines  - Provide an array of table identifiers using either `identifier` (GUID or name) or `obj_identifier` (object ID) - At least one of `identifier` or `obj_identifier` must be provided for each table - The API returns column security rules for all specified tables - Users must have appropriate permissions to access security rules for the specified tables  #### Required permissions  - `ADMINISTRATION` - Can administer ThoughtSpot - `DATAMANAGEMENT` - Can manage data - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` - Can manage worksheet views and tables  #### Example request  ```json {   \"tables\": [     {       \"identifier\": \"table-guid\",       \"obj_identifier\": \"table-object-id\"     }   ] } ```  #### Response format  The API returns an array of `ColumnSecurityRuleResponse` objects wrapped in a `data` field. Each `ColumnSecurityRuleResponse` object contains: - Table information (GUID and object ID)   - Array of column security rules with column details, group access, and source table information  #### Example response  ```json {   \"data\": [     {       \"guid\": \"table-guid\",       \"objId\": \"table-object-id\",       \"columnSecurityRules\": [         {           \"column\": {             \"id\": \"col_123\",             \"name\": \"Salary\"           },           \"groups\": [             {               \"id\": \"group_1\",               \"name\": \"HR Department\"             }           ],           \"sourceTableDetails\": {             \"id\": \"source-table-guid\",             \"name\": \"Employee_Data\"           }         }       ]     }   ] } ```
     * @param fetchColumnSecurityRulesRequest
     */
    fetchColumnSecurityRules(fetchColumnSecurityRulesRequest: FetchColumnSecurityRulesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Validates the difference in connection metadata between CDW and ThoughtSpot.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  Returns a boolean indicating whether there is any difference between the connection metadata at ThoughtSpot and CDW.  To get the connection metadata difference status, pass the connection GUID as `connection_identifier` in the API request.
     * @param connectionIdentifier GUID of the connection
     */
    fetchConnectionDiffStatus(connectionIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets data from a Liveboard object and its visualization.    Requires at least view access to the Liveboard.  #### Usage guidelines  In the request body, specify the GUID or name of the Liveboard. To get data for specific visualizations, add the GUIDs or names of the visualizations in the API request.  To include unsaved changes in the report, pass the `transient_pinboard_content` script generated from the `getExportRequestForCurrentPinboard` method in the Visual Embed SDK. Upon successful execution, the API returns the report with unsaved changes. If the new Liveboard experience mode, the transient content includes ad hoc changes to visualizations such as sorting, toggling of legends, and data drill down.  For more information, and see [Liveboard data API](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_fetch_liveboard_data_api).
     * @param fetchLiveboardDataRequest
     */
    fetchLiveboardData(fetchLiveboardDataRequest: FetchLiveboardDataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Fetches the underlying SQL query data for a Liveboard object and its visualizations.  Requires at least view access to the Liveboard object.  To get SQL query data for a Liveboard, specify the GUID of the Liveboard. Optionally, you can add an array of visualization GUIDs to retrieve the SQL query data for visualizations in the Liveboard.  Upon successful execution, the API returns the SQL queries for the specified object as shown in this example: ``` {   \"metadata_id\": \"fa68ae91-7588-4136-bacd-d71fb12dda69\",   \"metadata_name\": \"Total Sales\",   \"metadata_type\": \"LIVEBOARD\",   \"sql_queries\": [     {       \"metadata_id\": \"b3b6d2b9-089a-490c-8e16-b144650b7843\",       \"metadata_name\": \"Total quantity purchased, Total sales by region\",       \"sql_query\": \"SELECT \\n  \\\"ta_1\\\".\\\"REGION\\\" \\\"ca_1\\\", \\n  CASE\\n    WHEN sum(\\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"QUANTITYPURCHASED\\\") IS NOT NULL THEN sum(\\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"QUANTITYPURCHASED\\\")\\n    ELSE 0\\n  END \\\"ca_2\\\", \\n  CASE\\n    WHEN sum(\\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"SALES\\\") IS NOT NULL THEN sum(\\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"SALES\\\")\\n    ELSE 0\\n  END \\\"ca_3\\\"\\nFROM \\\"RETAILAPPAREL\\\".\\\"PUBLIC\\\".\\\"FACT_RETAPP_SALES\\\" \\\"ta_2\\\"\\n  JOIN \\\"RETAILAPPAREL\\\".\\\"PUBLIC\\\".\\\"DIM_RETAPP_STORES\\\" \\\"ta_1\\\"\\n    ON \\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"STOREID\\\" = \\\"ta_1\\\".\\\"STOREID\\\"\\nGROUP BY \\\"ca_1\\\"\"     }   ] } ```
     * @param fetchLiveboardSqlQueryRequest
     */
    fetchLiveboardSqlQuery(fetchLiveboardSqlQueryRequest: FetchLiveboardSqlQueryRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Fetches security audit logs.    Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the [Admin Control](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac#_admin_control) privileges are required.   #### Usage guidelines  By default, the API retrieves logs for the last 24 hours. You can set a custom duration in EPOCH time. Make sure the log duration specified in your API request doesn’t exceed 24 hours. If you must fetch logs for a longer time range, modify the duration and make multiple sequential API requests.  Upon successful execution, the API returns logs with the following information: * timestamp of the event * event ID * event type * name and GUID of the user * IP address of ThoughtSpot instance  For more information see [Audit logs Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/audit-logs).
     * @param fetchLogsRequest
     */
    fetchLogs(fetchLogsRequest: FetchLogsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.3.0.cl or later   This API fetches the object privileges present for the given list of principals (user or group), on the given set of objects. It supports pagination, which can be enabled and configured using the request parameters. It provides users access to certain features based on privilege based access control.  #### Usage guidelines  - Specify the `type` (`USER` or `USER_GROUP`) and `identifier` (either GUID or name) of the principals for which you want to retrieve object privilege information in the `principals` array. - Specify the `type`  (`LOGICAL_TABLE`)  and `identifier` (either GUID or name) of the metadata objects for which you want to retrieve object privilege information in the `metadata` array. Only `LOGICAL_TABLE` metadata type is supported for now. It may be extended for other metadata types in future. - To control the offset from where principals have to be fetched, use `record_offset`. When `record_offset` is 0, information is fetched from the beginning. - To control the number of principals to be fetched, use `record_size`. Default `record_size` is 20. - Ensure `record_offset` for a subsequent request is one more than the value of `record_size` of the previous request. - Ensure using correct Authorization Bearer Token corresponding to specific user & org.   #### Example request  ```json {   \"principals\": [     {       \"type\": \"type-1\",       \"identifier\": \"principal-guid-or-name-1\"     },     {       \"type\": \"type-2\",       \"identifier\": \"principal-guid-or-name-2\"     }   ],   \"metadata\": [     {       \"type\": \"metadata-type-1\",       \"identifier\": \"metadata-guid-or-name-1\"     },     {       \"type\": \"metadata-type-2\",       \"identifier\": \"metadata-guid-or-name-2\"     }   ],   \"record_offset\": 0,   \"record_size\": 20 } ```   #### Response format  The API returns an array of `metadata_object_privileges` objects wrapped in JSON. Each `metadata_object_privileges` object contains: - Metadata information (GUID, name and type) - Array of `principal_object_privilege_info`. - Each `principal_object_privilege_info` contains:   - Principal type. All principals of this type are listed as described below.   - Array of `principal_object_privileges`.   - Each `principal_object_privileges` contains:     - Principal information (GUID, name, subtype)     - List of applied object level privileges.  #### Example response  ```json {     \"metadata_object_privileges\": [       {         \"metadata_id\": \"metadata-guid-1\",         \"metadata_name\": \"metadata-name-1\",         \"metadata_type\": \"metadata-type-1\",         \"principal_object_privilege_info\": [           {             \"principal_type\": \"principal-type-1\",             \"principal_object_privileges\": [               {                 \"principal_id\": \"principal-guid-1\",                 \"principal_name\": \"principal-name-1\",                 \"principal_sub_type\": \"principal-sub-type-1\",                 \"object_privileges\": \"[object-privilege-1, object-privilege-2]\"               },               {                 \"principal_id\": \"principal-guid-2\",                 \"principal_name\": \"principal-name-2\",                 \"principal_sub_type\": \"principal-sub-type-2\",                 \"object_privileges\": \"[object-privilege-1, object-privilege-2]\"               }             ]           },           {             \"principal_type\": \"principal-type-2\",             \"principal_object_privileges\": [               {                 \"principal_id\": \"principal-guid-3\",                 \"principal_name\": \"principal-guid-4\",                 \"principal_sub_type\": \"principal-sub-type-4\",                 \"object_privileges\": \"[object-privilege-1]\"               }             ]           }         ]       },       {         \"metadata_id\": \"metadata-guid-2\",         \"metadata_name\": \"metadata-name-2\",         \"metadata_type\": \"metadata-type-2\",         \"principal_object_privilege_info\": [           {             \"principal_type\": \"principal-type-1\",             \"principal_object_privileges\": [               {                 \"principal_id\": \"principal-guid-1\",                 \"principal_name\": \"principal-name-1\",                 \"principal_sub_type\": \"principal-sub-type-1\",                 \"object_privileges\": \"[object-privilege-3, object-privilege-4]\"               },               {                 \"principal_id\": \"principal-guid-2\",                 \"principal_name\": \"principal-name-2\",                 \"principal_sub_type\": \"principal-sub-type-2\",                 \"object_privileges\": \"[object-privilege-4]\"               }             ]           }         ]       }     ] } ```
     * @param fetchObjectPrivilegesRequest
     */
    fetchObjectPrivileges(fetchObjectPrivilegesRequest: FetchObjectPrivilegesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Fetches object permission details for a given principal object such as a user and group.  Requires view access to the metadata object.   #### Usage guidelines  * To get a list of all metadata objects that a user or group can access, specify the `type` and GUID or name of the principal. * To get permission details for a specific object, add the `type` and GUID or name of the metadata object to your API request.  Upon successful execution, the API returns a list of metadata objects and permission details for each object.
     * @param fetchPermissionsOfPrincipalsRequest
     */
    fetchPermissionsOfPrincipals(fetchPermissionsOfPrincipalsRequest: FetchPermissionsOfPrincipalsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Fetches permission details for a given metadata object.  Requires view access to the metadata object.  #### Usage guidelines  * To fetch a list of users and groups for a metadata object, specify `type` and GUID or name of the metadata object. * To get permission details for a specific user or group, add `type` and GUID or name of the principal object to your API request.  Upon successful execution, the API returns permission details and principal information for the object specified in the API request.
     * @param fetchPermissionsOnMetadataRequest
     */
    fetchPermissionsOnMetadata(fetchPermissionsOnMetadataRequest: FetchPermissionsOnMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Enforces logout on current user sessions.    Use this API with caution as it may invalidate active user sessions and force users to re-login. Make sure you specify the usernames or GUIDs. If you pass null values in the API call, all user sessions on your cluster become invalid, and the users are forced to re-login.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param forceLogoutUsersRequest
     */
    forceLogoutUsers(forceLogoutUsersRequest: ForceLogoutUsersRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Exports a [custom calendar](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/connections-cust-cal) in the CSV format.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your ThoughtSpot instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR` (**Can manage custom calendars**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines  Use this API to download a custom calendar in the CSV file format. In your API request, specify the following parameters.  * Start and end date of the calendar. For \"month offset\" calendars, the start date must match the month defined in the `month_offset` attribute.  You can also specify optional parameters such as the starting day of the week and prefixes for the quarter and year labels.
     * @param generateCSVRequest
     */
    generateCSV(generateCSVRequest: GenerateCSVRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Retrieves details of the current user session for the token provided in the request header.  Any ThoughtSpot user can access this endpoint and send an API request. The data returned in the API response varies according to user\'s privilege and object access permissions.  **NOTE**: In ThoughtSpot, users with cluster administration privileges can access all Orgs by default. However, unless the administrator is explicitly added to an Org, the Orgs list in the session information returned by the API will include only the Primary Org. To include other Orgs in the API response, you must explicitly add the administrator to each Org in the Admin settings page in the UI or via user REST API.
     */
    getCurrentUserInfo(_options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.4.0.cl or later   Retrieves details of the current session token for the bearer token provided in the request header.  This API endpoint does not create a new token. Instead, it returns details about the token, including the token string, creation time, expiration time, and the associated user.  Use this endpoint to introspect your current session token, debug authentication issues, or when a frontend application needs session token details.  Any ThoughtSpot user with a valid bearer token can access this endpoint and send an API request
     */
    getCurrentUserToken(_options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Creates an authentication token that provides values for the formula variables in the Row Level Security (RLS) rules for a given user. Recommended for use cases that require Attribute-based access control (ABAC) via RLS.  #### Required privileges  To add a new user and assign privileges during auto-creation, the `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege is required. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled, the `CONTROL_TRUSTED_AUTH` (**Can Enable or Disable Trusted Authentication**) privilege and edit access to the data source are required.  To configure formula variables for all Orgs on your instance or the Primary Org, cluster administration privileges are required. Org administrators can configure formula variables for their respective Orgs. If Role-Based Access Control (RBAC) is enabled, users with the `CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES` (**Can manage variables**) role privilege can also create and manage variables for their Org context.  #### Usage guidelines  You can generate a token by providing a `username` and `password`, or by using a `secret_key`. To generate a `secret_key`, the administrator must enable [Trusted authentication](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/trusted-auth-secret-key) in the **Develop** > **Customizations** > **Security Settings** page.  **Note**: * When both `password` and `secret_key` are included in the API request, `password` takes precedence. * If [Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA)](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/authentication-local-mfa) is enabled on your instance, the API login request with `username`  and `password` returns an error. You can switch to token-based authentication with  `secret_key`  or contact ThoughtSpot Support for assistance.  The token obtained from ThoughtSpot is valid for 5 minutes by default. You can configure the token expiration time as required.  #### ABAC via RLS  To implement ABAC via RLS and assign security entitlements to users during session creation, generate a token with custom variable values. The values set in the authentication token are applied to the formula variables referenced in RLS rules at the table level, which determines the data each user can access based on their entitlements.  The variable values can be configured to persist for a specific set of Models in user sessions initiated with the token, allowing different RLS rules to be set for different data models. Once defined, the rules are added to the user\'s `variable_values` object, after which all sessions will use the persisted values.  For more information, see [ABAC via tokens Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/abac-via-rls-variables).  ##### Formula variables Before defining variable values, ensure the variables are created and available on your instance. To create a formula variable, you can use the **Create variable** (`/api/rest/2.0/template/variables/create`) REST API endpoint, with the variable `type` set as `Formula_Variable` in the API request.  The API doesn\'t support `\"persist_option\": \"RESET\"` and `\"persist_option\": \"NONE\"` when `variable_values` are defined  in the request. If you are using `variable_values` for token generation, you must use other supported persist options such as `APPEND` or `REPLACE`.  If you want to use `RESET` or `NONE`, do not pass any `variable_values`. In such cases, `variable_values` will remain unaffected.  #### Supported objects  The supported object type is `LOGICAL_TABLE`. When using `object_id` with `variable_values`, models are supported.  #### Just-in-time provisioning  For [just-in-time user creation and provisioning](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/just-in-time-provisioning), specify the following attributes in the API request:  * `auto_create` * `username` * `display_name` * `email` * `groups`  Set `auto_create` to `true` if the username does not exist in ThoughtSpot. If the username already exists in ThoughtSpot and `auto_create` is set to `true`, user properties such as display name, email, Org and group entitlements will not be updated with new values. Setting `auto_create` to `true` does not create formula variables. Hence, this setting will not be applicable to `variable_values`.  #### Important point to note All options in the token creation APIs that define user access to data in ThoughtSpot will take effect during token creation, not when the token is used for authentication. For example, `auto_create:true` will create the user when the authentication token is created. Persist options such as `APPEND` and `REPLACE` will persist `variable_values` on the user profile when the token is created.
     * @param getCustomAccessTokenRequest
     */
    getCustomAccessToken(getCustomAccessTokenRequest: GetCustomAccessTokenRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.15.0.cl or later   Suggests the most relevant data sources for a given natural language query, ranked by confidence with LLM-generated reasoning.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view-level access to the underlying metadata entities referenced in the response.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include: - `query`: the natural language question to find relevant data sources for  If the request is successful, the API returns a ranked list of suggested data sources, each containing: - `confidence`: a float score indicating the model\'s confidence in the relevance of the suggestion - `details`: metadata about the data source   - `data_source_identifier`: the unique ID of the data source   - `data_source_name`: the display name of the data source   - `description`: a description of the data source - `reasoning`: LLM-generated rationale explaining why the data source was recommended  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                                | |------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                       | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view permission on the underlying metadata entities. |  > ###### Note: > * This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before it is made Generally Available. > * This endpoint requires Spotter — please contact ThoughtSpot Support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param getDataSourceSuggestionsRequest
     */
    getDataSourceSuggestions(getDataSourceSuggestionsRequest: GetDataSourceSuggestionsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Generates an authentication token for creating a full session in ThoughtSpot for a given user. Recommended for use cases that do not require Attribute-based access control (ABAC) via Row Level Security (RLS).  #### Usage guidelines  You can generate a token for a user by providing a `username` and `password`, or by using the `secret_key` generated for your instance. To generate a `secret_key`, the administrator must enable [Trusted authentication](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/trusted-auth-secret-key) in the **Develop** > **Customizations** > **Security Settings** page.  **Note**: * When both `password` and `secret_key` are included in the API request, `password` takes precedence. * If [Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA)](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/authentication-local-mfa) is enabled on your instance, the API login request with `username` and `password` returns an error. You can switch to token-based authentication with  `secret_key` or contact ThoughtSpot Support for assistance.  The token obtained from ThoughtSpot is valid for 5 minutes by default. You can configure the token expiration time as required.  #### Just-in-time provisioning  For [just-in-time user creation and provisioning](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/just-in-time-provisioning), specify the following attributes in the API request:  * `auto_create` * `username` * `display_name` * `email` * `group_identifiers`  Set `auto_create` to `true` if the username does not exist in ThoughtSpot. If the user already exists in ThoughtSpot and `auto_create` is set to `true`, user properties such as display name, email and group assignment will be updated.  To add a new user and assign privileges during auto-creation, the `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege is required. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled, the `CONTROL_TRUSTED_AUTH` (**Can Enable or Disable Trusted Authentication**) privilege is required.  #### Important point to note All options in the token creation APIs that define user access to data in ThoughtSpot will take effect during token creation, not when the token is used for authentication. For example, `auto_create:true` will create the user when the authentication token is created.
     * @param getFullAccessTokenRequest
     */
    getFullAccessToken(getFullAccessTokenRequest: GetFullAccessTokenRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.15.0.cl or later   Retrieves existing natural language (NL) instructions configured for a specific data model. These instructions guide the AI system in understanding data context and generating more accurate responses.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege, at least view access on the data model, and a bearer token corresponding to the org where the data model exists.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include:  - `data_source_identifier`: the unique ID of the data model to retrieve instructions for  If the request is successful, the API returns:  - `nl_instructions_info`: an array of instruction objects, each containing:   - `instructions`: the configured text instructions for AI processing   - `scope`: the scope of the instruction — currently only `GLOBAL` is supported  #### Instructions scope  - **GLOBAL**: Instructions that apply globally across the system on the given data-model (currently only global instructions are supported)  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                                                                                        | |------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                                                                               | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege, lacks view access on the data model, or the bearer token does not correspond to the org where the data model exists. |  > ###### Note: > > - To use this API, the user needs at least view access on the data model, and must use the bearer token corresponding to the org where the data model exists. > - This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > - Available from version 10.15.0.cl and later. > - This endpoint requires Spotter — please contact ThoughtSpot Support to enable Spotter on your cluster. > - Use this API to review currently configured instructions before modifying them with `setNLInstructions`.
     * @param getNLInstructionsRequest
     */
    getNLInstructions(getNLInstructionsRequest: GetNLInstructionsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Generates an authentication token that provides access to a specific metadata object. This object list is intersected with the list of objects the user is allowed to access via group membership. For more information, see [Object security](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/security-data-object#object_security).  #### Usage guidelines  You can generate a token for a user by providing a `username` and `password`, or by using the `secret_key` generated for your instance. To generate a `secret_key`, the administrator must enable [Trusted authentication](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/trusted-auth-secret-key) in the **Develop** > **Customizations** > **Security Settings** page.  **Note**: * When both `password` and `secret_key` are included in the API request, `password` takes precedence. * If [Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA)](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/authentication-local-mfa) is enabled on your instance, the API login request with `username` and `password` returns an error. You can switch to token-based authentication with `secret_key` or contact ThoughtSpot Support for assistance.  The token obtained from ThoughtSpot is valid for 5 minutes by default. You can configure the token expiration time as required.  #### Just-in-time provisioning  For [just-in-time user creation and provisioning](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/just-in-time-provisioning), specify the following attributes in the API request:  * `auto_create` * `username` * `display_name` * `email` * `group_identifiers`  Set `auto_create` to `true` if the user is not available in ThoughtSpot. If the user already exists in ThoughtSpot and the `auto_create` parameter is set to `true`, user properties such as display name, email, and group assignment will be updated.  To add a new user and assign privileges, the `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege is required. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled, the `CONTROL_TRUSTED_AUTH`(**Can Enable or Disable Trusted Authentication**) privilege is required.  #### Important point to note  All options in the token creation APIs that define user access to data in ThoughtSpot will take effect during token creation, not when the token is used for authentication. For example, `auto_create:true` will create the user when the authentication token is created.
     * @param getObjectAccessTokenRequest
     */
    getObjectAccessToken(getObjectAccessTokenRequest: GetObjectAccessTokenRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.13.0.cl or later   Breaks down a natural language query into a series of smaller analytical sub-questions, each mapped to a relevant data source.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view-level access to the referenced metadata objects.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include: - `query`: the natural language question to decompose into analytical sub-questions - `metadata_context`: at least one of the following context identifiers to guide question generation:   - `conversation_identifier` — an existing conversation session ID   - `answer_identifiers` — a list of Answer GUIDs   - `liveboard_identifiers` — a list of Liveboard GUIDs   - `data_source_identifiers` — a list of data source GUIDs  Optional parameters for refining the output: - `ai_context`: additional context to improve response quality   - `content` — supplementary text or CSV data as string input   - `instructions` — custom text instructions for the AI system - `limit_relevant_questions`: maximum number of questions to return (default: `5`) - `bypass_cache`: if `true`, forces fresh computation instead of returning cached results  If the request is successful, the API returns a list of relevant analytical questions, each containing: - `query`: the generated sub-question - `data_source_identifier`: the unique ID of the data source the question targets - `data_source_name`: the display name of the corresponding data source  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                           | |------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                  | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view access to the referenced metadata objects. |  > ###### Note: > * This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > * This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param getRelevantQuestionsRequest
     */
    getRelevantQuestions(getRelevantQuestionsRequest: GetRelevantQuestionsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Retrieves the current configuration details of the cluster. If the request is successful, the API returns a list configuration settings applied on the cluster.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION`(**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege to view these complete configuration settings of the cluster. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `SYSTEM_INFO_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can view system activities**) privilege is required.  This API does not require any parameters to be passed in the request.
     */
    getSystemConfig(_options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets system information such as the release version, locale, time zone, deployment environment, date format, and date time format of the cluster.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privileges. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `SYSTEM_INFO_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can view system activities**) privilege is required.  This API does not require any parameters to be passed in the request.
     */
    getSystemInformation(_options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Gets a list of configuration overrides applied on the cluster.    Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `APPLICATION_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage application settings**) privilege is required.  This API does not require any parameters to be passed in the request.
     */
    getSystemOverrideInfo(_options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Imports [TML](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/tml) files into ThoughtSpot.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtsSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required: - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  #### Usage guidelines  *  Import all related objects in a single TML Import API call. For example, Tables that use the same Connection object and Worksheets connected to these Tables. * Include the `fqn` property to distinguish objects that have the same name.   For example, if you have multiple Connections or Worksheets with the same name on ThoughtSpot and the Connection or Worksheet referenced in your TML file does not have a unique name to distinguish, it may result in invalid object references.   Adding `fqn` helps ThoughtSpot differentiate a Table from another with the same name.   We recommend [exporting TML with FQNs](#/http/api-endpoints/metadata/export-metadata-tml) and using these during the import operation. * You can upload multiple TML files at a time.   If you import a Worksheet along with Liveboards, Answers, and other dependent objects in a single API call, the imported objects will be immediately available for use.   When you import only a Worksheet object, it may take some time for the Worksheet to become available in the ThoughtSpot system. Please wait for a few minutes, and then proceed to create an Answer and Liveboard from the newly imported Worksheet.  For more information, see [TML Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/tml#_import_a_tml).
     * @param importMetadataTMLRequest
     */
    importMetadataTML(importMetadataTMLRequest: ImportMetadataTMLRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Schedules a task to import [TML](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/tml) files into ThoughtSpot. You can use this API endpoint to process TML objects asynchronously when importing TMLs of large and complex metadata objects into ThoughtSpot. Unlike the synchronous import TML operation, the API processes TML data in the background and returns a task ID, which can be used to check the status of the import task via `/api/rest/2.0/metadata/tml/async/status` API endpoint.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtsSpot**) privilege, and edit access to the TML objects.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required: - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  #### Usage guidelines  See [Async TML API Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/tml#_import_tml_objects_asynchronously) for usage guidelines.
     * @param importMetadataTMLAsyncRequest
     */
    importMetadataTMLAsync(importMetadataTMLAsyncRequest: ImportMetadataTMLAsyncRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Imports group objects from external databases into ThoughtSpot.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `GROUP_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage groups**) privilege is required.  During the import operation:  * If the specified group is not available in ThoughtSpot, it will be added to ThoughtSpot. * If `delete_unspecified_groups` is set to `true`, the groups not specified in the API request, excluding administrator and system user groups, are deleted. * If the specified groups are already available in ThoughtSpot, the object properties of these groups are modified and synchronized as per the input data in the API request.  A successful API call returns the object that represents the changes made in the ThoughtSpot system.
     * @param importUserGroupsRequest
     */
    importUserGroups(importUserGroupsRequest: ImportUserGroupsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Imports user data from external databases into ThoughtSpot. During the user import operation:  * If the specified users are not available in ThoughtSpot, the users are created and assigned a default password. Defining a `default_password` in the API request is optional. * If `delete_unspecified_users` is set to `true`, the users not specified in the API request, excluding the `tsadmin`, `guest`, `system` and `su` users, are deleted. * If the specified user objects are already available in ThoughtSpot, the object properties are updated and synchronized as per the input data in the API request.  A successful API call returns the object that represents the changes made in the ThoughtSpot system.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param importUsersRequest
     */
    importUsers(importUsersRequest: ImportUsersRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Creates a login session for a ThoughtSpot user with Basic authentication.  In Basic authentication method, REST clients log in to ThoughtSpot using `username` and `password` attributes. On a multi-tenant cluster with Orgs, users can pass the ID of the Org in the API request to log in to a specific Org context.  **Note**: If Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA) is enabled on your instance, the API login request with basic authentication (`username`  and `password` ) returns an error. Contact ThoughtSpot Support for assistance.  A successful login returns a session cookie that can be used in your subsequent API requests.
     * @param loginRequest
     */
    login(loginRequest: LoginRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later    Logs out a user from their current session.
     */
    logout(_options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.3.0.cl or later   This API allows the addition or deletion of object level privileges for a set of users and groups, on a set of metadata objects. It provides users to access certain features based on privilege based access control.  #### Usage guidelines  - Specify the `operation`. The supported operations are: `ADD`, `REMOVE`. - Specify the type of the objects on which the object privileges are being provided in `metadata_type`. Only `LOGICAL_TABLE` metadata type is supported for now. It may be extended for other metadata types in future. - Specify the list of object privilege types in the `object_privilege_types` array. The supported object privilege types are: `SPOTTER_COACHING_PRIVILEGE`. - Specify the identifiers (either GUID or name) for the metadata objects in the `metadata_identifiers` array. - Specify the `type` (`USER` or `USER_GROUP`) and `identifier` (either GUID or name) of the principals to which you want to apply the given operation and given object privileges in the `principals` array. - Ensure using correct Authorization Bearer Token corresponding to specific user & org.  #### Example request  ```json {   \"operation\": \"operation-type\",   \"metadata_type\": \"metadata-type\",   \"object_privilege_types\": [\"privilege-type-1\", \"privilege-type-2\"],   \"metadata_identifiers\": [\"metadata-guid-or-name-1\", \"metadata-guid-or-name-1\"],   \"principals\": [     {       \"type\": \"type-1\",        \"identifier\": \"principal-guid-or-name-1\"     },     {       \"type\": \"type-2\",       \"identifier\": \"principal-guid-or-name-2\"     }   ] } ```  > ###### Note: > * Only admin users, users with edit access and users with coaching privilege on a given data-model can add or remove principals related to SPOTTER_COACHING_PRIVILEGE
     * @param manageObjectPrivilegeRequest
     */
    manageObjectPrivilege(manageObjectPrivilegeRequest: ManageObjectPrivilegeRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Parameterize fields in metadata objects.   Version: 10.9.0.cl or later   **Note:** This API endpoint is deprecated and will be removed from ThoughtSpot in a future release. Use [POST /api/rest/2.0/metadata/parameterize-fields](/api/rest/2.0/metadata/parameterize-fields) instead.  Allows parameterizing fields in metadata objects in ThoughtSpot.  Requires appropriate permissions to modify the metadata object.  The API endpoint allows parameterizing the following types of metadata objects: * Logical Tables * Connections * Connection Configs  For a Logical Table the field type must be `ATTRIBUTE` and field name can be one of: * databaseName * schemaName * tableName  For a Connection or Connection Config, the field type is always `CONNECTION_PROPERTY`. In this case, field_name specifies the exact property of the Connection or Connection Config that needs to be parameterized.  For Connection Config, the only supported field name is: * impersonate_user
     * @param parameterizeMetadataRequest
     */
    parameterizeMetadata(parameterizeMetadataRequest: ParameterizeMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Parameterize multiple fields of metadata objects. For example [schemaName, databaseName] for LOGICAL_TABLE.    Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Allows parameterizing multiple fields of metadata objects in ThoughtSpot. For example, you can parameterize [schemaName, databaseName] for LOGICAL_TABLE.  Requires appropriate permissions to modify the metadata object.  The API endpoint allows parameterizing the following types of metadata objects: * Logical Tables * Connections * Connection Configs  For a Logical Table, the field type must be `ATTRIBUTE` and field names can include: * databaseName * schemaName * tableName  For a Connection or Connection Config, the field type is always `CONNECTION_PROPERTY`. In this case, field_names specifies the exact properties of the Connection or Connection Config that need to be parameterized.  For Connection Config, supported field names include: * impersonate_user  You can parameterize multiple fields at once by providing an array of field names.
     * @param parameterizeMetadataFieldsRequest
     */
    parameterizeMetadataFields(parameterizeMetadataFieldsRequest: ParameterizeMetadataFieldsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.9.0.cl or later   Allows publishing metadata objects across organizations in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role and TENANT scope.  The API endpoint allows publishing the following types of metadata objects: * Liveboards * Answers * Logical Tables  This API will essentially share the objects along with it\'s dependencies to the org admins of the orgs to which it is being published.
     * @param publishMetadataRequest
     */
    publishMetadata(publishMetadataRequest: PublishMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Update values for a variable   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Allows updating values for a specific variable in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint allows: * Adding new values to the variable * Replacing existing values * Deleting values from the variable * Resetting all values  When updating variable values, you need to specify: * The variable identifier (ID or name) * The values to add/replace/remove * The operation to perform (ADD, REPLACE, REMOVE, RESET)  Behaviour based on operation type: * ADD - Adds values to the variable if this is a list type variable, else same as replace. * REPLACE - Replaces all values of a given set of constraints with the current set of values. * REMOVE - Removes any values which match the set of conditions of the variables if this is a list type variable, else clears value. * RESET - Removes all constraints for the given variable, scope is ignored
     * @param identifier Unique ID or name of the variable
     * @param putVariableValuesRequest
     */
    putVariableValues(identifier: string, putVariableValuesRequest: PutVariableValuesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.7.0.cl or later   **Deprecated** — Use `getRelevantQuestions` instead (available from 10.13.0.cl).  Breaks down a topical or goal-oriented natural language question into smaller, actionable analytical sub-questions, each mapped to a relevant data source for independent execution.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view-level access to the referenced metadata objects.  #### Usage guidelines  The request accepts the following parameters:  - `nlsRequest`: contains the user `query` to decompose, along with optional `instructions` and `bypassCache` flag - `worksheetIds`: list of data source identifiers to scope the decomposition - `answerIds`: list of Answer GUIDs whose data guides the response - `liveboardIds`: list of Liveboard GUIDs whose data guides the response - `conversationId`: an existing conversation session ID for context continuity - `content`: supplementary text or CSV data to improve response quality - `maxDecomposedQueries`: maximum number of sub-questions to return (default: `5`)  If the request is successful, the API returns a `decomposedQueryResponse` containing a list of `decomposedQueries`, each with: - `query`: the generated analytical sub-question - `worksheetId`: the unique ID of the data source the question targets - `worksheetName`: the display name of the corresponding data source  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                           | |------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                  | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view access to the referenced metadata objects. |  > ###### Note: > * This endpoint is deprecated since 10.13.0.cl. Use `getRelevantQuestions` for new integrations. > * This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > * This endpoint requires Spotter — please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param queryGetDecomposedQueryRequest
     */
    queryGetDecomposedQuery(queryGetDecomposedQueryRequest: QueryGetDecomposedQueryRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Resets the password of a user account. Administrators can reset password on behalf of a user.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param resetUserPasswordRequest
     */
    resetUserPassword(resetUserPasswordRequest: ResetUserPasswordRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Reverts TML objects to a previous commit specified in the API request.  Requires at least edit access to objects.  In the API request, specify the `commit_id`. If the branch name is not specified in the request, the API will consider the default branch configured on your instance.  By default, the API reverts all objects. If the revert operation fails for one of the objects provided in the commit, the API returns an error and does not revert any object.  For more information, see [Git integration documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/git-integration).
     * @param commitId Commit id to which the object should be reverted
     * @param revertCommitRequest
     */
    revertCommit(commitId: string, revertCommitRequest: RevertCommitRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.2.0.cl or later   Revokes OAuth refresh tokens for users who no longer require access to a data warehouse connection. When a token is revoked, the affected user\'s session for that connection is terminated, and they must re-authenticate to regain access.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privileges. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on the ThoughtSpot instance, users with `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege can also make API requests to revoke tokens for connection users.  #### Usage guidelines  You can specify different combinations of identifiers to control which refresh tokens are revoked.  - **connection_identifier**: Revokes refresh tokens for all users of the connection, except the connection author. - **connection_identifier** and **user_identifiers**: Revokes refresh tokens only for the users specified in the request. If the name or ID of the connection author is included in the request, their token will also be revoked. - **connection_identifier** and **configuration_identifiers**: Revokes refresh tokens for all users on the specified configurations, except the configuration author. - **connection_identifier**, **configuration_identifiers**, and **user_identifiers**: Revokes refresh tokens for the specified users on the specified configurations. - **connection_identifier** and **org_identifiers**: Revokes refresh tokens for the specified Orgs. Applicable only for published connections. - **connection_identifier**, **org_identifiers**, and **user_identifiers**: Revokes refresh tokens for the specified users in the specified Orgs. Applicable only for published connections.  **NOTE**: The `org_identifiers` parameter is only applicable for published connections. Using this parameter for unpublished connections will result in an error. Ensure that the connections are published before making the API request.
     * @param connectionIdentifier Unique ID or name of the connection whose refresh tokens need to be revoked. All the users associated with the connection will have their refresh tokens revoked except the author.
     * @param revokeRefreshTokensRequest
     */
    revokeRefreshTokens(connectionIdentifier: string, revokeRefreshTokensRequest: RevokeRefreshTokensRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later    Revokes the authentication token issued for current user session.  The token of your current session expires when you make a call to the `/api/rest/2.0/auth/token/revoke` endpoint. the users will not be able to access ThoughtSpot objects until a new token is obtained.  To restart your session, request for a new token from ThoughtSpot. See [Get Full Access Token](#/http/api-endpoints/authentication/get-full-access-token).
     * @param revokeTokenRequest
     */
    revokeToken(revokeTokenRequest: RevokeTokenRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Gets a list of [custom calendars](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/connections-cust-cal).  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your ThoughtSpot instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR` (**Can manage custom calendars**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines  By default, the API returns a list of custom calendars for all connection objects. To retrieve custom calendar details for a particular connection, specify the connection ID. You can also use other search parameters such as `name_pattern` and `sort_options` as search filters.  The `name_pattern` parameter filters and returns only those objects that match the specified pattern. Use `%` as a wildcard for pattern matching.
     * @param searchCalendarsRequest
     */
    searchCalendars(searchCalendarsRequest: SearchCalendarsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Searches delivery history for communication channels such as webhooks. Returns channel-level delivery status for each job execution record. Use this to monitor channel health and delivery success rates across events.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS` (**Can manage webhooks**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.  **NOTE**: When `channel_type` is `WEBHOOK`, the following constraints apply:  - `job_ids`, `channel_identifiers`, and `events` each accept at most one element. - When `job_ids` is provided, it is used as the sole lookup key and other filter fields are ignored. - When `job_ids` is not provided, `channel_identifiers` and `events` are both required. Each must contain exactly one element, and the event object must include the `identifier` field. - Records older than the configured retention period are not returned.
     * @param searchChannelHistoryRequest
     */
    searchChannelHistory(searchChannelHistoryRequest: SearchChannelHistoryRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Gets a list of collections available in ThoughtSpot.  To get details of a specific collection, specify the collection GUID or name. You can also filter the API response based on the collection name pattern, author, and other criteria.  #### Search options  * **name_pattern**: Use \'%\' as a wildcard character to match collection names * **collection_identifiers**: Search for specific collections by their GUIDs or names * **include_metadata**: When set to `true`, includes the metadata objects within each collection in the response  **NOTE**: If the API returns an empty list, consider increasing the value of the `record_size` parameter. To search across all available collections, set `record_size` to `-1`.
     * @param searchCollectionsRequest
     */
    searchCollections(searchCollectionsRequest: SearchCollectionsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Gets a list of commits for a given metadata object.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance on your instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**) privilege and edit access to the metadata objects.
     * @param searchCommitsRequest
     */
    searchCommits(searchCommitsRequest: SearchCommitsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Fetch communication channel preferences. - Use `cluster_preferences` to fetch the default preferences for your ThoughtSpot application instance. - If your instance has [Orgs](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/orgs-overview), use `org_preferences` to fetch any Org-specific preferences that override the defaults.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `APPLICATION_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage application settings**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param searchCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest
     */
    searchCommunicationChannelPreferences(searchCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest: SearchCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Gets Git repository connections configured on the ThoughtSpot instance.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance on your instance, the `CAN_SETUP_VERSION_CONTROL` (**Can set up version control**) privilege.
     * @param searchConfigRequest
     */
    searchConfig(searchConfigRequest: SearchConfigRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Gets connection objects. Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  - To get a list of all connections available in the ThoughtSpot system, send the API request without any attributes in the request body. - To get the connection objects for a specific type of data warehouse, specify the type in `data_warehouse_types`. - To fetch details of a connection object, specify the connection object GUID or name. The `name_pattern` attribute allows passing partial text with `%` for a wildcard match. - To get details of the database, schemas, tables, or columns from a data connection object, specify `data_warehouse_object_type`. - To get a specific database, schema, table, or column from a connection object, define the object type in `data_warehouse_object_type` and object properties in the `data_warehouse_objects` array. For example, to search for a column, you must pass the database, schema, and table names in the API request.   Note that in the following example, object properties are set in a hierarchical order (`database` > `schema` > `table` > `column`).  ``` {   \"connections\": [     {       \"identifier\": \"b9d1f2ef-fa65-4a4b-994e-30fa2d57b0c2\",       \"data_warehouse_objects\": [         {           \"database\": \"NEBULADEV\",           \"schema\": \"INFORMATION_SCHEMA\",           \"table\": \"APPLICABLE_ROLES\",           \"column\": \"ROLE_NAME\"         }       ]     }   ],   \"data_warehouse_object_type\": \"COLUMN\" } ```  - To fetch data by `configuration`, specify `data_warehouse_object_type`. For example, to fetch columns from the `DEVELOPMENT` database, specify the `data_warehouse_object_type` as `DATABASE` and define the `configuration` string as `{\"database\":\"DEVELOPMENT\"}`. To get column data for a specific table, specify the table, for example,`{\"database\":\"RETAILAPPAREL\",\"table\":\"PIPES\"}`. - To query connections by `authentication_type`, specify `data_warehouse_object_type`. Supported values for `authentication_type` are:   - `SERVICE_ACCOUNT`: For connections that require service account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data.   - `OAUTH`: For connections that require OAuth credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. Teradata, Oracle, and Presto Cloud Data Warehouses do not support the OAuth authentication type.   - `IAM`: For connections that have the IAM OAuth set up. This authentication type is supported on Amazon Redshift connections only.   - `EXTOAUTH`: For connections that have External OAuth set up. ThoughtSpot supports external [OAuth with Microsoft Azure Active Directory (AD)](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/ connections-snowflake-azure-ad-oauth) and [Okta for Snowflake data connections](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/connections-snowflake-okta-oauth).   - `KEY_PAIR`: For connections that require Key Pair account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Snowflake connections only.   - `OAUTH_WITH_PKCE`: For connections that require OAuth with PKCE account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Snowflake, Starburst, Databricks, Denodo  connections only.   - `EXTOAUTH_WITH_PKCE`: For connections that require External OAuth With PKCE account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Snowflake connections only.   - `OAUTH_WITH_PEZ`: For connections that require OAuth With PEZ account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Amazon Redshift connections only.   - `OAUTH_WITH_SERVICE_PRINCIPAL`: For connections that require OAuth With Service Principal account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Databricks connections only.   - `PERSONAL_ACCESS_TOKEN`: For connections that require Personal Access Token account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Databricks connections only.   - `OAUTH_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS`: For connections that require OAuth Client Credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Snowflake connections only. - To include more details about connection objects in the API response, set `include_details` to `true`. - You can also sort the output by field names and filter connections by tags.  **NOTE**: When filtering connection records by parameters other than `data_warehouse_types` or `tag_identifiers`, ensure that you set `record_size` to `-1` and `record_offset` to `0` for precise results.
     * @param searchConnectionRequest
     */
    searchConnection(searchConnectionRequest: SearchConnectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.6.0.cl or later   Gets custom actions configured on the cluster.  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**Has Developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.
     * @param searchCustomActionsRequest
     */
    searchCustomActions(searchCustomActionsRequest: SearchCustomActionsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Generates an Answer from a given data source.  Requires at least view access to the data source object (Worksheet or View).  #### Usage guidelines  To search data, specify the data source GUID in `logical_table_identifier`. The data source can be a Worksheet, View, Table, or SQL view.  Pass search tokens in the `query_string` attribute in the API request as shown in the following example:  ``` {   \"query_string\": \"[sales] by [store]\",   \"logical_table_identifier\": \"cd252e5c-b552-49a8-821d-3eadaa049cca\", } ```  For more information about the `query_string` format and data source attribute, see [Search data API](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_search_data_api).    The `record_size` attribute determines the number of records to retrieve in an API call. For more information about pagination, record size, and maximum row limit, see [Pagination and record size settings](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_pagination_settings_for_data_and_report_api).
     * @param searchDataRequest
     */
    searchData(searchDataRequest: SearchDataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.10.0.cl or later   Search the email customization configuration if any set for the ThoughtSpot system.  #### Pre-requisites  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**has developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**:This endpoint in currently in beta. Contact ThoughtSpot support to enable this on your instance.
     * @param searchEmailCustomizationRequest
     */
    searchEmailCustomization(searchEmailCustomizationRequest: SearchEmailCustomizationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets a list of metadata objects available on the ThoughtSpot system.  This API endpoint is available to all users who have view access to the object. Users with `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privileges can view data for all metadata objects, including users and groups.  #### Usage guidelines  - To get all metadata objects, send the API request without any attributes. - To get metadata objects of a specific type, set the `type` attribute. For example, to fetch a Worksheet, set the type as `LOGICAL_TABLE`. - To filter metadata objects within type `LOGICAL_TABLE`, set the `subtypes` attribute. For example, to fetch a Worksheet, set the type as `LOGICAL_TABLE` & subtypes as `[WORKSHEET]`. - To get a specific metadata object, specify the GUID. - To customize your search and filter the API response, you can use several parameters.   You can search for objects created or modified by specific users, by tags applied to the objects, or by using the include parameters like `include_auto_created_objects`, `include_dependent_objects`, `include_headers`, `include_incomplete_objects`, and so on.   You can also define sorting options to sort the data retrieved in the API response. - To get discoverable objects when linientmodel is enabled you can use `include_discoverable_objects` as true else false. Default value is true. - For liveboard metadata type, to get the newer format, set the `liveboard_response_format` as V2. Default value is V1. - To retrieve only objects that are published, set the `include_only_published_objects` as true. Default value is false.  **NOTE**: The following parameters support pagination of metadata records:  - `tag_identifiers` - `type` - `subtypes` - `created_by_user_identifiers` - `modified_by_user_identifiers` - `owned_by_user_identifiers` - `exclude_objects` - `include_auto_created_objects` - `favorite_object_options` - `include_only_published_objects` If you are using other parameters to search metadata, set `record_size` to `-1` and `record_offset` to `0`.
     * @param searchMetadataRequest
     */
    searchMetadata(searchMetadataRequest: SearchMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets a list of Orgs configured on the ThoughtSpot system. To get details of a specific Org, specify the Org ID or name. You can also pass parameters such as status, visibility, and user identifiers to get a specific list of Orgs.  Requires cluster administration (**Can administer Org**) privileges. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `ORG_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage Orgs**) privilege is required.
     * @param searchOrgsRequest
     */
    searchOrgs(searchOrgsRequest: SearchOrgsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.5.0.cl or later   Gets a list of Role objects from the ThoughtSpot system.  Available if [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance. To search for Roles, the `ROLE_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage roles**) privilege is required.  To get details of a specific Role object, specify the GUID or name. You can also filter the API response based on user group and Org identifiers, privileges assigned to the Role, and deprecation status.
     * @param searchRolesRequest
     */
    searchRoles(searchRolesRequest: SearchRolesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Search Schedules    Version: 9.4.0.cl or later   Gets a list of scheduled jobs configured for a Liveboard.  To get details of a specific scheduled job, specify the name or GUID of the scheduled job.  Requires at least view access to Liveboards.  **NOTE**: When filtering schedules by parameters other than `metadata`, set `record_size` to `-1` and `record_offset` to `0` for accurate results.
     * @param searchSchedulesRequest
     */
    searchSchedules(searchSchedulesRequest: SearchSchedulesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.2.0.cl or later   Fetch security settings for your ThoughtSpot application instance. - Use `scope: CLUSTER` to retrieve cluster-level security settings, including CORS and CSP allowlists, SAML redirect URLs, and settings that control access to non-embedded pages. - Use `scope: ORG` to retrieve Org-level security settings. If your instance has [Orgs](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/orgs-overview), this returns CORS and non-embed access settings specific to the Org. - If `scope` is not specified, returns both cluster and Org-specific settings based on user privileges.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. See [Security Settings](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/security-settings) for more details.
     * @param searchSecuritySettingsRequest
     */
    searchSecuritySettings(searchSecuritySettingsRequest: SearchSecuritySettingsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets a list of tag objects available on the ThoughtSpot system. To get details of a specific tag object, specify the GUID or name.  Any authenticated user can search for tag objects.
     * @param searchTagsRequest
     */
    searchTags(searchTagsRequest: SearchTagsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets a list of user group objects from the ThoughtSpot system.  To get details of a specific user group, specify the user group GUID or name. You can also filter the API response based on User ID, Org ID, Role ID, type of group, sharing visibility, privileges assigned to the group, and the Liveboard IDs assigned to the users in the group.  Available to all users. Users with `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privileges can view all users properties.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `GROUP_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage groups**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**: If you do not get precise results, try setting `record_size` to `-1` and `record_offset` to `0`.
     * @param searchUserGroupsRequest
     */
    searchUserGroups(searchUserGroupsRequest: SearchUserGroupsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets a list of users available on the ThoughtSpot system.  To get details of a specific user, specify the user GUID or name. You can also filter the API response based on groups, Org ID, user visibility, account status, user type, and user preference settings and favorites.  Available to all users. Users with `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privileges can view all users properties. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**: If the API returns an empty list, consider increasing the value of the `record_size` parameter. To search across all available users, set `record_size` to `-1`.
     * @param searchUsersRequest
     */
    searchUsers(searchUsersRequest: SearchUsersRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Search variables   Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Allows searching for variables in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint supports searching variables by: * Variable identifier (ID or name) * Variable type * Name pattern (case-insensitive, supports % for wildcard)  The search results can be formatted in three ways: * METADATA - Returns only variable metadata (default) * METADATA_AND_VALUES - Returns variable metadata and values  The values can be filtered by scope: * org_identifier * principal_identifier * model_identifier
     * @param searchVariablesRequest
     */
    searchVariables(searchVariablesRequest: SearchVariablesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Searches for webhook configurations based on various criteria such as Org, webhook identifier, event type, with support for pagination and sorting. Returns matching webhook configurations with their complete details.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS` (**Can manage webhooks**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param searchWebhookConfigurationsRequest
     */
    searchWebhookConfigurations(searchWebhookConfigurationsRequest: SearchWebhookConfigurationsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.15.0.cl or later   **Deprecated** — Use `sendAgentConversationMessage` instead.  Send natural language messages to an existing Spotter agent conversation and returns the complete response synchronously.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and access to the metadata object associated with the conversation. The user must have access to the conversation session referenced by `conversation_identifier`. A conversation must first be created using the `createAgentConversation` API.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include:  - `conversation_identifier`: the unique session ID returned by `createAgentConversation`, used for context continuity and message tracking - `messages`: an array of one or more text messages to send to the agent  The API returns an array of response objects, each containing:  - `type`: the kind of response — `text`, `answer`, or `error` - `message`: the main content of the response - `metadata`: additional information depending on the message type (e.g., answer metadata includes analytics and visualization details)  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                      | |------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                             | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks permission on the referenced conversation. |  > ###### Note: > > - This endpoint is deprecated. Use `sendAgentConversationMessage` for new integrations. > - This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > - This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param conversationIdentifier Unique identifier for the conversation (used to track context)
     * @param sendAgentMessageRequest
     */
    sendAgentMessage(conversationIdentifier: string, sendAgentMessageRequest: SendAgentMessageRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.13.0.cl or later   **Deprecated** — Use `sendAgentConversationMessageStreaming` instead.  Sends one or more natural language messages to an existing Spotter agent conversation and returns the response as a real-time Server-Sent Events stream.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and access to the metadata object associated with the conversation. The user must have access to the conversation session referenced by `conversation_identifier`. A conversation must first be created using the `createAgentConversation` API.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include:  - `conversation_identifier`: the unique session ID returned by `createAgentConversation`, used for context continuity and message tracking - `messages`: an array of one or more text messages to send to the agent  If the request is valid, the API returns a Server-Sent Events (SSE) stream. Each line has the form `data: [{\"type\": \"...\", ...}]` — a JSON array of event objects. Event types include:  - `ack`: confirms receipt of the request (`node_id`) - `conv_title`: conversation title (`title`, `conv_id`) - `notification`: status updates on operations (`group_id`, `metadata`, `code` — e.g. `TOOL_CALL_NOTIFICATION`, `nls_start`, `FINAL_RESPONSE_NOTIFICATION`) - `text-chunk`: incremental content chunks (`id`, `group_id`, `metadata` with `format` and `type` such as `thinking` or `text`, `content`) - `text`: full text block with same structure as `text-chunk` - `answer`: structured answer with metadata (`id`, `group_id`, `metadata` with `sage_query`, `session_id`, `title`, etc., `title`) - `error`: if a failure occurs  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                      | |------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                             | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks permission on the referenced conversation. |  > ###### Note: > > - This endpoint is deprecated. Use `sendAgentConversationMessageStreaming` for new integrations. > - This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > - This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster. > - The streaming protocol uses Server-Sent Events (SSE).
     * @param sendAgentMessageStreamingRequest
     */
    sendAgentMessageStreaming(sendAgentMessageStreamingRequest: SendAgentMessageStreamingRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Sends a follow-up message to an existing conversation within the context of a data model.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view access to the metadata object specified in the request. A conversation must first be created using the `createConversation` API.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include: - `conversation_identifier`: the unique session ID returned by `createConversation` - `metadata_identifier`: the unique ID of the data source used for the conversation - `message`: a natural language string with the follow-up question  If the request is successful, the API returns an array of response messages, each containing: - `session_identifier`: the unique ID of the generated response - `generation_number`: the generation number of the response - `message_type`: the type of the response (e.g., `TSAnswer`) - `visualization_type`: the generated visualization type (`Chart`, `Table`, or `Undefined`) - `tokens` / `display_tokens`: the search tokens and user-friendly display tokens for the response  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                             | |------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                    | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view permission on the specified metadata object. |  > ###### Note: > * This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > * This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param conversationIdentifier Unique identifier of the conversation.
     * @param sendMessageRequest
     */
    sendMessage(conversationIdentifier: string, sendMessageRequest: SendMessageRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.15.0.cl or later   This API allows users to set natural language (NL) instructions for a specific data-model to improve AI-generated answers and query processing. These instructions help guide the AI system to better understand the data context and provide more accurate responses.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege, either edit access or `SPOTTER_COACHING_PRIVILEGE` on the data model, and a bearer token corresponding to the org where the data model exists.  #### Usage guidelines  To set NL instructions for a data-model, the request must include:  - `data_source_identifier`: The unique ID of the data-model for which to set NL instructions - `nl_instructions_info`: An array of instruction objects, each containing:   - `instructions`: Array of text instructions for the LLM   - `scope`: The scope of the instruction (`GLOBAL`). Currently only `GLOBAL` is supported. It can be extended to data-model-user scope in future.  #### Instructions scope  - **GLOBAL**: instructions that apply to all users querying this data model  If the request is successful, the API returns:  - `success`: a boolean indicating whether the operation completed successfully  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                        | |------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                                                                                                               | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege, lacks edit access or `SPOTTER_COACHING_PRIVILEGE` on the data model, or the bearer token does not correspond to the org where the data model exists. |  > ###### Note: > > - To use this API, the user needs either edit access or `SPOTTER_COACHING_PRIVILEGE` on the data model, and must use the bearer token corresponding to the org where the data model exists. > - This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > - Available from version 10.15.0.cl and later. > - This endpoint requires Spotter — please contact ThoughtSpot Support to enable Spotter on your cluster. > - Instructions help improve the accuracy and relevance of AI-generated responses for the specified data-model.
     * @param setNLInstructionsRequest
     */
    setNLInstructions(setNLInstructionsRequest: SetNLInstructionsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Allows sharing one or several metadata objects with users and groups in ThoughtSpot.  Requires edit access to the metadata object.  #### Supported metadata objects: * Liveboards * Visualizations * Answers * Models * Views * Connections  #### Object permissions  You can provide `READ_ONLY` or `MODIFY` access when sharing an object with another user or group. The `READ_ONLY` permission grants view access to the shared object, whereas `MODIFY` provides edit access.  To prevent a user or group from accessing the shared object, specify the GUID or name of the principal and set `shareMode` to `NO_ACCESS`.  #### Sharing a visualization  * Sharing a visualization implicitly shares the entire Liveboard with the recipient.   * Object permissions set for a shared visualization also apply to the Liveboard unless overridden by another API request or via UI. * If email notifications for object sharing are enabled, a notification with a link to the shared visualization will be sent to the recipient’s email address. Although this link opens the shared visualization, recipients can also access other visualizations in the Liveboard.
     * @param shareMetadataRequest
     */
    shareMetadata(shareMetadataRequest: ShareMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Processes a natural language query against a specified data model and returns a single AI-generated answer without requiring a conversation session.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view access to the metadata object specified in the request.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include: - `query`: a natural language question (e.g., \"What were total sales last quarter?\") - `metadata_identifier`: the unique ID of the data source to query against  If the request is successful, the API returns a response message containing: - `session_identifier`: the unique ID of the generated response - `generation_number`: the generation number of the response - `message_type`: the type of the response (e.g., `TSAnswer`) - `visualization_type`: the generated visualization type (`Chart`, `Table`, or `Undefined`) - `tokens` / `display_tokens`: the search tokens and user-friendly display tokens for the response  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                             | |------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                    | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view permission on the specified metadata object. |  > ###### Note: > * This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > * This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param singleAnswerRequest
     */
    singleAnswer(singleAnswerRequest: SingleAnswerRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Removes the tags applied to a Liveboard, Answer, Table, or Worksheet.  Requires edit access to the metadata object.
     * @param unassignTagRequest
     */
    unassignTag(unassignTagRequest: UnassignTagRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Remove parameterization from fields in metadata objects.   Version: 10.9.0.cl or later   Allows removing parameterization from fields in metadata objects in ThoughtSpot.  Requires appropriate permissions to modify the metadata object.  The API endpoint allows unparameterizing the following types of metadata objects: * Logical Tables * Connections * Connection Configs  For a Logical Table the field type must be `ATTRIBUTE` and field name can be one of: * databaseName * schemaName * tableName  For a Connection or Connection Config, the field type is always `CONNECTION_PROPERTY`. In this case, field_name specifies the exact property of the Connection or Connection Config that needs to be unparameterized.  For Connection Config, the only supported field name is: * impersonate_user
     * @param unparameterizeMetadataRequest
     */
    unparameterizeMetadata(unparameterizeMetadataRequest: UnparameterizeMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.9.0.cl or later   Allows unpublishing metadata objects from organizations in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role and TENANT scope.  The API endpoint allows unpublishing the following types of metadata objects: * Liveboards * Answers * Logical Tables  When unpublishing objects, you can: * Include dependencies by setting `include_dependencies` to true - this will unpublish all dependent objects if no other published object is using them * Force unpublish by setting `force` to true - this will break all dependent objects in the unpublished organizations
     * @param unpublishMetadataRequest
     */
    unpublishMetadata(unpublishMetadataRequest: UnpublishMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Updates the properties of a [custom calendar](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/connections-cust-cal).  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your ThoughtSpot instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR` (**Can manage custom calendars**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines  You can update the properties of a calendar using one of the following methods: * `FROM_INPUT_PARAMS` to update the calendar properties with the values defined in the API request. * `FROM_EXISTING_TABLE` Creates a calendar from the parameters defined in the API request.  To update a custom calendar, specify the calendar ID as a path parameter in the request URL and the following parameters in the request body:    * Connection ID and Table name * Database and schema name attributes:   For most Cloud Data Warehouse (CDW) connectors, both `database_name` and `schema_name` attributes are required.     However, the attribute requirements are conditional and vary based on the connector type and its metadata structure. For example, for connectors such as Teradata, MySQL, SingleSore, Amazon Aurora MySQL, Amazon RDS MySQL, Oracle, and GCP_MYSQL, the `schema_name` is required, whereas the `database_name` attribute is not.   Similarly, connectors such as ClickHouse require you to specify the `database_name` and the schema specification in such cases is optional.  The API allows you to modify the calendar type, month offset value, start and end date, starting day of the week, and prefixes assigned to the year and quarter labels.     #### Examples  Update a custom calendar using an existing Table in ThoughtSpot:  ``` {   \"update_method\": \"FROM_EXISTING_TABLE\",   \"table_reference\": {     \"connection_identifier\": \"Connection1\",     \"database_name\": \"db1\",     \"table_name\": \"custom_calendar_2025\",     \"schame_name\": \"schemaVar\"   } } ```  Update a custom calendar with the attributes defined in the API request:  ``` {   \"update_method\": \"FROM_INPUT_PARAMS\",   \"table_reference\": {     \"connection_identifier\": \"Connection1\",     \"database_name\": \"db1\",     \"table_name\": \"custom_calendar_2025\",     \"schame_name\": \"schemaVar\"   },   \"month_offset\": \"August\",   \"start_day_of_week\": \"Monday\",   \"start_date\": \"08/01/2025\",   \"end_date\": \"07/31/2026\" } ```
     * @param calendarIdentifier Unique Id or name of the calendar.
     * @param updateCalendarRequest
     */
    updateCalendar(calendarIdentifier: string, updateCalendarRequest: UpdateCalendarRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Updates an existing collection in ThoughtSpot.  #### Supported operations  This API endpoint lets you perform the following operations:  * Update collection name and description * Change visibility settings * Add metadata objects to the collection (operation: ADD) * Remove metadata objects from the collection (operation: REMOVE) * Replace all metadata objects in the collection (operation: REPLACE)  #### Operation types  * **ADD**: Adds the specified metadata objects to the existing collection without removing current items * **REMOVE**: Removes only the specified metadata objects from the collection * **REPLACE**: Replaces all existing metadata objects with the specified items (default behavior)
     * @param collectionIdentifier Unique GUID of the collection. Note: Collection names cannot be used as identifiers since duplicate names are allowed.
     * @param updateCollectionRequest
     */
    updateCollection(collectionIdentifier: string, updateCollectionRequest: UpdateCollectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Creates, updates, or deletes column security rules for specified tables.  This API endpoint allows you to create, update, or delete column-level security rules on columns of a table. The operation follows an \"all or none\" policy: if defining security rules for any of the provided columns fails, the entire operation will be rolled back, and no rules will be created.  #### Usage guidelines  - Provide table identifier using either `identifier` (GUID or name) or `obj_identifier` (object ID) - Use `clear_csr: true` to remove all column security rules from the table - For each column, specify the security rule using `column_security_rules` array - Use `is_unsecured: true` to mark a specific column as unprotected - Use `group_access` operations to manage group associations:   - `ADD`: Add groups to the column\'s access list   - `REMOVE`: Remove groups from the column\'s access list   - `REPLACE`: Replace all existing groups with the specified groups  #### Required permissions  - `ADMINISTRATION` - Can administer ThoughtSpot - `DATAMANAGEMENT` - Can manage data (if RBAC is disabled) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` - Can manage worksheet views and tables (if RBAC is enabled)  #### Example request  ```json {   \"identifier\": \"table-guid\",   \"obj_identifier\": \"table-object-id\",   \"clear_csr\": false,   \"column_security_rules\": [     {       \"column_identifier\": \"col id or col name\",       \"is_unsecured\": false,       \"group_access\": [         {           \"operation\": \"ADD\",           \"group_identifiers\": [\"hr_group_id\", \"hr_group_name\", \"finance_group_id\"]         }       ]     },     {       \"column_identifier\": \"col id or col name\",       \"is_unsecured\": true     },     {       \"column_identifier\": \"col id or col name\",       \"is_unsecured\": false,       \"group_access\": [         {           \"operation\": \"REPLACE\",           \"group_identifiers\": [\"management_group_id\", \"management_group_name\"]         }       ]     }   ] } ```  #### Request Body Schema  - `identifier` (string, optional): GUID or name of the table for which we want to create column security rules - `obj_identifier` (string, optional): The object ID of the table - `clear_csr` (boolean, optional): If true, then all the secured columns will be marked as unprotected, and all the group associations will be removed - `column_security_rules` (array of objects, required): An array where each object defines the security rule for a specific column  Each column security rule object contains: - `column_identifier` (string, required): Column identifier (col_id or name) - `is_unsecured` (boolean, optional): If true, the column will be marked as unprotected and all groups associated with it will be removed - `group_access` (array of objects, optional): Array of group operation objects  Each group operation object contains: - `operation` (string, required): Operation type - ADD, REMOVE, or REPLACE - `group_identifiers` (array of strings, required): Array of group identifiers (name or GUID) on which the operation will be performed  #### Response  This API does not return any response body. A successful operation returns HTTP 200 status code.  #### Operation Types  - **ADD**: Adds the specified groups to the column\'s access list - **REMOVE**: Removes the specified groups from the column\'s access list   - **REPLACE**: Replaces all existing groups with the specified groups
     * @param updateColumnSecurityRulesRequest
     */
    updateColumnSecurityRules(updateColumnSecurityRulesRequest: UpdateColumnSecurityRulesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Updates Git repository configuration settings.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance on your instance, the `CAN_SETUP_VERSION_CONTROL` (**Can set up version control**) privilege.
     * @param updateConfigRequest
     */
    updateConfig(updateConfigRequest: UpdateConfigRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   **Important**: This endpoint is deprecated and will be removed from ThoughtSpot in September 2025. ThoughtSpot strongly recommends using the [Update connection V2](#/http/api-endpoints/connections/update-connection-v2) endpoint to update your connection objects.  #### Usage guidelines  Updates a connection object.    Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  To update a connection object, pass these parameters in your API request:  1. GUID of the connection object. 2. If you are updating tables or database schema of a connection object:    a. Add the updated JSON map of metadata with database, schema, and tables in `data_warehouse_config`.    b. Set `validate` to `true`. 3. If you are updating a configuration attribute, connection name, or description, you can set `validate` to `false`.
     * @param updateConnectionRequest
     */
    updateConnection(updateConnectionRequest: UpdateConnectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Updates a connection configuration object.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  #### Supported operations This API endpoint lets you perform the following operations in a single API request:   * Edit the name or description of the configuration  * Edit the configuration properties  * Edit the `policy_type`  * Edit the type of authentication  * Enable or disable a configuration  #### Parameterized Connection Support For parameterized oauth based connections, only the `same_as_parent` and `policy_process_options` attributes are allowed. These attributes are not applicable to connections that are not parameterized.   **NOTE**: When updating a configuration where `disabled` is `true`, you must reset `disabled` to `true` in your update request payload. If not explicitly set again, the API will default `disabled` to `false`.
     * @param configurationIdentifier Unique ID or name of the configuration.
     * @param updateConnectionConfigurationRequest
     */
    updateConnectionConfiguration(configurationIdentifier: string, updateConnectionConfigurationRequest: UpdateConnectionConfigurationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Updates a connection object.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  To update a connection object, pass these parameters in your API request:  1. GUID of the connection object. 2. If you are updating tables or database schema of a connection object:    a. Add the updated JSON map of metadata with database, schema, and tables in `data_warehouse_config`.    b. Set `validate` to `true`.        **NOTE:** If the `authentication_type` is anything other than SERVICE_ACCOUNT, you must explicitly provide the authenticationType property in the payload. If you do not specify authenticationType, the API will default to SERVICE_ACCOUNT as the authentication type.     * A JSON map of configuration attributes, database details, and table properties in `data_warehouse_config` as shown in the following example:    * This is an example of updating a single table in a empty connection:           ```       {         \"authenticationType\": \"SERVICE_ACCOUNT\",         \"externalDatabases\": [           {             \"name\": \"DEVELOPMENT\",             \"isAutoCreated\": false,             \"schemas\": [               {                 \"name\": \"TS_dataset\",                 \"tables\": [                   {                     \"name\": \"DEMORENAME\",                     \"type\": \"TABLE\",                     \"description\": \"\",                     \"selected\": true,                     \"linked\": true,                     \"gid\": 0,                     \"datasetId\": \"-1\",                     \"subType\": \"\",                     \"reportId\": \"\",                     \"viewId\": \"\",                     \"columns\": [                       {                         \"name\": \"Col1\",                         \"type\": \"VARCHAR\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       },                       {                         \"name\": \"Col2\",                         \"type\": \"VARCHAR\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       },                       {                         \"name\": \"Col3\",                         \"type\": \"VARCHAR\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       },                       {                         \"name\": \"Col312\",                         \"type\": \"VARCHAR\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       },                       {                         \"name\": \"Col4\",                         \"type\": \"VARCHAR\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       }                     ],                     \"relationships\": []                   }                 ]               }             ]           }         ],         \"configuration\": {           \"password\": \"\",           \"database\": \"DEVELOPMENT\",           \"role\": \"DEV\",           \"accountName\": \"thoughtspot_partner\",           \"warehouse\": \"DEMO_WH\",           \"user\": \"DEV_USER\"         }       }       ```        * This is an example of updating a single table in an existing connection with tables:            ```       {         \"authenticationType\": \"SERVICE_ACCOUNT\",         \"externalDatabases\": [           {             \"name\": \"DEVELOPMENT\",             \"isAutoCreated\": false,             \"schemas\": [               {                 \"name\": \"TS_dataset\",                 \"tables\": [                   {                     \"name\": \"CUSTOMER\",                     \"type\": \"TABLE\",                     \"description\": \"\",                     \"selected\": true,                     \"linked\": true,                     \"gid\": 0,                     \"datasetId\": \"-1\",                     \"subType\": \"\",                     \"reportId\": \"\",                     \"viewId\": \"\",                     \"columns\": [],                     \"relationships\": []                   },                   {                     \"name\": \"tpch5k_falcon_default_schema_users\",                     \"type\": \"TABLE\",                     \"description\": \"\",                     \"selected\": true,                     \"linked\": true,                     \"gid\": 0,                     \"datasetId\": \"-1\",                     \"subType\": \"\",                     \"reportId\": \"\",                     \"viewId\": \"\",                     \"columns\": [                       {                         \"name\": \"user_id\",                         \"type\": \"INT64\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       },                       {                         \"name\": \"product_id\",                         \"type\": \"INT64\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       },                       {                         \"name\": \"user_cost\",                         \"type\": \"INT64\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       }                     ],                     \"relationships\": []                   }                 ]               }             ]           }         ],         \"configuration\": {           \"password\": \"\",           \"database\": \"DEVELOPMENT\",           \"role\": \"DEV\",           \"accountName\": \"thoughtspot_partner\",           \"warehouse\": \"DEMO_WH\",           \"user\": \"DEV_USER\"         }       }       ```  3. If you are updating a configuration attribute, connection name, or description, you can set `validate` to `false`.    **NOTE:** If the `authentication_type` is anything other than SERVICE_ACCOUNT, you must explicitly provide the authenticationType property in the payload. If you do not  specify authenticationType, the API will default to SERVICE_ACCOUNT as the authentication type.    * A JSON map of configuration attributes in `data_warehouse_config`. The following example shows the configuration attributes for a Snowflake connection:    ```    {       \"configuration\":{          \"accountName\":\"thoughtspot_partner\",          \"user\":\"tsadmin\",          \"password\":\"TestConn123\",          \"role\":\"sysadmin\",          \"warehouse\":\"MEDIUM_WH\"       },       \"externalDatabases\":[        ]    }    ```
     * @param connectionIdentifier Unique ID or name of the connection.
     * @param updateConnectionV2Request
     */
    updateConnectionV2(connectionIdentifier: string, updateConnectionV2Request: UpdateConnectionV2Request, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.6.0.cl or later   Updates a custom action.  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**Has Developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  #### Usage Guidelines  The API allows you to modify the following properties:  * Name of the custom action * Action availability to groups * Association to metadata objects * Authentication settings for a URL-based action  For more information, see [Custom actions](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/custom-action-intro).
     * @param customActionIdentifier Unique ID or name of the custom action.
     * @param updateCustomActionRequest
     */
    updateCustomAction(customActionIdentifier: string, updateCustomActionRequest: UpdateCustomActionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Updates a DBT connection object.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data ThoughtSpot**) privilege, along with an existing DBT connection. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  #### About update DBT connection You can modify DBT connection object properties such as embrace connection name, embrace database name, import type, account identifier, access token, project identifier and environment (or) embrace connection, embrace database name, import type, file_content settings.
     * @param dbtConnectionIdentifier Unique ID of the DBT Connection.
     * @param connectionName Name of the connection.
     * @param databaseName Name of the Database.
     * @param importType Mention type of Import
     * @param accessToken Access token is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD.
     * @param dbtUrl DBT URL is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD.
     * @param accountId Account ID is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD
     * @param projectId Project ID is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD
     * @param dbtEnvId DBT Environment ID\\\&quot;
     * @param projectName Name of the project
     * @param fileContent Upload DBT Manifest and Catalog artifact files as a ZIP file. This field is Mandatory when Import Type is \\\&#39;ZIP_FILE\\\&#39;
     */
    updateDbtConnection(dbtConnectionIdentifier: string, connectionName?: string, databaseName?: string, importType?: string, accessToken?: string, dbtUrl?: string, accountId?: string, projectId?: string, dbtEnvId?: string, projectName?: string, fileContent?: HttpFile, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Updates a customization configuration for the notification email.  #### Pre-requisites  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**has developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**:This endpoint in currently in beta. Contact ThoughtSpot support to enable this on your instance.  #### Usage guidelines  To update a custom configuration pass these parameters in your API request:  - A JSON map of configuration attributes `template_properties`. The following example shows a sample set of customization configuration:  ``` {   {       \"cta_button_bg_color\": \"#444DEA\",      \"cta_text_font_color\": \"#FFFFFF\",      \"primary_bg_color\": \"#D3DEF0\",         \"logo_url\": \"https://storage.pardot.com/710713/1642089901EbkRibJq/TS_fullworkmark_darkmode.png\",        \"font_family\": \"\",      \"product_name\": \"ThoughtSpot\",      \"footer_address\": \"444 Castro St, Suite 1000 Mountain View, CA 94041\",      \"footer_phone\": \"(800) 508-7008\",         \"replacement_value_for_liveboard\": \"Dashboard\",      \"replacement_value_for_answer\": \"Chart\",      \"replacement_value_for_spot_iq\": \"AI Insights\",         \"hide_footer_phone\": false,         \"hide_footer_address\": false,         \"hide_product_name\": false,      \"hide_manage_notification\": false,      \"hide_mobile_app_nudge\": false,      \"hide_privacy_policy\": false,       \"hide_ts_vocabulary_definitions\": false,      \"hide_error_message\": false,      \"hide_unsubscribe_link\": false,         \"hide_notification_status\": false,      \"hide_modify_alert\": false,      \"company_website_url\": \"https://your-website.com/\",      \"company_privacy_policy_url\" : \"https://link-to-privacy-policy.com/\",         \"contact_support_url\": \"https://link-to-contact-support.com/\",         \"hide_contact_support_url\": false,      \"hide_logo_url\" : false   } } ```
     * @param updateEmailCustomizationRequest
     */
    updateEmailCustomization(updateEmailCustomizationRequest: UpdateEmailCustomizationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Update header attributes for a given list of header objects.   Version: 10.6.0.cl or later   ## Prerequisites - **Privileges Required:**   - `DATAMANAGEMENT` (Can manage data) or `ADMINISTRATION` (Can administer ThoughtSpot). - **Additional Privileges (if RBAC is enabled):**   - `ORG_ADMINISTRATION` (Can manage orgs).  ---  ## Usage Guidelines  ### Parameters  1. **headers_update**      - **Description:** List of header objects with their attributes to be updated. Each object contains a list of attributes to be updated in the header.    - **Usage:**       - You must provide either `identifier` or `obj_identifier`, but not both. Both fields cannot be empty.       - When `org_identifier` is set to `-1`, only the `identifier` value is accepted; `obj_identifier` is not allowed.  2. **org_identifier**      - **Description:** GUID (Globally Unique Identifier) or name of the organization.      - **Usage:**      - Leaving this field empty assumes that the changes should be applied to the current organization       - Provide `org_guid` or `org_name` to uniquely identify the organization where changes need to be applied. .      - Provide `-1` if changes have to be applied across all the org.  ---  ## Note Currently, this API is enabled only for updating the `obj_identifier` attribute. Only `text` will be allowed in attribute\'s value.  ## Best Practices  1. **Backup Before Conversion:**      Always export metadata as a backup before initiating the update process  ---  ## Examples  ### Only `identifier` is given  ```json {   \"headers_update\":   [     {       \"identifier\": \"guid_1\",       \"obj_identifier\": \"\",       \"type\": \"LOGICAL_COLUMN\",       \"attributes\":       [         {           \"name\": \"obj_id\",           \"value\": \"custom_object_id\"         }       ]     }   ],   \"org_identifier\": \"orgGuid\" } ```  ### Only `obj_identifier` is given ```json {   \"headers_update\":   [     {       \"obj_identifier\": \"custom_object_id\",       \"type\": \"ANSWER\",       \"attributes\":       [         {           \"name\": \"obj_id\",           \"value\": \"custom_object_id\"         }       ]     }   ],   \"org_identifier\": \"orgName\" } ```  ### Executing update for all org `-1` ```json {   \"headers_update\":   [     {       \"identifier\": \"guid_1\",       \"type\": \"ANSWER\",       \"attributes\":       [         {           \"name\": \"obj_id\",           \"value\": \"custom_object_id\"         }       ]     }   ],   \"org_identifier\": -1 } ```  ### Optional `type` is not provided ```json {   \"headers_update\":   [     {       \"identifier\": \"guid_1\",       \"attributes\":       [         {           \"name\": \"obj_id\",           \"value\": \"custom_object_id\"         }       ]     }   ],   \"org_identifier\": -1 } ```
     * @param updateMetadataHeaderRequest
     */
    updateMetadataHeader(updateMetadataHeaderRequest: UpdateMetadataHeaderRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Update object IDs for given metadata objects.   Version: 10.8.0.cl or later   ## Prerequisites - **Privileges Required:**   - `DATAMANAGEMENT` (Can manage data) or `ADMINISTRATION` (Can administer ThoughtSpot). - **Additional Privileges (if RBAC is enabled):**   - `ORG_ADMINISTRATION` (Can manage orgs).  ---  ## Usage Guidelines  ### Parameters  1. **metadata**      - **Description:** List of metadata objects to update their object IDs.    - **Usage:**       - Use either `current_obj_id` alone OR use `metadata_identifier` with `type` (when needed).       - When using `metadata_identifier`, the `type` field is required if using a name instead of a GUID.       - The `new_obj_id` field is always required.  ---  ## Note This API is specifically designed for updating object IDs of metadata objects. It internally uses the header update mechanism to perform the changes.  ## Best Practices  1. **Backup Before Update:**      Always export metadata as a backup before initiating the update process.  2. **Validation:**    - When using `current_obj_id`, ensure it matches the existing object ID exactly.    - When using `metadata_identifier` with a name, ensure the `type` is specified correctly.    - Verify that the `new_obj_id` follows your naming conventions and is unique within your system.  ---  ## Examples  ### Using current_obj_id ```json {   \"metadata\": [     {       \"current_obj_id\": \"existing_object_id\",       \"new_obj_id\": \"new_object_id\"     }   ] } ```  ### Using metadata_identifier with GUID ```json {   \"metadata\": [     {       \"metadata_identifier\": \"01234567-89ab-cdef-0123-456789abcdef\",       \"new_obj_id\": \"new_object_id\"     }   ] } ```  ### Using metadata_identifier with name and type ```json {   \"metadata\": [     {       \"metadata_identifier\": \"My Answer\",       \"type\": \"ANSWER\",       \"new_obj_id\": \"new_object_id\"     }   ] } ```  ### Multiple objects update ```json {   \"metadata\": [     {       \"current_obj_id\": \"existing_object_id_1\",       \"new_obj_id\": \"new_object_id_1\"     },     {       \"metadata_identifier\": \"My Worksheet\",       \"type\": \"LOGICAL_TABLE\",       \"new_obj_id\": \"new_object_id_2\"     }   ] } ```
     * @param updateMetadataObjIdRequest
     */
    updateMetadataObjId(updateMetadataObjIdRequest: UpdateMetadataObjIdRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Updates an Org object. You can modify Org properties such as name, description, and user associations.  Requires cluster administration (**Can administer Org**) privileges. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `ORG_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage Orgs**) privilege is required.
     * @param orgIdentifier ID or name of the Org
     * @param updateOrgRequest
     */
    updateOrg(orgIdentifier: string, updateOrgRequest: UpdateOrgRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.5.0.cl or later   Updates the properties of a Role object.  Available only if [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance. To update a Role, the `ROLE_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage roles**) privilege is required.
     * @param roleIdentifier Unique ID or name of the Role.
     * @param updateRoleRequest
     */
    updateRole(roleIdentifier: string, updateRoleRequest: UpdateRoleRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Update schedule.    Version: 9.4.0.cl or later   Updates a scheduled Liveboard job.  Requires at least edit access to Liveboards. To update a schedule on behalf of another user, you need `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer Org**) or `JOBSCHEDULING` (**Can schedule for others**) privilege and edit access to the Liveboard. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `JOBSCHEDULING` (**Can schedule for others**) privilege is required.  The API endpoint allows you to pause a scheduled job, change the status of a paused job. You can also edit the recipients list, frequency of the job, format of the file to send to the recipients in email notifications, PDF options, and time zone setting.
     * @param scheduleIdentifier Unique ID or name of the schedule.
     * @param updateScheduleRequest
     */
    updateSchedule(scheduleIdentifier: string, updateScheduleRequest: UpdateScheduleRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Updates the current configuration of the cluster. You must send the configuration data in JSON format.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privileges. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `APPLICATION_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage application settings**) privilege is required.
     * @param updateSystemConfigRequest
     */
    updateSystemConfig(updateSystemConfigRequest: UpdateSystemConfigRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Updates a tag object.  You can modify the `name` and `color` properties of a tag object.    Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `TAGMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage tags**) privilege is required to create, edit, and delete tags.
     * @param tagIdentifier Name or Id of the tag.
     * @param updateTagRequest
     */
    updateTag(tagIdentifier: string, updateTagRequest: UpdateTagRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Updates the properties of a user object.  You can modify user properties such as username, email, and share notification settings. You can also assign new groups and Orgs, remove the user from a group or Org, reset password, and modify user preferences.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param userIdentifier GUID / name of the user
     * @param updateUserRequest
     */
    updateUser(userIdentifier: string, updateUserRequest: UpdateUserRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Updates the properties of a group object in ThoughtSpot.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `GROUP_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage groups**) privilege is required.  #### Supported operations  This API endpoint lets you perform the following operations in a single API request:  * Edit [privileges](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/?pageid=api-user-management#group-privileges) * Add or remove users * Change sharing visibility settings * Add or remove sub-groups * Assign a default Liveboard  or update the existing settings
     * @param groupIdentifier GUID or name of the group.
     * @param updateUserGroupRequest
     */
    updateUserGroup(groupIdentifier: string, updateUserGroupRequest: UpdateUserGroupRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Update a variable\'s name   Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Allows updating a variable\'s name in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role and TENANT scope. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint allows updating: * The variable name
     * @param identifier Unique id or name of the variable to update.
     * @param updateVariableRequest
     */
    updateVariable(identifier: string, updateVariableRequest: UpdateVariableRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Update values for multiple variables   Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   **Note:** This API endpoint is deprecated and will be removed from ThoughtSpot in a future release. Use [POST /api/rest/2.0/template/variables/{identifier}/update-values](/api/rest/2.0/template/variables/%7Bidentifier%7D/update-values) instead.  Allows updating values for multiple variables in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint allows: * Adding new values to variables * Replacing existing values * Deleting values from variables  When updating variable values, you need to specify: * The variable identifiers * The values to add/replace/remove for each variable * The operation to perform (ADD, REPLACE, REMOVE, RESET)  Behaviour based on operation type: * ADD - Adds values to the variable if this is a list type variable, else same as replace. * REPLACE - Replaces all values of a given set of constraints with the current set of values. * REMOVE - Removes any values which match the set of conditions of the variables if this is a list type variable, else clears value. * RESET - Removes all constrains for a given variable, scope is ignored
     * @param updateVariableValuesRequest
     */
    updateVariableValues(updateVariableValuesRequest: UpdateVariableValuesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Updates an existing webhook configuration by its unique id or name. Only the provided fields will be updated.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS` (**Can manage webhooks**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param webhookIdentifier Unique ID or name of the webhook configuration.
     * @param updateWebhookConfigurationRequest
     */
    updateWebhookConfiguration(webhookIdentifier: string, updateWebhookConfigurationRequest: UpdateWebhookConfigurationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Validates a communication channel configuration to ensure it is properly set up and can receive events. - Use `channel_type` to specify the type of communication channel to validate (e.g., WEBHOOK). - Use `channel_identifier` to provide the unique identifier or name for the communication channel. - Use `event_type` to specify the event type to validate for this channel.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. For webhook channels, users with `CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS` (**Can manage webhooks**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param validateCommunicationChannelRequest
     */
    validateCommunicationChannel(validateCommunicationChannelRequest: ValidateCommunicationChannelRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.10.0.cl or later   Validates the email customization configuration if any set for the ThoughtSpot system.  #### Pre-requisites  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**has developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**:This endpoint in currently in beta. Contact ThoughtSpot support to enable this on your instance.
     */
    validateEmailCustomization(_options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Validates the content of your source branch against the objects in your destination environment.  Before merging content from your source branch to the destination branch, run this API operation from your destination environment and ensure that the changes from the source branch function in the destination environment.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance on your instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**) privilege and edit access to the metadata objects.
     * @param validateMergeRequest
     */
    validateMerge(validateMergeRequest: ValidateMergeRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.12.0.cl or later    Validates the authentication token specified in the API request.  If your token is not valid, [Get a new token](#/http/api-endpoints/authentication/get-full-access-token).
     * @param validateTokenRequest
     */
    validateToken(validateTokenRequest: ValidateTokenRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
}
declare class ThoughtSpotRestApiResponseProcessor {
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to activateUser
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    activateUser(response: ResponseContext): Promise<User>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to assignChangeAuthor
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    assignChangeAuthor(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to assignTag
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    assignTag(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to changeUserPassword
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    changeUserPassword(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to commitBranch
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    commitBranch(response: ResponseContext): Promise<CommitResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to configureCommunicationChannelPreferences
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    configureCommunicationChannelPreferences(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to configureSecuritySettings
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    configureSecuritySettings(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to connectionConfigurationSearch
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    connectionConfigurationSearch(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<ConnectionConfigurationResponse>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to convertWorksheetToModel
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    convertWorksheetToModel(response: ResponseContext): Promise<ResponseWorksheetToModelConversion>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to copyObject
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    copyObject(response: ResponseContext): Promise<ResponseCopyObject>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createAgentConversation
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createAgentConversation(response: ResponseContext): Promise<AgentConversation>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createCalendar
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createCalendar(response: ResponseContext): Promise<CalendarResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createCollection
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createCollection(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Collection>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createConfig
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createConfig(response: ResponseContext): Promise<RepoConfigObject>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createConnection
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createConnection(response: ResponseContext): Promise<CreateConnectionResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createConnectionConfiguration
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createConnectionConfiguration(response: ResponseContext): Promise<ConnectionConfigurationResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createConversation
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createConversation(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Conversation>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createCustomAction
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createCustomAction(response: ResponseContext): Promise<ResponseCustomAction>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createEmailCustomization
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createEmailCustomization(response: ResponseContext): Promise<CreateEmailCustomizationResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createOrg
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createOrg(response: ResponseContext): Promise<OrgResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createRole
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createRole(response: ResponseContext): Promise<RoleResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createSchedule
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createSchedule(response: ResponseContext): Promise<ResponseSchedule>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createTag
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createTag(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Tag>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createUser
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createUser(response: ResponseContext): Promise<User>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createUserGroup
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createUserGroup(response: ResponseContext): Promise<UserGroupResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createVariable
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createVariable(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Variable>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createWebhookConfiguration
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createWebhookConfiguration(response: ResponseContext): Promise<WebhookResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to dbtConnection
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    dbtConnection(response: ResponseContext): Promise<any>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to dbtGenerateSyncTml
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    dbtGenerateSyncTml(response: ResponseContext): Promise<any>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to dbtGenerateTml
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    dbtGenerateTml(response: ResponseContext): Promise<any>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to dbtSearch
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    dbtSearch(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<DbtSearchResponse>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deactivateUser
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deactivateUser(response: ResponseContext): Promise<ResponseActivationURL>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteCalendar
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteCalendar(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteCollection
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteCollection(response: ResponseContext): Promise<CollectionDeleteResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteConfig
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteConfig(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteConnection
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteConnection(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteConnectionConfiguration
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteConnectionConfiguration(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteConnectionV2
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteConnectionV2(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteCustomAction
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteCustomAction(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteDbtConnection
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteDbtConnection(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteEmailCustomization
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteEmailCustomization(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteMetadata
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteMetadata(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteOrg
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteOrg(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteOrgEmailCustomization
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteOrgEmailCustomization(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteRole
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteRole(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteSchedule
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteSchedule(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteTag
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteTag(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteUser
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteUser(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteUserGroup
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteUserGroup(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteVariable
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteVariable(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteVariables
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteVariables(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteWebhookConfigurations
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteWebhookConfigurations(response: ResponseContext): Promise<WebhookDeleteResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deployCommit
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deployCommit(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<DeployResponse>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to downloadConnectionMetadataChanges
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    downloadConnectionMetadataChanges(response: ResponseContext): Promise<HttpFile>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to exportAnswerReport
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    exportAnswerReport(response: ResponseContext): Promise<HttpFile>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to exportLiveboardReport
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    exportLiveboardReport(response: ResponseContext): Promise<HttpFile>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to exportMetadataTML
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    exportMetadataTML(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<any>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to exportMetadataTMLBatched
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    exportMetadataTMLBatched(response: ResponseContext): Promise<any>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to fetchAnswerData
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    fetchAnswerData(response: ResponseContext): Promise<AnswerDataResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to fetchAnswerSqlQuery
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    fetchAnswerSqlQuery(response: ResponseContext): Promise<SqlQueryResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to fetchAsyncImportTaskStatus
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    fetchAsyncImportTaskStatus(response: ResponseContext): Promise<GetAsyncImportStatusResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to fetchColumnSecurityRules
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    fetchColumnSecurityRules(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<ColumnSecurityRuleResponse>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to fetchConnectionDiffStatus
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    fetchConnectionDiffStatus(response: ResponseContext): Promise<FetchConnectionDiffStatusResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to fetchLiveboardData
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    fetchLiveboardData(response: ResponseContext): Promise<LiveboardDataResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to fetchLiveboardSqlQuery
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    fetchLiveboardSqlQuery(response: ResponseContext): Promise<SqlQueryResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to fetchLogs
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    fetchLogs(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<LogResponse>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to fetchObjectPrivileges
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    fetchObjectPrivileges(response: ResponseContext): Promise<ObjectPrivilegesOfMetadataResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to fetchPermissionsOfPrincipals
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    fetchPermissionsOfPrincipals(response: ResponseContext): Promise<PermissionOfPrincipalsResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to fetchPermissionsOnMetadata
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    fetchPermissionsOnMetadata(response: ResponseContext): Promise<PermissionOfMetadataResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to forceLogoutUsers
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    forceLogoutUsers(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to generateCSV
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    generateCSV(response: ResponseContext): Promise<any>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to getCurrentUserInfo
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    getCurrentUserInfo(response: ResponseContext): Promise<User>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to getCurrentUserToken
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    getCurrentUserToken(response: ResponseContext): Promise<GetTokenResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to getCustomAccessToken
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    getCustomAccessToken(response: ResponseContext): Promise<AccessToken>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to getDataSourceSuggestions
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    getDataSourceSuggestions(response: ResponseContext): Promise<EurekaDataSourceSuggestionResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to getFullAccessToken
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    getFullAccessToken(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Token>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to getNLInstructions
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    getNLInstructions(response: ResponseContext): Promise<EurekaGetNLInstructionsResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to getObjectAccessToken
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    getObjectAccessToken(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Token>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to getRelevantQuestions
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    getRelevantQuestions(response: ResponseContext): Promise<EurekaGetRelevantQuestionsResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to getSystemConfig
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    getSystemConfig(response: ResponseContext): Promise<SystemConfig>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to getSystemInformation
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    getSystemInformation(response: ResponseContext): Promise<SystemInfo>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to getSystemOverrideInfo
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    getSystemOverrideInfo(response: ResponseContext): Promise<SystemOverrideInfo>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to importMetadataTML
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    importMetadataTML(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<any>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to importMetadataTMLAsync
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    importMetadataTMLAsync(response: ResponseContext): Promise<ImportEPackAsyncTaskStatus>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to importUserGroups
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    importUserGroups(response: ResponseContext): Promise<ImportUserGroupsResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to importUsers
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    importUsers(response: ResponseContext): Promise<ImportUsersResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to login
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    login(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to logout
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    logout(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to manageObjectPrivilege
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    manageObjectPrivilege(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to parameterizeMetadata
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    parameterizeMetadata(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to parameterizeMetadataFields
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    parameterizeMetadataFields(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to publishMetadata
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    publishMetadata(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to putVariableValues
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    putVariableValues(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to queryGetDecomposedQuery
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    queryGetDecomposedQuery(response: ResponseContext): Promise<EurekaDecomposeQueryResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to resetUserPassword
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    resetUserPassword(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to revertCommit
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    revertCommit(response: ResponseContext): Promise<RevertResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to revokeRefreshTokens
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    revokeRefreshTokens(response: ResponseContext): Promise<RevokeRefreshTokensResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to revokeToken
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    revokeToken(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchCalendars
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchCalendars(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<CalendarResponse>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchChannelHistory
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchChannelHistory(response: ResponseContext): Promise<SearchChannelHistoryResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchCollections
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchCollections(response: ResponseContext): Promise<CollectionSearchResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchCommits
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchCommits(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<CommitHistoryResponse>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchCommunicationChannelPreferences
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchCommunicationChannelPreferences(response: ResponseContext): Promise<CommunicationChannelPreferencesResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchConfig
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchConfig(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<RepoConfigObject>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchConnection
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchConnection(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<SearchConnectionResponse>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchCustomActions
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchCustomActions(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<ResponseCustomAction>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchData
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchData(response: ResponseContext): Promise<SearchDataResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchEmailCustomization
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchEmailCustomization(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<CreateEmailCustomizationResponse>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchMetadata
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchMetadata(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<MetadataSearchResponse>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchOrgs
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchOrgs(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<OrgResponse>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchRoles
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchRoles(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<SearchRoleResponse>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchSchedules
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchSchedules(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<ResponseSchedule>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchSecuritySettings
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchSecuritySettings(response: ResponseContext): Promise<SecuritySettingsResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchTags
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchTags(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<Tag>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchUserGroups
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchUserGroups(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<UserGroupResponse>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchUsers
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchUsers(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<User>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchVariables
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchVariables(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<Variable>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchWebhookConfigurations
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchWebhookConfigurations(response: ResponseContext): Promise<WebhookSearchResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to sendAgentMessage
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    sendAgentMessage(response: ResponseContext): Promise<any>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to sendAgentMessageStreaming
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    sendAgentMessageStreaming(response: ResponseContext): Promise<SendAgentMessageResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to sendMessage
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    sendMessage(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<ResponseMessage>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to setNLInstructions
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    setNLInstructions(response: ResponseContext): Promise<EurekaSetNLInstructionsResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to shareMetadata
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    shareMetadata(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to singleAnswer
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    singleAnswer(response: ResponseContext): Promise<ResponseMessage>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to unassignTag
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    unassignTag(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to unparameterizeMetadata
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    unparameterizeMetadata(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to unpublishMetadata
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    unpublishMetadata(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateCalendar
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateCalendar(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateCollection
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateCollection(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateColumnSecurityRules
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateColumnSecurityRules(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateConfig
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateConfig(response: ResponseContext): Promise<RepoConfigObject>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateConnection
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateConnection(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateConnectionConfiguration
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateConnectionConfiguration(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateConnectionV2
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateConnectionV2(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateCustomAction
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateCustomAction(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateDbtConnection
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateDbtConnection(response: ResponseContext): Promise<any>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateEmailCustomization
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateEmailCustomization(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateMetadataHeader
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateMetadataHeader(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateMetadataObjId
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateMetadataObjId(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateOrg
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateOrg(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateRole
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateRole(response: ResponseContext): Promise<RoleResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateSchedule
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateSchedule(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateSystemConfig
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateSystemConfig(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateTag
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateTag(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateUser
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateUser(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateUserGroup
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateUserGroup(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateVariable
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateVariable(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateVariableValues
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateVariableValues(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateWebhookConfiguration
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateWebhookConfiguration(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to validateCommunicationChannel
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    validateCommunicationChannel(response: ResponseContext): Promise<CommunicationChannelValidateResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to validateEmailCustomization
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    validateEmailCustomization(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to validateMerge
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    validateMerge(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<DeployResponse>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to validateToken
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    validateToken(response: ResponseContext): Promise<TokenValidationResponse>;
}

/**
 * no description
 */
declare class UsersApiRequestFactory extends BaseAPIRequestFactory {
    /**
     *   Version: 9.7.0.cl or later   Activates a deactivated user account.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer Thoughtspot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.  To activate an inactive user account, the API request body must include the following information:  - Username or the GUID of the user account. - Auth token generated for the deactivated user. The auth token is sent in the API response when a user is deactivated. - Password for the user account.
     * @param activateUserRequest
     */
    activateUser(activateUserRequest: ActivateUserRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Updates the current password of the user.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param changeUserPasswordRequest
     */
    changeUserPassword(changeUserPasswordRequest: ChangeUserPasswordRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Creates a user in ThoughtSpot.  The API endpoint allows you to configure several user properties such as email address, account status, share notification preferences, and sharing visibility. You can provision the user to [groups](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/groups-privileges) and [Orgs](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/orgs-overview). You can also add Liveboard, Answer, and Worksheet objects to the user’s favorites list, assign a default Liveboard for the user, and set user preferences.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param createUserRequest
     */
    createUser(createUserRequest: CreateUserRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.7.0.cl or later   Deactivates a user account.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer Thoughtspot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.  To deactivate a user account, the API request body must include the following information:  - Username or the GUID of the user account - Base URL of the ThoughtSpot instance  If the API request is successful, ThoughtSpot returns the activation URL in the response. The activation URL is valid for 14 days and can be used to re-activate the account and reset the password of the deactivated account.
     * @param deactivateUserRequest
     */
    deactivateUser(deactivateUserRequest: DeactivateUserRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Deletes a user from the ThoughtSpot system.  If you want to remove a user from a specific Org but not from ThoughtSpot, update the group and Org mapping properties of the user object via a POST API call to the [/api/rest/2.0/users/{user_identifier}/update](#/http/api-endpoints/users/update-user) endpoint.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param userIdentifier GUID / name of the user
     */
    deleteUser(userIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Enforces logout on current user sessions.    Use this API with caution as it may invalidate active user sessions and force users to re-login. Make sure you specify the usernames or GUIDs. If you pass null values in the API call, all user sessions on your cluster become invalid, and the users are forced to re-login.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param forceLogoutUsersRequest
     */
    forceLogoutUsers(forceLogoutUsersRequest: ForceLogoutUsersRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Imports user data from external databases into ThoughtSpot. During the user import operation:  * If the specified users are not available in ThoughtSpot, the users are created and assigned a default password. Defining a `default_password` in the API request is optional. * If `delete_unspecified_users` is set to `true`, the users not specified in the API request, excluding the `tsadmin`, `guest`, `system` and `su` users, are deleted. * If the specified user objects are already available in ThoughtSpot, the object properties are updated and synchronized as per the input data in the API request.  A successful API call returns the object that represents the changes made in the ThoughtSpot system.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param importUsersRequest
     */
    importUsers(importUsersRequest: ImportUsersRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Resets the password of a user account. Administrators can reset password on behalf of a user.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param resetUserPasswordRequest
     */
    resetUserPassword(resetUserPasswordRequest: ResetUserPasswordRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets a list of users available on the ThoughtSpot system.  To get details of a specific user, specify the user GUID or name. You can also filter the API response based on groups, Org ID, user visibility, account status, user type, and user preference settings and favorites.  Available to all users. Users with `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privileges can view all users properties. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**: If the API returns an empty list, consider increasing the value of the `record_size` parameter. To search across all available users, set `record_size` to `-1`.
     * @param searchUsersRequest
     */
    searchUsers(searchUsersRequest: SearchUsersRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Updates the properties of a user object.  You can modify user properties such as username, email, and share notification settings. You can also assign new groups and Orgs, remove the user from a group or Org, reset password, and modify user preferences.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param userIdentifier GUID / name of the user
     * @param updateUserRequest
     */
    updateUser(userIdentifier: string, updateUserRequest: UpdateUserRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
}
declare class UsersApiResponseProcessor {
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to activateUser
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    activateUser(response: ResponseContext): Promise<User>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to changeUserPassword
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    changeUserPassword(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createUser
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createUser(response: ResponseContext): Promise<User>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deactivateUser
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deactivateUser(response: ResponseContext): Promise<ResponseActivationURL>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteUser
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteUser(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to forceLogoutUsers
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    forceLogoutUsers(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to importUsers
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    importUsers(response: ResponseContext): Promise<ImportUsersResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to resetUserPassword
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    resetUserPassword(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchUsers
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchUsers(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<User>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateUser
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateUser(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
}

/**
 * no description
 */
declare class VariableApiRequestFactory extends BaseAPIRequestFactory {
    /**
     *  Create a variable which can be used for parameterizing metadata objects   Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Allows creating a variable which can be used for parameterizing metadata objects in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role and TENANT scope. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint supports the following types of variables: * CONNECTION_PROPERTY - For connection properties * TABLE_MAPPING - For table mappings * CONNECTION_PROPERTY_PER_PRINCIPAL - For connection properties per principal. In order to use this please contact support to enable this. * FORMULA_VARIABLE - For Formula variables, introduced in 10.15.0.cl  When creating a variable, you need to specify: * The variable type * A unique name for the variable * Whether the variable contains sensitive values (defaults to false) * The data type of the variable, only specify for formula variables (defaults to null)  The operation will fail if: * The user lacks required permissions * The variable name already exists * The variable type is invalid
     * @param createVariableRequest
     */
    createVariable(createVariableRequest: CreateVariableRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Delete a variable   Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   **Note:** This API endpoint is deprecated and will be removed from ThoughtSpot in a future release. Use [POST /api/rest/2.0/template/variables/delete](/api/rest/2.0/template/variables/delete) instead.  Allows deleting a variable from ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role and TENANT scope. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint requires: * The variable identifier (ID or name)  The operation will fail if: * The user lacks required permissions * The variable doesn\'t exist * The variable is being used by other objects
     * @param identifier Unique id or name of the variable
     */
    deleteVariable(identifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Delete variable(s)   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Allows deleting multiple variables from ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role and TENANT scope. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint requires: * The variable identifiers (IDs or names)  The operation will fail if: * The user lacks required permissions * Any of the variables don\'t exist * Any of the variables are being used by other objects
     * @param deleteVariablesRequest
     */
    deleteVariables(deleteVariablesRequest: DeleteVariablesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Update values for a variable   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Allows updating values for a specific variable in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint allows: * Adding new values to the variable * Replacing existing values * Deleting values from the variable * Resetting all values  When updating variable values, you need to specify: * The variable identifier (ID or name) * The values to add/replace/remove * The operation to perform (ADD, REPLACE, REMOVE, RESET)  Behaviour based on operation type: * ADD - Adds values to the variable if this is a list type variable, else same as replace. * REPLACE - Replaces all values of a given set of constraints with the current set of values. * REMOVE - Removes any values which match the set of conditions of the variables if this is a list type variable, else clears value. * RESET - Removes all constraints for the given variable, scope is ignored
     * @param identifier Unique ID or name of the variable
     * @param putVariableValuesRequest
     */
    putVariableValues(identifier: string, putVariableValuesRequest: PutVariableValuesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Search variables   Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Allows searching for variables in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint supports searching variables by: * Variable identifier (ID or name) * Variable type * Name pattern (case-insensitive, supports % for wildcard)  The search results can be formatted in three ways: * METADATA - Returns only variable metadata (default) * METADATA_AND_VALUES - Returns variable metadata and values  The values can be filtered by scope: * org_identifier * principal_identifier * model_identifier
     * @param searchVariablesRequest
     */
    searchVariables(searchVariablesRequest: SearchVariablesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Update a variable\'s name   Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Allows updating a variable\'s name in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role and TENANT scope. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint allows updating: * The variable name
     * @param identifier Unique id or name of the variable to update.
     * @param updateVariableRequest
     */
    updateVariable(identifier: string, updateVariableRequest: UpdateVariableRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Update values for multiple variables   Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   **Note:** This API endpoint is deprecated and will be removed from ThoughtSpot in a future release. Use [POST /api/rest/2.0/template/variables/{identifier}/update-values](/api/rest/2.0/template/variables/%7Bidentifier%7D/update-values) instead.  Allows updating values for multiple variables in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint allows: * Adding new values to variables * Replacing existing values * Deleting values from variables  When updating variable values, you need to specify: * The variable identifiers * The values to add/replace/remove for each variable * The operation to perform (ADD, REPLACE, REMOVE, RESET)  Behaviour based on operation type: * ADD - Adds values to the variable if this is a list type variable, else same as replace. * REPLACE - Replaces all values of a given set of constraints with the current set of values. * REMOVE - Removes any values which match the set of conditions of the variables if this is a list type variable, else clears value. * RESET - Removes all constrains for a given variable, scope is ignored
     * @param updateVariableValuesRequest
     */
    updateVariableValues(updateVariableValuesRequest: UpdateVariableValuesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
}
declare class VariableApiResponseProcessor {
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createVariable
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createVariable(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Variable>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteVariable
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteVariable(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteVariables
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteVariables(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to putVariableValues
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    putVariableValues(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchVariables
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchVariables(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<Variable>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateVariable
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateVariable(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateVariableValues
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateVariableValues(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
}

/**
 * no description
 */
declare class VersionControlApiRequestFactory extends BaseAPIRequestFactory {
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Commits TML files of metadata objects to the Git branch configured on your instance.  Requires at least edit access to objects used in the commit operation.  Before using this endpoint to push your commits:  * Enable Git integration on your instance. * Make sure the Git repository and branch details are configured on your instance.  For more information, see [Git integration documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/git-integration).
     * @param commitBranchRequest
     */
    commitBranch(commitBranchRequest: CommitBranchRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Allows you to connect a ThoughtSpot instance to a Git repository.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance on your instance, the `CAN_SETUP_VERSION_CONTROL` (**Can set up version control**) privilege.  You can use this API endpoint to connect your ThoughtSpot development and production environments to the development and production branches of a Git repository.  Before using this endpoint to connect your ThoughtSpot instance to a Git repository, check the following prerequisites:  * You have a Git repository. If you are using GitHub, make sure you have a valid account and an access token to connect ThoughtSpot to GitHub. For information about generating a token, see [GitHub Documentation](https://docs.github.com/en/authentication/keeping-your-account-and-data-secure/managing-your-personal-access-tokens).  * Your access token has `repo` scope that grants full access to public and private repositories. * Your Git repository has a branch that can be configured as a default branch in ThoughtSpot.  For more information, see [Git integration documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/?pageid=git-integration).  **Note**: ThoughtSpot supports only GitHub / itHub Enterprise for CI/CD.
     * @param createConfigRequest
     */
    createConfig(createConfigRequest: CreateConfigRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Deletes Git repository configuration from your ThoughtSpot instance.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance on your instance, the `CAN_SETUP_VERSION_CONTROL` (**Can set up version control**) privilege.
     * @param deleteConfigRequest
     */
    deleteConfig(deleteConfigRequest: DeleteConfigRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Allows you to deploy a commit and publish TML content to your ThoughtSpot instance.  Requires at least edit access to the objects used in the deploy operation.  The API deploys the head of the branch unless a `commit_id` is specified in the API request. If the branch name is not defined in the request, the default branch is considered for deploying commits.  For more information, see [Git integration documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/git-integration).
     * @param deployCommitRequest
     */
    deployCommit(deployCommitRequest: DeployCommitRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Reverts TML objects to a previous commit specified in the API request.  Requires at least edit access to objects.  In the API request, specify the `commit_id`. If the branch name is not specified in the request, the API will consider the default branch configured on your instance.  By default, the API reverts all objects. If the revert operation fails for one of the objects provided in the commit, the API returns an error and does not revert any object.  For more information, see [Git integration documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/git-integration).
     * @param commitId Commit id to which the object should be reverted
     * @param revertCommitRequest
     */
    revertCommit(commitId: string, revertCommitRequest: RevertCommitRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Gets a list of commits for a given metadata object.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance on your instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**) privilege and edit access to the metadata objects.
     * @param searchCommitsRequest
     */
    searchCommits(searchCommitsRequest: SearchCommitsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Gets Git repository connections configured on the ThoughtSpot instance.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance on your instance, the `CAN_SETUP_VERSION_CONTROL` (**Can set up version control**) privilege.
     * @param searchConfigRequest
     */
    searchConfig(searchConfigRequest: SearchConfigRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Updates Git repository configuration settings.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance on your instance, the `CAN_SETUP_VERSION_CONTROL` (**Can set up version control**) privilege.
     * @param updateConfigRequest
     */
    updateConfig(updateConfigRequest: UpdateConfigRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Validates the content of your source branch against the objects in your destination environment.  Before merging content from your source branch to the destination branch, run this API operation from your destination environment and ensure that the changes from the source branch function in the destination environment.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance on your instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**) privilege and edit access to the metadata objects.
     * @param validateMergeRequest
     */
    validateMerge(validateMergeRequest: ValidateMergeRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
}
declare class VersionControlApiResponseProcessor {
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to commitBranch
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    commitBranch(response: ResponseContext): Promise<CommitResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createConfig
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createConfig(response: ResponseContext): Promise<RepoConfigObject>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteConfig
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteConfig(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deployCommit
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deployCommit(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<DeployResponse>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to revertCommit
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    revertCommit(response: ResponseContext): Promise<RevertResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchCommits
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchCommits(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<CommitHistoryResponse>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchConfig
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchConfig(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<RepoConfigObject>>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateConfig
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateConfig(response: ResponseContext): Promise<RepoConfigObject>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to validateMerge
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    validateMerge(response: ResponseContext): Promise<Array<DeployResponse>>;
}

/**
 * no description
 */
declare class WebhooksApiRequestFactory extends BaseAPIRequestFactory {
    /**
     *  Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Creates a new webhook configuration to receive notifications for specified events. The webhook will be triggered when the configured events occur in the system.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS` (**Can manage webhooks**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param createWebhookConfigurationRequest
     */
    createWebhookConfiguration(createWebhookConfigurationRequest: CreateWebhookConfigurationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Deletes one or more webhook configurations by their unique id or name. Returns status of each deletion operation, including successfully deleted webhooks and any failures with error details.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS` (**Can manage webhooks**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param deleteWebhookConfigurationsRequest
     */
    deleteWebhookConfigurations(deleteWebhookConfigurationsRequest: DeleteWebhookConfigurationsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Searches for webhook configurations based on various criteria such as Org, webhook identifier, event type, with support for pagination and sorting. Returns matching webhook configurations with their complete details.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS` (**Can manage webhooks**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param searchWebhookConfigurationsRequest
     */
    searchWebhookConfigurations(searchWebhookConfigurationsRequest: SearchWebhookConfigurationsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Updates an existing webhook configuration by its unique id or name. Only the provided fields will be updated.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS` (**Can manage webhooks**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param webhookIdentifier Unique ID or name of the webhook configuration.
     * @param updateWebhookConfigurationRequest
     */
    updateWebhookConfiguration(webhookIdentifier: string, updateWebhookConfigurationRequest: UpdateWebhookConfigurationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RequestContext>;
}
declare class WebhooksApiResponseProcessor {
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to createWebhookConfiguration
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    createWebhookConfiguration(response: ResponseContext): Promise<WebhookResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to deleteWebhookConfigurations
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    deleteWebhookConfigurations(response: ResponseContext): Promise<WebhookDeleteResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to searchWebhookConfigurations
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    searchWebhookConfigurations(response: ResponseContext): Promise<WebhookSearchResponse>;
    /**
     * Unwraps the actual response sent by the server from the response context and deserializes the response content
     * to the expected objects
     *
     * @params response Response returned by the server for a request to updateWebhookConfiguration
     * @throws ApiException if the response code was not in [200, 299]
     */
    updateWebhookConfiguration(response: ResponseContext): Promise<void>;
}

declare class PromiseAIApi {
    private api;
    constructor(configuration: Configuration, requestFactory?: AIApiRequestFactory, responseProcessor?: AIApiResponseProcessor);
    /**
     *  Version: 26.2.0.cl or later   Creates a new Spotter agent conversation based on the provided context and settings. The endpoint was in Beta from 26.2.0.cl through 26.4.0.cl.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view access to the metadata object specified in the request.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include the `metadata_context` parameter to define the conversation context. The context type can be one of:  - `DATA_SOURCE` *(available from 26.5.0.cl)*: targets a specific data source. Provide `data_source_identifier` in `data_source_context` for a single data source, or `data_source_identifiers` for multi-data-source context. The deprecated `guid` field is accepted for backwards compatibility. - `AUTO_MODE` *(available from 26.5.0.cl)*: automatically discovers and selects the most relevant datasets for the user\'s queries.  > **Note for callers on versions 26.2.0.cl – 26.4.0.cl (Beta):** use the lowercase `data_source` enum value with the `guid` field instead of the above. Example: `{ \"type\": \"data_source\", \"data_source_context\": { \"guid\": \"<worksheet-id>\" } }`.  The `conversation_settings` parameter controls which Spotter capabilities are enabled for the conversation:  - `enable_contextual_change_analysis` (default: `true`, **deprecated from 26.2.0.cl**) — always enabled in Spotter 3; setting this to `false` has no effect on versions >= 26.2.0.cl - `enable_natural_language_answer_generation` (default: `true`, **deprecated from 26.2.0.cl**) — always enabled in Spotter 3; setting this to `false` has no effect on versions >= 26.2.0.cl - `enable_reasoning` (default: `true`, **deprecated from 26.2.0.cl**) — always enabled in Spotter 3; setting this to `false` has no effect on versions >= 26.2.0.cl - `enable_save_chat` (default: `false`, *available from 26.5.0.cl*) — enables saving the conversation for later retrieval via conversation history  If the request is successful, the response includes a unique `conversation_identifier` that must be passed to `sendAgentConversationMessage` or `sendAgentConversationMessageStreaming` to send messages within this conversation. The response also includes `conversation_id` with the same value for backwards compatibility; use `conversation_identifier` for new integrations.  #### Example request  ```json {   \"metadata_context\": {     \"type\": \"DATA_SOURCE\",     \"data_source_context\": {       \"data_source_identifier\": \"a1b2c3d4-e5f6-7890-abcd-ef1234567890\"     }   },   \"conversation_settings\": {} } ```  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                             | | ---- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                    | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view permission on the specified metadata object. |  > ###### Note: > > - This endpoint was in Beta from 26.2.0.cl through 26.4.0.cl and is Generally Available from version 26.5.0.cl. > - This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param createAgentConversationRequest
     */
    createAgentConversation(createAgentConversationRequest: CreateAgentConversationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<AgentConversation>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Creates a new conversation session tied to a specific data model for AI-driven natural language querying.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view access to the metadata object specified in the request.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include: - `metadata_identifier`: the unique ID of the data source that provides context for the conversation  Optionally, you can provide: - `tokens`: a token string to set initial context for the conversation (e.g., `\"[sales],[item type],[state]\"`)  If the request is successful, ThoughtSpot returns a unique `conversation_identifier` that must be passed to `sendMessage` to continue the conversation.  #### Error responses  | Code | Description | |------|-------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid. | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view permission on the specified metadata object. |  > ###### Note: > * This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > * This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param createConversationRequest
     */
    createConversation(createConversationRequest: CreateConversationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Conversation>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.15.0.cl or later   Suggests the most relevant data sources for a given natural language query, ranked by confidence with LLM-generated reasoning.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view-level access to the underlying metadata entities referenced in the response.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include: - `query`: the natural language question to find relevant data sources for  If the request is successful, the API returns a ranked list of suggested data sources, each containing: - `confidence`: a float score indicating the model\'s confidence in the relevance of the suggestion - `details`: metadata about the data source   - `data_source_identifier`: the unique ID of the data source   - `data_source_name`: the display name of the data source   - `description`: a description of the data source - `reasoning`: LLM-generated rationale explaining why the data source was recommended  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                                | |------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                       | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view permission on the underlying metadata entities. |  > ###### Note: > * This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before it is made Generally Available. > * This endpoint requires Spotter — please contact ThoughtSpot Support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param getDataSourceSuggestionsRequest
     */
    getDataSourceSuggestions(getDataSourceSuggestionsRequest: GetDataSourceSuggestionsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<EurekaDataSourceSuggestionResponse>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.15.0.cl or later   Retrieves existing natural language (NL) instructions configured for a specific data model. These instructions guide the AI system in understanding data context and generating more accurate responses.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege, at least view access on the data model, and a bearer token corresponding to the org where the data model exists.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include:  - `data_source_identifier`: the unique ID of the data model to retrieve instructions for  If the request is successful, the API returns:  - `nl_instructions_info`: an array of instruction objects, each containing:   - `instructions`: the configured text instructions for AI processing   - `scope`: the scope of the instruction — currently only `GLOBAL` is supported  #### Instructions scope  - **GLOBAL**: Instructions that apply globally across the system on the given data-model (currently only global instructions are supported)  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                                                                                        | |------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                                                                               | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege, lacks view access on the data model, or the bearer token does not correspond to the org where the data model exists. |  > ###### Note: > > - To use this API, the user needs at least view access on the data model, and must use the bearer token corresponding to the org where the data model exists. > - This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > - Available from version 10.15.0.cl and later. > - This endpoint requires Spotter — please contact ThoughtSpot Support to enable Spotter on your cluster. > - Use this API to review currently configured instructions before modifying them with `setNLInstructions`.
     * @param getNLInstructionsRequest
     */
    getNLInstructions(getNLInstructionsRequest: GetNLInstructionsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<EurekaGetNLInstructionsResponse>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.13.0.cl or later   Breaks down a natural language query into a series of smaller analytical sub-questions, each mapped to a relevant data source.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view-level access to the referenced metadata objects.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include: - `query`: the natural language question to decompose into analytical sub-questions - `metadata_context`: at least one of the following context identifiers to guide question generation:   - `conversation_identifier` — an existing conversation session ID   - `answer_identifiers` — a list of Answer GUIDs   - `liveboard_identifiers` — a list of Liveboard GUIDs   - `data_source_identifiers` — a list of data source GUIDs  Optional parameters for refining the output: - `ai_context`: additional context to improve response quality   - `content` — supplementary text or CSV data as string input   - `instructions` — custom text instructions for the AI system - `limit_relevant_questions`: maximum number of questions to return (default: `5`) - `bypass_cache`: if `true`, forces fresh computation instead of returning cached results  If the request is successful, the API returns a list of relevant analytical questions, each containing: - `query`: the generated sub-question - `data_source_identifier`: the unique ID of the data source the question targets - `data_source_name`: the display name of the corresponding data source  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                           | |------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                  | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view access to the referenced metadata objects. |  > ###### Note: > * This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > * This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param getRelevantQuestionsRequest
     */
    getRelevantQuestions(getRelevantQuestionsRequest: GetRelevantQuestionsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<EurekaGetRelevantQuestionsResponse>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.7.0.cl or later   **Deprecated** — Use `getRelevantQuestions` instead (available from 10.13.0.cl).  Breaks down a topical or goal-oriented natural language question into smaller, actionable analytical sub-questions, each mapped to a relevant data source for independent execution.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view-level access to the referenced metadata objects.  #### Usage guidelines  The request accepts the following parameters:  - `nlsRequest`: contains the user `query` to decompose, along with optional `instructions` and `bypassCache` flag - `worksheetIds`: list of data source identifiers to scope the decomposition - `answerIds`: list of Answer GUIDs whose data guides the response - `liveboardIds`: list of Liveboard GUIDs whose data guides the response - `conversationId`: an existing conversation session ID for context continuity - `content`: supplementary text or CSV data to improve response quality - `maxDecomposedQueries`: maximum number of sub-questions to return (default: `5`)  If the request is successful, the API returns a `decomposedQueryResponse` containing a list of `decomposedQueries`, each with: - `query`: the generated analytical sub-question - `worksheetId`: the unique ID of the data source the question targets - `worksheetName`: the display name of the corresponding data source  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                           | |------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                  | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view access to the referenced metadata objects. |  > ###### Note: > * This endpoint is deprecated since 10.13.0.cl. Use `getRelevantQuestions` for new integrations. > * This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > * This endpoint requires Spotter — please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param queryGetDecomposedQueryRequest
     */
    queryGetDecomposedQuery(queryGetDecomposedQueryRequest: QueryGetDecomposedQueryRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<EurekaDecomposeQueryResponse>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.15.0.cl or later   **Deprecated** — Use `sendAgentConversationMessage` instead.  Send natural language messages to an existing Spotter agent conversation and returns the complete response synchronously.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and access to the metadata object associated with the conversation. The user must have access to the conversation session referenced by `conversation_identifier`. A conversation must first be created using the `createAgentConversation` API.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include:  - `conversation_identifier`: the unique session ID returned by `createAgentConversation`, used for context continuity and message tracking - `messages`: an array of one or more text messages to send to the agent  The API returns an array of response objects, each containing:  - `type`: the kind of response — `text`, `answer`, or `error` - `message`: the main content of the response - `metadata`: additional information depending on the message type (e.g., answer metadata includes analytics and visualization details)  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                      | |------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                             | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks permission on the referenced conversation. |  > ###### Note: > > - This endpoint is deprecated. Use `sendAgentConversationMessage` for new integrations. > - This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > - This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param conversationIdentifier Unique identifier for the conversation (used to track context)
     * @param sendAgentMessageRequest
     */
    sendAgentMessage(conversationIdentifier: string, sendAgentMessageRequest: SendAgentMessageRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<any>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.13.0.cl or later   **Deprecated** — Use `sendAgentConversationMessageStreaming` instead.  Sends one or more natural language messages to an existing Spotter agent conversation and returns the response as a real-time Server-Sent Events stream.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and access to the metadata object associated with the conversation. The user must have access to the conversation session referenced by `conversation_identifier`. A conversation must first be created using the `createAgentConversation` API.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include:  - `conversation_identifier`: the unique session ID returned by `createAgentConversation`, used for context continuity and message tracking - `messages`: an array of one or more text messages to send to the agent  If the request is valid, the API returns a Server-Sent Events (SSE) stream. Each line has the form `data: [{\"type\": \"...\", ...}]` — a JSON array of event objects. Event types include:  - `ack`: confirms receipt of the request (`node_id`) - `conv_title`: conversation title (`title`, `conv_id`) - `notification`: status updates on operations (`group_id`, `metadata`, `code` — e.g. `TOOL_CALL_NOTIFICATION`, `nls_start`, `FINAL_RESPONSE_NOTIFICATION`) - `text-chunk`: incremental content chunks (`id`, `group_id`, `metadata` with `format` and `type` such as `thinking` or `text`, `content`) - `text`: full text block with same structure as `text-chunk` - `answer`: structured answer with metadata (`id`, `group_id`, `metadata` with `sage_query`, `session_id`, `title`, etc., `title`) - `error`: if a failure occurs  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                      | |------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                             | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks permission on the referenced conversation. |  > ###### Note: > > - This endpoint is deprecated. Use `sendAgentConversationMessageStreaming` for new integrations. > - This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > - This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster. > - The streaming protocol uses Server-Sent Events (SSE).
     * @param sendAgentMessageStreamingRequest
     */
    sendAgentMessageStreaming(sendAgentMessageStreamingRequest: SendAgentMessageStreamingRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<SendAgentMessageResponse>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Sends a follow-up message to an existing conversation within the context of a data model.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view access to the metadata object specified in the request. A conversation must first be created using the `createConversation` API.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include: - `conversation_identifier`: the unique session ID returned by `createConversation` - `metadata_identifier`: the unique ID of the data source used for the conversation - `message`: a natural language string with the follow-up question  If the request is successful, the API returns an array of response messages, each containing: - `session_identifier`: the unique ID of the generated response - `generation_number`: the generation number of the response - `message_type`: the type of the response (e.g., `TSAnswer`) - `visualization_type`: the generated visualization type (`Chart`, `Table`, or `Undefined`) - `tokens` / `display_tokens`: the search tokens and user-friendly display tokens for the response  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                             | |------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                    | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view permission on the specified metadata object. |  > ###### Note: > * This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > * This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param conversationIdentifier Unique identifier of the conversation.
     * @param sendMessageRequest
     */
    sendMessage(conversationIdentifier: string, sendMessageRequest: SendMessageRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<ResponseMessage>>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.15.0.cl or later   This API allows users to set natural language (NL) instructions for a specific data-model to improve AI-generated answers and query processing. These instructions help guide the AI system to better understand the data context and provide more accurate responses.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege, either edit access or `SPOTTER_COACHING_PRIVILEGE` on the data model, and a bearer token corresponding to the org where the data model exists.  #### Usage guidelines  To set NL instructions for a data-model, the request must include:  - `data_source_identifier`: The unique ID of the data-model for which to set NL instructions - `nl_instructions_info`: An array of instruction objects, each containing:   - `instructions`: Array of text instructions for the LLM   - `scope`: The scope of the instruction (`GLOBAL`). Currently only `GLOBAL` is supported. It can be extended to data-model-user scope in future.  #### Instructions scope  - **GLOBAL**: instructions that apply to all users querying this data model  If the request is successful, the API returns:  - `success`: a boolean indicating whether the operation completed successfully  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                        | |------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                                                                                                               | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege, lacks edit access or `SPOTTER_COACHING_PRIVILEGE` on the data model, or the bearer token does not correspond to the org where the data model exists. |  > ###### Note: > > - To use this API, the user needs either edit access or `SPOTTER_COACHING_PRIVILEGE` on the data model, and must use the bearer token corresponding to the org where the data model exists. > - This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > - Available from version 10.15.0.cl and later. > - This endpoint requires Spotter — please contact ThoughtSpot Support to enable Spotter on your cluster. > - Instructions help improve the accuracy and relevance of AI-generated responses for the specified data-model.
     * @param setNLInstructionsRequest
     */
    setNLInstructions(setNLInstructionsRequest: SetNLInstructionsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<EurekaSetNLInstructionsResponse>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Processes a natural language query against a specified data model and returns a single AI-generated answer without requiring a conversation session.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view access to the metadata object specified in the request.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include: - `query`: a natural language question (e.g., \"What were total sales last quarter?\") - `metadata_identifier`: the unique ID of the data source to query against  If the request is successful, the API returns a response message containing: - `session_identifier`: the unique ID of the generated response - `generation_number`: the generation number of the response - `message_type`: the type of the response (e.g., `TSAnswer`) - `visualization_type`: the generated visualization type (`Chart`, `Table`, or `Undefined`) - `tokens` / `display_tokens`: the search tokens and user-friendly display tokens for the response  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                             | |------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                    | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view permission on the specified metadata object. |  > ###### Note: > * This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > * This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param singleAnswerRequest
     */
    singleAnswer(singleAnswerRequest: SingleAnswerRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<ResponseMessage>;
}

declare class PromiseAuthenticationApi {
    private api;
    constructor(configuration: Configuration, requestFactory?: AuthenticationApiRequestFactory, responseProcessor?: AuthenticationApiResponseProcessor);
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Retrieves details of the current user session for the token provided in the request header.  Any ThoughtSpot user can access this endpoint and send an API request. The data returned in the API response varies according to user\'s privilege and object access permissions.  **NOTE**: In ThoughtSpot, users with cluster administration privileges can access all Orgs by default. However, unless the administrator is explicitly added to an Org, the Orgs list in the session information returned by the API will include only the Primary Org. To include other Orgs in the API response, you must explicitly add the administrator to each Org in the Admin settings page in the UI or via user REST API.
     */
    getCurrentUserInfo(_options?: Configuration): Promise<User>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.4.0.cl or later   Retrieves details of the current session token for the bearer token provided in the request header.  This API endpoint does not create a new token. Instead, it returns details about the token, including the token string, creation time, expiration time, and the associated user.  Use this endpoint to introspect your current session token, debug authentication issues, or when a frontend application needs session token details.  Any ThoughtSpot user with a valid bearer token can access this endpoint and send an API request
     */
    getCurrentUserToken(_options?: Configuration): Promise<GetTokenResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Creates an authentication token that provides values for the formula variables in the Row Level Security (RLS) rules for a given user. Recommended for use cases that require Attribute-based access control (ABAC) via RLS.  #### Required privileges  To add a new user and assign privileges during auto-creation, the `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege is required. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled, the `CONTROL_TRUSTED_AUTH` (**Can Enable or Disable Trusted Authentication**) privilege and edit access to the data source are required.  To configure formula variables for all Orgs on your instance or the Primary Org, cluster administration privileges are required. Org administrators can configure formula variables for their respective Orgs. If Role-Based Access Control (RBAC) is enabled, users with the `CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES` (**Can manage variables**) role privilege can also create and manage variables for their Org context.  #### Usage guidelines  You can generate a token by providing a `username` and `password`, or by using a `secret_key`. To generate a `secret_key`, the administrator must enable [Trusted authentication](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/trusted-auth-secret-key) in the **Develop** > **Customizations** > **Security Settings** page.  **Note**: * When both `password` and `secret_key` are included in the API request, `password` takes precedence. * If [Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA)](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/authentication-local-mfa) is enabled on your instance, the API login request with `username`  and `password` returns an error. You can switch to token-based authentication with  `secret_key`  or contact ThoughtSpot Support for assistance.  The token obtained from ThoughtSpot is valid for 5 minutes by default. You can configure the token expiration time as required.  #### ABAC via RLS  To implement ABAC via RLS and assign security entitlements to users during session creation, generate a token with custom variable values. The values set in the authentication token are applied to the formula variables referenced in RLS rules at the table level, which determines the data each user can access based on their entitlements.  The variable values can be configured to persist for a specific set of Models in user sessions initiated with the token, allowing different RLS rules to be set for different data models. Once defined, the rules are added to the user\'s `variable_values` object, after which all sessions will use the persisted values.  For more information, see [ABAC via tokens Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/abac-via-rls-variables).  ##### Formula variables Before defining variable values, ensure the variables are created and available on your instance. To create a formula variable, you can use the **Create variable** (`/api/rest/2.0/template/variables/create`) REST API endpoint, with the variable `type` set as `Formula_Variable` in the API request.  The API doesn\'t support `\"persist_option\": \"RESET\"` and `\"persist_option\": \"NONE\"` when `variable_values` are defined  in the request. If you are using `variable_values` for token generation, you must use other supported persist options such as `APPEND` or `REPLACE`.  If you want to use `RESET` or `NONE`, do not pass any `variable_values`. In such cases, `variable_values` will remain unaffected.  #### Supported objects  The supported object type is `LOGICAL_TABLE`. When using `object_id` with `variable_values`, models are supported.  #### Just-in-time provisioning  For [just-in-time user creation and provisioning](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/just-in-time-provisioning), specify the following attributes in the API request:  * `auto_create` * `username` * `display_name` * `email` * `groups`  Set `auto_create` to `true` if the username does not exist in ThoughtSpot. If the username already exists in ThoughtSpot and `auto_create` is set to `true`, user properties such as display name, email, Org and group entitlements will not be updated with new values. Setting `auto_create` to `true` does not create formula variables. Hence, this setting will not be applicable to `variable_values`.  #### Important point to note All options in the token creation APIs that define user access to data in ThoughtSpot will take effect during token creation, not when the token is used for authentication. For example, `auto_create:true` will create the user when the authentication token is created. Persist options such as `APPEND` and `REPLACE` will persist `variable_values` on the user profile when the token is created.
     * @param getCustomAccessTokenRequest
     */
    getCustomAccessToken(getCustomAccessTokenRequest: GetCustomAccessTokenRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<AccessToken>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Generates an authentication token for creating a full session in ThoughtSpot for a given user. Recommended for use cases that do not require Attribute-based access control (ABAC) via Row Level Security (RLS).  #### Usage guidelines  You can generate a token for a user by providing a `username` and `password`, or by using the `secret_key` generated for your instance. To generate a `secret_key`, the administrator must enable [Trusted authentication](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/trusted-auth-secret-key) in the **Develop** > **Customizations** > **Security Settings** page.  **Note**: * When both `password` and `secret_key` are included in the API request, `password` takes precedence. * If [Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA)](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/authentication-local-mfa) is enabled on your instance, the API login request with `username` and `password` returns an error. You can switch to token-based authentication with  `secret_key` or contact ThoughtSpot Support for assistance.  The token obtained from ThoughtSpot is valid for 5 minutes by default. You can configure the token expiration time as required.  #### Just-in-time provisioning  For [just-in-time user creation and provisioning](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/just-in-time-provisioning), specify the following attributes in the API request:  * `auto_create` * `username` * `display_name` * `email` * `group_identifiers`  Set `auto_create` to `true` if the username does not exist in ThoughtSpot. If the user already exists in ThoughtSpot and `auto_create` is set to `true`, user properties such as display name, email and group assignment will be updated.  To add a new user and assign privileges during auto-creation, the `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege is required. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled, the `CONTROL_TRUSTED_AUTH` (**Can Enable or Disable Trusted Authentication**) privilege is required.  #### Important point to note All options in the token creation APIs that define user access to data in ThoughtSpot will take effect during token creation, not when the token is used for authentication. For example, `auto_create:true` will create the user when the authentication token is created.
     * @param getFullAccessTokenRequest
     */
    getFullAccessToken(getFullAccessTokenRequest: GetFullAccessTokenRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Token>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Generates an authentication token that provides access to a specific metadata object. This object list is intersected with the list of objects the user is allowed to access via group membership. For more information, see [Object security](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/security-data-object#object_security).  #### Usage guidelines  You can generate a token for a user by providing a `username` and `password`, or by using the `secret_key` generated for your instance. To generate a `secret_key`, the administrator must enable [Trusted authentication](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/trusted-auth-secret-key) in the **Develop** > **Customizations** > **Security Settings** page.  **Note**: * When both `password` and `secret_key` are included in the API request, `password` takes precedence. * If [Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA)](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/authentication-local-mfa) is enabled on your instance, the API login request with `username` and `password` returns an error. You can switch to token-based authentication with `secret_key` or contact ThoughtSpot Support for assistance.  The token obtained from ThoughtSpot is valid for 5 minutes by default. You can configure the token expiration time as required.  #### Just-in-time provisioning  For [just-in-time user creation and provisioning](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/just-in-time-provisioning), specify the following attributes in the API request:  * `auto_create` * `username` * `display_name` * `email` * `group_identifiers`  Set `auto_create` to `true` if the user is not available in ThoughtSpot. If the user already exists in ThoughtSpot and the `auto_create` parameter is set to `true`, user properties such as display name, email, and group assignment will be updated.  To add a new user and assign privileges, the `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege is required. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled, the `CONTROL_TRUSTED_AUTH`(**Can Enable or Disable Trusted Authentication**) privilege is required.  #### Important point to note  All options in the token creation APIs that define user access to data in ThoughtSpot will take effect during token creation, not when the token is used for authentication. For example, `auto_create:true` will create the user when the authentication token is created.
     * @param getObjectAccessTokenRequest
     */
    getObjectAccessToken(getObjectAccessTokenRequest: GetObjectAccessTokenRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Token>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Creates a login session for a ThoughtSpot user with Basic authentication.  In Basic authentication method, REST clients log in to ThoughtSpot using `username` and `password` attributes. On a multi-tenant cluster with Orgs, users can pass the ID of the Org in the API request to log in to a specific Org context.  **Note**: If Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA) is enabled on your instance, the API login request with basic authentication (`username`  and `password` ) returns an error. Contact ThoughtSpot Support for assistance.  A successful login returns a session cookie that can be used in your subsequent API requests.
     * @param loginRequest
     */
    login(loginRequest: LoginRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later    Logs out a user from their current session.
     */
    logout(_options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later    Revokes the authentication token issued for current user session.  The token of your current session expires when you make a call to the `/api/rest/2.0/auth/token/revoke` endpoint. the users will not be able to access ThoughtSpot objects until a new token is obtained.  To restart your session, request for a new token from ThoughtSpot. See [Get Full Access Token](#/http/api-endpoints/authentication/get-full-access-token).
     * @param revokeTokenRequest
     */
    revokeToken(revokeTokenRequest: RevokeTokenRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.12.0.cl or later    Validates the authentication token specified in the API request.  If your token is not valid, [Get a new token](#/http/api-endpoints/authentication/get-full-access-token).
     * @param validateTokenRequest
     */
    validateToken(validateTokenRequest: ValidateTokenRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<TokenValidationResponse>;
}

declare class PromiseCollectionsApi {
    private api;
    constructor(configuration: Configuration, requestFactory?: CollectionsApiRequestFactory, responseProcessor?: CollectionsApiResponseProcessor);
    /**
     *   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Creates a new collection in ThoughtSpot.  Collections allow you to organize and group related metadata objects such as Liveboards, Answers, worksheets, and other data objects. You can also create nested collections (sub-collections) to build a hierarchical structure.  #### Supported operations  The API endpoint lets you perform the following operations:  * Create a new collection * Add metadata objects (Liveboards, Answers, Logical Tables) to the collection * Create nested collections by adding sub-collections
     * @param createCollectionRequest
     */
    createCollection(createCollectionRequest: CreateCollectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Collection>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Deletes one or more collections from ThoughtSpot.  #### Delete options  * **delete_children**: When set to `true`, deletes the child objects (metadata items) within the collection that the user has access to. Objects that the user does not have permission to delete will be skipped. * **dry_run**: When set to `true`, performs a preview of the deletion operation without actually deleting anything. The response shows what would be deleted, allowing you to review before committing the deletion.  #### Response  The response includes: * **metadata_deleted**: List of metadata objects that were successfully deleted * **metadata_skipped**: List of metadata objects that were skipped due to lack of permissions or other constraints
     * @param deleteCollectionRequest
     */
    deleteCollection(deleteCollectionRequest: DeleteCollectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<CollectionDeleteResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Gets a list of collections available in ThoughtSpot.  To get details of a specific collection, specify the collection GUID or name. You can also filter the API response based on the collection name pattern, author, and other criteria.  #### Search options  * **name_pattern**: Use \'%\' as a wildcard character to match collection names * **collection_identifiers**: Search for specific collections by their GUIDs or names * **include_metadata**: When set to `true`, includes the metadata objects within each collection in the response  **NOTE**: If the API returns an empty list, consider increasing the value of the `record_size` parameter. To search across all available collections, set `record_size` to `-1`.
     * @param searchCollectionsRequest
     */
    searchCollections(searchCollectionsRequest: SearchCollectionsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<CollectionSearchResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Updates an existing collection in ThoughtSpot.  #### Supported operations  This API endpoint lets you perform the following operations:  * Update collection name and description * Change visibility settings * Add metadata objects to the collection (operation: ADD) * Remove metadata objects from the collection (operation: REMOVE) * Replace all metadata objects in the collection (operation: REPLACE)  #### Operation types  * **ADD**: Adds the specified metadata objects to the existing collection without removing current items * **REMOVE**: Removes only the specified metadata objects from the collection * **REPLACE**: Replaces all existing metadata objects with the specified items (default behavior)
     * @param collectionIdentifier Unique GUID of the collection. Note: Collection names cannot be used as identifiers since duplicate names are allowed.
     * @param updateCollectionRequest
     */
    updateCollection(collectionIdentifier: string, updateCollectionRequest: UpdateCollectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
}

declare class PromiseConnectionConfigurationsApi {
    private api;
    constructor(configuration: Configuration, requestFactory?: ConnectionConfigurationsApiRequestFactory, responseProcessor?: ConnectionConfigurationsApiResponseProcessor);
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Gets connection configuration objects.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines * To get a list of all configurations available in the ThoughtSpot system, send the API request with only the connection name or GUID in the request body. * To fetch details of a configuration object, specify the configuration object name or GUID.
     * @param connectionConfigurationSearchRequest
     */
    connectionConfigurationSearch(connectionConfigurationSearchRequest: ConnectionConfigurationSearchRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<ConnectionConfigurationResponse>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Creates an additional configuration to an existing connection to a data warehouse.    Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines   * A JSON map of configuration attributes in `configuration`. The following example shows the configuration attributes:   ```    {      \"user\":\"DEV_USER\",      \"password\":\"TestConn123\",      \"role\":\"DEV\",      \"warehouse\":\"DEV_WH\"     }   ```  * If the `policy_type` is `PRINCIPALS`, then `policy_principals` is a required field. * If the `policy_type` is `PROCESSES`, then `policy_processes` is a required field. * If the `policy_type` is `NO_POLICY`, then `policy_principals` and `policy_processes` are not required fields.  #### Parameterized Connection Support For parameterized connections that use OAuth authentication, only the same_as_parent and policy_process_options  attributes are allowed in the API request. These attributes are not applicable to connections that are not parameterized.
     * @param createConnectionConfigurationRequest
     */
    createConnectionConfiguration(createConnectionConfigurationRequest: CreateConnectionConfigurationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<ConnectionConfigurationResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Deletes connection configuration objects.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.
     * @param deleteConnectionConfigurationRequest
     */
    deleteConnectionConfiguration(deleteConnectionConfigurationRequest: DeleteConnectionConfigurationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Updates a connection configuration object.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  #### Supported operations This API endpoint lets you perform the following operations in a single API request:   * Edit the name or description of the configuration  * Edit the configuration properties  * Edit the `policy_type`  * Edit the type of authentication  * Enable or disable a configuration  #### Parameterized Connection Support For parameterized oauth based connections, only the `same_as_parent` and `policy_process_options` attributes are allowed. These attributes are not applicable to connections that are not parameterized.   **NOTE**: When updating a configuration where `disabled` is `true`, you must reset `disabled` to `true` in your update request payload. If not explicitly set again, the API will default `disabled` to `false`.
     * @param configurationIdentifier Unique ID or name of the configuration.
     * @param updateConnectionConfigurationRequest
     */
    updateConnectionConfiguration(configurationIdentifier: string, updateConnectionConfigurationRequest: UpdateConnectionConfigurationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
}

declare class PromiseConnectionsApi {
    private api;
    constructor(configuration: Configuration, requestFactory?: ConnectionsApiRequestFactory, responseProcessor?: ConnectionsApiResponseProcessor);
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Creates a connection to a data warehouse for live query services.    Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  #### Create a connection without tables  To create a connection without tables:  1. Pass these parameters in your API request.  * Name of the connection.  * Type of the data warehouse to connect to.  * A JSON map of configuration attributes in `data_warehouse_config`. The following example shows the configuration attributes for a SnowFlake connection:   ```   {      \"configuration\":{         \"accountName\":\"thoughtspot_partner\",         \"user\":\"tsadmin\",         \"password\":\"TestConn123\",         \"role\":\"sysadmin\",         \"warehouse\":\"MEDIUM_WH\"      },      \"authenticationType\": \"SERVICE_ACCOUNT\",      \"externalDatabases\":[       ]   }   ``` 2. Set `validate` to `false`.  **NOTE:** If the `authentication_type` is anything other than SERVICE_ACCOUNT, you must explicitly provide the authenticationType property in the payload. If you do not specify authenticationType, the API will default to SERVICE_ACCOUNT as the authentication type.  #### Create a connection with tables  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) and `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**) privilege is required.  To create a connection with tables:  1. Pass these parameters in your API request.  * Name of the connection.  * Type of the data warehouse to connect to.  * A JSON map of configuration attributes, database details, and table properties in `data_warehouse_config` as shown in the following example:   ```   {      \"configuration\":{         \"accountName\":\"thoughtspot_partner\",         \"user\":\"tsadmin\",         \"password\":\"TestConn123\",         \"role\":\"sysadmin\",         \"warehouse\":\"MEDIUM_WH\"      },      \"authenticationType\": \"SERVICE_ACCOUNT\",      \"externalDatabases\":[         {            \"name\":\"AllDatatypes\",            \"isAutoCreated\":false,            \"schemas\":[               {                  \"name\":\"alldatatypes\",                  \"tables\":[                     {                        \"name\":\"allDatatypes\",                        \"type\":\"TABLE\",                        \"description\":\"\",                        \"selected\":true,                        \"linked\":true,                        \"columns\":[                           {                              \"name\":\"CNUMBER\",                              \"type\":\"INT64\",                              \"canImport\":true,                              \"selected\":true,                              \"isLinkedActive\":true,                              \"isImported\":false,                              \"tableName\":\"allDatatypes\",                              \"schemaName\":\"alldatatypes\",                              \"dbName\":\"AllDatatypes\"                           },                           {                              \"name\":\"CDECIMAL\",                              \"type\":\"INT64\",                              \"canImport\":true,                              \"selected\":true,                              \"isLinkedActive\":true,                              \"isImported\":false,                              \"tableName\":\"allDatatypes\",                              \"schemaName\":\"alldatatypes\",                              \"dbName\":\"AllDatatypes\"                           }                        ]                     }                  ]               }            ]         }      ]   }   ``` 2. Set `validate` to `true`.  **NOTE:** If the `authentication_type` is anything other than SERVICE_ACCOUNT, you must explicitly provide the authenticationType property in the payload. If you do not specify authenticationType, the API will default to SERVICE_ACCOUNT as the authentication type.
     * @param createConnectionRequest
     */
    createConnection(createConnectionRequest: CreateConnectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<CreateConnectionResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later    **Important**: This endpoint is deprecated and will be removed from ThoughtSpot in September 2025. ThoughtSpot strongly recommends using the [Delete Connection V2](#/http/api-endpoints/connections/delete-connection-v2) endpoint to delete your connection objects.    #### Usage guidelines  Deletes a connection object.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  **Note**: If a connection has dependent objects, make sure you remove its associations before the delete operation.
     * @param deleteConnectionRequest
     */
    deleteConnection(deleteConnectionRequest: DeleteConnectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Deletes a connection object.  **Note**: If a connection has dependent objects, make sure you remove its associations before the delete operation.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.
     * @param connectionIdentifier Unique ID or name of the connection.
     */
    deleteConnectionV2(connectionIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Exports the difference in connection metadata between CDW and ThoughtSpot  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required:   - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  To download the connection metadata difference between ThoughtSpot and CDW, pass the connection GUID as `connection_identifier` in the API request.
     * @param connectionIdentifier GUID of the connection
     */
    downloadConnectionMetadataChanges(connectionIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<HttpFile>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Validates the difference in connection metadata between CDW and ThoughtSpot.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  Returns a boolean indicating whether there is any difference between the connection metadata at ThoughtSpot and CDW.  To get the connection metadata difference status, pass the connection GUID as `connection_identifier` in the API request.
     * @param connectionIdentifier GUID of the connection
     */
    fetchConnectionDiffStatus(connectionIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<FetchConnectionDiffStatusResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.2.0.cl or later   Revokes OAuth refresh tokens for users who no longer require access to a data warehouse connection. When a token is revoked, the affected user\'s session for that connection is terminated, and they must re-authenticate to regain access.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privileges. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on the ThoughtSpot instance, users with `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege can also make API requests to revoke tokens for connection users.  #### Usage guidelines  You can specify different combinations of identifiers to control which refresh tokens are revoked.  - **connection_identifier**: Revokes refresh tokens for all users of the connection, except the connection author. - **connection_identifier** and **user_identifiers**: Revokes refresh tokens only for the users specified in the request. If the name or ID of the connection author is included in the request, their token will also be revoked. - **connection_identifier** and **configuration_identifiers**: Revokes refresh tokens for all users on the specified configurations, except the configuration author. - **connection_identifier**, **configuration_identifiers**, and **user_identifiers**: Revokes refresh tokens for the specified users on the specified configurations. - **connection_identifier** and **org_identifiers**: Revokes refresh tokens for the specified Orgs. Applicable only for published connections. - **connection_identifier**, **org_identifiers**, and **user_identifiers**: Revokes refresh tokens for the specified users in the specified Orgs. Applicable only for published connections.  **NOTE**: The `org_identifiers` parameter is only applicable for published connections. Using this parameter for unpublished connections will result in an error. Ensure that the connections are published before making the API request.
     * @param connectionIdentifier Unique ID or name of the connection whose refresh tokens need to be revoked. All the users associated with the connection will have their refresh tokens revoked except the author.
     * @param revokeRefreshTokensRequest
     */
    revokeRefreshTokens(connectionIdentifier: string, revokeRefreshTokensRequest: RevokeRefreshTokensRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RevokeRefreshTokensResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Gets connection objects. Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  - To get a list of all connections available in the ThoughtSpot system, send the API request without any attributes in the request body. - To get the connection objects for a specific type of data warehouse, specify the type in `data_warehouse_types`. - To fetch details of a connection object, specify the connection object GUID or name. The `name_pattern` attribute allows passing partial text with `%` for a wildcard match. - To get details of the database, schemas, tables, or columns from a data connection object, specify `data_warehouse_object_type`. - To get a specific database, schema, table, or column from a connection object, define the object type in `data_warehouse_object_type` and object properties in the `data_warehouse_objects` array. For example, to search for a column, you must pass the database, schema, and table names in the API request.   Note that in the following example, object properties are set in a hierarchical order (`database` > `schema` > `table` > `column`).  ``` {   \"connections\": [     {       \"identifier\": \"b9d1f2ef-fa65-4a4b-994e-30fa2d57b0c2\",       \"data_warehouse_objects\": [         {           \"database\": \"NEBULADEV\",           \"schema\": \"INFORMATION_SCHEMA\",           \"table\": \"APPLICABLE_ROLES\",           \"column\": \"ROLE_NAME\"         }       ]     }   ],   \"data_warehouse_object_type\": \"COLUMN\" } ```  - To fetch data by `configuration`, specify `data_warehouse_object_type`. For example, to fetch columns from the `DEVELOPMENT` database, specify the `data_warehouse_object_type` as `DATABASE` and define the `configuration` string as `{\"database\":\"DEVELOPMENT\"}`. To get column data for a specific table, specify the table, for example,`{\"database\":\"RETAILAPPAREL\",\"table\":\"PIPES\"}`. - To query connections by `authentication_type`, specify `data_warehouse_object_type`. Supported values for `authentication_type` are:   - `SERVICE_ACCOUNT`: For connections that require service account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data.   - `OAUTH`: For connections that require OAuth credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. Teradata, Oracle, and Presto Cloud Data Warehouses do not support the OAuth authentication type.   - `IAM`: For connections that have the IAM OAuth set up. This authentication type is supported on Amazon Redshift connections only.   - `EXTOAUTH`: For connections that have External OAuth set up. ThoughtSpot supports external [OAuth with Microsoft Azure Active Directory (AD)](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/ connections-snowflake-azure-ad-oauth) and [Okta for Snowflake data connections](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/connections-snowflake-okta-oauth).   - `KEY_PAIR`: For connections that require Key Pair account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Snowflake connections only.   - `OAUTH_WITH_PKCE`: For connections that require OAuth with PKCE account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Snowflake, Starburst, Databricks, Denodo  connections only.   - `EXTOAUTH_WITH_PKCE`: For connections that require External OAuth With PKCE account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Snowflake connections only.   - `OAUTH_WITH_PEZ`: For connections that require OAuth With PEZ account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Amazon Redshift connections only.   - `OAUTH_WITH_SERVICE_PRINCIPAL`: For connections that require OAuth With Service Principal account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Databricks connections only.   - `PERSONAL_ACCESS_TOKEN`: For connections that require Personal Access Token account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Databricks connections only.   - `OAUTH_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS`: For connections that require OAuth Client Credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Snowflake connections only. - To include more details about connection objects in the API response, set `include_details` to `true`. - You can also sort the output by field names and filter connections by tags.  **NOTE**: When filtering connection records by parameters other than `data_warehouse_types` or `tag_identifiers`, ensure that you set `record_size` to `-1` and `record_offset` to `0` for precise results.
     * @param searchConnectionRequest
     */
    searchConnection(searchConnectionRequest: SearchConnectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<SearchConnectionResponse>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   **Important**: This endpoint is deprecated and will be removed from ThoughtSpot in September 2025. ThoughtSpot strongly recommends using the [Update connection V2](#/http/api-endpoints/connections/update-connection-v2) endpoint to update your connection objects.  #### Usage guidelines  Updates a connection object.    Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  To update a connection object, pass these parameters in your API request:  1. GUID of the connection object. 2. If you are updating tables or database schema of a connection object:    a. Add the updated JSON map of metadata with database, schema, and tables in `data_warehouse_config`.    b. Set `validate` to `true`. 3. If you are updating a configuration attribute, connection name, or description, you can set `validate` to `false`.
     * @param updateConnectionRequest
     */
    updateConnection(updateConnectionRequest: UpdateConnectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Updates a connection object.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  To update a connection object, pass these parameters in your API request:  1. GUID of the connection object. 2. If you are updating tables or database schema of a connection object:    a. Add the updated JSON map of metadata with database, schema, and tables in `data_warehouse_config`.    b. Set `validate` to `true`.        **NOTE:** If the `authentication_type` is anything other than SERVICE_ACCOUNT, you must explicitly provide the authenticationType property in the payload. If you do not specify authenticationType, the API will default to SERVICE_ACCOUNT as the authentication type.     * A JSON map of configuration attributes, database details, and table properties in `data_warehouse_config` as shown in the following example:    * This is an example of updating a single table in a empty connection:           ```       {         \"authenticationType\": \"SERVICE_ACCOUNT\",         \"externalDatabases\": [           {             \"name\": \"DEVELOPMENT\",             \"isAutoCreated\": false,             \"schemas\": [               {                 \"name\": \"TS_dataset\",                 \"tables\": [                   {                     \"name\": \"DEMORENAME\",                     \"type\": \"TABLE\",                     \"description\": \"\",                     \"selected\": true,                     \"linked\": true,                     \"gid\": 0,                     \"datasetId\": \"-1\",                     \"subType\": \"\",                     \"reportId\": \"\",                     \"viewId\": \"\",                     \"columns\": [                       {                         \"name\": \"Col1\",                         \"type\": \"VARCHAR\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       },                       {                         \"name\": \"Col2\",                         \"type\": \"VARCHAR\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       },                       {                         \"name\": \"Col3\",                         \"type\": \"VARCHAR\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       },                       {                         \"name\": \"Col312\",                         \"type\": \"VARCHAR\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       },                       {                         \"name\": \"Col4\",                         \"type\": \"VARCHAR\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       }                     ],                     \"relationships\": []                   }                 ]               }             ]           }         ],         \"configuration\": {           \"password\": \"\",           \"database\": \"DEVELOPMENT\",           \"role\": \"DEV\",           \"accountName\": \"thoughtspot_partner\",           \"warehouse\": \"DEMO_WH\",           \"user\": \"DEV_USER\"         }       }       ```        * This is an example of updating a single table in an existing connection with tables:            ```       {         \"authenticationType\": \"SERVICE_ACCOUNT\",         \"externalDatabases\": [           {             \"name\": \"DEVELOPMENT\",             \"isAutoCreated\": false,             \"schemas\": [               {                 \"name\": \"TS_dataset\",                 \"tables\": [                   {                     \"name\": \"CUSTOMER\",                     \"type\": \"TABLE\",                     \"description\": \"\",                     \"selected\": true,                     \"linked\": true,                     \"gid\": 0,                     \"datasetId\": \"-1\",                     \"subType\": \"\",                     \"reportId\": \"\",                     \"viewId\": \"\",                     \"columns\": [],                     \"relationships\": []                   },                   {                     \"name\": \"tpch5k_falcon_default_schema_users\",                     \"type\": \"TABLE\",                     \"description\": \"\",                     \"selected\": true,                     \"linked\": true,                     \"gid\": 0,                     \"datasetId\": \"-1\",                     \"subType\": \"\",                     \"reportId\": \"\",                     \"viewId\": \"\",                     \"columns\": [                       {                         \"name\": \"user_id\",                         \"type\": \"INT64\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       },                       {                         \"name\": \"product_id\",                         \"type\": \"INT64\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       },                       {                         \"name\": \"user_cost\",                         \"type\": \"INT64\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       }                     ],                     \"relationships\": []                   }                 ]               }             ]           }         ],         \"configuration\": {           \"password\": \"\",           \"database\": \"DEVELOPMENT\",           \"role\": \"DEV\",           \"accountName\": \"thoughtspot_partner\",           \"warehouse\": \"DEMO_WH\",           \"user\": \"DEV_USER\"         }       }       ```  3. If you are updating a configuration attribute, connection name, or description, you can set `validate` to `false`.    **NOTE:** If the `authentication_type` is anything other than SERVICE_ACCOUNT, you must explicitly provide the authenticationType property in the payload. If you do not  specify authenticationType, the API will default to SERVICE_ACCOUNT as the authentication type.    * A JSON map of configuration attributes in `data_warehouse_config`. The following example shows the configuration attributes for a Snowflake connection:    ```    {       \"configuration\":{          \"accountName\":\"thoughtspot_partner\",          \"user\":\"tsadmin\",          \"password\":\"TestConn123\",          \"role\":\"sysadmin\",          \"warehouse\":\"MEDIUM_WH\"       },       \"externalDatabases\":[        ]    }    ```
     * @param connectionIdentifier Unique ID or name of the connection.
     * @param updateConnectionV2Request
     */
    updateConnectionV2(connectionIdentifier: string, updateConnectionV2Request: UpdateConnectionV2Request, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
}

declare class PromiseCustomActionApi {
    private api;
    constructor(configuration: Configuration, requestFactory?: CustomActionApiRequestFactory, responseProcessor?: CustomActionApiResponseProcessor);
    /**
     *   Version: 9.6.0.cl or later   Creates a custom action that appears as a menu action on a saved Answer or Liveboard visualization.  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**Has Developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  #### Usage Guidelines  The API lets you create the following types of custom actions:  * URL-based action        Allows pushing data to an external URL. * Callback action           Triggers a callback to the host application and initiates a response payload on an embedded ThoughtSpot instance.  By default, custom actions are visible to only administrator or developer users. To make a custom action available to other users, and specify the groups in `group_identifiers`.  By default, the custom action is set as a _global_ action on all visualizations and saved Answers. To assign a custom action to specific Liveboard visualization, saved Answer, or Worksheet, set `visibility` to `false` in `default_action_config` property and specify the GUID or name of the object in `associate_metadata`.  For more information, see [Custom actions](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/custom-action-intro).
     * @param createCustomActionRequest
     */
    createCustomAction(createCustomActionRequest: CreateCustomActionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<ResponseCustomAction>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.6.0.cl or later   Removes the custom action specified in the API request.  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**Has Developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.
     * @param customActionIdentifier Unique ID or name of the custom action.
     */
    deleteCustomAction(customActionIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.6.0.cl or later   Gets custom actions configured on the cluster.  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**Has Developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.
     * @param searchCustomActionsRequest
     */
    searchCustomActions(searchCustomActionsRequest: SearchCustomActionsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<ResponseCustomAction>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.6.0.cl or later   Updates a custom action.  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**Has Developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  #### Usage Guidelines  The API allows you to modify the following properties:  * Name of the custom action * Action availability to groups * Association to metadata objects * Authentication settings for a URL-based action  For more information, see [Custom actions](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/custom-action-intro).
     * @param customActionIdentifier Unique ID or name of the custom action.
     * @param updateCustomActionRequest
     */
    updateCustomAction(customActionIdentifier: string, updateCustomActionRequest: UpdateCustomActionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
}

declare class PromiseCustomCalendarsApi {
    private api;
    constructor(configuration: Configuration, requestFactory?: CustomCalendarsApiRequestFactory, responseProcessor?: CustomCalendarsApiResponseProcessor);
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Creates a new [custom calendar](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/connections-cust-cal).  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your ThoughtSpot instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR` (**Can manage custom calendars**) privilege is required.   #### Usage guidelines  You can create a custom calendar from scratch or an existing Table in ThoughtSpot. For both methods of calendar creation, the following parameters are required:  * Name of the custom calendar. * Calendar creation method. To create a calendar from an existing table, specify the method:   - `FROM_EXISTING_TABLE` - Creates calendar from the table reference provided in the API request.  - `FROM_INPUT_PARAMS` - Creates a calendar from the parameters defined in the API request.  * Connection ID and Table name * Database and schema name attributes:   For most Cloud Data Warehouse (CDW) connectors, both `database_name` and `schema_name` attributes are required.     However, the attribute requirements are conditional and vary based on the connector type and its metadata structure. For example, for connectors such as Teradata, MySQL, SingleSore, Amazon Aurora MySQL, Amazon RDS MySQL, Oracle, and GCP_MYSQL, the `schema_name` is required, whereas the `database_name` attribute is not.   Similarly, connectors such as ClickHouse require you to specify the `database_name` and the schema specification in such cases is optional.  **NOTE**: If you are creating a calendar from an existing table, ensure that the referenced table matches the required DDL for custom calendars. If the schema does not match, the API returns an error.  ##### Calendar type The API allows you to create the following types of calendars:  * `MONTH_OFFSET`. The default calendar type. A `MONTH_OFFSET` calendar is offset by a few months from the standard calendar months (January to December) and the year begins with the month defined in the request. For example, if the `month_offset` value is set as `April`, the calendar year begins in April.  * `4-4-5`. Each quarter in the calendar will include two 4-week months followed by one 5-week month. * `4-5-4`. Each quarter in the calendar will include two 4-week months with a 5-week month between. * `5-4-4`. Each quarter begins with a 5-week month, followed by two 4-week months.  To start and end the calendar on a specific date, specify the dates in the `MM/DD/YYYY` format. For `MONTH_OFFSET` calendars, ensure that the `start_date` matches the month specified in the `month_offset` attribute.  You can also set the starting day of the week and customize the prefixes for year and quarter labels.  #### Examples  To create a calendar from an existing table:  ``` {   \"name\": \"MyCustomCalendar1\",   \"table_reference\": {     \"connection_identifier\": \"4db8ea22-2ff4-4224-b05a-26674717e468\",     \"table_name\": \"MyCalendarTable\",     \"database_name\": \"RETAILAPPAREL\",     \"schema_name\": \"PUBLIC\"   },   \"creation_method\": \"FROM_EXISTING_TABLE\", } ```  To create a calendar from scratch:  ``` {   \"name\": \"MyCustomCalendar1\",   \"table_reference\": {     \"connection_identifier\": \"4db8ea22-2ff4-4224-b05a-26674717e468\",     \"table_name\": \"MyCalendarTable\",     \"database_name\": \"RETAILAPPAREL\",     \"schema_name\": \"PUBLIC\"   },   \"creation_method\": \"FROM_INPUT_PARAMS\",   \"calendar_type\": \"MONTH_OFFSET\",   \"month_offset\": \"April\",   \"start_day_of_week\": \"Monday\",   \"quarter_name_prefix\": \"Q\",   \"year_name_prefix\": \"FY\",   \"start_date\": \"04/01/2025\",   \"end_date\": \"04/31/2025\" } ```
     * @param createCalendarRequest
     */
    createCalendar(createCalendarRequest: CreateCalendarRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<CalendarResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Deletes a [custom calendar](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/connections-cust-cal).  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your ThoughtSpot instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR` (**Can manage custom calendars**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines To delete a custom calendar, specify the calendar ID as a path parameter in the request URL.
     * @param calendarIdentifier Unique ID or name of the Calendar.
     */
    deleteCalendar(calendarIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Exports a [custom calendar](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/connections-cust-cal) in the CSV format.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your ThoughtSpot instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR` (**Can manage custom calendars**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines  Use this API to download a custom calendar in the CSV file format. In your API request, specify the following parameters.  * Start and end date of the calendar. For \"month offset\" calendars, the start date must match the month defined in the `month_offset` attribute.  You can also specify optional parameters such as the starting day of the week and prefixes for the quarter and year labels.
     * @param generateCSVRequest
     */
    generateCSV(generateCSVRequest: GenerateCSVRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<any>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Gets a list of [custom calendars](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/connections-cust-cal).  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your ThoughtSpot instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR` (**Can manage custom calendars**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines  By default, the API returns a list of custom calendars for all connection objects. To retrieve custom calendar details for a particular connection, specify the connection ID. You can also use other search parameters such as `name_pattern` and `sort_options` as search filters.  The `name_pattern` parameter filters and returns only those objects that match the specified pattern. Use `%` as a wildcard for pattern matching.
     * @param searchCalendarsRequest
     */
    searchCalendars(searchCalendarsRequest: SearchCalendarsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<CalendarResponse>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Updates the properties of a [custom calendar](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/connections-cust-cal).  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your ThoughtSpot instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR` (**Can manage custom calendars**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines  You can update the properties of a calendar using one of the following methods: * `FROM_INPUT_PARAMS` to update the calendar properties with the values defined in the API request. * `FROM_EXISTING_TABLE` Creates a calendar from the parameters defined in the API request.  To update a custom calendar, specify the calendar ID as a path parameter in the request URL and the following parameters in the request body:    * Connection ID and Table name * Database and schema name attributes:   For most Cloud Data Warehouse (CDW) connectors, both `database_name` and `schema_name` attributes are required.     However, the attribute requirements are conditional and vary based on the connector type and its metadata structure. For example, for connectors such as Teradata, MySQL, SingleSore, Amazon Aurora MySQL, Amazon RDS MySQL, Oracle, and GCP_MYSQL, the `schema_name` is required, whereas the `database_name` attribute is not.   Similarly, connectors such as ClickHouse require you to specify the `database_name` and the schema specification in such cases is optional.  The API allows you to modify the calendar type, month offset value, start and end date, starting day of the week, and prefixes assigned to the year and quarter labels.     #### Examples  Update a custom calendar using an existing Table in ThoughtSpot:  ``` {   \"update_method\": \"FROM_EXISTING_TABLE\",   \"table_reference\": {     \"connection_identifier\": \"Connection1\",     \"database_name\": \"db1\",     \"table_name\": \"custom_calendar_2025\",     \"schame_name\": \"schemaVar\"   } } ```  Update a custom calendar with the attributes defined in the API request:  ``` {   \"update_method\": \"FROM_INPUT_PARAMS\",   \"table_reference\": {     \"connection_identifier\": \"Connection1\",     \"database_name\": \"db1\",     \"table_name\": \"custom_calendar_2025\",     \"schame_name\": \"schemaVar\"   },   \"month_offset\": \"August\",   \"start_day_of_week\": \"Monday\",   \"start_date\": \"08/01/2025\",   \"end_date\": \"07/31/2026\" } ```
     * @param calendarIdentifier Unique Id or name of the calendar.
     * @param updateCalendarRequest
     */
    updateCalendar(calendarIdentifier: string, updateCalendarRequest: UpdateCalendarRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
}

declare class PromiseDBTApi {
    private api;
    constructor(configuration: Configuration, requestFactory?: DBTApiRequestFactory, responseProcessor?: DBTApiResponseProcessor);
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Creates a DBT connection object in ThoughtSpot.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  #### About create DBT connection DBT connection in ThoughtSpot is used by the user to define DBT credentials for cloud . The API needs  embrace connection, embrace database name, DBT url, import type, DBT account identifier, DBT project identifier, DBT access token and environment details (or) embrace connection, embrace database name, import type, file_content to create a connection object. To know more about DBT, see ThoughtSpot Product Documentation.
     * @param connectionName Name of the connection.
     * @param databaseName Name of the Database.
     * @param importType Mention type of Import
     * @param accessToken Access token is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD.
     * @param dbtUrl DBT URL is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD.
     * @param accountId Account ID is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD
     * @param projectId Project ID is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD
     * @param dbtEnvId DBT Environment ID\\\&quot;
     * @param projectName Name of the project
     * @param fileContent Upload DBT Manifest and Catalog artifact files as a ZIP file. This field is Mandatory when Import Type is \\\&#39;ZIP_FILE\\\&#39;
     */
    dbtConnection(connectionName: string, databaseName: string, importType?: string, accessToken?: string, dbtUrl?: string, accountId?: string, projectId?: string, dbtEnvId?: string, projectName?: string, fileContent?: HttpFile, _options?: Configuration): Promise<any>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Resynchronize the existing list of models, tables, worksheet tml’s and import them to Thoughtspot based on the DBT connection object.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege, along with an existing DBT connection. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)
     * @param dbtConnectionIdentifier Unique ID of the DBT connection.
     * @param fileContent Upload DBT Manifest and Catalog artifact files as a ZIP file. This field is mandatory if the connection was created with import_type ‘ZIP_FILE’
     */
    dbtGenerateSyncTml(dbtConnectionIdentifier: string, fileContent?: HttpFile, _options?: Configuration): Promise<any>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Generate required table and worksheet and import them.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege, along with an existing DBT connection. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  #### About generate TML Models and Worksheets to be imported can be selected by the user as part of the API.
     * @param dbtConnectionIdentifier Unique ID of the DBT connection.
     * @param modelTables List of Models and their respective Tables Example: \\\&#39;[{\\\&quot;model_name\\\&quot;: \\\&quot;model_name\\\&quot;, \\\&quot;tables\\\&quot;: [\\\&quot;table_name\\\&quot;]}]\\\&#39;
     * @param importWorksheets Mention the worksheet tmls to import
     * @param worksheets List of worksheets is mandatory when import_Worksheets is type SELECTED Example: [\\\&quot;worksheet_name\\\&quot;]
     * @param fileContent Upload DBT Manifest and Catalog artifact files as a ZIP file. This field is mandatory if the connection was created with import_type ‘ZIP_FILE’
     */
    dbtGenerateTml(dbtConnectionIdentifier: string, modelTables: string, importWorksheets: string, worksheets?: string, fileContent?: HttpFile, _options?: Configuration): Promise<any>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Gets a list of DBT connection objects by user and organization, available on the ThoughtSpot system.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  #### About search DBT connection To get details of a specific DBT connection identifier, database connection identifier, database connection name, database name, project name, project identifier, environment identifier , import type and author.
     */
    dbtSearch(_options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<DbtSearchResponse>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Removes the specified DBT connection object from the ThoughtSpot system.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)
     * @param dbtConnectionIdentifier Unique ID of the DBT Connection.
     */
    deleteDbtConnection(dbtConnectionIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Updates a DBT connection object.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data ThoughtSpot**) privilege, along with an existing DBT connection. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  #### About update DBT connection You can modify DBT connection object properties such as embrace connection name, embrace database name, import type, account identifier, access token, project identifier and environment (or) embrace connection, embrace database name, import type, file_content settings.
     * @param dbtConnectionIdentifier Unique ID of the DBT Connection.
     * @param connectionName Name of the connection.
     * @param databaseName Name of the Database.
     * @param importType Mention type of Import
     * @param accessToken Access token is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD.
     * @param dbtUrl DBT URL is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD.
     * @param accountId Account ID is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD
     * @param projectId Project ID is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD
     * @param dbtEnvId DBT Environment ID\\\&quot;
     * @param projectName Name of the project
     * @param fileContent Upload DBT Manifest and Catalog artifact files as a ZIP file. This field is Mandatory when Import Type is \\\&#39;ZIP_FILE\\\&#39;
     */
    updateDbtConnection(dbtConnectionIdentifier: string, connectionName?: string, databaseName?: string, importType?: string, accessToken?: string, dbtUrl?: string, accountId?: string, projectId?: string, dbtEnvId?: string, projectName?: string, fileContent?: HttpFile, _options?: Configuration): Promise<any>;
}

declare class PromiseDataApi {
    private api;
    constructor(configuration: Configuration, requestFactory?: DataApiRequestFactory, responseProcessor?: DataApiResponseProcessor);
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Fetches data from a saved Answer.  Requires at least view access to the saved Answer.  The `record_size` attribute determines the number of records to retrieve in an API call. For more information about pagination, record size, and maximum row limit, see [Pagination and record size settings](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_pagination_settings_for_data_and_report_apis).
     * @param fetchAnswerDataRequest
     */
    fetchAnswerData(fetchAnswerDataRequest: FetchAnswerDataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<AnswerDataResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets data from a Liveboard object and its visualization.    Requires at least view access to the Liveboard.  #### Usage guidelines  In the request body, specify the GUID or name of the Liveboard. To get data for specific visualizations, add the GUIDs or names of the visualizations in the API request.  To include unsaved changes in the report, pass the `transient_pinboard_content` script generated from the `getExportRequestForCurrentPinboard` method in the Visual Embed SDK. Upon successful execution, the API returns the report with unsaved changes. If the new Liveboard experience mode, the transient content includes ad hoc changes to visualizations such as sorting, toggling of legends, and data drill down.  For more information, and see [Liveboard data API](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_fetch_liveboard_data_api).
     * @param fetchLiveboardDataRequest
     */
    fetchLiveboardData(fetchLiveboardDataRequest: FetchLiveboardDataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<LiveboardDataResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Generates an Answer from a given data source.  Requires at least view access to the data source object (Worksheet or View).  #### Usage guidelines  To search data, specify the data source GUID in `logical_table_identifier`. The data source can be a Worksheet, View, Table, or SQL view.  Pass search tokens in the `query_string` attribute in the API request as shown in the following example:  ``` {   \"query_string\": \"[sales] by [store]\",   \"logical_table_identifier\": \"cd252e5c-b552-49a8-821d-3eadaa049cca\", } ```  For more information about the `query_string` format and data source attribute, see [Search data API](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_search_data_api).    The `record_size` attribute determines the number of records to retrieve in an API call. For more information about pagination, record size, and maximum row limit, see [Pagination and record size settings](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_pagination_settings_for_data_and_report_api).
     * @param searchDataRequest
     */
    searchData(searchDataRequest: SearchDataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<SearchDataResponse>;
}

declare class PromiseEmailCustomizationApi {
    private api;
    constructor(configuration: Configuration, requestFactory?: EmailCustomizationApiRequestFactory, responseProcessor?: EmailCustomizationApiResponseProcessor);
    /**
     *  Version: 10.10.0.cl or later   Creates a customization configuration for the notification email.  #### Pre-requisites  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**has developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**:This endpoint in currently in beta. Contact ThoughtSpot support to enable this on your instance.  #### Usage guidelines  To create a custom configuration pass these parameters in your API request:  - A JSON map of configuration attributes `template_properties`. The following example shows a sample set of customization configuration:  ``` {   {       \"cta_button_bg_color\": \"#444DEA\",       \"cta_text_font_color\": \"#FFFFFF\",       \"primary_bg_color\": \"#D3DEF0\",       \"logo_url\": \"https://storage.pardot.com/710713/1642089901EbkRibJq/TS_fullworkmark_darkmode.png\",      \"font_family\": \"\",       \"product_name\": \"ThoughtSpot\",       \"footer_address\": \"444 Castro St, Suite 1000 Mountain View, CA 94041\",    \"footer_phone\": \"(800) 508-7008\",       \"replacement_value_for_liveboard\": \"Dashboard\",       \"replacement_value_for_answer\": \"Chart\",       \"replacement_value_for_spot_iq\": \"AI Insights\",       \"hide_footer_phone\": false,       \"hide_footer_address\": false,       \"hide_product_name\": false,       \"hide_manage_notification\": false,       \"hide_mobile_app_nudge\": false,       \"hide_privacy_policy\": false,       \"hide_ts_vocabulary_definitions\": false,       \"hide_error_message\": false,       \"hide_unsubscribe_link\": false,       \"hide_notification_status\": false,       \"hide_modify_alert\": false,       \"company_website_url\": \"https://your-website.com/\",       \"company_privacy_policy_url\" : \"https://link-to-privacy-policy.com/\",       \"contact_support_url\": \"https://link-to-contact-support.com/\",       \"hide_contact_support_url\": false,    \"hide_logo_url\" : false   } } ```
     * @param createEmailCustomizationRequest
     */
    createEmailCustomization(createEmailCustomizationRequest: CreateEmailCustomizationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<CreateEmailCustomizationResponse>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.10.0.cl or later   Deletes the configuration for the email customization.  #### Pre-requisites  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**has developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**:This endpoint in currently in beta. Contact ThoughtSpot support to enable this on your instance.  #### Usage guidelines  - Call the search API endpoint to get the `template_identifier` from the response. - Use that `template_identifier` as a parameter in this API request.
     * @param templateIdentifier Unique ID or name of the email customization.
     */
    deleteEmailCustomization(templateIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Deletes the configuration for the email customization.  #### Pre-requisites  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**has developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**:This endpoint in currently in beta. Contact ThoughtSpot support to enable this on your instance.  #### Usage guidelines  - Call the search API endpoint to get the `org_identifier` from the response. - Use that `org_identifier` as a parameter in this API request.
     * @param deleteOrgEmailCustomizationRequest
     */
    deleteOrgEmailCustomization(deleteOrgEmailCustomizationRequest: DeleteOrgEmailCustomizationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.10.0.cl or later   Search the email customization configuration if any set for the ThoughtSpot system.  #### Pre-requisites  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**has developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**:This endpoint in currently in beta. Contact ThoughtSpot support to enable this on your instance.
     * @param searchEmailCustomizationRequest
     */
    searchEmailCustomization(searchEmailCustomizationRequest: SearchEmailCustomizationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<CreateEmailCustomizationResponse>>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Updates a customization configuration for the notification email.  #### Pre-requisites  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**has developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**:This endpoint in currently in beta. Contact ThoughtSpot support to enable this on your instance.  #### Usage guidelines  To update a custom configuration pass these parameters in your API request:  - A JSON map of configuration attributes `template_properties`. The following example shows a sample set of customization configuration:  ``` {   {       \"cta_button_bg_color\": \"#444DEA\",      \"cta_text_font_color\": \"#FFFFFF\",      \"primary_bg_color\": \"#D3DEF0\",         \"logo_url\": \"https://storage.pardot.com/710713/1642089901EbkRibJq/TS_fullworkmark_darkmode.png\",        \"font_family\": \"\",      \"product_name\": \"ThoughtSpot\",      \"footer_address\": \"444 Castro St, Suite 1000 Mountain View, CA 94041\",      \"footer_phone\": \"(800) 508-7008\",         \"replacement_value_for_liveboard\": \"Dashboard\",      \"replacement_value_for_answer\": \"Chart\",      \"replacement_value_for_spot_iq\": \"AI Insights\",         \"hide_footer_phone\": false,         \"hide_footer_address\": false,         \"hide_product_name\": false,      \"hide_manage_notification\": false,      \"hide_mobile_app_nudge\": false,      \"hide_privacy_policy\": false,       \"hide_ts_vocabulary_definitions\": false,      \"hide_error_message\": false,      \"hide_unsubscribe_link\": false,         \"hide_notification_status\": false,      \"hide_modify_alert\": false,      \"company_website_url\": \"https://your-website.com/\",      \"company_privacy_policy_url\" : \"https://link-to-privacy-policy.com/\",         \"contact_support_url\": \"https://link-to-contact-support.com/\",         \"hide_contact_support_url\": false,      \"hide_logo_url\" : false   } } ```
     * @param updateEmailCustomizationRequest
     */
    updateEmailCustomization(updateEmailCustomizationRequest: UpdateEmailCustomizationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.10.0.cl or later   Validates the email customization configuration if any set for the ThoughtSpot system.  #### Pre-requisites  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**has developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**:This endpoint in currently in beta. Contact ThoughtSpot support to enable this on your instance.
     */
    validateEmailCustomization(_options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
}

declare class PromiseGroupsApi {
    private api;
    constructor(configuration: Configuration, requestFactory?: GroupsApiRequestFactory, responseProcessor?: GroupsApiResponseProcessor);
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Creates a group object in ThoughtSpot.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `GROUP_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage groups**) privilege is required.  #### About groups Groups in ThoughtSpot are used by the administrators to define privileges and organize users based on their roles and access requirements. To know more about groups and privileges, see [ThoughtSpot Product Documentation](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/groups-privileges).  #### Supported operations  The API endpoint lets you perform the following operations:  * Assign privileges * Add users * Define sharing visibility * Add sub-groups * Assign a default Liveboard
     * @param createUserGroupRequest
     */
    createUserGroup(createUserGroupRequest: CreateUserGroupRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<UserGroupResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Removes the specified group object from the ThoughtSpot system.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `GROUP_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage groups**) privilege is required.
     * @param groupIdentifier GUID or name of the group.
     */
    deleteUserGroup(groupIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Imports group objects from external databases into ThoughtSpot.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `GROUP_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage groups**) privilege is required.  During the import operation:  * If the specified group is not available in ThoughtSpot, it will be added to ThoughtSpot. * If `delete_unspecified_groups` is set to `true`, the groups not specified in the API request, excluding administrator and system user groups, are deleted. * If the specified groups are already available in ThoughtSpot, the object properties of these groups are modified and synchronized as per the input data in the API request.  A successful API call returns the object that represents the changes made in the ThoughtSpot system.
     * @param importUserGroupsRequest
     */
    importUserGroups(importUserGroupsRequest: ImportUserGroupsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<ImportUserGroupsResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets a list of user group objects from the ThoughtSpot system.  To get details of a specific user group, specify the user group GUID or name. You can also filter the API response based on User ID, Org ID, Role ID, type of group, sharing visibility, privileges assigned to the group, and the Liveboard IDs assigned to the users in the group.  Available to all users. Users with `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privileges can view all users properties.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `GROUP_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage groups**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**: If you do not get precise results, try setting `record_size` to `-1` and `record_offset` to `0`.
     * @param searchUserGroupsRequest
     */
    searchUserGroups(searchUserGroupsRequest: SearchUserGroupsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<UserGroupResponse>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Updates the properties of a group object in ThoughtSpot.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `GROUP_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage groups**) privilege is required.  #### Supported operations  This API endpoint lets you perform the following operations in a single API request:  * Edit [privileges](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/?pageid=api-user-management#group-privileges) * Add or remove users * Change sharing visibility settings * Add or remove sub-groups * Assign a default Liveboard  or update the existing settings
     * @param groupIdentifier GUID or name of the group.
     * @param updateUserGroupRequest
     */
    updateUserGroup(groupIdentifier: string, updateUserGroupRequest: UpdateUserGroupRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
}

declare class PromiseJobsApi {
    private api;
    constructor(configuration: Configuration, requestFactory?: JobsApiRequestFactory, responseProcessor?: JobsApiResponseProcessor);
    /**
     *   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Searches delivery history for communication channels such as webhooks. Returns channel-level delivery status for each job execution record. Use this to monitor channel health and delivery success rates across events.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS` (**Can manage webhooks**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.  **NOTE**: When `channel_type` is `WEBHOOK`, the following constraints apply:  - `job_ids`, `channel_identifiers`, and `events` each accept at most one element. - When `job_ids` is provided, it is used as the sole lookup key and other filter fields are ignored. - When `job_ids` is not provided, `channel_identifiers` and `events` are both required. Each must contain exactly one element, and the event object must include the `identifier` field. - Records older than the configured retention period are not returned.
     * @param searchChannelHistoryRequest
     */
    searchChannelHistory(searchChannelHistoryRequest: SearchChannelHistoryRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<SearchChannelHistoryResponse>;
}

declare class PromiseLogApi {
    private api;
    constructor(configuration: Configuration, requestFactory?: LogApiRequestFactory, responseProcessor?: LogApiResponseProcessor);
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Fetches security audit logs.    Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the [Admin Control](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac#_admin_control) privileges are required.   #### Usage guidelines  By default, the API retrieves logs for the last 24 hours. You can set a custom duration in EPOCH time. Make sure the log duration specified in your API request doesn’t exceed 24 hours. If you must fetch logs for a longer time range, modify the duration and make multiple sequential API requests.  Upon successful execution, the API returns logs with the following information: * timestamp of the event * event ID * event type * name and GUID of the user * IP address of ThoughtSpot instance  For more information see [Audit logs Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/audit-logs).
     * @param fetchLogsRequest
     */
    fetchLogs(fetchLogsRequest: FetchLogsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<LogResponse>>;
}

declare class PromiseMetadataApi {
    private api;
    constructor(configuration: Configuration, requestFactory?: MetadataApiRequestFactory, responseProcessor?: MetadataApiResponseProcessor);
    /**
     *  Convert worksheets to models    Version: 10.6.0.cl or later   ## Prerequisites - **Privileges Required:**   - `DATAMANAGEMENT` (Can manage data) or `ADMINISTRATION` (Can administer ThoughtSpot). - **Additional Privileges (if RBAC is enabled):**   - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (Can manage data models).  ---  ## Usage Guidelines  ### Parameters  1. **worksheet_ids**      - **Description:** A comma-separated list of GUIDs (Globally Unique Identifiers) specifying the Worksheets to be converted.      - **Usage:**        - Used only when `convert_all` is set to `false`.        - Leave empty or omit when `convert_all` is set to `true`.  2. **exclude_worksheet_ids**      - **Description:** A comma-separated list of GUIDs specifying Worksheets to be excluded from conversion.      - **Usage:**        - Useful when `convert_all` is set to `true` and specific Worksheets should not be converted.  3. **convert_all**      - **Description:** Sets the scope of conversion.    - **Options:**        - `true`: Converts all Worksheets in the system, except those specified in `exclude_worksheet_ids`.        - `false`: Converts only the Worksheets listed in `worksheet_ids`.  4. **apply_changes**      - **Description:** Specifies whether to apply changes directly to ThoughtSpot or to generate a preview before applying any changes.Used for validation of conversion.    - **Options:**        - `true`: Applies conversion changes directly to ThoughtSpot.      - `false`: Generates only a preview of the changes and does not apply any changes to ThoughtSpot  ---  ## Best Practices  1. **Backup Before Conversion:**      Always export metadata as a backup before initiating the conversion process  2. **Partial Conversion for Testing:**      Test the conversion process by setting `convert_all` to `false` and specifying a small number of `worksheet_ids`.  3. **Verify Dependencies:**      Check for dependent objects, such as Tables and Connections, to avoid invalid references.  4. **Review Changes:**      Use `apply_changes: false` to preview the impact of the conversion before applying changes.  ---  ## Examples  ### Convert Specific Worksheets ```json {   \"worksheet_ids\": [\"guid1\", \"guid2\", \"guid3\"],   \"exclude_worksheet_ids\": [],   \"convert_all\": false,   \"apply_changes\": true } ```  ### Convert All Accessible Worksheets ```json {   \"worksheet_ids\": [],   \"exclude_worksheet_ids\": [],   \"convert_all\": true,   \"apply_changes\": true } ```  ### Exclude Specific Worksheets While Converting All Accessible Worksheets ```json {   \"worksheet_ids\": [],   \"exclude_worksheet_ids\": [\"abc\"],   \"convert_all\": true,   \"apply_changes\": true } ```
     * @param convertWorksheetToModelRequest
     */
    convertWorksheetToModel(convertWorksheetToModelRequest: ConvertWorksheetToModelRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<ResponseWorksheetToModelConversion>;
    /**
     *  Makes a copy of an Answer or Liveboard    Version: 10.3.0.cl or later   Creates a copy of a metadata object.  Requires at least view access to the metadata object being copied.  Upon successful execution, the API creates a copy of the metadata object specified in the API request and returns the ID of the new object.
     * @param copyObjectRequest
     */
    copyObject(copyObjectRequest: CopyObjectRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<ResponseCopyObject>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Removes the specified metadata object from the ThoughtSpot system.  Requires edit access to the metadata object.
     * @param deleteMetadataRequest
     */
    deleteMetadata(deleteMetadataRequest: DeleteMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Exports the [TML](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/tml) representation of metadata objects in JSON or YAML format.  Requires `DATADOWNLOADING` (**Can download Data**) and at least view access to the metadata object.  #### Usage guidelines  * You can export one or several objects by passing metadata object GUIDs in the `metadata` array. * When exporting TML content for a Liveboard or Answer object, you can set `export_associated` to `true` to retrieve TML content for underlying Worksheets, Tables, or Views, including the GUID of each object within the headers. When   `export_associated` is set to `true`, consider retrieving one metadata object at a time. * Set `export_fqns` to `true` to add FQNs of the referenced objects in the TML content. For example, if you send an API request to retrieve TML for a Liveboard and its associated objects, the API returns the TML content with FQNs of the referenced Worksheet. Exporting TML with FQNs is useful if ThoughtSpot has multiple objects with the same name and you want to eliminate ambiguity when importing TML files into ThoughtSpot. It eliminates the need for adding FQNs of the referenced objects manually during the import operation. * To export only the TML of feedbacks associated with an object, set the GUID of the object as `identifier`, and set the `type` as `FEEDBACK` in the `metadata` array. * To export the TML of an object along with the feedbacks associated with it, set the GUID of the object as `identifier`, set the `type` as `LOGIAL_TABLE` in the `metadata` array, and set `export_with_associated_feedbacks` in `export_options` to true.  For more information, see [TML Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/tml#_export_a_tml).  For more information on feedbacks, see [Feedback Documentation](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/sage-feedback).
     * @param exportMetadataTMLRequest
     */
    exportMetadataTML(exportMetadataTMLRequest: ExportMetadataTMLRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<any>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.1.0.cl or later   Exports the [TML](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/tml) representation of metadata objects in JSON or YAML format.  ### **Permissions Required**  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and `USERMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage users**) privileges.  #### **Usage Guidelines**  This API is only applicable for `USER`, `GROUP`, and `ROLES` metadata types.  - `batch_offset` Indicates the starting position within the complete dataset from which the API should begin returning objects. Useful for paginating results efficiently. - `batch_size` Specifies the number of objects or items to retrieve in a single request. Helps control response size for better performance. - `edoc_format` Defines the format of the TML content. The exported metadata can be in JSON or YAML format. - `export_dependent` Specifies whether to include dependent metadata objects in the export. Ensures related objects are also retrieved if needed. - `all_orgs_override` Indicates whether the export operation applies across all organizations. Useful for multi-tenant environments where cross-org exports are required.
     * @param exportMetadataTMLBatchedRequest
     */
    exportMetadataTMLBatched(exportMetadataTMLBatchedRequest: ExportMetadataTMLBatchedRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<any>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Fetches the underlying SQL query data for an Answer object.  Requires at least view access to the Answer object.  Upon successful execution, the API returns the SQL queries for the specified object as shown in this example: ``` {    \"metadata_id\":\"8fbe44a8-46ad-4b16-8d39-184b2fada490\",    \"metadata_name\":\"Total sales\",    \"metadata_type\":\"ANSWER\",    \"sql_queries\":[       {          \"metadata_id\":\"8fbe44a8-46ad-4b16-8d39-184b2fada490\",          \"metadata_name\":\"Total sales -test\",          \"sql_query\":\"SELECT \\n  \\\"ta_1\\\".\\\"REGION\\\" \\\"ca_1\\\", \\n  \\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"PRODUCTNAME\\\" \\\"ca_2\\\", \\n  \\\"ta_1\\\".\\\"STORENAME\\\" \\\"ca_3\\\", \\n  CASE\\n    WHEN sum(\\\"ta_3\\\".\\\"SALES\\\") IS NOT NULL THEN sum(\\\"ta_3\\\".\\\"SALES\\\")\\n    ELSE 0\\n  END \\\"ca_4\\\", \\n  CASE\\n    WHEN sum(\\\"ta_3\\\".\\\"QUANTITYPURCHASED\\\") IS NOT NULL THEN sum(\\\"ta_3\\\".\\\"QUANTITYPURCHASED\\\")\\n    ELSE 0\\n  END \\\"ca_5\\\"\\nFROM \\\"RETAILAPPAREL\\\".\\\"PUBLIC\\\".\\\"FACT_RETAPP_SALES\\\" \\\"ta_3\\\"\\n  JOIN \\\"RETAILAPPAREL\\\".\\\"PUBLIC\\\".\\\"DIM_RETAPP_STORES\\\" \\\"ta_1\\\"\\n    ON \\\"ta_3\\\".\\\"STOREID\\\" = \\\"ta_1\\\".\\\"STOREID\\\"\\n  JOIN \\\"RETAILAPPAREL\\\".\\\"PUBLIC\\\".\\\"DIM_RETAPP_PRODUCTS\\\" \\\"ta_2\\\"\\n    ON \\\"ta_3\\\".\\\"PRODUCTID\\\" = \\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"PRODUCTID\\\"\\nGROUP BY \\n  \\\"ca_1\\\", \\n  \\\"ca_2\\\", \\n  \\\"ca_3\\\"\\n\"       }    ] } ```
     * @param fetchAnswerSqlQueryRequest
     */
    fetchAnswerSqlQuery(fetchAnswerSqlQueryRequest: FetchAnswerSqlQueryRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<SqlQueryResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Gets information about the status of the TML async import task scheduled using the `/api/rest/2.0/metadata/tml/async/import` API call.  To fetch the task details, specify the ID of the TML async import task.    Requires access to the task ID. The API allows users who initiated the asynchronous TML import via `/api/rest/2.0/metadata/tml/async/import` to view the status of their tasks.  Users with administration privilege can view the status of all import tasks initiated by the users in their Org.  #### Usage guidelines  See [TML API Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/tml#_fetch_status_of_the_tml_import_task) for usage guidelines.
     * @param fetchAsyncImportTaskStatusRequest
     */
    fetchAsyncImportTaskStatus(fetchAsyncImportTaskStatusRequest: FetchAsyncImportTaskStatusRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<GetAsyncImportStatusResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Fetches the underlying SQL query data for a Liveboard object and its visualizations.  Requires at least view access to the Liveboard object.  To get SQL query data for a Liveboard, specify the GUID of the Liveboard. Optionally, you can add an array of visualization GUIDs to retrieve the SQL query data for visualizations in the Liveboard.  Upon successful execution, the API returns the SQL queries for the specified object as shown in this example: ``` {   \"metadata_id\": \"fa68ae91-7588-4136-bacd-d71fb12dda69\",   \"metadata_name\": \"Total Sales\",   \"metadata_type\": \"LIVEBOARD\",   \"sql_queries\": [     {       \"metadata_id\": \"b3b6d2b9-089a-490c-8e16-b144650b7843\",       \"metadata_name\": \"Total quantity purchased, Total sales by region\",       \"sql_query\": \"SELECT \\n  \\\"ta_1\\\".\\\"REGION\\\" \\\"ca_1\\\", \\n  CASE\\n    WHEN sum(\\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"QUANTITYPURCHASED\\\") IS NOT NULL THEN sum(\\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"QUANTITYPURCHASED\\\")\\n    ELSE 0\\n  END \\\"ca_2\\\", \\n  CASE\\n    WHEN sum(\\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"SALES\\\") IS NOT NULL THEN sum(\\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"SALES\\\")\\n    ELSE 0\\n  END \\\"ca_3\\\"\\nFROM \\\"RETAILAPPAREL\\\".\\\"PUBLIC\\\".\\\"FACT_RETAPP_SALES\\\" \\\"ta_2\\\"\\n  JOIN \\\"RETAILAPPAREL\\\".\\\"PUBLIC\\\".\\\"DIM_RETAPP_STORES\\\" \\\"ta_1\\\"\\n    ON \\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"STOREID\\\" = \\\"ta_1\\\".\\\"STOREID\\\"\\nGROUP BY \\\"ca_1\\\"\"     }   ] } ```
     * @param fetchLiveboardSqlQueryRequest
     */
    fetchLiveboardSqlQuery(fetchLiveboardSqlQueryRequest: FetchLiveboardSqlQueryRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<SqlQueryResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Imports [TML](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/tml) files into ThoughtSpot.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtsSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required: - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  #### Usage guidelines  *  Import all related objects in a single TML Import API call. For example, Tables that use the same Connection object and Worksheets connected to these Tables. * Include the `fqn` property to distinguish objects that have the same name.   For example, if you have multiple Connections or Worksheets with the same name on ThoughtSpot and the Connection or Worksheet referenced in your TML file does not have a unique name to distinguish, it may result in invalid object references.   Adding `fqn` helps ThoughtSpot differentiate a Table from another with the same name.   We recommend [exporting TML with FQNs](#/http/api-endpoints/metadata/export-metadata-tml) and using these during the import operation. * You can upload multiple TML files at a time.   If you import a Worksheet along with Liveboards, Answers, and other dependent objects in a single API call, the imported objects will be immediately available for use.   When you import only a Worksheet object, it may take some time for the Worksheet to become available in the ThoughtSpot system. Please wait for a few minutes, and then proceed to create an Answer and Liveboard from the newly imported Worksheet.  For more information, see [TML Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/tml#_import_a_tml).
     * @param importMetadataTMLRequest
     */
    importMetadataTML(importMetadataTMLRequest: ImportMetadataTMLRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<any>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Schedules a task to import [TML](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/tml) files into ThoughtSpot. You can use this API endpoint to process TML objects asynchronously when importing TMLs of large and complex metadata objects into ThoughtSpot. Unlike the synchronous import TML operation, the API processes TML data in the background and returns a task ID, which can be used to check the status of the import task via `/api/rest/2.0/metadata/tml/async/status` API endpoint.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtsSpot**) privilege, and edit access to the TML objects.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required: - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  #### Usage guidelines  See [Async TML API Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/tml#_import_tml_objects_asynchronously) for usage guidelines.
     * @param importMetadataTMLAsyncRequest
     */
    importMetadataTMLAsync(importMetadataTMLAsyncRequest: ImportMetadataTMLAsyncRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<ImportEPackAsyncTaskStatus>;
    /**
     *  Parameterize fields in metadata objects.   Version: 10.9.0.cl or later   **Note:** This API endpoint is deprecated and will be removed from ThoughtSpot in a future release. Use [POST /api/rest/2.0/metadata/parameterize-fields](/api/rest/2.0/metadata/parameterize-fields) instead.  Allows parameterizing fields in metadata objects in ThoughtSpot.  Requires appropriate permissions to modify the metadata object.  The API endpoint allows parameterizing the following types of metadata objects: * Logical Tables * Connections * Connection Configs  For a Logical Table the field type must be `ATTRIBUTE` and field name can be one of: * databaseName * schemaName * tableName  For a Connection or Connection Config, the field type is always `CONNECTION_PROPERTY`. In this case, field_name specifies the exact property of the Connection or Connection Config that needs to be parameterized.  For Connection Config, the only supported field name is: * impersonate_user
     * @param parameterizeMetadataRequest
     */
    parameterizeMetadata(parameterizeMetadataRequest: ParameterizeMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Parameterize multiple fields of metadata objects. For example [schemaName, databaseName] for LOGICAL_TABLE.    Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Allows parameterizing multiple fields of metadata objects in ThoughtSpot. For example, you can parameterize [schemaName, databaseName] for LOGICAL_TABLE.  Requires appropriate permissions to modify the metadata object.  The API endpoint allows parameterizing the following types of metadata objects: * Logical Tables * Connections * Connection Configs  For a Logical Table, the field type must be `ATTRIBUTE` and field names can include: * databaseName * schemaName * tableName  For a Connection or Connection Config, the field type is always `CONNECTION_PROPERTY`. In this case, field_names specifies the exact properties of the Connection or Connection Config that need to be parameterized.  For Connection Config, supported field names include: * impersonate_user  You can parameterize multiple fields at once by providing an array of field names.
     * @param parameterizeMetadataFieldsRequest
     */
    parameterizeMetadataFields(parameterizeMetadataFieldsRequest: ParameterizeMetadataFieldsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets a list of metadata objects available on the ThoughtSpot system.  This API endpoint is available to all users who have view access to the object. Users with `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privileges can view data for all metadata objects, including users and groups.  #### Usage guidelines  - To get all metadata objects, send the API request without any attributes. - To get metadata objects of a specific type, set the `type` attribute. For example, to fetch a Worksheet, set the type as `LOGICAL_TABLE`. - To filter metadata objects within type `LOGICAL_TABLE`, set the `subtypes` attribute. For example, to fetch a Worksheet, set the type as `LOGICAL_TABLE` & subtypes as `[WORKSHEET]`. - To get a specific metadata object, specify the GUID. - To customize your search and filter the API response, you can use several parameters.   You can search for objects created or modified by specific users, by tags applied to the objects, or by using the include parameters like `include_auto_created_objects`, `include_dependent_objects`, `include_headers`, `include_incomplete_objects`, and so on.   You can also define sorting options to sort the data retrieved in the API response. - To get discoverable objects when linientmodel is enabled you can use `include_discoverable_objects` as true else false. Default value is true. - For liveboard metadata type, to get the newer format, set the `liveboard_response_format` as V2. Default value is V1. - To retrieve only objects that are published, set the `include_only_published_objects` as true. Default value is false.  **NOTE**: The following parameters support pagination of metadata records:  - `tag_identifiers` - `type` - `subtypes` - `created_by_user_identifiers` - `modified_by_user_identifiers` - `owned_by_user_identifiers` - `exclude_objects` - `include_auto_created_objects` - `favorite_object_options` - `include_only_published_objects` If you are using other parameters to search metadata, set `record_size` to `-1` and `record_offset` to `0`.
     * @param searchMetadataRequest
     */
    searchMetadata(searchMetadataRequest: SearchMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<MetadataSearchResponse>>;
    /**
     *  Remove parameterization from fields in metadata objects.   Version: 10.9.0.cl or later   Allows removing parameterization from fields in metadata objects in ThoughtSpot.  Requires appropriate permissions to modify the metadata object.  The API endpoint allows unparameterizing the following types of metadata objects: * Logical Tables * Connections * Connection Configs  For a Logical Table the field type must be `ATTRIBUTE` and field name can be one of: * databaseName * schemaName * tableName  For a Connection or Connection Config, the field type is always `CONNECTION_PROPERTY`. In this case, field_name specifies the exact property of the Connection or Connection Config that needs to be unparameterized.  For Connection Config, the only supported field name is: * impersonate_user
     * @param unparameterizeMetadataRequest
     */
    unparameterizeMetadata(unparameterizeMetadataRequest: UnparameterizeMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Update header attributes for a given list of header objects.   Version: 10.6.0.cl or later   ## Prerequisites - **Privileges Required:**   - `DATAMANAGEMENT` (Can manage data) or `ADMINISTRATION` (Can administer ThoughtSpot). - **Additional Privileges (if RBAC is enabled):**   - `ORG_ADMINISTRATION` (Can manage orgs).  ---  ## Usage Guidelines  ### Parameters  1. **headers_update**      - **Description:** List of header objects with their attributes to be updated. Each object contains a list of attributes to be updated in the header.    - **Usage:**       - You must provide either `identifier` or `obj_identifier`, but not both. Both fields cannot be empty.       - When `org_identifier` is set to `-1`, only the `identifier` value is accepted; `obj_identifier` is not allowed.  2. **org_identifier**      - **Description:** GUID (Globally Unique Identifier) or name of the organization.      - **Usage:**      - Leaving this field empty assumes that the changes should be applied to the current organization       - Provide `org_guid` or `org_name` to uniquely identify the organization where changes need to be applied. .      - Provide `-1` if changes have to be applied across all the org.  ---  ## Note Currently, this API is enabled only for updating the `obj_identifier` attribute. Only `text` will be allowed in attribute\'s value.  ## Best Practices  1. **Backup Before Conversion:**      Always export metadata as a backup before initiating the update process  ---  ## Examples  ### Only `identifier` is given  ```json {   \"headers_update\":   [     {       \"identifier\": \"guid_1\",       \"obj_identifier\": \"\",       \"type\": \"LOGICAL_COLUMN\",       \"attributes\":       [         {           \"name\": \"obj_id\",           \"value\": \"custom_object_id\"         }       ]     }   ],   \"org_identifier\": \"orgGuid\" } ```  ### Only `obj_identifier` is given ```json {   \"headers_update\":   [     {       \"obj_identifier\": \"custom_object_id\",       \"type\": \"ANSWER\",       \"attributes\":       [         {           \"name\": \"obj_id\",           \"value\": \"custom_object_id\"         }       ]     }   ],   \"org_identifier\": \"orgName\" } ```  ### Executing update for all org `-1` ```json {   \"headers_update\":   [     {       \"identifier\": \"guid_1\",       \"type\": \"ANSWER\",       \"attributes\":       [         {           \"name\": \"obj_id\",           \"value\": \"custom_object_id\"         }       ]     }   ],   \"org_identifier\": -1 } ```  ### Optional `type` is not provided ```json {   \"headers_update\":   [     {       \"identifier\": \"guid_1\",       \"attributes\":       [         {           \"name\": \"obj_id\",           \"value\": \"custom_object_id\"         }       ]     }   ],   \"org_identifier\": -1 } ```
     * @param updateMetadataHeaderRequest
     */
    updateMetadataHeader(updateMetadataHeaderRequest: UpdateMetadataHeaderRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Update object IDs for given metadata objects.   Version: 10.8.0.cl or later   ## Prerequisites - **Privileges Required:**   - `DATAMANAGEMENT` (Can manage data) or `ADMINISTRATION` (Can administer ThoughtSpot). - **Additional Privileges (if RBAC is enabled):**   - `ORG_ADMINISTRATION` (Can manage orgs).  ---  ## Usage Guidelines  ### Parameters  1. **metadata**      - **Description:** List of metadata objects to update their object IDs.    - **Usage:**       - Use either `current_obj_id` alone OR use `metadata_identifier` with `type` (when needed).       - When using `metadata_identifier`, the `type` field is required if using a name instead of a GUID.       - The `new_obj_id` field is always required.  ---  ## Note This API is specifically designed for updating object IDs of metadata objects. It internally uses the header update mechanism to perform the changes.  ## Best Practices  1. **Backup Before Update:**      Always export metadata as a backup before initiating the update process.  2. **Validation:**    - When using `current_obj_id`, ensure it matches the existing object ID exactly.    - When using `metadata_identifier` with a name, ensure the `type` is specified correctly.    - Verify that the `new_obj_id` follows your naming conventions and is unique within your system.  ---  ## Examples  ### Using current_obj_id ```json {   \"metadata\": [     {       \"current_obj_id\": \"existing_object_id\",       \"new_obj_id\": \"new_object_id\"     }   ] } ```  ### Using metadata_identifier with GUID ```json {   \"metadata\": [     {       \"metadata_identifier\": \"01234567-89ab-cdef-0123-456789abcdef\",       \"new_obj_id\": \"new_object_id\"     }   ] } ```  ### Using metadata_identifier with name and type ```json {   \"metadata\": [     {       \"metadata_identifier\": \"My Answer\",       \"type\": \"ANSWER\",       \"new_obj_id\": \"new_object_id\"     }   ] } ```  ### Multiple objects update ```json {   \"metadata\": [     {       \"current_obj_id\": \"existing_object_id_1\",       \"new_obj_id\": \"new_object_id_1\"     },     {       \"metadata_identifier\": \"My Worksheet\",       \"type\": \"LOGICAL_TABLE\",       \"new_obj_id\": \"new_object_id_2\"     }   ] } ```
     * @param updateMetadataObjIdRequest
     */
    updateMetadataObjId(updateMetadataObjIdRequest: UpdateMetadataObjIdRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
}

declare class PromiseOrgsApi {
    private api;
    constructor(configuration: Configuration, requestFactory?: OrgsApiRequestFactory, responseProcessor?: OrgsApiResponseProcessor);
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Creates an Org object.  To use this API, the [Orgs](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/orgs-overview) feature must be enabled in your cluster.  Requires cluster administration (**Can administer Org**) privileges. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `ORG_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage Orgs**) privilege is required.
     * @param createOrgRequest
     */
    createOrg(createOrgRequest: CreateOrgRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<OrgResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Deletes an Org object from the ThoughtSpot system.  Requires cluster administration (**Can administer Org**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `ORG_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage Orgs**) privilege is required.  When you delete an Org, all its users and objects created in that Org context are removed. However, if the users in the deleted Org also exists in other Orgs, they are removed only from the deleted Org.
     * @param orgIdentifier ID or name of the Org
     */
    deleteOrg(orgIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets a list of Orgs configured on the ThoughtSpot system. To get details of a specific Org, specify the Org ID or name. You can also pass parameters such as status, visibility, and user identifiers to get a specific list of Orgs.  Requires cluster administration (**Can administer Org**) privileges. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `ORG_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage Orgs**) privilege is required.
     * @param searchOrgsRequest
     */
    searchOrgs(searchOrgsRequest: SearchOrgsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<OrgResponse>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Updates an Org object. You can modify Org properties such as name, description, and user associations.  Requires cluster administration (**Can administer Org**) privileges. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `ORG_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage Orgs**) privilege is required.
     * @param orgIdentifier ID or name of the Org
     * @param updateOrgRequest
     */
    updateOrg(orgIdentifier: string, updateOrgRequest: UpdateOrgRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
}

declare class PromiseReportsApi {
    private api;
    constructor(configuration: Configuration, requestFactory?: ReportsApiRequestFactory, responseProcessor?: ReportsApiResponseProcessor);
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Exports an Answer in the given file format. You can download the Answer data as a PDF, PNG, CSV, or XLSX file.  Requires at least view access to the Answer.  #### Usage guidelines  In the request body, the GUID or name of the Answer and set `file_format`. The default file format is CSV.  **NOTE**: * The downloadable file returned in API response file is extensionless. Please rename the downloaded file by typing in the relevant extension. * HTML rendering is not supported for PDF exports of Answers with tables.  Optionally, you can define [runtime overrides](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_runtime_overrides) to apply to the Answer data.
     * @param exportAnswerReportRequest
     */
    exportAnswerReport(exportAnswerReportRequest: ExportAnswerReportRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<HttpFile>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Exports a Liveboard and its visualizations in PDF, PNG, CSV, or XLSX file format. The default `file_format` is CSV.  Requires at least view access to the Liveboard.  #### Usage guidelines  In the request body, specify the GUID or name of the Liveboard. To generate a Liveboard report with specific visualizations, add GUIDs or names of the visualizations.  **NOTE**:   * The downloadable file returned in API response file is extensionless. Please rename the downloaded file by typing in the relevant extension.  * Optionally, you can define [runtime overrides](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_runtime_overrides) to apply to the Answer data.  * To include unsaved changes in the report, pass the `transient_pinboard_content` script generated from the `getExportRequestForCurrentPinboard` method in the Visual Embed SDK. Upon successful execution, the API returns the report with unsaved changes, including ad hoc changes to visualizations. For more information, see [Liveboard Report API](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_liveboard_report_api).   * Starting with ThoughtSpot Cloud 10.9.0.cl release, the Liveboard can be exported in the PNG format in the resolution of your choice. To enable this on your instance, contact ThoughtSpot support. When this feature is enabled, the options `include_cover_page`,`include_filter_page` within the `png_options` will not be available for PNG exports.  * Starting with the ThoughtSpot Cloud 26.2.0.cl release,    * Liveboards can be exported in CSV format.      * All visualizations within a Liveboard can be exported as individual CSV files.      * When exporting multiple visualizations or the entire Liveboard, the system returns the report as a compressed ZIP file containing the separate CSV files for each visualization.    * Liveboards can also be exported in XLSX format.      * All selected visualizations are consolidated into a single Excel workbook (.xlsx), with each visualization placed in its own worksheet (tab).      * XLSX exports are limited to a maximum of 255 worksheets (tabs) per workbook.
     * @param exportLiveboardReportRequest
     */
    exportLiveboardReport(exportLiveboardReportRequest: ExportLiveboardReportRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<HttpFile>;
}

declare class PromiseRolesApi {
    private api;
    constructor(configuration: Configuration, requestFactory?: RolesApiRequestFactory, responseProcessor?: RolesApiResponseProcessor);
    /**
     *   Version: 9.5.0.cl or later   Creates a Role object in ThoughtSpot.  Available only if [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance. To create a Role, the `ROLE_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage roles**) privilege is required.
     * @param createRoleRequest
     */
    createRole(createRoleRequest: CreateRoleRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RoleResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.5.0.cl or later   Deletes a Role object from the ThoughtSpot system.  Available only if [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance. To delete a Role, the `ROLE_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage roles**) privilege is required.
     * @param roleIdentifier Unique ID or name of the Role. ReadOnly roles cannot be deleted.
     */
    deleteRole(roleIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.5.0.cl or later   Gets a list of Role objects from the ThoughtSpot system.  Available if [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance. To search for Roles, the `ROLE_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage roles**) privilege is required.  To get details of a specific Role object, specify the GUID or name. You can also filter the API response based on user group and Org identifiers, privileges assigned to the Role, and deprecation status.
     * @param searchRolesRequest
     */
    searchRoles(searchRolesRequest: SearchRolesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<SearchRoleResponse>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.5.0.cl or later   Updates the properties of a Role object.  Available only if [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance. To update a Role, the `ROLE_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage roles**) privilege is required.
     * @param roleIdentifier Unique ID or name of the Role.
     * @param updateRoleRequest
     */
    updateRole(roleIdentifier: string, updateRoleRequest: UpdateRoleRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RoleResponse>;
}

declare class PromiseSchedulesApi {
    private api;
    constructor(configuration: Configuration, requestFactory?: SchedulesApiRequestFactory, responseProcessor?: SchedulesApiResponseProcessor);
    /**
     *  Create schedule.    Version: 9.4.0.cl or later   Creates a Liveboard schedule job.  Requires at least edit access to Liveboards. To create a schedule on behalf of another user, you need  `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer Org**) or `JOBSCHEDULING` (**Can schedule for others**) privilege and edit access to the Liveboard. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `JOBSCHEDULING` (**Can schedule for others**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines  * The description text is mandatory.  The description text appears as **Description: <your content>** in the Liveboard schedule email notifications. * For Liveboards with both charts and tables, schedule creation is only supported in PDF and XLS formats. Schedules created in CSV formats for such Liveboards will fail to run. If `PDF` is set as the `file_format`, enable `pdf_options` to get the correct attachment. Not doing so may cause the attachment to be rendered empty. * To include only specific visualizations, specify the visualization GUIDs in the `visualization_identifiers` array. * You can schedule a Liveboard job to run periodically by setting frequency parameters. You can set the schedule to run daily, weekly, monthly or every n minutes or hours. The scheduled job can also be configured to run at a specific time of the day or on specific days of the week or month. Please ensure that when setting the schedule frequency for _minute of the object_, only values that are multiples of 5 are included. * If the `frequency` parameters are defined, you can set the time zone to a value that matches your server\'s time zone. For example, `US/Central`, `Etc/UTC`, `CET`. The default time zone is `America/Los_Angeles`.  For more information about Liveboard jobs, see [ThoughtSpot Product Documentation](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/liveboard-schedule).
     * @param createScheduleRequest
     */
    createSchedule(createScheduleRequest: CreateScheduleRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<ResponseSchedule>;
    /**
     *  Deletes a scheduled job.    Version: 9.4.0.cl or later   Deletes a scheduled Liveboard job.  Requires at least edit access to Liveboard or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer Org**) privilege.    If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `JOBSCHEDULING` (**Can schedule for others**) privilege is required.
     * @param scheduleIdentifier Unique ID or name of the scheduled job.
     */
    deleteSchedule(scheduleIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Search Schedules    Version: 9.4.0.cl or later   Gets a list of scheduled jobs configured for a Liveboard.  To get details of a specific scheduled job, specify the name or GUID of the scheduled job.  Requires at least view access to Liveboards.  **NOTE**: When filtering schedules by parameters other than `metadata`, set `record_size` to `-1` and `record_offset` to `0` for accurate results.
     * @param searchSchedulesRequest
     */
    searchSchedules(searchSchedulesRequest: SearchSchedulesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<ResponseSchedule>>;
    /**
     *  Update schedule.    Version: 9.4.0.cl or later   Updates a scheduled Liveboard job.  Requires at least edit access to Liveboards. To update a schedule on behalf of another user, you need `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer Org**) or `JOBSCHEDULING` (**Can schedule for others**) privilege and edit access to the Liveboard. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `JOBSCHEDULING` (**Can schedule for others**) privilege is required.  The API endpoint allows you to pause a scheduled job, change the status of a paused job. You can also edit the recipients list, frequency of the job, format of the file to send to the recipients in email notifications, PDF options, and time zone setting.
     * @param scheduleIdentifier Unique ID or name of the schedule.
     * @param updateScheduleRequest
     */
    updateSchedule(scheduleIdentifier: string, updateScheduleRequest: UpdateScheduleRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
}

declare class PromiseSecurityApi {
    private api;
    constructor(configuration: Configuration, requestFactory?: SecurityApiRequestFactory, responseProcessor?: SecurityApiResponseProcessor);
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Transfers the ownership of one or several objects from one user to another.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege and edit access to the objects are required.
     * @param assignChangeAuthorRequest
     */
    assignChangeAuthor(assignChangeAuthorRequest: AssignChangeAuthorRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Fetches column security rules for specified tables.  This API endpoint retrieves column-level security rules configured for tables. It returns information about which columns are secured and which groups have access to those columns.  #### Usage guidelines  - Provide an array of table identifiers using either `identifier` (GUID or name) or `obj_identifier` (object ID) - At least one of `identifier` or `obj_identifier` must be provided for each table - The API returns column security rules for all specified tables - Users must have appropriate permissions to access security rules for the specified tables  #### Required permissions  - `ADMINISTRATION` - Can administer ThoughtSpot - `DATAMANAGEMENT` - Can manage data - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` - Can manage worksheet views and tables  #### Example request  ```json {   \"tables\": [     {       \"identifier\": \"table-guid\",       \"obj_identifier\": \"table-object-id\"     }   ] } ```  #### Response format  The API returns an array of `ColumnSecurityRuleResponse` objects wrapped in a `data` field. Each `ColumnSecurityRuleResponse` object contains: - Table information (GUID and object ID)   - Array of column security rules with column details, group access, and source table information  #### Example response  ```json {   \"data\": [     {       \"guid\": \"table-guid\",       \"objId\": \"table-object-id\",       \"columnSecurityRules\": [         {           \"column\": {             \"id\": \"col_123\",             \"name\": \"Salary\"           },           \"groups\": [             {               \"id\": \"group_1\",               \"name\": \"HR Department\"             }           ],           \"sourceTableDetails\": {             \"id\": \"source-table-guid\",             \"name\": \"Employee_Data\"           }         }       ]     }   ] } ```
     * @param fetchColumnSecurityRulesRequest
     */
    fetchColumnSecurityRules(fetchColumnSecurityRulesRequest: FetchColumnSecurityRulesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<ColumnSecurityRuleResponse>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.3.0.cl or later   This API fetches the object privileges present for the given list of principals (user or group), on the given set of objects. It supports pagination, which can be enabled and configured using the request parameters. It provides users access to certain features based on privilege based access control.  #### Usage guidelines  - Specify the `type` (`USER` or `USER_GROUP`) and `identifier` (either GUID or name) of the principals for which you want to retrieve object privilege information in the `principals` array. - Specify the `type`  (`LOGICAL_TABLE`)  and `identifier` (either GUID or name) of the metadata objects for which you want to retrieve object privilege information in the `metadata` array. Only `LOGICAL_TABLE` metadata type is supported for now. It may be extended for other metadata types in future. - To control the offset from where principals have to be fetched, use `record_offset`. When `record_offset` is 0, information is fetched from the beginning. - To control the number of principals to be fetched, use `record_size`. Default `record_size` is 20. - Ensure `record_offset` for a subsequent request is one more than the value of `record_size` of the previous request. - Ensure using correct Authorization Bearer Token corresponding to specific user & org.   #### Example request  ```json {   \"principals\": [     {       \"type\": \"type-1\",       \"identifier\": \"principal-guid-or-name-1\"     },     {       \"type\": \"type-2\",       \"identifier\": \"principal-guid-or-name-2\"     }   ],   \"metadata\": [     {       \"type\": \"metadata-type-1\",       \"identifier\": \"metadata-guid-or-name-1\"     },     {       \"type\": \"metadata-type-2\",       \"identifier\": \"metadata-guid-or-name-2\"     }   ],   \"record_offset\": 0,   \"record_size\": 20 } ```   #### Response format  The API returns an array of `metadata_object_privileges` objects wrapped in JSON. Each `metadata_object_privileges` object contains: - Metadata information (GUID, name and type) - Array of `principal_object_privilege_info`. - Each `principal_object_privilege_info` contains:   - Principal type. All principals of this type are listed as described below.   - Array of `principal_object_privileges`.   - Each `principal_object_privileges` contains:     - Principal information (GUID, name, subtype)     - List of applied object level privileges.  #### Example response  ```json {     \"metadata_object_privileges\": [       {         \"metadata_id\": \"metadata-guid-1\",         \"metadata_name\": \"metadata-name-1\",         \"metadata_type\": \"metadata-type-1\",         \"principal_object_privilege_info\": [           {             \"principal_type\": \"principal-type-1\",             \"principal_object_privileges\": [               {                 \"principal_id\": \"principal-guid-1\",                 \"principal_name\": \"principal-name-1\",                 \"principal_sub_type\": \"principal-sub-type-1\",                 \"object_privileges\": \"[object-privilege-1, object-privilege-2]\"               },               {                 \"principal_id\": \"principal-guid-2\",                 \"principal_name\": \"principal-name-2\",                 \"principal_sub_type\": \"principal-sub-type-2\",                 \"object_privileges\": \"[object-privilege-1, object-privilege-2]\"               }             ]           },           {             \"principal_type\": \"principal-type-2\",             \"principal_object_privileges\": [               {                 \"principal_id\": \"principal-guid-3\",                 \"principal_name\": \"principal-guid-4\",                 \"principal_sub_type\": \"principal-sub-type-4\",                 \"object_privileges\": \"[object-privilege-1]\"               }             ]           }         ]       },       {         \"metadata_id\": \"metadata-guid-2\",         \"metadata_name\": \"metadata-name-2\",         \"metadata_type\": \"metadata-type-2\",         \"principal_object_privilege_info\": [           {             \"principal_type\": \"principal-type-1\",             \"principal_object_privileges\": [               {                 \"principal_id\": \"principal-guid-1\",                 \"principal_name\": \"principal-name-1\",                 \"principal_sub_type\": \"principal-sub-type-1\",                 \"object_privileges\": \"[object-privilege-3, object-privilege-4]\"               },               {                 \"principal_id\": \"principal-guid-2\",                 \"principal_name\": \"principal-name-2\",                 \"principal_sub_type\": \"principal-sub-type-2\",                 \"object_privileges\": \"[object-privilege-4]\"               }             ]           }         ]       }     ] } ```
     * @param fetchObjectPrivilegesRequest
     */
    fetchObjectPrivileges(fetchObjectPrivilegesRequest: FetchObjectPrivilegesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<ObjectPrivilegesOfMetadataResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Fetches object permission details for a given principal object such as a user and group.  Requires view access to the metadata object.   #### Usage guidelines  * To get a list of all metadata objects that a user or group can access, specify the `type` and GUID or name of the principal. * To get permission details for a specific object, add the `type` and GUID or name of the metadata object to your API request.  Upon successful execution, the API returns a list of metadata objects and permission details for each object.
     * @param fetchPermissionsOfPrincipalsRequest
     */
    fetchPermissionsOfPrincipals(fetchPermissionsOfPrincipalsRequest: FetchPermissionsOfPrincipalsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<PermissionOfPrincipalsResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Fetches permission details for a given metadata object.  Requires view access to the metadata object.  #### Usage guidelines  * To fetch a list of users and groups for a metadata object, specify `type` and GUID or name of the metadata object. * To get permission details for a specific user or group, add `type` and GUID or name of the principal object to your API request.  Upon successful execution, the API returns permission details and principal information for the object specified in the API request.
     * @param fetchPermissionsOnMetadataRequest
     */
    fetchPermissionsOnMetadata(fetchPermissionsOnMetadataRequest: FetchPermissionsOnMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<PermissionOfMetadataResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.3.0.cl or later   This API allows the addition or deletion of object level privileges for a set of users and groups, on a set of metadata objects. It provides users to access certain features based on privilege based access control.  #### Usage guidelines  - Specify the `operation`. The supported operations are: `ADD`, `REMOVE`. - Specify the type of the objects on which the object privileges are being provided in `metadata_type`. Only `LOGICAL_TABLE` metadata type is supported for now. It may be extended for other metadata types in future. - Specify the list of object privilege types in the `object_privilege_types` array. The supported object privilege types are: `SPOTTER_COACHING_PRIVILEGE`. - Specify the identifiers (either GUID or name) for the metadata objects in the `metadata_identifiers` array. - Specify the `type` (`USER` or `USER_GROUP`) and `identifier` (either GUID or name) of the principals to which you want to apply the given operation and given object privileges in the `principals` array. - Ensure using correct Authorization Bearer Token corresponding to specific user & org.  #### Example request  ```json {   \"operation\": \"operation-type\",   \"metadata_type\": \"metadata-type\",   \"object_privilege_types\": [\"privilege-type-1\", \"privilege-type-2\"],   \"metadata_identifiers\": [\"metadata-guid-or-name-1\", \"metadata-guid-or-name-1\"],   \"principals\": [     {       \"type\": \"type-1\",        \"identifier\": \"principal-guid-or-name-1\"     },     {       \"type\": \"type-2\",       \"identifier\": \"principal-guid-or-name-2\"     }   ] } ```  > ###### Note: > * Only admin users, users with edit access and users with coaching privilege on a given data-model can add or remove principals related to SPOTTER_COACHING_PRIVILEGE
     * @param manageObjectPrivilegeRequest
     */
    manageObjectPrivilege(manageObjectPrivilegeRequest: ManageObjectPrivilegeRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.9.0.cl or later   Allows publishing metadata objects across organizations in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role and TENANT scope.  The API endpoint allows publishing the following types of metadata objects: * Liveboards * Answers * Logical Tables  This API will essentially share the objects along with it\'s dependencies to the org admins of the orgs to which it is being published.
     * @param publishMetadataRequest
     */
    publishMetadata(publishMetadataRequest: PublishMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Allows sharing one or several metadata objects with users and groups in ThoughtSpot.  Requires edit access to the metadata object.  #### Supported metadata objects: * Liveboards * Visualizations * Answers * Models * Views * Connections  #### Object permissions  You can provide `READ_ONLY` or `MODIFY` access when sharing an object with another user or group. The `READ_ONLY` permission grants view access to the shared object, whereas `MODIFY` provides edit access.  To prevent a user or group from accessing the shared object, specify the GUID or name of the principal and set `shareMode` to `NO_ACCESS`.  #### Sharing a visualization  * Sharing a visualization implicitly shares the entire Liveboard with the recipient.   * Object permissions set for a shared visualization also apply to the Liveboard unless overridden by another API request or via UI. * If email notifications for object sharing are enabled, a notification with a link to the shared visualization will be sent to the recipient’s email address. Although this link opens the shared visualization, recipients can also access other visualizations in the Liveboard.
     * @param shareMetadataRequest
     */
    shareMetadata(shareMetadataRequest: ShareMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.9.0.cl or later   Allows unpublishing metadata objects from organizations in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role and TENANT scope.  The API endpoint allows unpublishing the following types of metadata objects: * Liveboards * Answers * Logical Tables  When unpublishing objects, you can: * Include dependencies by setting `include_dependencies` to true - this will unpublish all dependent objects if no other published object is using them * Force unpublish by setting `force` to true - this will break all dependent objects in the unpublished organizations
     * @param unpublishMetadataRequest
     */
    unpublishMetadata(unpublishMetadataRequest: UnpublishMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Creates, updates, or deletes column security rules for specified tables.  This API endpoint allows you to create, update, or delete column-level security rules on columns of a table. The operation follows an \"all or none\" policy: if defining security rules for any of the provided columns fails, the entire operation will be rolled back, and no rules will be created.  #### Usage guidelines  - Provide table identifier using either `identifier` (GUID or name) or `obj_identifier` (object ID) - Use `clear_csr: true` to remove all column security rules from the table - For each column, specify the security rule using `column_security_rules` array - Use `is_unsecured: true` to mark a specific column as unprotected - Use `group_access` operations to manage group associations:   - `ADD`: Add groups to the column\'s access list   - `REMOVE`: Remove groups from the column\'s access list   - `REPLACE`: Replace all existing groups with the specified groups  #### Required permissions  - `ADMINISTRATION` - Can administer ThoughtSpot - `DATAMANAGEMENT` - Can manage data (if RBAC is disabled) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` - Can manage worksheet views and tables (if RBAC is enabled)  #### Example request  ```json {   \"identifier\": \"table-guid\",   \"obj_identifier\": \"table-object-id\",   \"clear_csr\": false,   \"column_security_rules\": [     {       \"column_identifier\": \"col id or col name\",       \"is_unsecured\": false,       \"group_access\": [         {           \"operation\": \"ADD\",           \"group_identifiers\": [\"hr_group_id\", \"hr_group_name\", \"finance_group_id\"]         }       ]     },     {       \"column_identifier\": \"col id or col name\",       \"is_unsecured\": true     },     {       \"column_identifier\": \"col id or col name\",       \"is_unsecured\": false,       \"group_access\": [         {           \"operation\": \"REPLACE\",           \"group_identifiers\": [\"management_group_id\", \"management_group_name\"]         }       ]     }   ] } ```  #### Request Body Schema  - `identifier` (string, optional): GUID or name of the table for which we want to create column security rules - `obj_identifier` (string, optional): The object ID of the table - `clear_csr` (boolean, optional): If true, then all the secured columns will be marked as unprotected, and all the group associations will be removed - `column_security_rules` (array of objects, required): An array where each object defines the security rule for a specific column  Each column security rule object contains: - `column_identifier` (string, required): Column identifier (col_id or name) - `is_unsecured` (boolean, optional): If true, the column will be marked as unprotected and all groups associated with it will be removed - `group_access` (array of objects, optional): Array of group operation objects  Each group operation object contains: - `operation` (string, required): Operation type - ADD, REMOVE, or REPLACE - `group_identifiers` (array of strings, required): Array of group identifiers (name or GUID) on which the operation will be performed  #### Response  This API does not return any response body. A successful operation returns HTTP 200 status code.  #### Operation Types  - **ADD**: Adds the specified groups to the column\'s access list - **REMOVE**: Removes the specified groups from the column\'s access list   - **REPLACE**: Replaces all existing groups with the specified groups
     * @param updateColumnSecurityRulesRequest
     */
    updateColumnSecurityRules(updateColumnSecurityRulesRequest: UpdateColumnSecurityRulesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
}

declare class PromiseSystemApi {
    private api;
    constructor(configuration: Configuration, requestFactory?: SystemApiRequestFactory, responseProcessor?: SystemApiResponseProcessor);
    /**
     *  Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Configure communication channel preferences. - Use `cluster_preferences` to update the default preferences for your ThoughtSpot application instance. - If your instance has [Orgs](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/orgs-overview), use `org_preferences` to specify Org-specific preferences that override the defaults.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `APPLICATION_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage application settings**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param configureCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest
     */
    configureCommunicationChannelPreferences(configureCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest: ConfigureCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.2.0.cl or later   Configure security settings for your ThoughtSpot application instance. - Use `cluster_preferences` to update cluster-level security settings including CORS whitelisted URLs, CSP settings, SAML redirect URLs, partitioned cookies, and non-embed access configuration. - Use `org_preferences` to configure Org-specific security settings. If your instance has [Orgs](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/orgs-overview), this allows configuring CORS and non-embed access settings specific to the Org.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. Cluster-level SAML and script-src settings require `ADMINISTRATION` privilege. See [Security Settings](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/security-settings) for more details.
     * @param configureSecuritySettingsRequest
     */
    configureSecuritySettings(configureSecuritySettingsRequest: ConfigureSecuritySettingsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Retrieves the current configuration details of the cluster. If the request is successful, the API returns a list configuration settings applied on the cluster.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION`(**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege to view these complete configuration settings of the cluster. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `SYSTEM_INFO_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can view system activities**) privilege is required.  This API does not require any parameters to be passed in the request.
     */
    getSystemConfig(_options?: Configuration): Promise<SystemConfig>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets system information such as the release version, locale, time zone, deployment environment, date format, and date time format of the cluster.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privileges. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `SYSTEM_INFO_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can view system activities**) privilege is required.  This API does not require any parameters to be passed in the request.
     */
    getSystemInformation(_options?: Configuration): Promise<SystemInfo>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Gets a list of configuration overrides applied on the cluster.    Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `APPLICATION_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage application settings**) privilege is required.  This API does not require any parameters to be passed in the request.
     */
    getSystemOverrideInfo(_options?: Configuration): Promise<SystemOverrideInfo>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Fetch communication channel preferences. - Use `cluster_preferences` to fetch the default preferences for your ThoughtSpot application instance. - If your instance has [Orgs](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/orgs-overview), use `org_preferences` to fetch any Org-specific preferences that override the defaults.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `APPLICATION_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage application settings**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param searchCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest
     */
    searchCommunicationChannelPreferences(searchCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest: SearchCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<CommunicationChannelPreferencesResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.2.0.cl or later   Fetch security settings for your ThoughtSpot application instance. - Use `scope: CLUSTER` to retrieve cluster-level security settings, including CORS and CSP allowlists, SAML redirect URLs, and settings that control access to non-embedded pages. - Use `scope: ORG` to retrieve Org-level security settings. If your instance has [Orgs](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/orgs-overview), this returns CORS and non-embed access settings specific to the Org. - If `scope` is not specified, returns both cluster and Org-specific settings based on user privileges.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. See [Security Settings](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/security-settings) for more details.
     * @param searchSecuritySettingsRequest
     */
    searchSecuritySettings(searchSecuritySettingsRequest: SearchSecuritySettingsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<SecuritySettingsResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Updates the current configuration of the cluster. You must send the configuration data in JSON format.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privileges. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `APPLICATION_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage application settings**) privilege is required.
     * @param updateSystemConfigRequest
     */
    updateSystemConfig(updateSystemConfigRequest: UpdateSystemConfigRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Validates a communication channel configuration to ensure it is properly set up and can receive events. - Use `channel_type` to specify the type of communication channel to validate (e.g., WEBHOOK). - Use `channel_identifier` to provide the unique identifier or name for the communication channel. - Use `event_type` to specify the event type to validate for this channel.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. For webhook channels, users with `CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS` (**Can manage webhooks**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param validateCommunicationChannelRequest
     */
    validateCommunicationChannel(validateCommunicationChannelRequest: ValidateCommunicationChannelRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<CommunicationChannelValidateResponse>;
}

declare class PromiseTagsApi {
    private api;
    constructor(configuration: Configuration, requestFactory?: TagsApiRequestFactory, responseProcessor?: TagsApiResponseProcessor);
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Assigns tags to Liveboards, Answers, Tables, and Worksheets.  Requires edit access to the metadata object.
     * @param assignTagRequest
     */
    assignTag(assignTagRequest: AssignTagRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Creates a tag object.  Tags are labels that identify a metadata object. For example, you can create a tag to designate subject areas, such as sales, HR, marketing, and finance.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `TAGMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage tags**) privilege is required to create, edit, and delete tags.
     * @param createTagRequest
     */
    createTag(createTagRequest: CreateTagRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Tag>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Deletes a tag object from the ThoughtSpot system  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `TAGMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage tags**) privilege is required to create, edit, and delete tags.
     * @param tagIdentifier Tag identifier Tag name or Tag id.
     */
    deleteTag(tagIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets a list of tag objects available on the ThoughtSpot system. To get details of a specific tag object, specify the GUID or name.  Any authenticated user can search for tag objects.
     * @param searchTagsRequest
     */
    searchTags(searchTagsRequest: SearchTagsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<Tag>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Removes the tags applied to a Liveboard, Answer, Table, or Worksheet.  Requires edit access to the metadata object.
     * @param unassignTagRequest
     */
    unassignTag(unassignTagRequest: UnassignTagRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Updates a tag object.  You can modify the `name` and `color` properties of a tag object.    Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `TAGMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage tags**) privilege is required to create, edit, and delete tags.
     * @param tagIdentifier Name or Id of the tag.
     * @param updateTagRequest
     */
    updateTag(tagIdentifier: string, updateTagRequest: UpdateTagRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
}

declare class PromiseThoughtSpotRestApi {
    private api;
    constructor(configuration: Configuration, requestFactory?: ThoughtSpotRestApiRequestFactory, responseProcessor?: ThoughtSpotRestApiResponseProcessor);
    /**
     *   Version: 9.7.0.cl or later   Activates a deactivated user account.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer Thoughtspot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.  To activate an inactive user account, the API request body must include the following information:  - Username or the GUID of the user account. - Auth token generated for the deactivated user. The auth token is sent in the API response when a user is deactivated. - Password for the user account.
     * @param activateUserRequest
     */
    activateUser(activateUserRequest: ActivateUserRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<User>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Transfers the ownership of one or several objects from one user to another.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege and edit access to the objects are required.
     * @param assignChangeAuthorRequest
     */
    assignChangeAuthor(assignChangeAuthorRequest: AssignChangeAuthorRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Assigns tags to Liveboards, Answers, Tables, and Worksheets.  Requires edit access to the metadata object.
     * @param assignTagRequest
     */
    assignTag(assignTagRequest: AssignTagRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Updates the current password of the user.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param changeUserPasswordRequest
     */
    changeUserPassword(changeUserPasswordRequest: ChangeUserPasswordRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Commits TML files of metadata objects to the Git branch configured on your instance.  Requires at least edit access to objects used in the commit operation.  Before using this endpoint to push your commits:  * Enable Git integration on your instance. * Make sure the Git repository and branch details are configured on your instance.  For more information, see [Git integration documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/git-integration).
     * @param commitBranchRequest
     */
    commitBranch(commitBranchRequest: CommitBranchRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<CommitResponse>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Configure communication channel preferences. - Use `cluster_preferences` to update the default preferences for your ThoughtSpot application instance. - If your instance has [Orgs](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/orgs-overview), use `org_preferences` to specify Org-specific preferences that override the defaults.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `APPLICATION_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage application settings**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param configureCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest
     */
    configureCommunicationChannelPreferences(configureCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest: ConfigureCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.2.0.cl or later   Configure security settings for your ThoughtSpot application instance. - Use `cluster_preferences` to update cluster-level security settings including CORS whitelisted URLs, CSP settings, SAML redirect URLs, partitioned cookies, and non-embed access configuration. - Use `org_preferences` to configure Org-specific security settings. If your instance has [Orgs](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/orgs-overview), this allows configuring CORS and non-embed access settings specific to the Org.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. Cluster-level SAML and script-src settings require `ADMINISTRATION` privilege. See [Security Settings](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/security-settings) for more details.
     * @param configureSecuritySettingsRequest
     */
    configureSecuritySettings(configureSecuritySettingsRequest: ConfigureSecuritySettingsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Gets connection configuration objects.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines * To get a list of all configurations available in the ThoughtSpot system, send the API request with only the connection name or GUID in the request body. * To fetch details of a configuration object, specify the configuration object name or GUID.
     * @param connectionConfigurationSearchRequest
     */
    connectionConfigurationSearch(connectionConfigurationSearchRequest: ConnectionConfigurationSearchRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<ConnectionConfigurationResponse>>;
    /**
     *  Convert worksheets to models    Version: 10.6.0.cl or later   ## Prerequisites - **Privileges Required:**   - `DATAMANAGEMENT` (Can manage data) or `ADMINISTRATION` (Can administer ThoughtSpot). - **Additional Privileges (if RBAC is enabled):**   - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (Can manage data models).  ---  ## Usage Guidelines  ### Parameters  1. **worksheet_ids**      - **Description:** A comma-separated list of GUIDs (Globally Unique Identifiers) specifying the Worksheets to be converted.      - **Usage:**        - Used only when `convert_all` is set to `false`.        - Leave empty or omit when `convert_all` is set to `true`.  2. **exclude_worksheet_ids**      - **Description:** A comma-separated list of GUIDs specifying Worksheets to be excluded from conversion.      - **Usage:**        - Useful when `convert_all` is set to `true` and specific Worksheets should not be converted.  3. **convert_all**      - **Description:** Sets the scope of conversion.    - **Options:**        - `true`: Converts all Worksheets in the system, except those specified in `exclude_worksheet_ids`.        - `false`: Converts only the Worksheets listed in `worksheet_ids`.  4. **apply_changes**      - **Description:** Specifies whether to apply changes directly to ThoughtSpot or to generate a preview before applying any changes.Used for validation of conversion.    - **Options:**        - `true`: Applies conversion changes directly to ThoughtSpot.      - `false`: Generates only a preview of the changes and does not apply any changes to ThoughtSpot  ---  ## Best Practices  1. **Backup Before Conversion:**      Always export metadata as a backup before initiating the conversion process  2. **Partial Conversion for Testing:**      Test the conversion process by setting `convert_all` to `false` and specifying a small number of `worksheet_ids`.  3. **Verify Dependencies:**      Check for dependent objects, such as Tables and Connections, to avoid invalid references.  4. **Review Changes:**      Use `apply_changes: false` to preview the impact of the conversion before applying changes.  ---  ## Examples  ### Convert Specific Worksheets ```json {   \"worksheet_ids\": [\"guid1\", \"guid2\", \"guid3\"],   \"exclude_worksheet_ids\": [],   \"convert_all\": false,   \"apply_changes\": true } ```  ### Convert All Accessible Worksheets ```json {   \"worksheet_ids\": [],   \"exclude_worksheet_ids\": [],   \"convert_all\": true,   \"apply_changes\": true } ```  ### Exclude Specific Worksheets While Converting All Accessible Worksheets ```json {   \"worksheet_ids\": [],   \"exclude_worksheet_ids\": [\"abc\"],   \"convert_all\": true,   \"apply_changes\": true } ```
     * @param convertWorksheetToModelRequest
     */
    convertWorksheetToModel(convertWorksheetToModelRequest: ConvertWorksheetToModelRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<ResponseWorksheetToModelConversion>;
    /**
     *  Makes a copy of an Answer or Liveboard    Version: 10.3.0.cl or later   Creates a copy of a metadata object.  Requires at least view access to the metadata object being copied.  Upon successful execution, the API creates a copy of the metadata object specified in the API request and returns the ID of the new object.
     * @param copyObjectRequest
     */
    copyObject(copyObjectRequest: CopyObjectRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<ResponseCopyObject>;
    /**
     *  Version: 26.2.0.cl or later   Creates a new Spotter agent conversation based on the provided context and settings. The endpoint was in Beta from 26.2.0.cl through 26.4.0.cl.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view access to the metadata object specified in the request.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include the `metadata_context` parameter to define the conversation context. The context type can be one of:  - `DATA_SOURCE` *(available from 26.5.0.cl)*: targets a specific data source. Provide `data_source_identifier` in `data_source_context` for a single data source, or `data_source_identifiers` for multi-data-source context. The deprecated `guid` field is accepted for backwards compatibility. - `AUTO_MODE` *(available from 26.5.0.cl)*: automatically discovers and selects the most relevant datasets for the user\'s queries.  > **Note for callers on versions 26.2.0.cl – 26.4.0.cl (Beta):** use the lowercase `data_source` enum value with the `guid` field instead of the above. Example: `{ \"type\": \"data_source\", \"data_source_context\": { \"guid\": \"<worksheet-id>\" } }`.  The `conversation_settings` parameter controls which Spotter capabilities are enabled for the conversation:  - `enable_contextual_change_analysis` (default: `true`, **deprecated from 26.2.0.cl**) — always enabled in Spotter 3; setting this to `false` has no effect on versions >= 26.2.0.cl - `enable_natural_language_answer_generation` (default: `true`, **deprecated from 26.2.0.cl**) — always enabled in Spotter 3; setting this to `false` has no effect on versions >= 26.2.0.cl - `enable_reasoning` (default: `true`, **deprecated from 26.2.0.cl**) — always enabled in Spotter 3; setting this to `false` has no effect on versions >= 26.2.0.cl - `enable_save_chat` (default: `false`, *available from 26.5.0.cl*) — enables saving the conversation for later retrieval via conversation history  If the request is successful, the response includes a unique `conversation_identifier` that must be passed to `sendAgentConversationMessage` or `sendAgentConversationMessageStreaming` to send messages within this conversation. The response also includes `conversation_id` with the same value for backwards compatibility; use `conversation_identifier` for new integrations.  #### Example request  ```json {   \"metadata_context\": {     \"type\": \"DATA_SOURCE\",     \"data_source_context\": {       \"data_source_identifier\": \"a1b2c3d4-e5f6-7890-abcd-ef1234567890\"     }   },   \"conversation_settings\": {} } ```  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                             | | ---- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                    | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view permission on the specified metadata object. |  > ###### Note: > > - This endpoint was in Beta from 26.2.0.cl through 26.4.0.cl and is Generally Available from version 26.5.0.cl. > - This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param createAgentConversationRequest
     */
    createAgentConversation(createAgentConversationRequest: CreateAgentConversationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<AgentConversation>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Creates a new [custom calendar](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/connections-cust-cal).  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your ThoughtSpot instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR` (**Can manage custom calendars**) privilege is required.   #### Usage guidelines  You can create a custom calendar from scratch or an existing Table in ThoughtSpot. For both methods of calendar creation, the following parameters are required:  * Name of the custom calendar. * Calendar creation method. To create a calendar from an existing table, specify the method:   - `FROM_EXISTING_TABLE` - Creates calendar from the table reference provided in the API request.  - `FROM_INPUT_PARAMS` - Creates a calendar from the parameters defined in the API request.  * Connection ID and Table name * Database and schema name attributes:   For most Cloud Data Warehouse (CDW) connectors, both `database_name` and `schema_name` attributes are required.     However, the attribute requirements are conditional and vary based on the connector type and its metadata structure. For example, for connectors such as Teradata, MySQL, SingleSore, Amazon Aurora MySQL, Amazon RDS MySQL, Oracle, and GCP_MYSQL, the `schema_name` is required, whereas the `database_name` attribute is not.   Similarly, connectors such as ClickHouse require you to specify the `database_name` and the schema specification in such cases is optional.  **NOTE**: If you are creating a calendar from an existing table, ensure that the referenced table matches the required DDL for custom calendars. If the schema does not match, the API returns an error.  ##### Calendar type The API allows you to create the following types of calendars:  * `MONTH_OFFSET`. The default calendar type. A `MONTH_OFFSET` calendar is offset by a few months from the standard calendar months (January to December) and the year begins with the month defined in the request. For example, if the `month_offset` value is set as `April`, the calendar year begins in April.  * `4-4-5`. Each quarter in the calendar will include two 4-week months followed by one 5-week month. * `4-5-4`. Each quarter in the calendar will include two 4-week months with a 5-week month between. * `5-4-4`. Each quarter begins with a 5-week month, followed by two 4-week months.  To start and end the calendar on a specific date, specify the dates in the `MM/DD/YYYY` format. For `MONTH_OFFSET` calendars, ensure that the `start_date` matches the month specified in the `month_offset` attribute.  You can also set the starting day of the week and customize the prefixes for year and quarter labels.  #### Examples  To create a calendar from an existing table:  ``` {   \"name\": \"MyCustomCalendar1\",   \"table_reference\": {     \"connection_identifier\": \"4db8ea22-2ff4-4224-b05a-26674717e468\",     \"table_name\": \"MyCalendarTable\",     \"database_name\": \"RETAILAPPAREL\",     \"schema_name\": \"PUBLIC\"   },   \"creation_method\": \"FROM_EXISTING_TABLE\", } ```  To create a calendar from scratch:  ``` {   \"name\": \"MyCustomCalendar1\",   \"table_reference\": {     \"connection_identifier\": \"4db8ea22-2ff4-4224-b05a-26674717e468\",     \"table_name\": \"MyCalendarTable\",     \"database_name\": \"RETAILAPPAREL\",     \"schema_name\": \"PUBLIC\"   },   \"creation_method\": \"FROM_INPUT_PARAMS\",   \"calendar_type\": \"MONTH_OFFSET\",   \"month_offset\": \"April\",   \"start_day_of_week\": \"Monday\",   \"quarter_name_prefix\": \"Q\",   \"year_name_prefix\": \"FY\",   \"start_date\": \"04/01/2025\",   \"end_date\": \"04/31/2025\" } ```
     * @param createCalendarRequest
     */
    createCalendar(createCalendarRequest: CreateCalendarRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<CalendarResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Creates a new collection in ThoughtSpot.  Collections allow you to organize and group related metadata objects such as Liveboards, Answers, worksheets, and other data objects. You can also create nested collections (sub-collections) to build a hierarchical structure.  #### Supported operations  The API endpoint lets you perform the following operations:  * Create a new collection * Add metadata objects (Liveboards, Answers, Logical Tables) to the collection * Create nested collections by adding sub-collections
     * @param createCollectionRequest
     */
    createCollection(createCollectionRequest: CreateCollectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Collection>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Allows you to connect a ThoughtSpot instance to a Git repository.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance on your instance, the `CAN_SETUP_VERSION_CONTROL` (**Can set up version control**) privilege.  You can use this API endpoint to connect your ThoughtSpot development and production environments to the development and production branches of a Git repository.  Before using this endpoint to connect your ThoughtSpot instance to a Git repository, check the following prerequisites:  * You have a Git repository. If you are using GitHub, make sure you have a valid account and an access token to connect ThoughtSpot to GitHub. For information about generating a token, see [GitHub Documentation](https://docs.github.com/en/authentication/keeping-your-account-and-data-secure/managing-your-personal-access-tokens).  * Your access token has `repo` scope that grants full access to public and private repositories. * Your Git repository has a branch that can be configured as a default branch in ThoughtSpot.  For more information, see [Git integration documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/?pageid=git-integration).  **Note**: ThoughtSpot supports only GitHub / itHub Enterprise for CI/CD.
     * @param createConfigRequest
     */
    createConfig(createConfigRequest: CreateConfigRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RepoConfigObject>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Creates a connection to a data warehouse for live query services.    Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  #### Create a connection without tables  To create a connection without tables:  1. Pass these parameters in your API request.  * Name of the connection.  * Type of the data warehouse to connect to.  * A JSON map of configuration attributes in `data_warehouse_config`. The following example shows the configuration attributes for a SnowFlake connection:   ```   {      \"configuration\":{         \"accountName\":\"thoughtspot_partner\",         \"user\":\"tsadmin\",         \"password\":\"TestConn123\",         \"role\":\"sysadmin\",         \"warehouse\":\"MEDIUM_WH\"      },      \"authenticationType\": \"SERVICE_ACCOUNT\",      \"externalDatabases\":[       ]   }   ``` 2. Set `validate` to `false`.  **NOTE:** If the `authentication_type` is anything other than SERVICE_ACCOUNT, you must explicitly provide the authenticationType property in the payload. If you do not specify authenticationType, the API will default to SERVICE_ACCOUNT as the authentication type.  #### Create a connection with tables  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) and `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**) privilege is required.  To create a connection with tables:  1. Pass these parameters in your API request.  * Name of the connection.  * Type of the data warehouse to connect to.  * A JSON map of configuration attributes, database details, and table properties in `data_warehouse_config` as shown in the following example:   ```   {      \"configuration\":{         \"accountName\":\"thoughtspot_partner\",         \"user\":\"tsadmin\",         \"password\":\"TestConn123\",         \"role\":\"sysadmin\",         \"warehouse\":\"MEDIUM_WH\"      },      \"authenticationType\": \"SERVICE_ACCOUNT\",      \"externalDatabases\":[         {            \"name\":\"AllDatatypes\",            \"isAutoCreated\":false,            \"schemas\":[               {                  \"name\":\"alldatatypes\",                  \"tables\":[                     {                        \"name\":\"allDatatypes\",                        \"type\":\"TABLE\",                        \"description\":\"\",                        \"selected\":true,                        \"linked\":true,                        \"columns\":[                           {                              \"name\":\"CNUMBER\",                              \"type\":\"INT64\",                              \"canImport\":true,                              \"selected\":true,                              \"isLinkedActive\":true,                              \"isImported\":false,                              \"tableName\":\"allDatatypes\",                              \"schemaName\":\"alldatatypes\",                              \"dbName\":\"AllDatatypes\"                           },                           {                              \"name\":\"CDECIMAL\",                              \"type\":\"INT64\",                              \"canImport\":true,                              \"selected\":true,                              \"isLinkedActive\":true,                              \"isImported\":false,                              \"tableName\":\"allDatatypes\",                              \"schemaName\":\"alldatatypes\",                              \"dbName\":\"AllDatatypes\"                           }                        ]                     }                  ]               }            ]         }      ]   }   ``` 2. Set `validate` to `true`.  **NOTE:** If the `authentication_type` is anything other than SERVICE_ACCOUNT, you must explicitly provide the authenticationType property in the payload. If you do not specify authenticationType, the API will default to SERVICE_ACCOUNT as the authentication type.
     * @param createConnectionRequest
     */
    createConnection(createConnectionRequest: CreateConnectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<CreateConnectionResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Creates an additional configuration to an existing connection to a data warehouse.    Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines   * A JSON map of configuration attributes in `configuration`. The following example shows the configuration attributes:   ```    {      \"user\":\"DEV_USER\",      \"password\":\"TestConn123\",      \"role\":\"DEV\",      \"warehouse\":\"DEV_WH\"     }   ```  * If the `policy_type` is `PRINCIPALS`, then `policy_principals` is a required field. * If the `policy_type` is `PROCESSES`, then `policy_processes` is a required field. * If the `policy_type` is `NO_POLICY`, then `policy_principals` and `policy_processes` are not required fields.  #### Parameterized Connection Support For parameterized connections that use OAuth authentication, only the same_as_parent and policy_process_options  attributes are allowed in the API request. These attributes are not applicable to connections that are not parameterized.
     * @param createConnectionConfigurationRequest
     */
    createConnectionConfiguration(createConnectionConfigurationRequest: CreateConnectionConfigurationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<ConnectionConfigurationResponse>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Creates a new conversation session tied to a specific data model for AI-driven natural language querying.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view access to the metadata object specified in the request.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include: - `metadata_identifier`: the unique ID of the data source that provides context for the conversation  Optionally, you can provide: - `tokens`: a token string to set initial context for the conversation (e.g., `\"[sales],[item type],[state]\"`)  If the request is successful, ThoughtSpot returns a unique `conversation_identifier` that must be passed to `sendMessage` to continue the conversation.  #### Error responses  | Code | Description | |------|-------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid. | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view permission on the specified metadata object. |  > ###### Note: > * This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > * This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param createConversationRequest
     */
    createConversation(createConversationRequest: CreateConversationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Conversation>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.6.0.cl or later   Creates a custom action that appears as a menu action on a saved Answer or Liveboard visualization.  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**Has Developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  #### Usage Guidelines  The API lets you create the following types of custom actions:  * URL-based action        Allows pushing data to an external URL. * Callback action           Triggers a callback to the host application and initiates a response payload on an embedded ThoughtSpot instance.  By default, custom actions are visible to only administrator or developer users. To make a custom action available to other users, and specify the groups in `group_identifiers`.  By default, the custom action is set as a _global_ action on all visualizations and saved Answers. To assign a custom action to specific Liveboard visualization, saved Answer, or Worksheet, set `visibility` to `false` in `default_action_config` property and specify the GUID or name of the object in `associate_metadata`.  For more information, see [Custom actions](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/custom-action-intro).
     * @param createCustomActionRequest
     */
    createCustomAction(createCustomActionRequest: CreateCustomActionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<ResponseCustomAction>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.10.0.cl or later   Creates a customization configuration for the notification email.  #### Pre-requisites  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**has developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**:This endpoint in currently in beta. Contact ThoughtSpot support to enable this on your instance.  #### Usage guidelines  To create a custom configuration pass these parameters in your API request:  - A JSON map of configuration attributes `template_properties`. The following example shows a sample set of customization configuration:  ``` {   {       \"cta_button_bg_color\": \"#444DEA\",       \"cta_text_font_color\": \"#FFFFFF\",       \"primary_bg_color\": \"#D3DEF0\",       \"logo_url\": \"https://storage.pardot.com/710713/1642089901EbkRibJq/TS_fullworkmark_darkmode.png\",      \"font_family\": \"\",       \"product_name\": \"ThoughtSpot\",       \"footer_address\": \"444 Castro St, Suite 1000 Mountain View, CA 94041\",    \"footer_phone\": \"(800) 508-7008\",       \"replacement_value_for_liveboard\": \"Dashboard\",       \"replacement_value_for_answer\": \"Chart\",       \"replacement_value_for_spot_iq\": \"AI Insights\",       \"hide_footer_phone\": false,       \"hide_footer_address\": false,       \"hide_product_name\": false,       \"hide_manage_notification\": false,       \"hide_mobile_app_nudge\": false,       \"hide_privacy_policy\": false,       \"hide_ts_vocabulary_definitions\": false,       \"hide_error_message\": false,       \"hide_unsubscribe_link\": false,       \"hide_notification_status\": false,       \"hide_modify_alert\": false,       \"company_website_url\": \"https://your-website.com/\",       \"company_privacy_policy_url\" : \"https://link-to-privacy-policy.com/\",       \"contact_support_url\": \"https://link-to-contact-support.com/\",       \"hide_contact_support_url\": false,    \"hide_logo_url\" : false   } } ```
     * @param createEmailCustomizationRequest
     */
    createEmailCustomization(createEmailCustomizationRequest: CreateEmailCustomizationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<CreateEmailCustomizationResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Creates an Org object.  To use this API, the [Orgs](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/orgs-overview) feature must be enabled in your cluster.  Requires cluster administration (**Can administer Org**) privileges. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `ORG_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage Orgs**) privilege is required.
     * @param createOrgRequest
     */
    createOrg(createOrgRequest: CreateOrgRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<OrgResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.5.0.cl or later   Creates a Role object in ThoughtSpot.  Available only if [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance. To create a Role, the `ROLE_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage roles**) privilege is required.
     * @param createRoleRequest
     */
    createRole(createRoleRequest: CreateRoleRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RoleResponse>;
    /**
     *  Create schedule.    Version: 9.4.0.cl or later   Creates a Liveboard schedule job.  Requires at least edit access to Liveboards. To create a schedule on behalf of another user, you need  `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer Org**) or `JOBSCHEDULING` (**Can schedule for others**) privilege and edit access to the Liveboard. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `JOBSCHEDULING` (**Can schedule for others**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines  * The description text is mandatory.  The description text appears as **Description: <your content>** in the Liveboard schedule email notifications. * For Liveboards with both charts and tables, schedule creation is only supported in PDF and XLS formats. Schedules created in CSV formats for such Liveboards will fail to run. If `PDF` is set as the `file_format`, enable `pdf_options` to get the correct attachment. Not doing so may cause the attachment to be rendered empty. * To include only specific visualizations, specify the visualization GUIDs in the `visualization_identifiers` array. * You can schedule a Liveboard job to run periodically by setting frequency parameters. You can set the schedule to run daily, weekly, monthly or every n minutes or hours. The scheduled job can also be configured to run at a specific time of the day or on specific days of the week or month. Please ensure that when setting the schedule frequency for _minute of the object_, only values that are multiples of 5 are included. * If the `frequency` parameters are defined, you can set the time zone to a value that matches your server\'s time zone. For example, `US/Central`, `Etc/UTC`, `CET`. The default time zone is `America/Los_Angeles`.  For more information about Liveboard jobs, see [ThoughtSpot Product Documentation](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/liveboard-schedule).
     * @param createScheduleRequest
     */
    createSchedule(createScheduleRequest: CreateScheduleRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<ResponseSchedule>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Creates a tag object.  Tags are labels that identify a metadata object. For example, you can create a tag to designate subject areas, such as sales, HR, marketing, and finance.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `TAGMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage tags**) privilege is required to create, edit, and delete tags.
     * @param createTagRequest
     */
    createTag(createTagRequest: CreateTagRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Tag>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Creates a user in ThoughtSpot.  The API endpoint allows you to configure several user properties such as email address, account status, share notification preferences, and sharing visibility. You can provision the user to [groups](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/groups-privileges) and [Orgs](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/orgs-overview). You can also add Liveboard, Answer, and Worksheet objects to the user’s favorites list, assign a default Liveboard for the user, and set user preferences.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param createUserRequest
     */
    createUser(createUserRequest: CreateUserRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<User>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Creates a group object in ThoughtSpot.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `GROUP_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage groups**) privilege is required.  #### About groups Groups in ThoughtSpot are used by the administrators to define privileges and organize users based on their roles and access requirements. To know more about groups and privileges, see [ThoughtSpot Product Documentation](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/groups-privileges).  #### Supported operations  The API endpoint lets you perform the following operations:  * Assign privileges * Add users * Define sharing visibility * Add sub-groups * Assign a default Liveboard
     * @param createUserGroupRequest
     */
    createUserGroup(createUserGroupRequest: CreateUserGroupRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<UserGroupResponse>;
    /**
     *  Create a variable which can be used for parameterizing metadata objects   Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Allows creating a variable which can be used for parameterizing metadata objects in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role and TENANT scope. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint supports the following types of variables: * CONNECTION_PROPERTY - For connection properties * TABLE_MAPPING - For table mappings * CONNECTION_PROPERTY_PER_PRINCIPAL - For connection properties per principal. In order to use this please contact support to enable this. * FORMULA_VARIABLE - For Formula variables, introduced in 10.15.0.cl  When creating a variable, you need to specify: * The variable type * A unique name for the variable * Whether the variable contains sensitive values (defaults to false) * The data type of the variable, only specify for formula variables (defaults to null)  The operation will fail if: * The user lacks required permissions * The variable name already exists * The variable type is invalid
     * @param createVariableRequest
     */
    createVariable(createVariableRequest: CreateVariableRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Variable>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Creates a new webhook configuration to receive notifications for specified events. The webhook will be triggered when the configured events occur in the system.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS` (**Can manage webhooks**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param createWebhookConfigurationRequest
     */
    createWebhookConfiguration(createWebhookConfigurationRequest: CreateWebhookConfigurationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<WebhookResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Creates a DBT connection object in ThoughtSpot.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  #### About create DBT connection DBT connection in ThoughtSpot is used by the user to define DBT credentials for cloud . The API needs  embrace connection, embrace database name, DBT url, import type, DBT account identifier, DBT project identifier, DBT access token and environment details (or) embrace connection, embrace database name, import type, file_content to create a connection object. To know more about DBT, see ThoughtSpot Product Documentation.
     * @param connectionName Name of the connection.
     * @param databaseName Name of the Database.
     * @param importType Mention type of Import
     * @param accessToken Access token is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD.
     * @param dbtUrl DBT URL is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD.
     * @param accountId Account ID is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD
     * @param projectId Project ID is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD
     * @param dbtEnvId DBT Environment ID\\\&quot;
     * @param projectName Name of the project
     * @param fileContent Upload DBT Manifest and Catalog artifact files as a ZIP file. This field is Mandatory when Import Type is \\\&#39;ZIP_FILE\\\&#39;
     */
    dbtConnection(connectionName: string, databaseName: string, importType?: string, accessToken?: string, dbtUrl?: string, accountId?: string, projectId?: string, dbtEnvId?: string, projectName?: string, fileContent?: HttpFile, _options?: Configuration): Promise<any>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Resynchronize the existing list of models, tables, worksheet tml’s and import them to Thoughtspot based on the DBT connection object.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege, along with an existing DBT connection. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)
     * @param dbtConnectionIdentifier Unique ID of the DBT connection.
     * @param fileContent Upload DBT Manifest and Catalog artifact files as a ZIP file. This field is mandatory if the connection was created with import_type ‘ZIP_FILE’
     */
    dbtGenerateSyncTml(dbtConnectionIdentifier: string, fileContent?: HttpFile, _options?: Configuration): Promise<any>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Generate required table and worksheet and import them.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege, along with an existing DBT connection. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  #### About generate TML Models and Worksheets to be imported can be selected by the user as part of the API.
     * @param dbtConnectionIdentifier Unique ID of the DBT connection.
     * @param modelTables List of Models and their respective Tables Example: \\\&#39;[{\\\&quot;model_name\\\&quot;: \\\&quot;model_name\\\&quot;, \\\&quot;tables\\\&quot;: [\\\&quot;table_name\\\&quot;]}]\\\&#39;
     * @param importWorksheets Mention the worksheet tmls to import
     * @param worksheets List of worksheets is mandatory when import_Worksheets is type SELECTED Example: [\\\&quot;worksheet_name\\\&quot;]
     * @param fileContent Upload DBT Manifest and Catalog artifact files as a ZIP file. This field is mandatory if the connection was created with import_type ‘ZIP_FILE’
     */
    dbtGenerateTml(dbtConnectionIdentifier: string, modelTables: string, importWorksheets: string, worksheets?: string, fileContent?: HttpFile, _options?: Configuration): Promise<any>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Gets a list of DBT connection objects by user and organization, available on the ThoughtSpot system.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  #### About search DBT connection To get details of a specific DBT connection identifier, database connection identifier, database connection name, database name, project name, project identifier, environment identifier , import type and author.
     */
    dbtSearch(_options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<DbtSearchResponse>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.7.0.cl or later   Deactivates a user account.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer Thoughtspot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.  To deactivate a user account, the API request body must include the following information:  - Username or the GUID of the user account - Base URL of the ThoughtSpot instance  If the API request is successful, ThoughtSpot returns the activation URL in the response. The activation URL is valid for 14 days and can be used to re-activate the account and reset the password of the deactivated account.
     * @param deactivateUserRequest
     */
    deactivateUser(deactivateUserRequest: DeactivateUserRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<ResponseActivationURL>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Deletes a [custom calendar](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/connections-cust-cal).  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your ThoughtSpot instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR` (**Can manage custom calendars**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines To delete a custom calendar, specify the calendar ID as a path parameter in the request URL.
     * @param calendarIdentifier Unique ID or name of the Calendar.
     */
    deleteCalendar(calendarIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Deletes one or more collections from ThoughtSpot.  #### Delete options  * **delete_children**: When set to `true`, deletes the child objects (metadata items) within the collection that the user has access to. Objects that the user does not have permission to delete will be skipped. * **dry_run**: When set to `true`, performs a preview of the deletion operation without actually deleting anything. The response shows what would be deleted, allowing you to review before committing the deletion.  #### Response  The response includes: * **metadata_deleted**: List of metadata objects that were successfully deleted * **metadata_skipped**: List of metadata objects that were skipped due to lack of permissions or other constraints
     * @param deleteCollectionRequest
     */
    deleteCollection(deleteCollectionRequest: DeleteCollectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<CollectionDeleteResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Deletes Git repository configuration from your ThoughtSpot instance.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance on your instance, the `CAN_SETUP_VERSION_CONTROL` (**Can set up version control**) privilege.
     * @param deleteConfigRequest
     */
    deleteConfig(deleteConfigRequest: DeleteConfigRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later    **Important**: This endpoint is deprecated and will be removed from ThoughtSpot in September 2025. ThoughtSpot strongly recommends using the [Delete Connection V2](#/http/api-endpoints/connections/delete-connection-v2) endpoint to delete your connection objects.    #### Usage guidelines  Deletes a connection object.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  **Note**: If a connection has dependent objects, make sure you remove its associations before the delete operation.
     * @param deleteConnectionRequest
     */
    deleteConnection(deleteConnectionRequest: DeleteConnectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Deletes connection configuration objects.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.
     * @param deleteConnectionConfigurationRequest
     */
    deleteConnectionConfiguration(deleteConnectionConfigurationRequest: DeleteConnectionConfigurationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Deletes a connection object.  **Note**: If a connection has dependent objects, make sure you remove its associations before the delete operation.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.
     * @param connectionIdentifier Unique ID or name of the connection.
     */
    deleteConnectionV2(connectionIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.6.0.cl or later   Removes the custom action specified in the API request.  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**Has Developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.
     * @param customActionIdentifier Unique ID or name of the custom action.
     */
    deleteCustomAction(customActionIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Removes the specified DBT connection object from the ThoughtSpot system.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)
     * @param dbtConnectionIdentifier Unique ID of the DBT Connection.
     */
    deleteDbtConnection(dbtConnectionIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.10.0.cl or later   Deletes the configuration for the email customization.  #### Pre-requisites  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**has developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**:This endpoint in currently in beta. Contact ThoughtSpot support to enable this on your instance.  #### Usage guidelines  - Call the search API endpoint to get the `template_identifier` from the response. - Use that `template_identifier` as a parameter in this API request.
     * @param templateIdentifier Unique ID or name of the email customization.
     */
    deleteEmailCustomization(templateIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Removes the specified metadata object from the ThoughtSpot system.  Requires edit access to the metadata object.
     * @param deleteMetadataRequest
     */
    deleteMetadata(deleteMetadataRequest: DeleteMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Deletes an Org object from the ThoughtSpot system.  Requires cluster administration (**Can administer Org**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `ORG_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage Orgs**) privilege is required.  When you delete an Org, all its users and objects created in that Org context are removed. However, if the users in the deleted Org also exists in other Orgs, they are removed only from the deleted Org.
     * @param orgIdentifier ID or name of the Org
     */
    deleteOrg(orgIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Deletes the configuration for the email customization.  #### Pre-requisites  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**has developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**:This endpoint in currently in beta. Contact ThoughtSpot support to enable this on your instance.  #### Usage guidelines  - Call the search API endpoint to get the `org_identifier` from the response. - Use that `org_identifier` as a parameter in this API request.
     * @param deleteOrgEmailCustomizationRequest
     */
    deleteOrgEmailCustomization(deleteOrgEmailCustomizationRequest: DeleteOrgEmailCustomizationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.5.0.cl or later   Deletes a Role object from the ThoughtSpot system.  Available only if [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance. To delete a Role, the `ROLE_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage roles**) privilege is required.
     * @param roleIdentifier Unique ID or name of the Role. ReadOnly roles cannot be deleted.
     */
    deleteRole(roleIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Deletes a scheduled job.    Version: 9.4.0.cl or later   Deletes a scheduled Liveboard job.  Requires at least edit access to Liveboard or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer Org**) privilege.    If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `JOBSCHEDULING` (**Can schedule for others**) privilege is required.
     * @param scheduleIdentifier Unique ID or name of the scheduled job.
     */
    deleteSchedule(scheduleIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Deletes a tag object from the ThoughtSpot system  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `TAGMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage tags**) privilege is required to create, edit, and delete tags.
     * @param tagIdentifier Tag identifier Tag name or Tag id.
     */
    deleteTag(tagIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Deletes a user from the ThoughtSpot system.  If you want to remove a user from a specific Org but not from ThoughtSpot, update the group and Org mapping properties of the user object via a POST API call to the [/api/rest/2.0/users/{user_identifier}/update](#/http/api-endpoints/users/update-user) endpoint.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param userIdentifier GUID / name of the user
     */
    deleteUser(userIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Removes the specified group object from the ThoughtSpot system.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `GROUP_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage groups**) privilege is required.
     * @param groupIdentifier GUID or name of the group.
     */
    deleteUserGroup(groupIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Delete a variable   Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   **Note:** This API endpoint is deprecated and will be removed from ThoughtSpot in a future release. Use [POST /api/rest/2.0/template/variables/delete](/api/rest/2.0/template/variables/delete) instead.  Allows deleting a variable from ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role and TENANT scope. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint requires: * The variable identifier (ID or name)  The operation will fail if: * The user lacks required permissions * The variable doesn\'t exist * The variable is being used by other objects
     * @param identifier Unique id or name of the variable
     */
    deleteVariable(identifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Delete variable(s)   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Allows deleting multiple variables from ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role and TENANT scope. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint requires: * The variable identifiers (IDs or names)  The operation will fail if: * The user lacks required permissions * Any of the variables don\'t exist * Any of the variables are being used by other objects
     * @param deleteVariablesRequest
     */
    deleteVariables(deleteVariablesRequest: DeleteVariablesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Deletes one or more webhook configurations by their unique id or name. Returns status of each deletion operation, including successfully deleted webhooks and any failures with error details.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS` (**Can manage webhooks**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param deleteWebhookConfigurationsRequest
     */
    deleteWebhookConfigurations(deleteWebhookConfigurationsRequest: DeleteWebhookConfigurationsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<WebhookDeleteResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Allows you to deploy a commit and publish TML content to your ThoughtSpot instance.  Requires at least edit access to the objects used in the deploy operation.  The API deploys the head of the branch unless a `commit_id` is specified in the API request. If the branch name is not defined in the request, the default branch is considered for deploying commits.  For more information, see [Git integration documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/git-integration).
     * @param deployCommitRequest
     */
    deployCommit(deployCommitRequest: DeployCommitRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<DeployResponse>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Exports the difference in connection metadata between CDW and ThoughtSpot  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required:   - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  To download the connection metadata difference between ThoughtSpot and CDW, pass the connection GUID as `connection_identifier` in the API request.
     * @param connectionIdentifier GUID of the connection
     */
    downloadConnectionMetadataChanges(connectionIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<HttpFile>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Exports an Answer in the given file format. You can download the Answer data as a PDF, PNG, CSV, or XLSX file.  Requires at least view access to the Answer.  #### Usage guidelines  In the request body, the GUID or name of the Answer and set `file_format`. The default file format is CSV.  **NOTE**: * The downloadable file returned in API response file is extensionless. Please rename the downloaded file by typing in the relevant extension. * HTML rendering is not supported for PDF exports of Answers with tables.  Optionally, you can define [runtime overrides](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_runtime_overrides) to apply to the Answer data.
     * @param exportAnswerReportRequest
     */
    exportAnswerReport(exportAnswerReportRequest: ExportAnswerReportRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<HttpFile>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Exports a Liveboard and its visualizations in PDF, PNG, CSV, or XLSX file format. The default `file_format` is CSV.  Requires at least view access to the Liveboard.  #### Usage guidelines  In the request body, specify the GUID or name of the Liveboard. To generate a Liveboard report with specific visualizations, add GUIDs or names of the visualizations.  **NOTE**:   * The downloadable file returned in API response file is extensionless. Please rename the downloaded file by typing in the relevant extension.  * Optionally, you can define [runtime overrides](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_runtime_overrides) to apply to the Answer data.  * To include unsaved changes in the report, pass the `transient_pinboard_content` script generated from the `getExportRequestForCurrentPinboard` method in the Visual Embed SDK. Upon successful execution, the API returns the report with unsaved changes, including ad hoc changes to visualizations. For more information, see [Liveboard Report API](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_liveboard_report_api).   * Starting with ThoughtSpot Cloud 10.9.0.cl release, the Liveboard can be exported in the PNG format in the resolution of your choice. To enable this on your instance, contact ThoughtSpot support. When this feature is enabled, the options `include_cover_page`,`include_filter_page` within the `png_options` will not be available for PNG exports.  * Starting with the ThoughtSpot Cloud 26.2.0.cl release,    * Liveboards can be exported in CSV format.      * All visualizations within a Liveboard can be exported as individual CSV files.      * When exporting multiple visualizations or the entire Liveboard, the system returns the report as a compressed ZIP file containing the separate CSV files for each visualization.    * Liveboards can also be exported in XLSX format.      * All selected visualizations are consolidated into a single Excel workbook (.xlsx), with each visualization placed in its own worksheet (tab).      * XLSX exports are limited to a maximum of 255 worksheets (tabs) per workbook.
     * @param exportLiveboardReportRequest
     */
    exportLiveboardReport(exportLiveboardReportRequest: ExportLiveboardReportRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<HttpFile>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Exports the [TML](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/tml) representation of metadata objects in JSON or YAML format.  Requires `DATADOWNLOADING` (**Can download Data**) and at least view access to the metadata object.  #### Usage guidelines  * You can export one or several objects by passing metadata object GUIDs in the `metadata` array. * When exporting TML content for a Liveboard or Answer object, you can set `export_associated` to `true` to retrieve TML content for underlying Worksheets, Tables, or Views, including the GUID of each object within the headers. When   `export_associated` is set to `true`, consider retrieving one metadata object at a time. * Set `export_fqns` to `true` to add FQNs of the referenced objects in the TML content. For example, if you send an API request to retrieve TML for a Liveboard and its associated objects, the API returns the TML content with FQNs of the referenced Worksheet. Exporting TML with FQNs is useful if ThoughtSpot has multiple objects with the same name and you want to eliminate ambiguity when importing TML files into ThoughtSpot. It eliminates the need for adding FQNs of the referenced objects manually during the import operation. * To export only the TML of feedbacks associated with an object, set the GUID of the object as `identifier`, and set the `type` as `FEEDBACK` in the `metadata` array. * To export the TML of an object along with the feedbacks associated with it, set the GUID of the object as `identifier`, set the `type` as `LOGIAL_TABLE` in the `metadata` array, and set `export_with_associated_feedbacks` in `export_options` to true.  For more information, see [TML Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/tml#_export_a_tml).  For more information on feedbacks, see [Feedback Documentation](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/sage-feedback).
     * @param exportMetadataTMLRequest
     */
    exportMetadataTML(exportMetadataTMLRequest: ExportMetadataTMLRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<any>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.1.0.cl or later   Exports the [TML](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/tml) representation of metadata objects in JSON or YAML format.  ### **Permissions Required**  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and `USERMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage users**) privileges.  #### **Usage Guidelines**  This API is only applicable for `USER`, `GROUP`, and `ROLES` metadata types.  - `batch_offset` Indicates the starting position within the complete dataset from which the API should begin returning objects. Useful for paginating results efficiently. - `batch_size` Specifies the number of objects or items to retrieve in a single request. Helps control response size for better performance. - `edoc_format` Defines the format of the TML content. The exported metadata can be in JSON or YAML format. - `export_dependent` Specifies whether to include dependent metadata objects in the export. Ensures related objects are also retrieved if needed. - `all_orgs_override` Indicates whether the export operation applies across all organizations. Useful for multi-tenant environments where cross-org exports are required.
     * @param exportMetadataTMLBatchedRequest
     */
    exportMetadataTMLBatched(exportMetadataTMLBatchedRequest: ExportMetadataTMLBatchedRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<any>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Fetches data from a saved Answer.  Requires at least view access to the saved Answer.  The `record_size` attribute determines the number of records to retrieve in an API call. For more information about pagination, record size, and maximum row limit, see [Pagination and record size settings](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_pagination_settings_for_data_and_report_apis).
     * @param fetchAnswerDataRequest
     */
    fetchAnswerData(fetchAnswerDataRequest: FetchAnswerDataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<AnswerDataResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Fetches the underlying SQL query data for an Answer object.  Requires at least view access to the Answer object.  Upon successful execution, the API returns the SQL queries for the specified object as shown in this example: ``` {    \"metadata_id\":\"8fbe44a8-46ad-4b16-8d39-184b2fada490\",    \"metadata_name\":\"Total sales\",    \"metadata_type\":\"ANSWER\",    \"sql_queries\":[       {          \"metadata_id\":\"8fbe44a8-46ad-4b16-8d39-184b2fada490\",          \"metadata_name\":\"Total sales -test\",          \"sql_query\":\"SELECT \\n  \\\"ta_1\\\".\\\"REGION\\\" \\\"ca_1\\\", \\n  \\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"PRODUCTNAME\\\" \\\"ca_2\\\", \\n  \\\"ta_1\\\".\\\"STORENAME\\\" \\\"ca_3\\\", \\n  CASE\\n    WHEN sum(\\\"ta_3\\\".\\\"SALES\\\") IS NOT NULL THEN sum(\\\"ta_3\\\".\\\"SALES\\\")\\n    ELSE 0\\n  END \\\"ca_4\\\", \\n  CASE\\n    WHEN sum(\\\"ta_3\\\".\\\"QUANTITYPURCHASED\\\") IS NOT NULL THEN sum(\\\"ta_3\\\".\\\"QUANTITYPURCHASED\\\")\\n    ELSE 0\\n  END \\\"ca_5\\\"\\nFROM \\\"RETAILAPPAREL\\\".\\\"PUBLIC\\\".\\\"FACT_RETAPP_SALES\\\" \\\"ta_3\\\"\\n  JOIN \\\"RETAILAPPAREL\\\".\\\"PUBLIC\\\".\\\"DIM_RETAPP_STORES\\\" \\\"ta_1\\\"\\n    ON \\\"ta_3\\\".\\\"STOREID\\\" = \\\"ta_1\\\".\\\"STOREID\\\"\\n  JOIN \\\"RETAILAPPAREL\\\".\\\"PUBLIC\\\".\\\"DIM_RETAPP_PRODUCTS\\\" \\\"ta_2\\\"\\n    ON \\\"ta_3\\\".\\\"PRODUCTID\\\" = \\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"PRODUCTID\\\"\\nGROUP BY \\n  \\\"ca_1\\\", \\n  \\\"ca_2\\\", \\n  \\\"ca_3\\\"\\n\"       }    ] } ```
     * @param fetchAnswerSqlQueryRequest
     */
    fetchAnswerSqlQuery(fetchAnswerSqlQueryRequest: FetchAnswerSqlQueryRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<SqlQueryResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Gets information about the status of the TML async import task scheduled using the `/api/rest/2.0/metadata/tml/async/import` API call.  To fetch the task details, specify the ID of the TML async import task.    Requires access to the task ID. The API allows users who initiated the asynchronous TML import via `/api/rest/2.0/metadata/tml/async/import` to view the status of their tasks.  Users with administration privilege can view the status of all import tasks initiated by the users in their Org.  #### Usage guidelines  See [TML API Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/tml#_fetch_status_of_the_tml_import_task) for usage guidelines.
     * @param fetchAsyncImportTaskStatusRequest
     */
    fetchAsyncImportTaskStatus(fetchAsyncImportTaskStatusRequest: FetchAsyncImportTaskStatusRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<GetAsyncImportStatusResponse>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Fetches column security rules for specified tables.  This API endpoint retrieves column-level security rules configured for tables. It returns information about which columns are secured and which groups have access to those columns.  #### Usage guidelines  - Provide an array of table identifiers using either `identifier` (GUID or name) or `obj_identifier` (object ID) - At least one of `identifier` or `obj_identifier` must be provided for each table - The API returns column security rules for all specified tables - Users must have appropriate permissions to access security rules for the specified tables  #### Required permissions  - `ADMINISTRATION` - Can administer ThoughtSpot - `DATAMANAGEMENT` - Can manage data - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` - Can manage worksheet views and tables  #### Example request  ```json {   \"tables\": [     {       \"identifier\": \"table-guid\",       \"obj_identifier\": \"table-object-id\"     }   ] } ```  #### Response format  The API returns an array of `ColumnSecurityRuleResponse` objects wrapped in a `data` field. Each `ColumnSecurityRuleResponse` object contains: - Table information (GUID and object ID)   - Array of column security rules with column details, group access, and source table information  #### Example response  ```json {   \"data\": [     {       \"guid\": \"table-guid\",       \"objId\": \"table-object-id\",       \"columnSecurityRules\": [         {           \"column\": {             \"id\": \"col_123\",             \"name\": \"Salary\"           },           \"groups\": [             {               \"id\": \"group_1\",               \"name\": \"HR Department\"             }           ],           \"sourceTableDetails\": {             \"id\": \"source-table-guid\",             \"name\": \"Employee_Data\"           }         }       ]     }   ] } ```
     * @param fetchColumnSecurityRulesRequest
     */
    fetchColumnSecurityRules(fetchColumnSecurityRulesRequest: FetchColumnSecurityRulesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<ColumnSecurityRuleResponse>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Validates the difference in connection metadata between CDW and ThoughtSpot.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  Returns a boolean indicating whether there is any difference between the connection metadata at ThoughtSpot and CDW.  To get the connection metadata difference status, pass the connection GUID as `connection_identifier` in the API request.
     * @param connectionIdentifier GUID of the connection
     */
    fetchConnectionDiffStatus(connectionIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<FetchConnectionDiffStatusResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets data from a Liveboard object and its visualization.    Requires at least view access to the Liveboard.  #### Usage guidelines  In the request body, specify the GUID or name of the Liveboard. To get data for specific visualizations, add the GUIDs or names of the visualizations in the API request.  To include unsaved changes in the report, pass the `transient_pinboard_content` script generated from the `getExportRequestForCurrentPinboard` method in the Visual Embed SDK. Upon successful execution, the API returns the report with unsaved changes. If the new Liveboard experience mode, the transient content includes ad hoc changes to visualizations such as sorting, toggling of legends, and data drill down.  For more information, and see [Liveboard data API](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_fetch_liveboard_data_api).
     * @param fetchLiveboardDataRequest
     */
    fetchLiveboardData(fetchLiveboardDataRequest: FetchLiveboardDataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<LiveboardDataResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Fetches the underlying SQL query data for a Liveboard object and its visualizations.  Requires at least view access to the Liveboard object.  To get SQL query data for a Liveboard, specify the GUID of the Liveboard. Optionally, you can add an array of visualization GUIDs to retrieve the SQL query data for visualizations in the Liveboard.  Upon successful execution, the API returns the SQL queries for the specified object as shown in this example: ``` {   \"metadata_id\": \"fa68ae91-7588-4136-bacd-d71fb12dda69\",   \"metadata_name\": \"Total Sales\",   \"metadata_type\": \"LIVEBOARD\",   \"sql_queries\": [     {       \"metadata_id\": \"b3b6d2b9-089a-490c-8e16-b144650b7843\",       \"metadata_name\": \"Total quantity purchased, Total sales by region\",       \"sql_query\": \"SELECT \\n  \\\"ta_1\\\".\\\"REGION\\\" \\\"ca_1\\\", \\n  CASE\\n    WHEN sum(\\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"QUANTITYPURCHASED\\\") IS NOT NULL THEN sum(\\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"QUANTITYPURCHASED\\\")\\n    ELSE 0\\n  END \\\"ca_2\\\", \\n  CASE\\n    WHEN sum(\\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"SALES\\\") IS NOT NULL THEN sum(\\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"SALES\\\")\\n    ELSE 0\\n  END \\\"ca_3\\\"\\nFROM \\\"RETAILAPPAREL\\\".\\\"PUBLIC\\\".\\\"FACT_RETAPP_SALES\\\" \\\"ta_2\\\"\\n  JOIN \\\"RETAILAPPAREL\\\".\\\"PUBLIC\\\".\\\"DIM_RETAPP_STORES\\\" \\\"ta_1\\\"\\n    ON \\\"ta_2\\\".\\\"STOREID\\\" = \\\"ta_1\\\".\\\"STOREID\\\"\\nGROUP BY \\\"ca_1\\\"\"     }   ] } ```
     * @param fetchLiveboardSqlQueryRequest
     */
    fetchLiveboardSqlQuery(fetchLiveboardSqlQueryRequest: FetchLiveboardSqlQueryRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<SqlQueryResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Fetches security audit logs.    Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the [Admin Control](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac#_admin_control) privileges are required.   #### Usage guidelines  By default, the API retrieves logs for the last 24 hours. You can set a custom duration in EPOCH time. Make sure the log duration specified in your API request doesn’t exceed 24 hours. If you must fetch logs for a longer time range, modify the duration and make multiple sequential API requests.  Upon successful execution, the API returns logs with the following information: * timestamp of the event * event ID * event type * name and GUID of the user * IP address of ThoughtSpot instance  For more information see [Audit logs Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/audit-logs).
     * @param fetchLogsRequest
     */
    fetchLogs(fetchLogsRequest: FetchLogsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<LogResponse>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.3.0.cl or later   This API fetches the object privileges present for the given list of principals (user or group), on the given set of objects. It supports pagination, which can be enabled and configured using the request parameters. It provides users access to certain features based on privilege based access control.  #### Usage guidelines  - Specify the `type` (`USER` or `USER_GROUP`) and `identifier` (either GUID or name) of the principals for which you want to retrieve object privilege information in the `principals` array. - Specify the `type`  (`LOGICAL_TABLE`)  and `identifier` (either GUID or name) of the metadata objects for which you want to retrieve object privilege information in the `metadata` array. Only `LOGICAL_TABLE` metadata type is supported for now. It may be extended for other metadata types in future. - To control the offset from where principals have to be fetched, use `record_offset`. When `record_offset` is 0, information is fetched from the beginning. - To control the number of principals to be fetched, use `record_size`. Default `record_size` is 20. - Ensure `record_offset` for a subsequent request is one more than the value of `record_size` of the previous request. - Ensure using correct Authorization Bearer Token corresponding to specific user & org.   #### Example request  ```json {   \"principals\": [     {       \"type\": \"type-1\",       \"identifier\": \"principal-guid-or-name-1\"     },     {       \"type\": \"type-2\",       \"identifier\": \"principal-guid-or-name-2\"     }   ],   \"metadata\": [     {       \"type\": \"metadata-type-1\",       \"identifier\": \"metadata-guid-or-name-1\"     },     {       \"type\": \"metadata-type-2\",       \"identifier\": \"metadata-guid-or-name-2\"     }   ],   \"record_offset\": 0,   \"record_size\": 20 } ```   #### Response format  The API returns an array of `metadata_object_privileges` objects wrapped in JSON. Each `metadata_object_privileges` object contains: - Metadata information (GUID, name and type) - Array of `principal_object_privilege_info`. - Each `principal_object_privilege_info` contains:   - Principal type. All principals of this type are listed as described below.   - Array of `principal_object_privileges`.   - Each `principal_object_privileges` contains:     - Principal information (GUID, name, subtype)     - List of applied object level privileges.  #### Example response  ```json {     \"metadata_object_privileges\": [       {         \"metadata_id\": \"metadata-guid-1\",         \"metadata_name\": \"metadata-name-1\",         \"metadata_type\": \"metadata-type-1\",         \"principal_object_privilege_info\": [           {             \"principal_type\": \"principal-type-1\",             \"principal_object_privileges\": [               {                 \"principal_id\": \"principal-guid-1\",                 \"principal_name\": \"principal-name-1\",                 \"principal_sub_type\": \"principal-sub-type-1\",                 \"object_privileges\": \"[object-privilege-1, object-privilege-2]\"               },               {                 \"principal_id\": \"principal-guid-2\",                 \"principal_name\": \"principal-name-2\",                 \"principal_sub_type\": \"principal-sub-type-2\",                 \"object_privileges\": \"[object-privilege-1, object-privilege-2]\"               }             ]           },           {             \"principal_type\": \"principal-type-2\",             \"principal_object_privileges\": [               {                 \"principal_id\": \"principal-guid-3\",                 \"principal_name\": \"principal-guid-4\",                 \"principal_sub_type\": \"principal-sub-type-4\",                 \"object_privileges\": \"[object-privilege-1]\"               }             ]           }         ]       },       {         \"metadata_id\": \"metadata-guid-2\",         \"metadata_name\": \"metadata-name-2\",         \"metadata_type\": \"metadata-type-2\",         \"principal_object_privilege_info\": [           {             \"principal_type\": \"principal-type-1\",             \"principal_object_privileges\": [               {                 \"principal_id\": \"principal-guid-1\",                 \"principal_name\": \"principal-name-1\",                 \"principal_sub_type\": \"principal-sub-type-1\",                 \"object_privileges\": \"[object-privilege-3, object-privilege-4]\"               },               {                 \"principal_id\": \"principal-guid-2\",                 \"principal_name\": \"principal-name-2\",                 \"principal_sub_type\": \"principal-sub-type-2\",                 \"object_privileges\": \"[object-privilege-4]\"               }             ]           }         ]       }     ] } ```
     * @param fetchObjectPrivilegesRequest
     */
    fetchObjectPrivileges(fetchObjectPrivilegesRequest: FetchObjectPrivilegesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<ObjectPrivilegesOfMetadataResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Fetches object permission details for a given principal object such as a user and group.  Requires view access to the metadata object.   #### Usage guidelines  * To get a list of all metadata objects that a user or group can access, specify the `type` and GUID or name of the principal. * To get permission details for a specific object, add the `type` and GUID or name of the metadata object to your API request.  Upon successful execution, the API returns a list of metadata objects and permission details for each object.
     * @param fetchPermissionsOfPrincipalsRequest
     */
    fetchPermissionsOfPrincipals(fetchPermissionsOfPrincipalsRequest: FetchPermissionsOfPrincipalsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<PermissionOfPrincipalsResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Fetches permission details for a given metadata object.  Requires view access to the metadata object.  #### Usage guidelines  * To fetch a list of users and groups for a metadata object, specify `type` and GUID or name of the metadata object. * To get permission details for a specific user or group, add `type` and GUID or name of the principal object to your API request.  Upon successful execution, the API returns permission details and principal information for the object specified in the API request.
     * @param fetchPermissionsOnMetadataRequest
     */
    fetchPermissionsOnMetadata(fetchPermissionsOnMetadataRequest: FetchPermissionsOnMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<PermissionOfMetadataResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Enforces logout on current user sessions.    Use this API with caution as it may invalidate active user sessions and force users to re-login. Make sure you specify the usernames or GUIDs. If you pass null values in the API call, all user sessions on your cluster become invalid, and the users are forced to re-login.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param forceLogoutUsersRequest
     */
    forceLogoutUsers(forceLogoutUsersRequest: ForceLogoutUsersRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Exports a [custom calendar](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/connections-cust-cal) in the CSV format.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your ThoughtSpot instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR` (**Can manage custom calendars**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines  Use this API to download a custom calendar in the CSV file format. In your API request, specify the following parameters.  * Start and end date of the calendar. For \"month offset\" calendars, the start date must match the month defined in the `month_offset` attribute.  You can also specify optional parameters such as the starting day of the week and prefixes for the quarter and year labels.
     * @param generateCSVRequest
     */
    generateCSV(generateCSVRequest: GenerateCSVRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<any>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Retrieves details of the current user session for the token provided in the request header.  Any ThoughtSpot user can access this endpoint and send an API request. The data returned in the API response varies according to user\'s privilege and object access permissions.  **NOTE**: In ThoughtSpot, users with cluster administration privileges can access all Orgs by default. However, unless the administrator is explicitly added to an Org, the Orgs list in the session information returned by the API will include only the Primary Org. To include other Orgs in the API response, you must explicitly add the administrator to each Org in the Admin settings page in the UI or via user REST API.
     */
    getCurrentUserInfo(_options?: Configuration): Promise<User>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.4.0.cl or later   Retrieves details of the current session token for the bearer token provided in the request header.  This API endpoint does not create a new token. Instead, it returns details about the token, including the token string, creation time, expiration time, and the associated user.  Use this endpoint to introspect your current session token, debug authentication issues, or when a frontend application needs session token details.  Any ThoughtSpot user with a valid bearer token can access this endpoint and send an API request
     */
    getCurrentUserToken(_options?: Configuration): Promise<GetTokenResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Creates an authentication token that provides values for the formula variables in the Row Level Security (RLS) rules for a given user. Recommended for use cases that require Attribute-based access control (ABAC) via RLS.  #### Required privileges  To add a new user and assign privileges during auto-creation, the `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege is required. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled, the `CONTROL_TRUSTED_AUTH` (**Can Enable or Disable Trusted Authentication**) privilege and edit access to the data source are required.  To configure formula variables for all Orgs on your instance or the Primary Org, cluster administration privileges are required. Org administrators can configure formula variables for their respective Orgs. If Role-Based Access Control (RBAC) is enabled, users with the `CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES` (**Can manage variables**) role privilege can also create and manage variables for their Org context.  #### Usage guidelines  You can generate a token by providing a `username` and `password`, or by using a `secret_key`. To generate a `secret_key`, the administrator must enable [Trusted authentication](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/trusted-auth-secret-key) in the **Develop** > **Customizations** > **Security Settings** page.  **Note**: * When both `password` and `secret_key` are included in the API request, `password` takes precedence. * If [Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA)](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/authentication-local-mfa) is enabled on your instance, the API login request with `username`  and `password` returns an error. You can switch to token-based authentication with  `secret_key`  or contact ThoughtSpot Support for assistance.  The token obtained from ThoughtSpot is valid for 5 minutes by default. You can configure the token expiration time as required.  #### ABAC via RLS  To implement ABAC via RLS and assign security entitlements to users during session creation, generate a token with custom variable values. The values set in the authentication token are applied to the formula variables referenced in RLS rules at the table level, which determines the data each user can access based on their entitlements.  The variable values can be configured to persist for a specific set of Models in user sessions initiated with the token, allowing different RLS rules to be set for different data models. Once defined, the rules are added to the user\'s `variable_values` object, after which all sessions will use the persisted values.  For more information, see [ABAC via tokens Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/abac-via-rls-variables).  ##### Formula variables Before defining variable values, ensure the variables are created and available on your instance. To create a formula variable, you can use the **Create variable** (`/api/rest/2.0/template/variables/create`) REST API endpoint, with the variable `type` set as `Formula_Variable` in the API request.  The API doesn\'t support `\"persist_option\": \"RESET\"` and `\"persist_option\": \"NONE\"` when `variable_values` are defined  in the request. If you are using `variable_values` for token generation, you must use other supported persist options such as `APPEND` or `REPLACE`.  If you want to use `RESET` or `NONE`, do not pass any `variable_values`. In such cases, `variable_values` will remain unaffected.  #### Supported objects  The supported object type is `LOGICAL_TABLE`. When using `object_id` with `variable_values`, models are supported.  #### Just-in-time provisioning  For [just-in-time user creation and provisioning](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/just-in-time-provisioning), specify the following attributes in the API request:  * `auto_create` * `username` * `display_name` * `email` * `groups`  Set `auto_create` to `true` if the username does not exist in ThoughtSpot. If the username already exists in ThoughtSpot and `auto_create` is set to `true`, user properties such as display name, email, Org and group entitlements will not be updated with new values. Setting `auto_create` to `true` does not create formula variables. Hence, this setting will not be applicable to `variable_values`.  #### Important point to note All options in the token creation APIs that define user access to data in ThoughtSpot will take effect during token creation, not when the token is used for authentication. For example, `auto_create:true` will create the user when the authentication token is created. Persist options such as `APPEND` and `REPLACE` will persist `variable_values` on the user profile when the token is created.
     * @param getCustomAccessTokenRequest
     */
    getCustomAccessToken(getCustomAccessTokenRequest: GetCustomAccessTokenRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<AccessToken>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.15.0.cl or later   Suggests the most relevant data sources for a given natural language query, ranked by confidence with LLM-generated reasoning.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view-level access to the underlying metadata entities referenced in the response.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include: - `query`: the natural language question to find relevant data sources for  If the request is successful, the API returns a ranked list of suggested data sources, each containing: - `confidence`: a float score indicating the model\'s confidence in the relevance of the suggestion - `details`: metadata about the data source   - `data_source_identifier`: the unique ID of the data source   - `data_source_name`: the display name of the data source   - `description`: a description of the data source - `reasoning`: LLM-generated rationale explaining why the data source was recommended  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                                | |------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                       | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view permission on the underlying metadata entities. |  > ###### Note: > * This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before it is made Generally Available. > * This endpoint requires Spotter — please contact ThoughtSpot Support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param getDataSourceSuggestionsRequest
     */
    getDataSourceSuggestions(getDataSourceSuggestionsRequest: GetDataSourceSuggestionsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<EurekaDataSourceSuggestionResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Generates an authentication token for creating a full session in ThoughtSpot for a given user. Recommended for use cases that do not require Attribute-based access control (ABAC) via Row Level Security (RLS).  #### Usage guidelines  You can generate a token for a user by providing a `username` and `password`, or by using the `secret_key` generated for your instance. To generate a `secret_key`, the administrator must enable [Trusted authentication](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/trusted-auth-secret-key) in the **Develop** > **Customizations** > **Security Settings** page.  **Note**: * When both `password` and `secret_key` are included in the API request, `password` takes precedence. * If [Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA)](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/authentication-local-mfa) is enabled on your instance, the API login request with `username` and `password` returns an error. You can switch to token-based authentication with  `secret_key` or contact ThoughtSpot Support for assistance.  The token obtained from ThoughtSpot is valid for 5 minutes by default. You can configure the token expiration time as required.  #### Just-in-time provisioning  For [just-in-time user creation and provisioning](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/just-in-time-provisioning), specify the following attributes in the API request:  * `auto_create` * `username` * `display_name` * `email` * `group_identifiers`  Set `auto_create` to `true` if the username does not exist in ThoughtSpot. If the user already exists in ThoughtSpot and `auto_create` is set to `true`, user properties such as display name, email and group assignment will be updated.  To add a new user and assign privileges during auto-creation, the `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege is required. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled, the `CONTROL_TRUSTED_AUTH` (**Can Enable or Disable Trusted Authentication**) privilege is required.  #### Important point to note All options in the token creation APIs that define user access to data in ThoughtSpot will take effect during token creation, not when the token is used for authentication. For example, `auto_create:true` will create the user when the authentication token is created.
     * @param getFullAccessTokenRequest
     */
    getFullAccessToken(getFullAccessTokenRequest: GetFullAccessTokenRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Token>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.15.0.cl or later   Retrieves existing natural language (NL) instructions configured for a specific data model. These instructions guide the AI system in understanding data context and generating more accurate responses.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege, at least view access on the data model, and a bearer token corresponding to the org where the data model exists.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include:  - `data_source_identifier`: the unique ID of the data model to retrieve instructions for  If the request is successful, the API returns:  - `nl_instructions_info`: an array of instruction objects, each containing:   - `instructions`: the configured text instructions for AI processing   - `scope`: the scope of the instruction — currently only `GLOBAL` is supported  #### Instructions scope  - **GLOBAL**: Instructions that apply globally across the system on the given data-model (currently only global instructions are supported)  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                                                                                        | |------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                                                                               | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege, lacks view access on the data model, or the bearer token does not correspond to the org where the data model exists. |  > ###### Note: > > - To use this API, the user needs at least view access on the data model, and must use the bearer token corresponding to the org where the data model exists. > - This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > - Available from version 10.15.0.cl and later. > - This endpoint requires Spotter — please contact ThoughtSpot Support to enable Spotter on your cluster. > - Use this API to review currently configured instructions before modifying them with `setNLInstructions`.
     * @param getNLInstructionsRequest
     */
    getNLInstructions(getNLInstructionsRequest: GetNLInstructionsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<EurekaGetNLInstructionsResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Generates an authentication token that provides access to a specific metadata object. This object list is intersected with the list of objects the user is allowed to access via group membership. For more information, see [Object security](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/security-data-object#object_security).  #### Usage guidelines  You can generate a token for a user by providing a `username` and `password`, or by using the `secret_key` generated for your instance. To generate a `secret_key`, the administrator must enable [Trusted authentication](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/trusted-auth-secret-key) in the **Develop** > **Customizations** > **Security Settings** page.  **Note**: * When both `password` and `secret_key` are included in the API request, `password` takes precedence. * If [Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA)](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/authentication-local-mfa) is enabled on your instance, the API login request with `username` and `password` returns an error. You can switch to token-based authentication with `secret_key` or contact ThoughtSpot Support for assistance.  The token obtained from ThoughtSpot is valid for 5 minutes by default. You can configure the token expiration time as required.  #### Just-in-time provisioning  For [just-in-time user creation and provisioning](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/just-in-time-provisioning), specify the following attributes in the API request:  * `auto_create` * `username` * `display_name` * `email` * `group_identifiers`  Set `auto_create` to `true` if the user is not available in ThoughtSpot. If the user already exists in ThoughtSpot and the `auto_create` parameter is set to `true`, user properties such as display name, email, and group assignment will be updated.  To add a new user and assign privileges, the `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege is required. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled, the `CONTROL_TRUSTED_AUTH`(**Can Enable or Disable Trusted Authentication**) privilege is required.  #### Important point to note  All options in the token creation APIs that define user access to data in ThoughtSpot will take effect during token creation, not when the token is used for authentication. For example, `auto_create:true` will create the user when the authentication token is created.
     * @param getObjectAccessTokenRequest
     */
    getObjectAccessToken(getObjectAccessTokenRequest: GetObjectAccessTokenRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Token>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.13.0.cl or later   Breaks down a natural language query into a series of smaller analytical sub-questions, each mapped to a relevant data source.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view-level access to the referenced metadata objects.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include: - `query`: the natural language question to decompose into analytical sub-questions - `metadata_context`: at least one of the following context identifiers to guide question generation:   - `conversation_identifier` — an existing conversation session ID   - `answer_identifiers` — a list of Answer GUIDs   - `liveboard_identifiers` — a list of Liveboard GUIDs   - `data_source_identifiers` — a list of data source GUIDs  Optional parameters for refining the output: - `ai_context`: additional context to improve response quality   - `content` — supplementary text or CSV data as string input   - `instructions` — custom text instructions for the AI system - `limit_relevant_questions`: maximum number of questions to return (default: `5`) - `bypass_cache`: if `true`, forces fresh computation instead of returning cached results  If the request is successful, the API returns a list of relevant analytical questions, each containing: - `query`: the generated sub-question - `data_source_identifier`: the unique ID of the data source the question targets - `data_source_name`: the display name of the corresponding data source  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                           | |------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                  | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view access to the referenced metadata objects. |  > ###### Note: > * This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > * This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param getRelevantQuestionsRequest
     */
    getRelevantQuestions(getRelevantQuestionsRequest: GetRelevantQuestionsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<EurekaGetRelevantQuestionsResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Retrieves the current configuration details of the cluster. If the request is successful, the API returns a list configuration settings applied on the cluster.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION`(**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege to view these complete configuration settings of the cluster. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `SYSTEM_INFO_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can view system activities**) privilege is required.  This API does not require any parameters to be passed in the request.
     */
    getSystemConfig(_options?: Configuration): Promise<SystemConfig>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets system information such as the release version, locale, time zone, deployment environment, date format, and date time format of the cluster.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privileges. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `SYSTEM_INFO_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can view system activities**) privilege is required.  This API does not require any parameters to be passed in the request.
     */
    getSystemInformation(_options?: Configuration): Promise<SystemInfo>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Gets a list of configuration overrides applied on the cluster.    Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `APPLICATION_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage application settings**) privilege is required.  This API does not require any parameters to be passed in the request.
     */
    getSystemOverrideInfo(_options?: Configuration): Promise<SystemOverrideInfo>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Imports [TML](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/tml) files into ThoughtSpot.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtsSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required: - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  #### Usage guidelines  *  Import all related objects in a single TML Import API call. For example, Tables that use the same Connection object and Worksheets connected to these Tables. * Include the `fqn` property to distinguish objects that have the same name.   For example, if you have multiple Connections or Worksheets with the same name on ThoughtSpot and the Connection or Worksheet referenced in your TML file does not have a unique name to distinguish, it may result in invalid object references.   Adding `fqn` helps ThoughtSpot differentiate a Table from another with the same name.   We recommend [exporting TML with FQNs](#/http/api-endpoints/metadata/export-metadata-tml) and using these during the import operation. * You can upload multiple TML files at a time.   If you import a Worksheet along with Liveboards, Answers, and other dependent objects in a single API call, the imported objects will be immediately available for use.   When you import only a Worksheet object, it may take some time for the Worksheet to become available in the ThoughtSpot system. Please wait for a few minutes, and then proceed to create an Answer and Liveboard from the newly imported Worksheet.  For more information, see [TML Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/tml#_import_a_tml).
     * @param importMetadataTMLRequest
     */
    importMetadataTML(importMetadataTMLRequest: ImportMetadataTMLRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<any>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Schedules a task to import [TML](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/tml) files into ThoughtSpot. You can use this API endpoint to process TML objects asynchronously when importing TMLs of large and complex metadata objects into ThoughtSpot. Unlike the synchronous import TML operation, the API processes TML data in the background and returns a task ID, which can be used to check the status of the import task via `/api/rest/2.0/metadata/tml/async/status` API endpoint.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtsSpot**) privilege, and edit access to the TML objects.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following Data control privileges may be required: - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  #### Usage guidelines  See [Async TML API Documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/tml#_import_tml_objects_asynchronously) for usage guidelines.
     * @param importMetadataTMLAsyncRequest
     */
    importMetadataTMLAsync(importMetadataTMLAsyncRequest: ImportMetadataTMLAsyncRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<ImportEPackAsyncTaskStatus>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Imports group objects from external databases into ThoughtSpot.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `GROUP_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage groups**) privilege is required.  During the import operation:  * If the specified group is not available in ThoughtSpot, it will be added to ThoughtSpot. * If `delete_unspecified_groups` is set to `true`, the groups not specified in the API request, excluding administrator and system user groups, are deleted. * If the specified groups are already available in ThoughtSpot, the object properties of these groups are modified and synchronized as per the input data in the API request.  A successful API call returns the object that represents the changes made in the ThoughtSpot system.
     * @param importUserGroupsRequest
     */
    importUserGroups(importUserGroupsRequest: ImportUserGroupsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<ImportUserGroupsResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Imports user data from external databases into ThoughtSpot. During the user import operation:  * If the specified users are not available in ThoughtSpot, the users are created and assigned a default password. Defining a `default_password` in the API request is optional. * If `delete_unspecified_users` is set to `true`, the users not specified in the API request, excluding the `tsadmin`, `guest`, `system` and `su` users, are deleted. * If the specified user objects are already available in ThoughtSpot, the object properties are updated and synchronized as per the input data in the API request.  A successful API call returns the object that represents the changes made in the ThoughtSpot system.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param importUsersRequest
     */
    importUsers(importUsersRequest: ImportUsersRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<ImportUsersResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Creates a login session for a ThoughtSpot user with Basic authentication.  In Basic authentication method, REST clients log in to ThoughtSpot using `username` and `password` attributes. On a multi-tenant cluster with Orgs, users can pass the ID of the Org in the API request to log in to a specific Org context.  **Note**: If Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA) is enabled on your instance, the API login request with basic authentication (`username`  and `password` ) returns an error. Contact ThoughtSpot Support for assistance.  A successful login returns a session cookie that can be used in your subsequent API requests.
     * @param loginRequest
     */
    login(loginRequest: LoginRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later    Logs out a user from their current session.
     */
    logout(_options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.3.0.cl or later   This API allows the addition or deletion of object level privileges for a set of users and groups, on a set of metadata objects. It provides users to access certain features based on privilege based access control.  #### Usage guidelines  - Specify the `operation`. The supported operations are: `ADD`, `REMOVE`. - Specify the type of the objects on which the object privileges are being provided in `metadata_type`. Only `LOGICAL_TABLE` metadata type is supported for now. It may be extended for other metadata types in future. - Specify the list of object privilege types in the `object_privilege_types` array. The supported object privilege types are: `SPOTTER_COACHING_PRIVILEGE`. - Specify the identifiers (either GUID or name) for the metadata objects in the `metadata_identifiers` array. - Specify the `type` (`USER` or `USER_GROUP`) and `identifier` (either GUID or name) of the principals to which you want to apply the given operation and given object privileges in the `principals` array. - Ensure using correct Authorization Bearer Token corresponding to specific user & org.  #### Example request  ```json {   \"operation\": \"operation-type\",   \"metadata_type\": \"metadata-type\",   \"object_privilege_types\": [\"privilege-type-1\", \"privilege-type-2\"],   \"metadata_identifiers\": [\"metadata-guid-or-name-1\", \"metadata-guid-or-name-1\"],   \"principals\": [     {       \"type\": \"type-1\",        \"identifier\": \"principal-guid-or-name-1\"     },     {       \"type\": \"type-2\",       \"identifier\": \"principal-guid-or-name-2\"     }   ] } ```  > ###### Note: > * Only admin users, users with edit access and users with coaching privilege on a given data-model can add or remove principals related to SPOTTER_COACHING_PRIVILEGE
     * @param manageObjectPrivilegeRequest
     */
    manageObjectPrivilege(manageObjectPrivilegeRequest: ManageObjectPrivilegeRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Parameterize fields in metadata objects.   Version: 10.9.0.cl or later   **Note:** This API endpoint is deprecated and will be removed from ThoughtSpot in a future release. Use [POST /api/rest/2.0/metadata/parameterize-fields](/api/rest/2.0/metadata/parameterize-fields) instead.  Allows parameterizing fields in metadata objects in ThoughtSpot.  Requires appropriate permissions to modify the metadata object.  The API endpoint allows parameterizing the following types of metadata objects: * Logical Tables * Connections * Connection Configs  For a Logical Table the field type must be `ATTRIBUTE` and field name can be one of: * databaseName * schemaName * tableName  For a Connection or Connection Config, the field type is always `CONNECTION_PROPERTY`. In this case, field_name specifies the exact property of the Connection or Connection Config that needs to be parameterized.  For Connection Config, the only supported field name is: * impersonate_user
     * @param parameterizeMetadataRequest
     */
    parameterizeMetadata(parameterizeMetadataRequest: ParameterizeMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Parameterize multiple fields of metadata objects. For example [schemaName, databaseName] for LOGICAL_TABLE.    Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Allows parameterizing multiple fields of metadata objects in ThoughtSpot. For example, you can parameterize [schemaName, databaseName] for LOGICAL_TABLE.  Requires appropriate permissions to modify the metadata object.  The API endpoint allows parameterizing the following types of metadata objects: * Logical Tables * Connections * Connection Configs  For a Logical Table, the field type must be `ATTRIBUTE` and field names can include: * databaseName * schemaName * tableName  For a Connection or Connection Config, the field type is always `CONNECTION_PROPERTY`. In this case, field_names specifies the exact properties of the Connection or Connection Config that need to be parameterized.  For Connection Config, supported field names include: * impersonate_user  You can parameterize multiple fields at once by providing an array of field names.
     * @param parameterizeMetadataFieldsRequest
     */
    parameterizeMetadataFields(parameterizeMetadataFieldsRequest: ParameterizeMetadataFieldsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.9.0.cl or later   Allows publishing metadata objects across organizations in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role and TENANT scope.  The API endpoint allows publishing the following types of metadata objects: * Liveboards * Answers * Logical Tables  This API will essentially share the objects along with it\'s dependencies to the org admins of the orgs to which it is being published.
     * @param publishMetadataRequest
     */
    publishMetadata(publishMetadataRequest: PublishMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Update values for a variable   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Allows updating values for a specific variable in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint allows: * Adding new values to the variable * Replacing existing values * Deleting values from the variable * Resetting all values  When updating variable values, you need to specify: * The variable identifier (ID or name) * The values to add/replace/remove * The operation to perform (ADD, REPLACE, REMOVE, RESET)  Behaviour based on operation type: * ADD - Adds values to the variable if this is a list type variable, else same as replace. * REPLACE - Replaces all values of a given set of constraints with the current set of values. * REMOVE - Removes any values which match the set of conditions of the variables if this is a list type variable, else clears value. * RESET - Removes all constraints for the given variable, scope is ignored
     * @param identifier Unique ID or name of the variable
     * @param putVariableValuesRequest
     */
    putVariableValues(identifier: string, putVariableValuesRequest: PutVariableValuesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.7.0.cl or later   **Deprecated** — Use `getRelevantQuestions` instead (available from 10.13.0.cl).  Breaks down a topical or goal-oriented natural language question into smaller, actionable analytical sub-questions, each mapped to a relevant data source for independent execution.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view-level access to the referenced metadata objects.  #### Usage guidelines  The request accepts the following parameters:  - `nlsRequest`: contains the user `query` to decompose, along with optional `instructions` and `bypassCache` flag - `worksheetIds`: list of data source identifiers to scope the decomposition - `answerIds`: list of Answer GUIDs whose data guides the response - `liveboardIds`: list of Liveboard GUIDs whose data guides the response - `conversationId`: an existing conversation session ID for context continuity - `content`: supplementary text or CSV data to improve response quality - `maxDecomposedQueries`: maximum number of sub-questions to return (default: `5`)  If the request is successful, the API returns a `decomposedQueryResponse` containing a list of `decomposedQueries`, each with: - `query`: the generated analytical sub-question - `worksheetId`: the unique ID of the data source the question targets - `worksheetName`: the display name of the corresponding data source  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                           | |------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                  | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view access to the referenced metadata objects. |  > ###### Note: > * This endpoint is deprecated since 10.13.0.cl. Use `getRelevantQuestions` for new integrations. > * This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > * This endpoint requires Spotter — please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param queryGetDecomposedQueryRequest
     */
    queryGetDecomposedQuery(queryGetDecomposedQueryRequest: QueryGetDecomposedQueryRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<EurekaDecomposeQueryResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Resets the password of a user account. Administrators can reset password on behalf of a user.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param resetUserPasswordRequest
     */
    resetUserPassword(resetUserPasswordRequest: ResetUserPasswordRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Reverts TML objects to a previous commit specified in the API request.  Requires at least edit access to objects.  In the API request, specify the `commit_id`. If the branch name is not specified in the request, the API will consider the default branch configured on your instance.  By default, the API reverts all objects. If the revert operation fails for one of the objects provided in the commit, the API returns an error and does not revert any object.  For more information, see [Git integration documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/git-integration).
     * @param commitId Commit id to which the object should be reverted
     * @param revertCommitRequest
     */
    revertCommit(commitId: string, revertCommitRequest: RevertCommitRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RevertResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.2.0.cl or later   Revokes OAuth refresh tokens for users who no longer require access to a data warehouse connection. When a token is revoked, the affected user\'s session for that connection is terminated, and they must re-authenticate to regain access.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privileges. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on the ThoughtSpot instance, users with `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege can also make API requests to revoke tokens for connection users.  #### Usage guidelines  You can specify different combinations of identifiers to control which refresh tokens are revoked.  - **connection_identifier**: Revokes refresh tokens for all users of the connection, except the connection author. - **connection_identifier** and **user_identifiers**: Revokes refresh tokens only for the users specified in the request. If the name or ID of the connection author is included in the request, their token will also be revoked. - **connection_identifier** and **configuration_identifiers**: Revokes refresh tokens for all users on the specified configurations, except the configuration author. - **connection_identifier**, **configuration_identifiers**, and **user_identifiers**: Revokes refresh tokens for the specified users on the specified configurations. - **connection_identifier** and **org_identifiers**: Revokes refresh tokens for the specified Orgs. Applicable only for published connections. - **connection_identifier**, **org_identifiers**, and **user_identifiers**: Revokes refresh tokens for the specified users in the specified Orgs. Applicable only for published connections.  **NOTE**: The `org_identifiers` parameter is only applicable for published connections. Using this parameter for unpublished connections will result in an error. Ensure that the connections are published before making the API request.
     * @param connectionIdentifier Unique ID or name of the connection whose refresh tokens need to be revoked. All the users associated with the connection will have their refresh tokens revoked except the author.
     * @param revokeRefreshTokensRequest
     */
    revokeRefreshTokens(connectionIdentifier: string, revokeRefreshTokensRequest: RevokeRefreshTokensRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RevokeRefreshTokensResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later    Revokes the authentication token issued for current user session.  The token of your current session expires when you make a call to the `/api/rest/2.0/auth/token/revoke` endpoint. the users will not be able to access ThoughtSpot objects until a new token is obtained.  To restart your session, request for a new token from ThoughtSpot. See [Get Full Access Token](#/http/api-endpoints/authentication/get-full-access-token).
     * @param revokeTokenRequest
     */
    revokeToken(revokeTokenRequest: RevokeTokenRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Gets a list of [custom calendars](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/connections-cust-cal).  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your ThoughtSpot instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR` (**Can manage custom calendars**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines  By default, the API returns a list of custom calendars for all connection objects. To retrieve custom calendar details for a particular connection, specify the connection ID. You can also use other search parameters such as `name_pattern` and `sort_options` as search filters.  The `name_pattern` parameter filters and returns only those objects that match the specified pattern. Use `%` as a wildcard for pattern matching.
     * @param searchCalendarsRequest
     */
    searchCalendars(searchCalendarsRequest: SearchCalendarsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<CalendarResponse>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Searches delivery history for communication channels such as webhooks. Returns channel-level delivery status for each job execution record. Use this to monitor channel health and delivery success rates across events.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS` (**Can manage webhooks**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.  **NOTE**: When `channel_type` is `WEBHOOK`, the following constraints apply:  - `job_ids`, `channel_identifiers`, and `events` each accept at most one element. - When `job_ids` is provided, it is used as the sole lookup key and other filter fields are ignored. - When `job_ids` is not provided, `channel_identifiers` and `events` are both required. Each must contain exactly one element, and the event object must include the `identifier` field. - Records older than the configured retention period are not returned.
     * @param searchChannelHistoryRequest
     */
    searchChannelHistory(searchChannelHistoryRequest: SearchChannelHistoryRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<SearchChannelHistoryResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Gets a list of collections available in ThoughtSpot.  To get details of a specific collection, specify the collection GUID or name. You can also filter the API response based on the collection name pattern, author, and other criteria.  #### Search options  * **name_pattern**: Use \'%\' as a wildcard character to match collection names * **collection_identifiers**: Search for specific collections by their GUIDs or names * **include_metadata**: When set to `true`, includes the metadata objects within each collection in the response  **NOTE**: If the API returns an empty list, consider increasing the value of the `record_size` parameter. To search across all available collections, set `record_size` to `-1`.
     * @param searchCollectionsRequest
     */
    searchCollections(searchCollectionsRequest: SearchCollectionsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<CollectionSearchResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Gets a list of commits for a given metadata object.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance on your instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**) privilege and edit access to the metadata objects.
     * @param searchCommitsRequest
     */
    searchCommits(searchCommitsRequest: SearchCommitsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<CommitHistoryResponse>>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Fetch communication channel preferences. - Use `cluster_preferences` to fetch the default preferences for your ThoughtSpot application instance. - If your instance has [Orgs](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/orgs-overview), use `org_preferences` to fetch any Org-specific preferences that override the defaults.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `APPLICATION_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage application settings**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param searchCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest
     */
    searchCommunicationChannelPreferences(searchCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest: SearchCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<CommunicationChannelPreferencesResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Gets Git repository connections configured on the ThoughtSpot instance.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance on your instance, the `CAN_SETUP_VERSION_CONTROL` (**Can set up version control**) privilege.
     * @param searchConfigRequest
     */
    searchConfig(searchConfigRequest: SearchConfigRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<RepoConfigObject>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Gets connection objects. Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  - To get a list of all connections available in the ThoughtSpot system, send the API request without any attributes in the request body. - To get the connection objects for a specific type of data warehouse, specify the type in `data_warehouse_types`. - To fetch details of a connection object, specify the connection object GUID or name. The `name_pattern` attribute allows passing partial text with `%` for a wildcard match. - To get details of the database, schemas, tables, or columns from a data connection object, specify `data_warehouse_object_type`. - To get a specific database, schema, table, or column from a connection object, define the object type in `data_warehouse_object_type` and object properties in the `data_warehouse_objects` array. For example, to search for a column, you must pass the database, schema, and table names in the API request.   Note that in the following example, object properties are set in a hierarchical order (`database` > `schema` > `table` > `column`).  ``` {   \"connections\": [     {       \"identifier\": \"b9d1f2ef-fa65-4a4b-994e-30fa2d57b0c2\",       \"data_warehouse_objects\": [         {           \"database\": \"NEBULADEV\",           \"schema\": \"INFORMATION_SCHEMA\",           \"table\": \"APPLICABLE_ROLES\",           \"column\": \"ROLE_NAME\"         }       ]     }   ],   \"data_warehouse_object_type\": \"COLUMN\" } ```  - To fetch data by `configuration`, specify `data_warehouse_object_type`. For example, to fetch columns from the `DEVELOPMENT` database, specify the `data_warehouse_object_type` as `DATABASE` and define the `configuration` string as `{\"database\":\"DEVELOPMENT\"}`. To get column data for a specific table, specify the table, for example,`{\"database\":\"RETAILAPPAREL\",\"table\":\"PIPES\"}`. - To query connections by `authentication_type`, specify `data_warehouse_object_type`. Supported values for `authentication_type` are:   - `SERVICE_ACCOUNT`: For connections that require service account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data.   - `OAUTH`: For connections that require OAuth credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. Teradata, Oracle, and Presto Cloud Data Warehouses do not support the OAuth authentication type.   - `IAM`: For connections that have the IAM OAuth set up. This authentication type is supported on Amazon Redshift connections only.   - `EXTOAUTH`: For connections that have External OAuth set up. ThoughtSpot supports external [OAuth with Microsoft Azure Active Directory (AD)](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/ connections-snowflake-azure-ad-oauth) and [Okta for Snowflake data connections](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/connections-snowflake-okta-oauth).   - `KEY_PAIR`: For connections that require Key Pair account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Snowflake connections only.   - `OAUTH_WITH_PKCE`: For connections that require OAuth with PKCE account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Snowflake, Starburst, Databricks, Denodo  connections only.   - `EXTOAUTH_WITH_PKCE`: For connections that require External OAuth With PKCE account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Snowflake connections only.   - `OAUTH_WITH_PEZ`: For connections that require OAuth With PEZ account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Amazon Redshift connections only.   - `OAUTH_WITH_SERVICE_PRINCIPAL`: For connections that require OAuth With Service Principal account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Databricks connections only.   - `PERSONAL_ACCESS_TOKEN`: For connections that require Personal Access Token account credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Databricks connections only.   - `OAUTH_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS`: For connections that require OAuth Client Credentials to authenticate to the Cloud Data Warehouse and fetch data. This authentication type is supported on Snowflake connections only. - To include more details about connection objects in the API response, set `include_details` to `true`. - You can also sort the output by field names and filter connections by tags.  **NOTE**: When filtering connection records by parameters other than `data_warehouse_types` or `tag_identifiers`, ensure that you set `record_size` to `-1` and `record_offset` to `0` for precise results.
     * @param searchConnectionRequest
     */
    searchConnection(searchConnectionRequest: SearchConnectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<SearchConnectionResponse>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.6.0.cl or later   Gets custom actions configured on the cluster.  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**Has Developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.
     * @param searchCustomActionsRequest
     */
    searchCustomActions(searchCustomActionsRequest: SearchCustomActionsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<ResponseCustomAction>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Generates an Answer from a given data source.  Requires at least view access to the data source object (Worksheet or View).  #### Usage guidelines  To search data, specify the data source GUID in `logical_table_identifier`. The data source can be a Worksheet, View, Table, or SQL view.  Pass search tokens in the `query_string` attribute in the API request as shown in the following example:  ``` {   \"query_string\": \"[sales] by [store]\",   \"logical_table_identifier\": \"cd252e5c-b552-49a8-821d-3eadaa049cca\", } ```  For more information about the `query_string` format and data source attribute, see [Search data API](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_search_data_api).    The `record_size` attribute determines the number of records to retrieve in an API call. For more information about pagination, record size, and maximum row limit, see [Pagination and record size settings](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/fetch-data-and-report-apis#_pagination_settings_for_data_and_report_api).
     * @param searchDataRequest
     */
    searchData(searchDataRequest: SearchDataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<SearchDataResponse>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.10.0.cl or later   Search the email customization configuration if any set for the ThoughtSpot system.  #### Pre-requisites  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**has developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**:This endpoint in currently in beta. Contact ThoughtSpot support to enable this on your instance.
     * @param searchEmailCustomizationRequest
     */
    searchEmailCustomization(searchEmailCustomizationRequest: SearchEmailCustomizationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<CreateEmailCustomizationResponse>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets a list of metadata objects available on the ThoughtSpot system.  This API endpoint is available to all users who have view access to the object. Users with `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privileges can view data for all metadata objects, including users and groups.  #### Usage guidelines  - To get all metadata objects, send the API request without any attributes. - To get metadata objects of a specific type, set the `type` attribute. For example, to fetch a Worksheet, set the type as `LOGICAL_TABLE`. - To filter metadata objects within type `LOGICAL_TABLE`, set the `subtypes` attribute. For example, to fetch a Worksheet, set the type as `LOGICAL_TABLE` & subtypes as `[WORKSHEET]`. - To get a specific metadata object, specify the GUID. - To customize your search and filter the API response, you can use several parameters.   You can search for objects created or modified by specific users, by tags applied to the objects, or by using the include parameters like `include_auto_created_objects`, `include_dependent_objects`, `include_headers`, `include_incomplete_objects`, and so on.   You can also define sorting options to sort the data retrieved in the API response. - To get discoverable objects when linientmodel is enabled you can use `include_discoverable_objects` as true else false. Default value is true. - For liveboard metadata type, to get the newer format, set the `liveboard_response_format` as V2. Default value is V1. - To retrieve only objects that are published, set the `include_only_published_objects` as true. Default value is false.  **NOTE**: The following parameters support pagination of metadata records:  - `tag_identifiers` - `type` - `subtypes` - `created_by_user_identifiers` - `modified_by_user_identifiers` - `owned_by_user_identifiers` - `exclude_objects` - `include_auto_created_objects` - `favorite_object_options` - `include_only_published_objects` If you are using other parameters to search metadata, set `record_size` to `-1` and `record_offset` to `0`.
     * @param searchMetadataRequest
     */
    searchMetadata(searchMetadataRequest: SearchMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<MetadataSearchResponse>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets a list of Orgs configured on the ThoughtSpot system. To get details of a specific Org, specify the Org ID or name. You can also pass parameters such as status, visibility, and user identifiers to get a specific list of Orgs.  Requires cluster administration (**Can administer Org**) privileges. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `ORG_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage Orgs**) privilege is required.
     * @param searchOrgsRequest
     */
    searchOrgs(searchOrgsRequest: SearchOrgsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<OrgResponse>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.5.0.cl or later   Gets a list of Role objects from the ThoughtSpot system.  Available if [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance. To search for Roles, the `ROLE_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage roles**) privilege is required.  To get details of a specific Role object, specify the GUID or name. You can also filter the API response based on user group and Org identifiers, privileges assigned to the Role, and deprecation status.
     * @param searchRolesRequest
     */
    searchRoles(searchRolesRequest: SearchRolesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<SearchRoleResponse>>;
    /**
     *  Search Schedules    Version: 9.4.0.cl or later   Gets a list of scheduled jobs configured for a Liveboard.  To get details of a specific scheduled job, specify the name or GUID of the scheduled job.  Requires at least view access to Liveboards.  **NOTE**: When filtering schedules by parameters other than `metadata`, set `record_size` to `-1` and `record_offset` to `0` for accurate results.
     * @param searchSchedulesRequest
     */
    searchSchedules(searchSchedulesRequest: SearchSchedulesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<ResponseSchedule>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.2.0.cl or later   Fetch security settings for your ThoughtSpot application instance. - Use `scope: CLUSTER` to retrieve cluster-level security settings, including CORS and CSP allowlists, SAML redirect URLs, and settings that control access to non-embedded pages. - Use `scope: ORG` to retrieve Org-level security settings. If your instance has [Orgs](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/orgs-overview), this returns CORS and non-embed access settings specific to the Org. - If `scope` is not specified, returns both cluster and Org-specific settings based on user privileges.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. See [Security Settings](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/security-settings) for more details.
     * @param searchSecuritySettingsRequest
     */
    searchSecuritySettings(searchSecuritySettingsRequest: SearchSecuritySettingsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<SecuritySettingsResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets a list of tag objects available on the ThoughtSpot system. To get details of a specific tag object, specify the GUID or name.  Any authenticated user can search for tag objects.
     * @param searchTagsRequest
     */
    searchTags(searchTagsRequest: SearchTagsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<Tag>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets a list of user group objects from the ThoughtSpot system.  To get details of a specific user group, specify the user group GUID or name. You can also filter the API response based on User ID, Org ID, Role ID, type of group, sharing visibility, privileges assigned to the group, and the Liveboard IDs assigned to the users in the group.  Available to all users. Users with `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privileges can view all users properties.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `GROUP_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage groups**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**: If you do not get precise results, try setting `record_size` to `-1` and `record_offset` to `0`.
     * @param searchUserGroupsRequest
     */
    searchUserGroups(searchUserGroupsRequest: SearchUserGroupsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<UserGroupResponse>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets a list of users available on the ThoughtSpot system.  To get details of a specific user, specify the user GUID or name. You can also filter the API response based on groups, Org ID, user visibility, account status, user type, and user preference settings and favorites.  Available to all users. Users with `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privileges can view all users properties. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**: If the API returns an empty list, consider increasing the value of the `record_size` parameter. To search across all available users, set `record_size` to `-1`.
     * @param searchUsersRequest
     */
    searchUsers(searchUsersRequest: SearchUsersRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<User>>;
    /**
     *  Search variables   Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Allows searching for variables in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint supports searching variables by: * Variable identifier (ID or name) * Variable type * Name pattern (case-insensitive, supports % for wildcard)  The search results can be formatted in three ways: * METADATA - Returns only variable metadata (default) * METADATA_AND_VALUES - Returns variable metadata and values  The values can be filtered by scope: * org_identifier * principal_identifier * model_identifier
     * @param searchVariablesRequest
     */
    searchVariables(searchVariablesRequest: SearchVariablesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<Variable>>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Searches for webhook configurations based on various criteria such as Org, webhook identifier, event type, with support for pagination and sorting. Returns matching webhook configurations with their complete details.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS` (**Can manage webhooks**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param searchWebhookConfigurationsRequest
     */
    searchWebhookConfigurations(searchWebhookConfigurationsRequest: SearchWebhookConfigurationsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<WebhookSearchResponse>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.15.0.cl or later   **Deprecated** — Use `sendAgentConversationMessage` instead.  Send natural language messages to an existing Spotter agent conversation and returns the complete response synchronously.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and access to the metadata object associated with the conversation. The user must have access to the conversation session referenced by `conversation_identifier`. A conversation must first be created using the `createAgentConversation` API.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include:  - `conversation_identifier`: the unique session ID returned by `createAgentConversation`, used for context continuity and message tracking - `messages`: an array of one or more text messages to send to the agent  The API returns an array of response objects, each containing:  - `type`: the kind of response — `text`, `answer`, or `error` - `message`: the main content of the response - `metadata`: additional information depending on the message type (e.g., answer metadata includes analytics and visualization details)  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                      | |------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                             | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks permission on the referenced conversation. |  > ###### Note: > > - This endpoint is deprecated. Use `sendAgentConversationMessage` for new integrations. > - This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > - This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param conversationIdentifier Unique identifier for the conversation (used to track context)
     * @param sendAgentMessageRequest
     */
    sendAgentMessage(conversationIdentifier: string, sendAgentMessageRequest: SendAgentMessageRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<any>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.13.0.cl or later   **Deprecated** — Use `sendAgentConversationMessageStreaming` instead.  Sends one or more natural language messages to an existing Spotter agent conversation and returns the response as a real-time Server-Sent Events stream.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and access to the metadata object associated with the conversation. The user must have access to the conversation session referenced by `conversation_identifier`. A conversation must first be created using the `createAgentConversation` API.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include:  - `conversation_identifier`: the unique session ID returned by `createAgentConversation`, used for context continuity and message tracking - `messages`: an array of one or more text messages to send to the agent  If the request is valid, the API returns a Server-Sent Events (SSE) stream. Each line has the form `data: [{\"type\": \"...\", ...}]` — a JSON array of event objects. Event types include:  - `ack`: confirms receipt of the request (`node_id`) - `conv_title`: conversation title (`title`, `conv_id`) - `notification`: status updates on operations (`group_id`, `metadata`, `code` — e.g. `TOOL_CALL_NOTIFICATION`, `nls_start`, `FINAL_RESPONSE_NOTIFICATION`) - `text-chunk`: incremental content chunks (`id`, `group_id`, `metadata` with `format` and `type` such as `thinking` or `text`, `content`) - `text`: full text block with same structure as `text-chunk` - `answer`: structured answer with metadata (`id`, `group_id`, `metadata` with `sage_query`, `session_id`, `title`, etc., `title`) - `error`: if a failure occurs  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                      | |------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                             | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks permission on the referenced conversation. |  > ###### Note: > > - This endpoint is deprecated. Use `sendAgentConversationMessageStreaming` for new integrations. > - This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > - This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster. > - The streaming protocol uses Server-Sent Events (SSE).
     * @param sendAgentMessageStreamingRequest
     */
    sendAgentMessageStreaming(sendAgentMessageStreamingRequest: SendAgentMessageStreamingRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<SendAgentMessageResponse>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Sends a follow-up message to an existing conversation within the context of a data model.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view access to the metadata object specified in the request. A conversation must first be created using the `createConversation` API.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include: - `conversation_identifier`: the unique session ID returned by `createConversation` - `metadata_identifier`: the unique ID of the data source used for the conversation - `message`: a natural language string with the follow-up question  If the request is successful, the API returns an array of response messages, each containing: - `session_identifier`: the unique ID of the generated response - `generation_number`: the generation number of the response - `message_type`: the type of the response (e.g., `TSAnswer`) - `visualization_type`: the generated visualization type (`Chart`, `Table`, or `Undefined`) - `tokens` / `display_tokens`: the search tokens and user-friendly display tokens for the response  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                             | |------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                    | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view permission on the specified metadata object. |  > ###### Note: > * This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > * This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param conversationIdentifier Unique identifier of the conversation.
     * @param sendMessageRequest
     */
    sendMessage(conversationIdentifier: string, sendMessageRequest: SendMessageRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<ResponseMessage>>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.15.0.cl or later   This API allows users to set natural language (NL) instructions for a specific data-model to improve AI-generated answers and query processing. These instructions help guide the AI system to better understand the data context and provide more accurate responses.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege, either edit access or `SPOTTER_COACHING_PRIVILEGE` on the data model, and a bearer token corresponding to the org where the data model exists.  #### Usage guidelines  To set NL instructions for a data-model, the request must include:  - `data_source_identifier`: The unique ID of the data-model for which to set NL instructions - `nl_instructions_info`: An array of instruction objects, each containing:   - `instructions`: Array of text instructions for the LLM   - `scope`: The scope of the instruction (`GLOBAL`). Currently only `GLOBAL` is supported. It can be extended to data-model-user scope in future.  #### Instructions scope  - **GLOBAL**: instructions that apply to all users querying this data model  If the request is successful, the API returns:  - `success`: a boolean indicating whether the operation completed successfully  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                        | |------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                                                                                                               | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege, lacks edit access or `SPOTTER_COACHING_PRIVILEGE` on the data model, or the bearer token does not correspond to the org where the data model exists. |  > ###### Note: > > - To use this API, the user needs either edit access or `SPOTTER_COACHING_PRIVILEGE` on the data model, and must use the bearer token corresponding to the org where the data model exists. > - This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > - Available from version 10.15.0.cl and later. > - This endpoint requires Spotter — please contact ThoughtSpot Support to enable Spotter on your cluster. > - Instructions help improve the accuracy and relevance of AI-generated responses for the specified data-model.
     * @param setNLInstructionsRequest
     */
    setNLInstructions(setNLInstructionsRequest: SetNLInstructionsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<EurekaSetNLInstructionsResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Allows sharing one or several metadata objects with users and groups in ThoughtSpot.  Requires edit access to the metadata object.  #### Supported metadata objects: * Liveboards * Visualizations * Answers * Models * Views * Connections  #### Object permissions  You can provide `READ_ONLY` or `MODIFY` access when sharing an object with another user or group. The `READ_ONLY` permission grants view access to the shared object, whereas `MODIFY` provides edit access.  To prevent a user or group from accessing the shared object, specify the GUID or name of the principal and set `shareMode` to `NO_ACCESS`.  #### Sharing a visualization  * Sharing a visualization implicitly shares the entire Liveboard with the recipient.   * Object permissions set for a shared visualization also apply to the Liveboard unless overridden by another API request or via UI. * If email notifications for object sharing are enabled, a notification with a link to the shared visualization will be sent to the recipient’s email address. Although this link opens the shared visualization, recipients can also access other visualizations in the Liveboard.
     * @param shareMetadataRequest
     */
    shareMetadata(shareMetadataRequest: ShareMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Processes a natural language query against a specified data model and returns a single AI-generated answer without requiring a conversation session.  Requires `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege and at least view access to the metadata object specified in the request.  #### Usage guidelines  The request must include: - `query`: a natural language question (e.g., \"What were total sales last quarter?\") - `metadata_identifier`: the unique ID of the data source to query against  If the request is successful, the API returns a response message containing: - `session_identifier`: the unique ID of the generated response - `generation_number`: the generation number of the response - `message_type`: the type of the response (e.g., `TSAnswer`) - `visualization_type`: the generated visualization type (`Chart`, `Table`, or `Undefined`) - `tokens` / `display_tokens`: the search tokens and user-friendly display tokens for the response  #### Error responses  | Code | Description                                                                                                                             | |------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | 401  | Unauthorized — authentication token is missing, expired, or invalid.                                                                    | | 403  | Forbidden — the authenticated user does not have `CAN_USE_SPOTTER` privilege or lacks view permission on the specified metadata object. |  > ###### Note: > * This endpoint is currently in Beta. Breaking changes may be introduced before the endpoint is made Generally Available. > * This endpoint requires Spotter - please contact ThoughtSpot support to enable Spotter on your cluster.
     * @param singleAnswerRequest
     */
    singleAnswer(singleAnswerRequest: SingleAnswerRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<ResponseMessage>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Removes the tags applied to a Liveboard, Answer, Table, or Worksheet.  Requires edit access to the metadata object.
     * @param unassignTagRequest
     */
    unassignTag(unassignTagRequest: UnassignTagRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Remove parameterization from fields in metadata objects.   Version: 10.9.0.cl or later   Allows removing parameterization from fields in metadata objects in ThoughtSpot.  Requires appropriate permissions to modify the metadata object.  The API endpoint allows unparameterizing the following types of metadata objects: * Logical Tables * Connections * Connection Configs  For a Logical Table the field type must be `ATTRIBUTE` and field name can be one of: * databaseName * schemaName * tableName  For a Connection or Connection Config, the field type is always `CONNECTION_PROPERTY`. In this case, field_name specifies the exact property of the Connection or Connection Config that needs to be unparameterized.  For Connection Config, the only supported field name is: * impersonate_user
     * @param unparameterizeMetadataRequest
     */
    unparameterizeMetadata(unparameterizeMetadataRequest: UnparameterizeMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.9.0.cl or later   Allows unpublishing metadata objects from organizations in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role and TENANT scope.  The API endpoint allows unpublishing the following types of metadata objects: * Liveboards * Answers * Logical Tables  When unpublishing objects, you can: * Include dependencies by setting `include_dependencies` to true - this will unpublish all dependent objects if no other published object is using them * Force unpublish by setting `force` to true - this will break all dependent objects in the unpublished organizations
     * @param unpublishMetadataRequest
     */
    unpublishMetadata(unpublishMetadataRequest: UnpublishMetadataRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Updates the properties of a [custom calendar](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/connections-cust-cal).  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your ThoughtSpot instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR` (**Can manage custom calendars**) privilege is required.  #### Usage guidelines  You can update the properties of a calendar using one of the following methods: * `FROM_INPUT_PARAMS` to update the calendar properties with the values defined in the API request. * `FROM_EXISTING_TABLE` Creates a calendar from the parameters defined in the API request.  To update a custom calendar, specify the calendar ID as a path parameter in the request URL and the following parameters in the request body:    * Connection ID and Table name * Database and schema name attributes:   For most Cloud Data Warehouse (CDW) connectors, both `database_name` and `schema_name` attributes are required.     However, the attribute requirements are conditional and vary based on the connector type and its metadata structure. For example, for connectors such as Teradata, MySQL, SingleSore, Amazon Aurora MySQL, Amazon RDS MySQL, Oracle, and GCP_MYSQL, the `schema_name` is required, whereas the `database_name` attribute is not.   Similarly, connectors such as ClickHouse require you to specify the `database_name` and the schema specification in such cases is optional.  The API allows you to modify the calendar type, month offset value, start and end date, starting day of the week, and prefixes assigned to the year and quarter labels.     #### Examples  Update a custom calendar using an existing Table in ThoughtSpot:  ``` {   \"update_method\": \"FROM_EXISTING_TABLE\",   \"table_reference\": {     \"connection_identifier\": \"Connection1\",     \"database_name\": \"db1\",     \"table_name\": \"custom_calendar_2025\",     \"schame_name\": \"schemaVar\"   } } ```  Update a custom calendar with the attributes defined in the API request:  ``` {   \"update_method\": \"FROM_INPUT_PARAMS\",   \"table_reference\": {     \"connection_identifier\": \"Connection1\",     \"database_name\": \"db1\",     \"table_name\": \"custom_calendar_2025\",     \"schame_name\": \"schemaVar\"   },   \"month_offset\": \"August\",   \"start_day_of_week\": \"Monday\",   \"start_date\": \"08/01/2025\",   \"end_date\": \"07/31/2026\" } ```
     * @param calendarIdentifier Unique Id or name of the calendar.
     * @param updateCalendarRequest
     */
    updateCalendar(calendarIdentifier: string, updateCalendarRequest: UpdateCalendarRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Updates an existing collection in ThoughtSpot.  #### Supported operations  This API endpoint lets you perform the following operations:  * Update collection name and description * Change visibility settings * Add metadata objects to the collection (operation: ADD) * Remove metadata objects from the collection (operation: REMOVE) * Replace all metadata objects in the collection (operation: REPLACE)  #### Operation types  * **ADD**: Adds the specified metadata objects to the existing collection without removing current items * **REMOVE**: Removes only the specified metadata objects from the collection * **REPLACE**: Replaces all existing metadata objects with the specified items (default behavior)
     * @param collectionIdentifier Unique GUID of the collection. Note: Collection names cannot be used as identifiers since duplicate names are allowed.
     * @param updateCollectionRequest
     */
    updateCollection(collectionIdentifier: string, updateCollectionRequest: UpdateCollectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Creates, updates, or deletes column security rules for specified tables.  This API endpoint allows you to create, update, or delete column-level security rules on columns of a table. The operation follows an \"all or none\" policy: if defining security rules for any of the provided columns fails, the entire operation will be rolled back, and no rules will be created.  #### Usage guidelines  - Provide table identifier using either `identifier` (GUID or name) or `obj_identifier` (object ID) - Use `clear_csr: true` to remove all column security rules from the table - For each column, specify the security rule using `column_security_rules` array - Use `is_unsecured: true` to mark a specific column as unprotected - Use `group_access` operations to manage group associations:   - `ADD`: Add groups to the column\'s access list   - `REMOVE`: Remove groups from the column\'s access list   - `REPLACE`: Replace all existing groups with the specified groups  #### Required permissions  - `ADMINISTRATION` - Can administer ThoughtSpot - `DATAMANAGEMENT` - Can manage data (if RBAC is disabled) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` - Can manage worksheet views and tables (if RBAC is enabled)  #### Example request  ```json {   \"identifier\": \"table-guid\",   \"obj_identifier\": \"table-object-id\",   \"clear_csr\": false,   \"column_security_rules\": [     {       \"column_identifier\": \"col id or col name\",       \"is_unsecured\": false,       \"group_access\": [         {           \"operation\": \"ADD\",           \"group_identifiers\": [\"hr_group_id\", \"hr_group_name\", \"finance_group_id\"]         }       ]     },     {       \"column_identifier\": \"col id or col name\",       \"is_unsecured\": true     },     {       \"column_identifier\": \"col id or col name\",       \"is_unsecured\": false,       \"group_access\": [         {           \"operation\": \"REPLACE\",           \"group_identifiers\": [\"management_group_id\", \"management_group_name\"]         }       ]     }   ] } ```  #### Request Body Schema  - `identifier` (string, optional): GUID or name of the table for which we want to create column security rules - `obj_identifier` (string, optional): The object ID of the table - `clear_csr` (boolean, optional): If true, then all the secured columns will be marked as unprotected, and all the group associations will be removed - `column_security_rules` (array of objects, required): An array where each object defines the security rule for a specific column  Each column security rule object contains: - `column_identifier` (string, required): Column identifier (col_id or name) - `is_unsecured` (boolean, optional): If true, the column will be marked as unprotected and all groups associated with it will be removed - `group_access` (array of objects, optional): Array of group operation objects  Each group operation object contains: - `operation` (string, required): Operation type - ADD, REMOVE, or REPLACE - `group_identifiers` (array of strings, required): Array of group identifiers (name or GUID) on which the operation will be performed  #### Response  This API does not return any response body. A successful operation returns HTTP 200 status code.  #### Operation Types  - **ADD**: Adds the specified groups to the column\'s access list - **REMOVE**: Removes the specified groups from the column\'s access list   - **REPLACE**: Replaces all existing groups with the specified groups
     * @param updateColumnSecurityRulesRequest
     */
    updateColumnSecurityRules(updateColumnSecurityRulesRequest: UpdateColumnSecurityRulesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Updates Git repository configuration settings.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance on your instance, the `CAN_SETUP_VERSION_CONTROL` (**Can set up version control**) privilege.
     * @param updateConfigRequest
     */
    updateConfig(updateConfigRequest: UpdateConfigRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RepoConfigObject>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   **Important**: This endpoint is deprecated and will be removed from ThoughtSpot in September 2025. ThoughtSpot strongly recommends using the [Update connection V2](#/http/api-endpoints/connections/update-connection-v2) endpoint to update your connection objects.  #### Usage guidelines  Updates a connection object.    Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  To update a connection object, pass these parameters in your API request:  1. GUID of the connection object. 2. If you are updating tables or database schema of a connection object:    a. Add the updated JSON map of metadata with database, schema, and tables in `data_warehouse_config`.    b. Set `validate` to `true`. 3. If you are updating a configuration attribute, connection name, or description, you can set `validate` to `false`.
     * @param updateConnectionRequest
     */
    updateConnection(updateConnectionRequest: UpdateConnectionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Updates a connection configuration object.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  #### Supported operations This API endpoint lets you perform the following operations in a single API request:   * Edit the name or description of the configuration  * Edit the configuration properties  * Edit the `policy_type`  * Edit the type of authentication  * Enable or disable a configuration  #### Parameterized Connection Support For parameterized oauth based connections, only the `same_as_parent` and `policy_process_options` attributes are allowed. These attributes are not applicable to connections that are not parameterized.   **NOTE**: When updating a configuration where `disabled` is `true`, you must reset `disabled` to `true` in your update request payload. If not explicitly set again, the API will default `disabled` to `false`.
     * @param configurationIdentifier Unique ID or name of the configuration.
     * @param updateConnectionConfigurationRequest
     */
    updateConnectionConfiguration(configurationIdentifier: string, updateConnectionConfigurationRequest: UpdateConnectionConfigurationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 10.4.0.cl or later   Updates a connection object.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) and edit permissions to the connection object, or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) privilege is required.  To update a connection object, pass these parameters in your API request:  1. GUID of the connection object. 2. If you are updating tables or database schema of a connection object:    a. Add the updated JSON map of metadata with database, schema, and tables in `data_warehouse_config`.    b. Set `validate` to `true`.        **NOTE:** If the `authentication_type` is anything other than SERVICE_ACCOUNT, you must explicitly provide the authenticationType property in the payload. If you do not specify authenticationType, the API will default to SERVICE_ACCOUNT as the authentication type.     * A JSON map of configuration attributes, database details, and table properties in `data_warehouse_config` as shown in the following example:    * This is an example of updating a single table in a empty connection:           ```       {         \"authenticationType\": \"SERVICE_ACCOUNT\",         \"externalDatabases\": [           {             \"name\": \"DEVELOPMENT\",             \"isAutoCreated\": false,             \"schemas\": [               {                 \"name\": \"TS_dataset\",                 \"tables\": [                   {                     \"name\": \"DEMORENAME\",                     \"type\": \"TABLE\",                     \"description\": \"\",                     \"selected\": true,                     \"linked\": true,                     \"gid\": 0,                     \"datasetId\": \"-1\",                     \"subType\": \"\",                     \"reportId\": \"\",                     \"viewId\": \"\",                     \"columns\": [                       {                         \"name\": \"Col1\",                         \"type\": \"VARCHAR\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       },                       {                         \"name\": \"Col2\",                         \"type\": \"VARCHAR\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       },                       {                         \"name\": \"Col3\",                         \"type\": \"VARCHAR\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       },                       {                         \"name\": \"Col312\",                         \"type\": \"VARCHAR\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       },                       {                         \"name\": \"Col4\",                         \"type\": \"VARCHAR\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       }                     ],                     \"relationships\": []                   }                 ]               }             ]           }         ],         \"configuration\": {           \"password\": \"\",           \"database\": \"DEVELOPMENT\",           \"role\": \"DEV\",           \"accountName\": \"thoughtspot_partner\",           \"warehouse\": \"DEMO_WH\",           \"user\": \"DEV_USER\"         }       }       ```        * This is an example of updating a single table in an existing connection with tables:            ```       {         \"authenticationType\": \"SERVICE_ACCOUNT\",         \"externalDatabases\": [           {             \"name\": \"DEVELOPMENT\",             \"isAutoCreated\": false,             \"schemas\": [               {                 \"name\": \"TS_dataset\",                 \"tables\": [                   {                     \"name\": \"CUSTOMER\",                     \"type\": \"TABLE\",                     \"description\": \"\",                     \"selected\": true,                     \"linked\": true,                     \"gid\": 0,                     \"datasetId\": \"-1\",                     \"subType\": \"\",                     \"reportId\": \"\",                     \"viewId\": \"\",                     \"columns\": [],                     \"relationships\": []                   },                   {                     \"name\": \"tpch5k_falcon_default_schema_users\",                     \"type\": \"TABLE\",                     \"description\": \"\",                     \"selected\": true,                     \"linked\": true,                     \"gid\": 0,                     \"datasetId\": \"-1\",                     \"subType\": \"\",                     \"reportId\": \"\",                     \"viewId\": \"\",                     \"columns\": [                       {                         \"name\": \"user_id\",                         \"type\": \"INT64\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       },                       {                         \"name\": \"product_id\",                         \"type\": \"INT64\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       },                       {                         \"name\": \"user_cost\",                         \"type\": \"INT64\",                         \"canImport\": true,                         \"selected\": true,                         \"description\": \"\",                         \"isLinkedActive\": true,                         \"isAggregate\": false                       }                     ],                     \"relationships\": []                   }                 ]               }             ]           }         ],         \"configuration\": {           \"password\": \"\",           \"database\": \"DEVELOPMENT\",           \"role\": \"DEV\",           \"accountName\": \"thoughtspot_partner\",           \"warehouse\": \"DEMO_WH\",           \"user\": \"DEV_USER\"         }       }       ```  3. If you are updating a configuration attribute, connection name, or description, you can set `validate` to `false`.    **NOTE:** If the `authentication_type` is anything other than SERVICE_ACCOUNT, you must explicitly provide the authenticationType property in the payload. If you do not  specify authenticationType, the API will default to SERVICE_ACCOUNT as the authentication type.    * A JSON map of configuration attributes in `data_warehouse_config`. The following example shows the configuration attributes for a Snowflake connection:    ```    {       \"configuration\":{          \"accountName\":\"thoughtspot_partner\",          \"user\":\"tsadmin\",          \"password\":\"TestConn123\",          \"role\":\"sysadmin\",          \"warehouse\":\"MEDIUM_WH\"       },       \"externalDatabases\":[        ]    }    ```
     * @param connectionIdentifier Unique ID or name of the connection.
     * @param updateConnectionV2Request
     */
    updateConnectionV2(connectionIdentifier: string, updateConnectionV2Request: UpdateConnectionV2Request, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.6.0.cl or later   Updates a custom action.  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**Has Developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  #### Usage Guidelines  The API allows you to modify the following properties:  * Name of the custom action * Action availability to groups * Association to metadata objects * Authentication settings for a URL-based action  For more information, see [Custom actions](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/custom-action-intro).
     * @param customActionIdentifier Unique ID or name of the custom action.
     * @param updateCustomActionRequest
     */
    updateCustomAction(customActionIdentifier: string, updateCustomActionRequest: UpdateCustomActionRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.9.0.cl or later   Updates a DBT connection object.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege or `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data ThoughtSpot**) privilege, along with an existing DBT connection. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the following data control privileges may be required:  - `CAN_MANAGE_CUSTOM_CALENDAR`(**Can manage custom calendars**) - `CAN_CREATE_OR_EDIT_CONNECTIONS` (**Can create/edit Connections**) - `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**)  #### About update DBT connection You can modify DBT connection object properties such as embrace connection name, embrace database name, import type, account identifier, access token, project identifier and environment (or) embrace connection, embrace database name, import type, file_content settings.
     * @param dbtConnectionIdentifier Unique ID of the DBT Connection.
     * @param connectionName Name of the connection.
     * @param databaseName Name of the Database.
     * @param importType Mention type of Import
     * @param accessToken Access token is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD.
     * @param dbtUrl DBT URL is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD.
     * @param accountId Account ID is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD
     * @param projectId Project ID is mandatory when Import_Type is DBT_CLOUD
     * @param dbtEnvId DBT Environment ID\\\&quot;
     * @param projectName Name of the project
     * @param fileContent Upload DBT Manifest and Catalog artifact files as a ZIP file. This field is Mandatory when Import Type is \\\&#39;ZIP_FILE\\\&#39;
     */
    updateDbtConnection(dbtConnectionIdentifier: string, connectionName?: string, databaseName?: string, importType?: string, accessToken?: string, dbtUrl?: string, accountId?: string, projectId?: string, dbtEnvId?: string, projectName?: string, fileContent?: HttpFile, _options?: Configuration): Promise<any>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.12.0.cl or later   Updates a customization configuration for the notification email.  #### Pre-requisites  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**has developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**:This endpoint in currently in beta. Contact ThoughtSpot support to enable this on your instance.  #### Usage guidelines  To update a custom configuration pass these parameters in your API request:  - A JSON map of configuration attributes `template_properties`. The following example shows a sample set of customization configuration:  ``` {   {       \"cta_button_bg_color\": \"#444DEA\",      \"cta_text_font_color\": \"#FFFFFF\",      \"primary_bg_color\": \"#D3DEF0\",         \"logo_url\": \"https://storage.pardot.com/710713/1642089901EbkRibJq/TS_fullworkmark_darkmode.png\",        \"font_family\": \"\",      \"product_name\": \"ThoughtSpot\",      \"footer_address\": \"444 Castro St, Suite 1000 Mountain View, CA 94041\",      \"footer_phone\": \"(800) 508-7008\",         \"replacement_value_for_liveboard\": \"Dashboard\",      \"replacement_value_for_answer\": \"Chart\",      \"replacement_value_for_spot_iq\": \"AI Insights\",         \"hide_footer_phone\": false,         \"hide_footer_address\": false,         \"hide_product_name\": false,      \"hide_manage_notification\": false,      \"hide_mobile_app_nudge\": false,      \"hide_privacy_policy\": false,       \"hide_ts_vocabulary_definitions\": false,      \"hide_error_message\": false,      \"hide_unsubscribe_link\": false,         \"hide_notification_status\": false,      \"hide_modify_alert\": false,      \"company_website_url\": \"https://your-website.com/\",      \"company_privacy_policy_url\" : \"https://link-to-privacy-policy.com/\",         \"contact_support_url\": \"https://link-to-contact-support.com/\",         \"hide_contact_support_url\": false,      \"hide_logo_url\" : false   } } ```
     * @param updateEmailCustomizationRequest
     */
    updateEmailCustomization(updateEmailCustomizationRequest: UpdateEmailCustomizationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Update header attributes for a given list of header objects.   Version: 10.6.0.cl or later   ## Prerequisites - **Privileges Required:**   - `DATAMANAGEMENT` (Can manage data) or `ADMINISTRATION` (Can administer ThoughtSpot). - **Additional Privileges (if RBAC is enabled):**   - `ORG_ADMINISTRATION` (Can manage orgs).  ---  ## Usage Guidelines  ### Parameters  1. **headers_update**      - **Description:** List of header objects with their attributes to be updated. Each object contains a list of attributes to be updated in the header.    - **Usage:**       - You must provide either `identifier` or `obj_identifier`, but not both. Both fields cannot be empty.       - When `org_identifier` is set to `-1`, only the `identifier` value is accepted; `obj_identifier` is not allowed.  2. **org_identifier**      - **Description:** GUID (Globally Unique Identifier) or name of the organization.      - **Usage:**      - Leaving this field empty assumes that the changes should be applied to the current organization       - Provide `org_guid` or `org_name` to uniquely identify the organization where changes need to be applied. .      - Provide `-1` if changes have to be applied across all the org.  ---  ## Note Currently, this API is enabled only for updating the `obj_identifier` attribute. Only `text` will be allowed in attribute\'s value.  ## Best Practices  1. **Backup Before Conversion:**      Always export metadata as a backup before initiating the update process  ---  ## Examples  ### Only `identifier` is given  ```json {   \"headers_update\":   [     {       \"identifier\": \"guid_1\",       \"obj_identifier\": \"\",       \"type\": \"LOGICAL_COLUMN\",       \"attributes\":       [         {           \"name\": \"obj_id\",           \"value\": \"custom_object_id\"         }       ]     }   ],   \"org_identifier\": \"orgGuid\" } ```  ### Only `obj_identifier` is given ```json {   \"headers_update\":   [     {       \"obj_identifier\": \"custom_object_id\",       \"type\": \"ANSWER\",       \"attributes\":       [         {           \"name\": \"obj_id\",           \"value\": \"custom_object_id\"         }       ]     }   ],   \"org_identifier\": \"orgName\" } ```  ### Executing update for all org `-1` ```json {   \"headers_update\":   [     {       \"identifier\": \"guid_1\",       \"type\": \"ANSWER\",       \"attributes\":       [         {           \"name\": \"obj_id\",           \"value\": \"custom_object_id\"         }       ]     }   ],   \"org_identifier\": -1 } ```  ### Optional `type` is not provided ```json {   \"headers_update\":   [     {       \"identifier\": \"guid_1\",       \"attributes\":       [         {           \"name\": \"obj_id\",           \"value\": \"custom_object_id\"         }       ]     }   ],   \"org_identifier\": -1 } ```
     * @param updateMetadataHeaderRequest
     */
    updateMetadataHeader(updateMetadataHeaderRequest: UpdateMetadataHeaderRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Update object IDs for given metadata objects.   Version: 10.8.0.cl or later   ## Prerequisites - **Privileges Required:**   - `DATAMANAGEMENT` (Can manage data) or `ADMINISTRATION` (Can administer ThoughtSpot). - **Additional Privileges (if RBAC is enabled):**   - `ORG_ADMINISTRATION` (Can manage orgs).  ---  ## Usage Guidelines  ### Parameters  1. **metadata**      - **Description:** List of metadata objects to update their object IDs.    - **Usage:**       - Use either `current_obj_id` alone OR use `metadata_identifier` with `type` (when needed).       - When using `metadata_identifier`, the `type` field is required if using a name instead of a GUID.       - The `new_obj_id` field is always required.  ---  ## Note This API is specifically designed for updating object IDs of metadata objects. It internally uses the header update mechanism to perform the changes.  ## Best Practices  1. **Backup Before Update:**      Always export metadata as a backup before initiating the update process.  2. **Validation:**    - When using `current_obj_id`, ensure it matches the existing object ID exactly.    - When using `metadata_identifier` with a name, ensure the `type` is specified correctly.    - Verify that the `new_obj_id` follows your naming conventions and is unique within your system.  ---  ## Examples  ### Using current_obj_id ```json {   \"metadata\": [     {       \"current_obj_id\": \"existing_object_id\",       \"new_obj_id\": \"new_object_id\"     }   ] } ```  ### Using metadata_identifier with GUID ```json {   \"metadata\": [     {       \"metadata_identifier\": \"01234567-89ab-cdef-0123-456789abcdef\",       \"new_obj_id\": \"new_object_id\"     }   ] } ```  ### Using metadata_identifier with name and type ```json {   \"metadata\": [     {       \"metadata_identifier\": \"My Answer\",       \"type\": \"ANSWER\",       \"new_obj_id\": \"new_object_id\"     }   ] } ```  ### Multiple objects update ```json {   \"metadata\": [     {       \"current_obj_id\": \"existing_object_id_1\",       \"new_obj_id\": \"new_object_id_1\"     },     {       \"metadata_identifier\": \"My Worksheet\",       \"type\": \"LOGICAL_TABLE\",       \"new_obj_id\": \"new_object_id_2\"     }   ] } ```
     * @param updateMetadataObjIdRequest
     */
    updateMetadataObjId(updateMetadataObjIdRequest: UpdateMetadataObjIdRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Updates an Org object. You can modify Org properties such as name, description, and user associations.  Requires cluster administration (**Can administer Org**) privileges. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `ORG_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage Orgs**) privilege is required.
     * @param orgIdentifier ID or name of the Org
     * @param updateOrgRequest
     */
    updateOrg(orgIdentifier: string, updateOrgRequest: UpdateOrgRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.5.0.cl or later   Updates the properties of a Role object.  Available only if [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance. To update a Role, the `ROLE_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage roles**) privilege is required.
     * @param roleIdentifier Unique ID or name of the Role.
     * @param updateRoleRequest
     */
    updateRole(roleIdentifier: string, updateRoleRequest: UpdateRoleRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RoleResponse>;
    /**
     *  Update schedule.    Version: 9.4.0.cl or later   Updates a scheduled Liveboard job.  Requires at least edit access to Liveboards. To update a schedule on behalf of another user, you need `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer Org**) or `JOBSCHEDULING` (**Can schedule for others**) privilege and edit access to the Liveboard. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `JOBSCHEDULING` (**Can schedule for others**) privilege is required.  The API endpoint allows you to pause a scheduled job, change the status of a paused job. You can also edit the recipients list, frequency of the job, format of the file to send to the recipients in email notifications, PDF options, and time zone setting.
     * @param scheduleIdentifier Unique ID or name of the schedule.
     * @param updateScheduleRequest
     */
    updateSchedule(scheduleIdentifier: string, updateScheduleRequest: UpdateScheduleRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Updates the current configuration of the cluster. You must send the configuration data in JSON format.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privileges. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `APPLICATION_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage application settings**) privilege is required.
     * @param updateSystemConfigRequest
     */
    updateSystemConfig(updateSystemConfigRequest: UpdateSystemConfigRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Updates a tag object.  You can modify the `name` and `color` properties of a tag object.    Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `TAGMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage tags**) privilege is required to create, edit, and delete tags.
     * @param tagIdentifier Name or Id of the tag.
     * @param updateTagRequest
     */
    updateTag(tagIdentifier: string, updateTagRequest: UpdateTagRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Updates the properties of a user object.  You can modify user properties such as username, email, and share notification settings. You can also assign new groups and Orgs, remove the user from a group or Org, reset password, and modify user preferences.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param userIdentifier GUID / name of the user
     * @param updateUserRequest
     */
    updateUser(userIdentifier: string, updateUserRequest: UpdateUserRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Updates the properties of a group object in ThoughtSpot.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `GROUP_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage groups**) privilege is required.  #### Supported operations  This API endpoint lets you perform the following operations in a single API request:  * Edit [privileges](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/?pageid=api-user-management#group-privileges) * Add or remove users * Change sharing visibility settings * Add or remove sub-groups * Assign a default Liveboard  or update the existing settings
     * @param groupIdentifier GUID or name of the group.
     * @param updateUserGroupRequest
     */
    updateUserGroup(groupIdentifier: string, updateUserGroupRequest: UpdateUserGroupRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Update a variable\'s name   Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Allows updating a variable\'s name in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role and TENANT scope. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint allows updating: * The variable name
     * @param identifier Unique id or name of the variable to update.
     * @param updateVariableRequest
     */
    updateVariable(identifier: string, updateVariableRequest: UpdateVariableRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Update values for multiple variables   Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   **Note:** This API endpoint is deprecated and will be removed from ThoughtSpot in a future release. Use [POST /api/rest/2.0/template/variables/{identifier}/update-values](/api/rest/2.0/template/variables/%7Bidentifier%7D/update-values) instead.  Allows updating values for multiple variables in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint allows: * Adding new values to variables * Replacing existing values * Deleting values from variables  When updating variable values, you need to specify: * The variable identifiers * The values to add/replace/remove for each variable * The operation to perform (ADD, REPLACE, REMOVE, RESET)  Behaviour based on operation type: * ADD - Adds values to the variable if this is a list type variable, else same as replace. * REPLACE - Replaces all values of a given set of constraints with the current set of values. * REMOVE - Removes any values which match the set of conditions of the variables if this is a list type variable, else clears value. * RESET - Removes all constrains for a given variable, scope is ignored
     * @param updateVariableValuesRequest
     */
    updateVariableValues(updateVariableValuesRequest: UpdateVariableValuesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Updates an existing webhook configuration by its unique id or name. Only the provided fields will be updated.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS` (**Can manage webhooks**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param webhookIdentifier Unique ID or name of the webhook configuration.
     * @param updateWebhookConfigurationRequest
     */
    updateWebhookConfiguration(webhookIdentifier: string, updateWebhookConfigurationRequest: UpdateWebhookConfigurationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Validates a communication channel configuration to ensure it is properly set up and can receive events. - Use `channel_type` to specify the type of communication channel to validate (e.g., WEBHOOK). - Use `channel_identifier` to provide the unique identifier or name for the communication channel. - Use `event_type` to specify the event type to validate for this channel.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. For webhook channels, users with `CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS` (**Can manage webhooks**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param validateCommunicationChannelRequest
     */
    validateCommunicationChannel(validateCommunicationChannelRequest: ValidateCommunicationChannelRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<CommunicationChannelValidateResponse>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.10.0.cl or later   Validates the email customization configuration if any set for the ThoughtSpot system.  #### Pre-requisites  Requires `DEVELOPER` (**has developer privilege**) or `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**:This endpoint in currently in beta. Contact ThoughtSpot support to enable this on your instance.
     */
    validateEmailCustomization(_options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Validates the content of your source branch against the objects in your destination environment.  Before merging content from your source branch to the destination branch, run this API operation from your destination environment and ensure that the changes from the source branch function in the destination environment.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance on your instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**) privilege and edit access to the metadata objects.
     * @param validateMergeRequest
     */
    validateMerge(validateMergeRequest: ValidateMergeRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<DeployResponse>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.12.0.cl or later    Validates the authentication token specified in the API request.  If your token is not valid, [Get a new token](#/http/api-endpoints/authentication/get-full-access-token).
     * @param validateTokenRequest
     */
    validateToken(validateTokenRequest: ValidateTokenRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<TokenValidationResponse>;
}

declare class PromiseUsersApi {
    private api;
    constructor(configuration: Configuration, requestFactory?: UsersApiRequestFactory, responseProcessor?: UsersApiResponseProcessor);
    /**
     *   Version: 9.7.0.cl or later   Activates a deactivated user account.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer Thoughtspot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.  To activate an inactive user account, the API request body must include the following information:  - Username or the GUID of the user account. - Auth token generated for the deactivated user. The auth token is sent in the API response when a user is deactivated. - Password for the user account.
     * @param activateUserRequest
     */
    activateUser(activateUserRequest: ActivateUserRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<User>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Updates the current password of the user.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param changeUserPasswordRequest
     */
    changeUserPassword(changeUserPasswordRequest: ChangeUserPasswordRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Creates a user in ThoughtSpot.  The API endpoint allows you to configure several user properties such as email address, account status, share notification preferences, and sharing visibility. You can provision the user to [groups](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/groups-privileges) and [Orgs](https://docs.thoughtspot.com/cloud/latest/orgs-overview). You can also add Liveboard, Answer, and Worksheet objects to the user’s favorites list, assign a default Liveboard for the user, and set user preferences.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param createUserRequest
     */
    createUser(createUserRequest: CreateUserRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<User>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.7.0.cl or later   Deactivates a user account.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer Thoughtspot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.  To deactivate a user account, the API request body must include the following information:  - Username or the GUID of the user account - Base URL of the ThoughtSpot instance  If the API request is successful, ThoughtSpot returns the activation URL in the response. The activation URL is valid for 14 days and can be used to re-activate the account and reset the password of the deactivated account.
     * @param deactivateUserRequest
     */
    deactivateUser(deactivateUserRequest: DeactivateUserRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<ResponseActivationURL>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Deletes a user from the ThoughtSpot system.  If you want to remove a user from a specific Org but not from ThoughtSpot, update the group and Org mapping properties of the user object via a POST API call to the [/api/rest/2.0/users/{user_identifier}/update](#/http/api-endpoints/users/update-user) endpoint.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param userIdentifier GUID / name of the user
     */
    deleteUser(userIdentifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Enforces logout on current user sessions.    Use this API with caution as it may invalidate active user sessions and force users to re-login. Make sure you specify the usernames or GUIDs. If you pass null values in the API call, all user sessions on your cluster become invalid, and the users are forced to re-login.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param forceLogoutUsersRequest
     */
    forceLogoutUsers(forceLogoutUsersRequest: ForceLogoutUsersRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Imports user data from external databases into ThoughtSpot. During the user import operation:  * If the specified users are not available in ThoughtSpot, the users are created and assigned a default password. Defining a `default_password` in the API request is optional. * If `delete_unspecified_users` is set to `true`, the users not specified in the API request, excluding the `tsadmin`, `guest`, `system` and `su` users, are deleted. * If the specified user objects are already available in ThoughtSpot, the object properties are updated and synchronized as per the input data in the API request.  A successful API call returns the object that represents the changes made in the ThoughtSpot system.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param importUsersRequest
     */
    importUsers(importUsersRequest: ImportUsersRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<ImportUsersResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Resets the password of a user account. Administrators can reset password on behalf of a user.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param resetUserPasswordRequest
     */
    resetUserPassword(resetUserPasswordRequest: ResetUserPasswordRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Gets a list of users available on the ThoughtSpot system.  To get details of a specific user, specify the user GUID or name. You can also filter the API response based on groups, Org ID, user visibility, account status, user type, and user preference settings and favorites.  Available to all users. Users with `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privileges can view all users properties. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.  **NOTE**: If the API returns an empty list, consider increasing the value of the `record_size` parameter. To search across all available users, set `record_size` to `-1`.
     * @param searchUsersRequest
     */
    searchUsers(searchUsersRequest: SearchUsersRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<User>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.0.0.cl or later   Updates the properties of a user object.  You can modify user properties such as username, email, and share notification settings. You can also assign new groups and Orgs, remove the user from a group or Org, reset password, and modify user preferences.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, the `USER_ADMINISTRATION` (**Can manage users**) privilege is required.
     * @param userIdentifier GUID / name of the user
     * @param updateUserRequest
     */
    updateUser(userIdentifier: string, updateUserRequest: UpdateUserRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
}

declare class PromiseVariableApi {
    private api;
    constructor(configuration: Configuration, requestFactory?: VariableApiRequestFactory, responseProcessor?: VariableApiResponseProcessor);
    /**
     *  Create a variable which can be used for parameterizing metadata objects   Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Allows creating a variable which can be used for parameterizing metadata objects in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role and TENANT scope. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint supports the following types of variables: * CONNECTION_PROPERTY - For connection properties * TABLE_MAPPING - For table mappings * CONNECTION_PROPERTY_PER_PRINCIPAL - For connection properties per principal. In order to use this please contact support to enable this. * FORMULA_VARIABLE - For Formula variables, introduced in 10.15.0.cl  When creating a variable, you need to specify: * The variable type * A unique name for the variable * Whether the variable contains sensitive values (defaults to false) * The data type of the variable, only specify for formula variables (defaults to null)  The operation will fail if: * The user lacks required permissions * The variable name already exists * The variable type is invalid
     * @param createVariableRequest
     */
    createVariable(createVariableRequest: CreateVariableRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Variable>;
    /**
     *  Delete a variable   Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   **Note:** This API endpoint is deprecated and will be removed from ThoughtSpot in a future release. Use [POST /api/rest/2.0/template/variables/delete](/api/rest/2.0/template/variables/delete) instead.  Allows deleting a variable from ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role and TENANT scope. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint requires: * The variable identifier (ID or name)  The operation will fail if: * The user lacks required permissions * The variable doesn\'t exist * The variable is being used by other objects
     * @param identifier Unique id or name of the variable
     */
    deleteVariable(identifier: string, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Delete variable(s)   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Allows deleting multiple variables from ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role and TENANT scope. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint requires: * The variable identifiers (IDs or names)  The operation will fail if: * The user lacks required permissions * Any of the variables don\'t exist * Any of the variables are being used by other objects
     * @param deleteVariablesRequest
     */
    deleteVariables(deleteVariablesRequest: DeleteVariablesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Update values for a variable   Version: 26.4.0.cl or later   Allows updating values for a specific variable in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint allows: * Adding new values to the variable * Replacing existing values * Deleting values from the variable * Resetting all values  When updating variable values, you need to specify: * The variable identifier (ID or name) * The values to add/replace/remove * The operation to perform (ADD, REPLACE, REMOVE, RESET)  Behaviour based on operation type: * ADD - Adds values to the variable if this is a list type variable, else same as replace. * REPLACE - Replaces all values of a given set of constraints with the current set of values. * REMOVE - Removes any values which match the set of conditions of the variables if this is a list type variable, else clears value. * RESET - Removes all constraints for the given variable, scope is ignored
     * @param identifier Unique ID or name of the variable
     * @param putVariableValuesRequest
     */
    putVariableValues(identifier: string, putVariableValuesRequest: PutVariableValuesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Search variables   Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Allows searching for variables in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint supports searching variables by: * Variable identifier (ID or name) * Variable type * Name pattern (case-insensitive, supports % for wildcard)  The search results can be formatted in three ways: * METADATA - Returns only variable metadata (default) * METADATA_AND_VALUES - Returns variable metadata and values  The values can be filtered by scope: * org_identifier * principal_identifier * model_identifier
     * @param searchVariablesRequest
     */
    searchVariables(searchVariablesRequest: SearchVariablesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<Variable>>;
    /**
     *  Update a variable\'s name   Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Allows updating a variable\'s name in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role and TENANT scope. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint allows updating: * The variable name
     * @param identifier Unique id or name of the variable to update.
     * @param updateVariableRequest
     */
    updateVariable(identifier: string, updateVariableRequest: UpdateVariableRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *  Update values for multiple variables   Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   **Note:** This API endpoint is deprecated and will be removed from ThoughtSpot in a future release. Use [POST /api/rest/2.0/template/variables/{identifier}/update-values](/api/rest/2.0/template/variables/%7Bidentifier%7D/update-values) instead.  Allows updating values for multiple variables in ThoughtSpot.  Requires ADMINISTRATION role. The CAN_MANAGE_VARIABLES permission allows you to manage Formula Variables in the current organization scope.  The API endpoint allows: * Adding new values to variables * Replacing existing values * Deleting values from variables  When updating variable values, you need to specify: * The variable identifiers * The values to add/replace/remove for each variable * The operation to perform (ADD, REPLACE, REMOVE, RESET)  Behaviour based on operation type: * ADD - Adds values to the variable if this is a list type variable, else same as replace. * REPLACE - Replaces all values of a given set of constraints with the current set of values. * REMOVE - Removes any values which match the set of conditions of the variables if this is a list type variable, else clears value. * RESET - Removes all constrains for a given variable, scope is ignored
     * @param updateVariableValuesRequest
     */
    updateVariableValues(updateVariableValuesRequest: UpdateVariableValuesRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
}

declare class PromiseVersionControlApi {
    private api;
    constructor(configuration: Configuration, requestFactory?: VersionControlApiRequestFactory, responseProcessor?: VersionControlApiResponseProcessor);
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Commits TML files of metadata objects to the Git branch configured on your instance.  Requires at least edit access to objects used in the commit operation.  Before using this endpoint to push your commits:  * Enable Git integration on your instance. * Make sure the Git repository and branch details are configured on your instance.  For more information, see [Git integration documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/git-integration).
     * @param commitBranchRequest
     */
    commitBranch(commitBranchRequest: CommitBranchRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<CommitResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Allows you to connect a ThoughtSpot instance to a Git repository.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance on your instance, the `CAN_SETUP_VERSION_CONTROL` (**Can set up version control**) privilege.  You can use this API endpoint to connect your ThoughtSpot development and production environments to the development and production branches of a Git repository.  Before using this endpoint to connect your ThoughtSpot instance to a Git repository, check the following prerequisites:  * You have a Git repository. If you are using GitHub, make sure you have a valid account and an access token to connect ThoughtSpot to GitHub. For information about generating a token, see [GitHub Documentation](https://docs.github.com/en/authentication/keeping-your-account-and-data-secure/managing-your-personal-access-tokens).  * Your access token has `repo` scope that grants full access to public and private repositories. * Your Git repository has a branch that can be configured as a default branch in ThoughtSpot.  For more information, see [Git integration documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/?pageid=git-integration).  **Note**: ThoughtSpot supports only GitHub / itHub Enterprise for CI/CD.
     * @param createConfigRequest
     */
    createConfig(createConfigRequest: CreateConfigRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RepoConfigObject>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Deletes Git repository configuration from your ThoughtSpot instance.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance on your instance, the `CAN_SETUP_VERSION_CONTROL` (**Can set up version control**) privilege.
     * @param deleteConfigRequest
     */
    deleteConfig(deleteConfigRequest: DeleteConfigRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Allows you to deploy a commit and publish TML content to your ThoughtSpot instance.  Requires at least edit access to the objects used in the deploy operation.  The API deploys the head of the branch unless a `commit_id` is specified in the API request. If the branch name is not defined in the request, the default branch is considered for deploying commits.  For more information, see [Git integration documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/git-integration).
     * @param deployCommitRequest
     */
    deployCommit(deployCommitRequest: DeployCommitRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<DeployResponse>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Reverts TML objects to a previous commit specified in the API request.  Requires at least edit access to objects.  In the API request, specify the `commit_id`. If the branch name is not specified in the request, the API will consider the default branch configured on your instance.  By default, the API reverts all objects. If the revert operation fails for one of the objects provided in the commit, the API returns an error and does not revert any object.  For more information, see [Git integration documentation](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/git-integration).
     * @param commitId Commit id to which the object should be reverted
     * @param revertCommitRequest
     */
    revertCommit(commitId: string, revertCommitRequest: RevertCommitRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RevertResponse>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Gets a list of commits for a given metadata object.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance on your instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**) privilege and edit access to the metadata objects.
     * @param searchCommitsRequest
     */
    searchCommits(searchCommitsRequest: SearchCommitsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<CommitHistoryResponse>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Gets Git repository connections configured on the ThoughtSpot instance.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance on your instance, the `CAN_SETUP_VERSION_CONTROL` (**Can set up version control**) privilege.
     * @param searchConfigRequest
     */
    searchConfig(searchConfigRequest: SearchConfigRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<RepoConfigObject>>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Updates Git repository configuration settings.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance on your instance, the `CAN_SETUP_VERSION_CONTROL` (**Can set up version control**) privilege.
     * @param updateConfigRequest
     */
    updateConfig(updateConfigRequest: UpdateConfigRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<RepoConfigObject>;
    /**
     *   Version: 9.2.0.cl or later   Validates the content of your source branch against the objects in your destination environment.  Before merging content from your source branch to the destination branch, run this API operation from your destination environment and ensure that the changes from the source branch function in the destination environment.  Requires `DATAMANAGEMENT` (**Can manage data**) privilege.  If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance on your instance, the `CAN_MANAGE_WORKSHEET_VIEWS_TABLES` (**Can manage data models**) privilege and edit access to the metadata objects.
     * @param validateMergeRequest
     */
    validateMerge(validateMergeRequest: ValidateMergeRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<Array<DeployResponse>>;
}

declare class PromiseWebhooksApi {
    private api;
    constructor(configuration: Configuration, requestFactory?: WebhooksApiRequestFactory, responseProcessor?: WebhooksApiResponseProcessor);
    /**
     *  Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Creates a new webhook configuration to receive notifications for specified events. The webhook will be triggered when the configured events occur in the system.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS` (**Can manage webhooks**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param createWebhookConfigurationRequest
     */
    createWebhookConfiguration(createWebhookConfigurationRequest: CreateWebhookConfigurationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<WebhookResponse>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Deletes one or more webhook configurations by their unique id or name. Returns status of each deletion operation, including successfully deleted webhooks and any failures with error details.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS` (**Can manage webhooks**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param deleteWebhookConfigurationsRequest
     */
    deleteWebhookConfigurations(deleteWebhookConfigurationsRequest: DeleteWebhookConfigurationsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<WebhookDeleteResponse>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Searches for webhook configurations based on various criteria such as Org, webhook identifier, event type, with support for pagination and sorting. Returns matching webhook configurations with their complete details.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS` (**Can manage webhooks**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param searchWebhookConfigurationsRequest
     */
    searchWebhookConfigurations(searchWebhookConfigurationsRequest: SearchWebhookConfigurationsRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<WebhookSearchResponse>;
    /**
     *  Version: 10.14.0.cl or later   Updates an existing webhook configuration by its unique id or name. Only the provided fields will be updated.  Requires `ADMINISTRATION` (**Can administer ThoughtSpot**) or `DEVELOPER` (**Has developer privilege**) privilege. If [Role-Based Access Control (RBAC)](https://developers.thoughtspot.com/docs/rbac) is enabled on your instance, users with `CAN_MANAGE_WEBHOOKS` (**Can manage webhooks**) privilege are also authorized to perform this action.
     * @param webhookIdentifier Unique ID or name of the webhook configuration.
     * @param updateWebhookConfigurationRequest
     */
    updateWebhookConfiguration(webhookIdentifier: string, updateWebhookConfigurationRequest: UpdateWebhookConfigurationRequest, _options?: Configuration): Promise<void>;
}

/**
 * Options for additional configuration settings
 */
interface ConfigurationOptions {
    /**
     * Additional headers to be included in every request
     * @example
     * ```typescript
     * {
     *   additionalHeaders: {
     *     "Accept-Language": "en-US",
     *   }
     * }
     * ```
     */
    additionalHeaders?: Record<string, string>;
}
/**
  * creates a bearer authentication configuration using params or a token provider
  * @param thoughtSpotHost thoughtSpotHost URL
  * @param paramOrTokenProvider either a GetFullAccessTokenRequest or a TokenProvider ,
  * Pass a GetFullAccessTokenRequest which contains the object body required to get a full access token , or
  * function which returns a promise of a string which is the full access token
  * @param options - Optional configuration for custom headers and other settings
  * @returns Configuration object ready for authenticated API calls
  * @example
  * ```typescript
  * const configWithTokenProvider = createBearerAuthenticationConfig(
  *   "CLUSTER_SERVER_URL",
  *   YOUR_TOKEN_PROVIDER,
  *   {
  *     additionalHeaders: {
  *       "Accept-Language": "en-US",
  *     }
  *   }
  * );
 */
declare const createBearerAuthenticationConfig: (thoughtSpotHost: string, paramOrTokenProvider: GetFullAccessTokenRequest | (() => Promise<string>), options?: ConfigurationOptions) => Configuration;
/**
 * creates a basic configuration using params which does not require authentication
 * @param thoughtSpotHost : the base url of the server
 * @param options - Optional configuration for additional headers and other settings
 * @returns Basic client configuration for unauthenticated API calls
 */
declare const createBasicConfig: (thoughtSpotHost: string, options?: ConfigurationOptions) => Configuration;

export { PromiseAIApi as AIApi, AIContext, APIKey, APIKeyInput, AccessToken, ActionConfig, ActionConfigInput, ActionConfigInputCreate, ActionConfigInputCreatePositionEnum, ActionConfigInputPositionEnum, ActionDetails, ActionDetailsInput, ActionDetailsInputCreate, ActivateUserRequest, AgentConversation, AnswerContent, AnswerContextInput, AnswerDataResponse, ApiException, ApiKeyConfiguration, AssignChangeAuthorRequest, AssignTagRequest, AssociateMetadataInput, AssociateMetadataInputCreate, AssociateMetadataInputCreateTypeEnum, AssociateMetadataInputTypeEnum, AuthMethods, AuthMethodsConfiguration, Authentication, PromiseAuthenticationApi as AuthenticationApi, AuthenticationInput, Author, AuthorMetadataTypeInput, AuthorMetadataTypeInputTypeEnum, AuthorType, AwsS3Config, AwsS3ConfigInput, BaseServerConfiguration, BasicAuth, BasicAuthInput, BearerAuthAuthentication, CALLBACK, CALLBACKInput, CALLBACKInputMandatory, CalendarResponse, ChangeUserPasswordRequest, ChannelHistoryEventInfo, ChannelHistoryEventInfoTypeEnum, ChannelHistoryEventInput, ChannelHistoryEventInputTypeEnum, ChannelHistoryJob, ChannelHistoryJobStatusEnum, ChannelValidationAwsS3Info, ChannelValidationDetail, ChannelValidationDetailStatusEnum, ChannelValidationDetailValidationStepEnum, ClusterNonEmbedAccess, ClusterNonEmbedAccessInput, Collection, CollectionDeleteResponse, CollectionDeleteTypeIdentifiers, CollectionEntityIdentifier, CollectionMetadataInput, CollectionMetadataInputTypeEnum, CollectionMetadataItem, CollectionSearchResponse, PromiseCollectionsApi as CollectionsApi, Column, ColumnSecurityRule, ColumnSecurityRuleColumn, ColumnSecurityRuleGroup, ColumnSecurityRuleGroupOperation, ColumnSecurityRuleGroupOperationOperationEnum, ColumnSecurityRuleResponse, ColumnSecurityRuleSourceTable, ColumnSecurityRuleTableInput, ColumnSecurityRuleUpdate, CommitBranchRequest, CommitFileType, CommitHistoryResponse, CommitResponse, CommiterType, CommunicationChannelPreferencesResponse, CommunicationChannelValidateResponse, CommunicationChannelValidateResponseChannelTypeEnum, CommunicationChannelValidateResponseEventTypeEnum, CommunicationChannelValidateResponseResultCodeEnum, Configuration, ConfigureCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest, ConfigureSecuritySettingsRequest, ConfigureSecuritySettingsRequestClusterPreferences, ConnectionConfigurationResponse, ConnectionConfigurationResponseDataWarehouseTypeEnum, ConnectionConfigurationResponsePolicyProcessesEnum, ConnectionConfigurationResponsePolicyTypeEnum, ConnectionConfigurationSearchRequest, ConnectionConfigurationSearchRequestPolicyTypeEnum, PromiseConnectionConfigurationsApi as ConnectionConfigurationsApi, ConnectionInput, PromiseConnectionsApi as ConnectionsApi, ContextPayloadV2Input, ContextPayloadV2InputTypeEnum, Conversation, ConversationSettingsInput, ConvertWorksheetToModelRequest, CopyObjectRequest, CopyObjectRequestTypeEnum, CreateAgentConversationRequest, CreateAgentConversationRequestConversationSettings, CreateAgentConversationRequestMetadataContext, CreateAgentConversationRequestMetadataContextTypeEnum, CreateCalendarRequest, CreateCalendarRequestCalendarTypeEnum, CreateCalendarRequestCreationMethodEnum, CreateCalendarRequestMonthOffsetEnum, CreateCalendarRequestStartDayOfWeekEnum, CreateCalendarRequestTableReference, CreateCollectionRequest, CreateConfigRequest, CreateConnectionConfigurationRequest, CreateConnectionConfigurationRequestAuthenticationTypeEnum, CreateConnectionConfigurationRequestPolicyProcessOptions, CreateConnectionConfigurationRequestPolicyProcessesEnum, CreateConnectionConfigurationRequestPolicyTypeEnum, CreateConnectionRequest, CreateConnectionRequestDataWarehouseTypeEnum, CreateConnectionResponse, CreateConnectionResponseDataWarehouseTypeEnum, CreateConversationRequest, CreateCustomActionRequest, CreateCustomActionRequestActionDetails, CreateCustomActionRequestDefaultActionConfig, CreateEmailCustomizationRequest, CreateEmailCustomizationRequestTemplateProperties, CreateEmailCustomizationResponse, CreateOrgRequest, CreateRoleRequest, CreateRoleRequestPrivilegesEnum, CreateScheduleRequest, CreateScheduleRequestFileFormatEnum, CreateScheduleRequestFrequency, CreateScheduleRequestLiveboardOptions, CreateScheduleRequestMetadataTypeEnum, CreateScheduleRequestPdfOptions, CreateScheduleRequestPdfOptionsPageSizeEnum, CreateScheduleRequestRecipientDetails, CreateScheduleRequestTimeZoneEnum, CreateTagRequest, CreateUserGroupRequest, CreateUserGroupRequestPrivilegesEnum, CreateUserGroupRequestTypeEnum, CreateUserGroupRequestVisibilityEnum, CreateUserRequest, CreateUserRequestAccountStatusEnum, CreateUserRequestAccountTypeEnum, CreateUserRequestPreferredLocaleEnum, CreateUserRequestVisibilityEnum, CreateVariableRequest, CreateVariableRequestDataTypeEnum, CreateVariableRequestTypeEnum, CreateWebhookConfigurationRequest, CreateWebhookConfigurationRequestAuthentication, CreateWebhookConfigurationRequestEventsEnum, CreateWebhookConfigurationRequestSignatureVerification, CreateWebhookConfigurationRequestSignatureVerificationAlgorithmEnum, CreateWebhookConfigurationRequestSignatureVerificationTypeEnum, CreateWebhookConfigurationRequestStorageDestination, CreateWebhookConfigurationRequestStorageDestinationStorageTypeEnum, CronExpression, CronExpressionInput, CspSettings, CspSettingsInput, PromiseCustomActionApi as CustomActionApi, CustomActionMetadataTypeInput, CustomActionMetadataTypeInputTypeEnum, PromiseCustomCalendarsApi as CustomCalendarsApi, PromiseDBTApi as DBTApi, PromiseDataApi as DataApi, DataSource, DataSourceContextInput, DataWarehouseObjectInput, DataWarehouseObjects, Database, DbtSearchResponse, DeactivateUserRequest, DefaultActionConfig, DefaultActionConfigInput, DefaultActionConfigInputCreate, DefaultActionConfigSearchInput, DeleteCollectionRequest, DeleteConfigRequest, DeleteConnectionConfigurationRequest, DeleteConnectionRequest, DeleteMetadataRequest, DeleteMetadataTypeInput, DeleteMetadataTypeInputTypeEnum, DeleteOrgEmailCustomizationRequest, DeleteVariablesRequest, DeleteWebhookConfigurationsRequest, DeployCommitRequest, DeployCommitRequestDeployPolicyEnum, DeployCommitRequestDeployTypeEnum, DeployResponse, PromiseEmailCustomizationApi as EmailCustomizationApi, EntityHeader, ErrorResponse, EurekaDataSourceSuggestionResponse, EurekaDecomposeQueryResponse, EurekaGetNLInstructionsResponse, EurekaGetRelevantQuestionsResponse, EurekaLLMDecomposeQueryResponse, EurekaLLMSuggestedQuery, EurekaRelevantQuestion, EurekaSetNLInstructionsResponse, EventChannelConfig, EventChannelConfigChannelsEnum, EventChannelConfigEventTypeEnum, EventChannelConfigInput, EventChannelConfigInputChannelsEnum, EventChannelConfigInputEventTypeEnum, ExcludeMetadataListItemInput, ExcludeMetadataListItemInputTypeEnum, ExportAnswerReportRequest, ExportAnswerReportRequestFileFormatEnum, ExportAnswerReportRequestRegionalSettings, ExportAnswerReportRequestRegionalSettingsCurrencyFormatEnum, ExportAnswerReportRequestRegionalSettingsDateFormatLocaleEnum, ExportAnswerReportRequestRegionalSettingsNumberFormatLocaleEnum, ExportAnswerReportRequestRegionalSettingsUserLocaleEnum, ExportLiveboardReportRequest, ExportLiveboardReportRequestFileFormatEnum, ExportLiveboardReportRequestPdfOptions, ExportLiveboardReportRequestPdfOptionsPageOrientationEnum, ExportLiveboardReportRequestPngOptions, ExportMetadataTMLBatchedRequest, ExportMetadataTMLBatchedRequestEdocFormatEnum, ExportMetadataTMLBatchedRequestMetadataTypeEnum, ExportMetadataTMLRequest, ExportMetadataTMLRequestEdocFormatEnum, ExportMetadataTMLRequestExportOptions, ExportMetadataTMLRequestExportSchemaVersionEnum, ExportMetadataTypeInput, ExportMetadataTypeInputTypeEnum, ExportOptions, ExternalTableInput, FavoriteMetadataInput, FavoriteMetadataInputTypeEnum, FavoriteMetadataItem, FavoriteMetadataItemTypeEnum, FavoriteObjectOptionsInput, FetchAnswerDataRequest, FetchAnswerDataRequestDataFormatEnum, FetchAnswerSqlQueryRequest, FetchAsyncImportTaskStatusRequest, FetchAsyncImportTaskStatusRequestTaskStatusEnum, FetchColumnSecurityRulesRequest, FetchConnectionDiffStatusResponse, FetchLiveboardDataRequest, FetchLiveboardDataRequestDataFormatEnum, FetchLiveboardSqlQueryRequest, FetchLogsRequest, FetchLogsRequestLogTypeEnum, FetchObjectPrivilegesRequest, FetchPermissionsOfPrincipalsRequest, FetchPermissionsOfPrincipalsRequestDefaultMetadataTypeEnum, FetchPermissionsOnMetadataRequest, FilterRules, FilterRulesOperatorEnum, ForceLogoutUsersRequest, Frequency, FrequencyInput, GenerateCSVRequest, GenerateCSVRequestCalendarTypeEnum, GenerateCSVRequestMonthOffsetEnum, GenerateCSVRequestStartDayOfWeekEnum, GenericInfo, GetAsyncImportStatusResponse, GetCustomAccessTokenRequest, GetCustomAccessTokenRequestPersistOptionEnum, GetDataSourceSuggestionsRequest, GetFullAccessTokenRequest, GetFullAccessTokenRequestUserParameters, GetNLInstructionsRequest, GetObjectAccessTokenRequest, GetRelevantQuestionsRequest, GetRelevantQuestionsRequestAiContext, GetRelevantQuestionsRequestMetadataContext, GetTokenResponse, GroupInfo, GroupObject, PromiseGroupsApi as GroupsApi, GroupsImportListInput, GroupsImportListInputPrivilegesEnum, GroupsImportListInputTypeEnum, GroupsImportListInputVisibilityEnum, HeaderAttributeInput, HeaderUpdateInput, HeaderUpdateInputTypeEnum, HttpBasicConfiguration, HttpBearerConfiguration, HttpException, HttpFile, HttpLibrary, HttpMethod, ImportEPackAsyncTaskStatus, ImportEPackAsyncTaskStatusImportPolicyEnum, ImportEPackAsyncTaskStatusTaskStatusEnum, ImportMetadataTMLAsyncRequest, ImportMetadataTMLAsyncRequestImportPolicyEnum, ImportMetadataTMLRequest, ImportMetadataTMLRequestImportPolicyEnum, ImportUser, ImportUserAccountStatusEnum, ImportUserAccountTypeEnum, ImportUserGroupsRequest, ImportUserGroupsResponse, ImportUserPreferredLocaleEnum, ImportUserType, ImportUserVisibilityEnum, ImportUsersRequest, ImportUsersResponse, InputEurekaNLSRequest, IsomorphicFetchHttpLibrary, JWTMetadataObject, JWTMetadataObjectTypeEnum, JWTParameter, JWTUserOptions, JWTUserOptionsFull, JobRecipient, JobRecipientTypeEnum, PromiseJobsApi as JobsApi, LBContextInput, LiveboardContent, LiveboardDataResponse, LiveboardOptions, LiveboardOptionsInput, PromiseLogApi as LogApi, LogResponse, LoginRequest, ManageObjectPrivilegeRequest, ManageObjectPrivilegeRequestMetadataTypeEnum, ManageObjectPrivilegeRequestObjectPrivilegeTypesEnum, ManageObjectPrivilegeRequestOperationEnum, PromiseMetadataApi as MetadataApi, MetadataAssociationItem, MetadataContext, MetadataInput, MetadataInputTypeEnum, MetadataListItemInput, MetadataListItemInputSubtypesEnum, MetadataListItemInputTypeEnum, MetadataObject, MetadataObjectTypeEnum, MetadataResponse, MetadataResponseTypeEnum, MetadataSearchResponse, MetadataSearchResponseMetadataTypeEnum, MetadataSearchSortOptions, MetadataSearchSortOptionsFieldNameEnum, MetadataSearchSortOptionsOrderEnum, PromiseMiddleware as Middleware, ModelTableList, NLInstructionsInfo, NLInstructionsInfoInput, NLInstructionsInfoInputScopeEnum, NLInstructionsInfoScopeEnum, OAuth2Configuration, ObjectIDAndName, ObjectPrivilegesMetadataInput, ObjectPrivilegesMetadataInputTypeEnum, ObjectPrivilegesOfMetadataResponse, Org, OrgChannelConfigInput, OrgChannelConfigInputOperationEnum, OrgChannelConfigInputResetEventsEnum, OrgChannelConfigResponse, OrgDetails, OrgInfo, OrgNonEmbedAccess, OrgNonEmbedAccessInput, OrgPreferenceSearchCriteriaInput, OrgPreferenceSearchCriteriaInputEventTypesEnum, OrgResponse, OrgResponseStatusEnum, OrgResponseVisibilityEnum, OrgType, PromiseOrgsApi as OrgsApi, ParameterValues, ParameterizeMetadataFieldsRequest, ParameterizeMetadataFieldsRequestFieldTypeEnum, ParameterizeMetadataFieldsRequestMetadataTypeEnum, ParameterizeMetadataRequest, ParameterizeMetadataRequestFieldTypeEnum, ParameterizeMetadataRequestMetadataTypeEnum, ParametersListItem, ParametersListItemInput, PdfOptions, PdfOptionsInput, PdfOptionsInputPageOrientationEnum, PdfOptionsPageSizeEnum, PermissionInput, PermissionInputShareModeEnum, PermissionOfMetadataResponse, PermissionOfPrincipalsResponse, PermissionsMetadataTypeInput, PermissionsMetadataTypeInputTypeEnum, PngOptionsInput, PolicyProcessOptions, PolicyProcessOptionsInput, PrincipalsInput, PrincipalsInputTypeEnum, PrincipalsListItem, PrincipalsListItemInput, PromiseHttpLibrary, PublishMetadataListItem, PublishMetadataListItemTypeEnum, PublishMetadataRequest, PutVariableValuesRequest, PutVariableValuesRequestOperationEnum, QueryGetDecomposedQueryRequest, QueryGetDecomposedQueryRequestNlsRequest, RecipientDetails, RecipientDetailsInput, RegionalSettingsInput, RegionalSettingsInputCurrencyFormatEnum, RegionalSettingsInputDateFormatLocaleEnum, RegionalSettingsInputNumberFormatLocaleEnum, RegionalSettingsInputUserLocaleEnum, RepoConfigObject, PromiseReportsApi as ReportsApi, RequestBody, RequestContext, RequiredError, ResetUserPasswordRequest, ResponseActivationURL, ResponseBody, ResponseContext, ResponseCopyObject, ResponseCustomAction, ResponseFailedEntities, ResponseFailedEntity, ResponseIncompleteEntities, ResponseIncompleteEntity, ResponseMessage, ResponseMessageMessageTypeEnum, ResponseMessageVisualizationTypeEnum, ResponsePostUpgradeFailedEntities, ResponsePostUpgradeFailedEntity, ResponseSchedule, ResponseScheduleRun, ResponseSuccessfulEntities, ResponseSuccessfulEntity, ResponseWorksheetToModelConversion, RevertCommitRequest, RevertCommitRequestRevertPolicyEnum, RevertResponse, RevertedMetadata, RevokeRefreshTokensRequest, RevokeRefreshTokensResponse, RevokeTokenRequest, RiseGQLArgWrapper, RiseSetter, Role, RoleResponse, RoleResponsePermissionEnum, RoleResponsePrivilegesEnum, PromiseRolesApi as RolesApi, RuntimeFilter, RuntimeFilters, RuntimeFiltersOperatorEnum, RuntimeParamOverride, RuntimeParameters, RuntimeSort, RuntimeSorts, RuntimeSortsOrderEnum, ScheduleHistoryRunsOptionsInput, PromiseSchedulesApi as SchedulesApi, SchedulesPdfOptionsInput, SchedulesPdfOptionsInputPageSizeEnum, SchemaObject, Scope, ScriptSrcUrls, ScriptSrcUrlsInput, SearchCalendarsRequest, SearchCalendarsRequestSortOptions, SearchCalendarsRequestSortOptionsFieldNameEnum, SearchCalendarsRequestSortOptionsOrderEnum, SearchChannelHistoryRequest, SearchChannelHistoryRequestChannelStatusEnum, SearchChannelHistoryRequestChannelTypeEnum, SearchChannelHistoryResponse, SearchCollectionsRequest, SearchCollectionsRequestSortOptions, SearchCollectionsRequestSortOptionsFieldNameEnum, SearchCollectionsRequestSortOptionsOrderEnum, SearchCommitsRequest, SearchCommitsRequestMetadataTypeEnum, SearchCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequest, SearchCommunicationChannelPreferencesRequestClusterPreferencesEnum, SearchConfigRequest, SearchConnectionRequest, SearchConnectionRequestAuthenticationTypeEnum, SearchConnectionRequestDataWarehouseObjectTypeEnum, SearchConnectionRequestDataWarehouseTypesEnum, SearchConnectionRequestSortOptions, SearchConnectionRequestSortOptionsFieldNameEnum, SearchConnectionRequestSortOptionsOrderEnum, SearchConnectionResponse, SearchConnectionResponseDataWarehouseTypeEnum, SearchCustomActionsRequest, SearchCustomActionsRequestDefaultActionConfig, SearchCustomActionsRequestTypeEnum, SearchDataRequest, SearchDataRequestDataFormatEnum, SearchDataResponse, SearchEmailCustomizationRequest, SearchMetadataRequest, SearchMetadataRequestDependentObjectVersionEnum, SearchMetadataRequestFavoriteObjectOptions, SearchMetadataRequestLiveboardResponseVersionEnum, SearchMetadataRequestSortOptions, SearchMetadataRequestSortOptionsFieldNameEnum, SearchMetadataRequestSortOptionsOrderEnum, SearchOrgsRequest, SearchOrgsRequestStatusEnum, SearchOrgsRequestVisibilityEnum, SearchRoleResponse, SearchRoleResponsePermissionEnum, SearchRoleResponsePrivilegesEnum, SearchRolesRequest, SearchRolesRequestPermissionsEnum, SearchRolesRequestPrivilegesEnum, SearchSchedulesRequest, SearchSchedulesRequestHistoryRunsOptions, SearchSchedulesRequestSortOptions, SearchSecuritySettingsRequest, SearchSecuritySettingsRequestScopeEnum, SearchTagsRequest, SearchUserGroupsRequest, SearchUserGroupsRequestPrivilegesEnum, SearchUserGroupsRequestSortOptions, SearchUserGroupsRequestSortOptionsFieldNameEnum, SearchUserGroupsRequestSortOptionsOrderEnum, SearchUserGroupsRequestTypeEnum, SearchUserGroupsRequestVisibilityEnum, SearchUsersRequest, SearchUsersRequestAccountStatusEnum, SearchUsersRequestAccountTypeEnum, SearchUsersRequestPrivilegesEnum, SearchUsersRequestVisibilityEnum, SearchVariablesRequest, SearchVariablesRequestResponseContentEnum, SearchWebhookConfigurationsRequest, SearchWebhookConfigurationsRequestEventTypeEnum, SearchWebhookConfigurationsRequestSortOptions, SearchWebhookConfigurationsRequestSortOptionsFieldNameEnum, SearchWebhookConfigurationsRequestSortOptionsOrderEnum, PromiseSecurityApi as SecurityApi, SecurityAuthentication, SecuritySettingsClusterPreferences, SecuritySettingsClusterPreferencesInput, SecuritySettingsOrgDetails, SecuritySettingsOrgPreferences, SecuritySettingsOrgPreferencesInput, SecuritySettingsResponse, SelfDecodingBody, SendAgentMessageRequest, SendAgentMessageResponse, SendAgentMessageStreamingRequest, SendMessageRequest, ServerConfiguration, SetNLInstructionsRequest, ShareMetadataRequest, ShareMetadataRequestMetadataTypeEnum, ShareMetadataTypeInput, ShareMetadataTypeInputTypeEnum, SharePermissionsInput, SharePermissionsInputShareModeEnum, SingleAnswerRequest, SortOption, SortOptionFieldNameEnum, SortOptionInput, SortOptionInputFieldNameEnum, SortOptionInputOrderEnum, SortOptionOrderEnum, SortOptions, SortOptionsFieldNameEnum, SortOptionsOrderEnum, SortingOptions, SqlQuery, SqlQueryResponse, SqlQueryResponseMetadataTypeEnum, StorageConfig, StorageConfigInput, StorageDestination, StorageDestinationInput, StorageDestinationInputStorageTypeEnum, StorageDestinationStorageTypeEnum, PromiseSystemApi as SystemApi, SystemConfig, SystemInfo, SystemOverrideInfo, Table, Tag, TagMetadataTypeInput, TagMetadataTypeInputTypeEnum, PromiseTagsApi as TagsApi, TemplatePropertiesInputCreate, PromiseThoughtSpotRestApi as ThoughtSpotRestApi, Token, TokenAccessScopeObject, TokenAccessScopeObjectTypeEnum, TokenProvider, TokenValidationResponse, URL, URLInput, URLInputMandatory, UnassignTagRequest, UnparameterizeMetadataRequest, UnparameterizeMetadataRequestFieldTypeEnum, UnparameterizeMetadataRequestMetadataTypeEnum, UnpublishMetadataRequest, UpdateCalendarRequest, UpdateCalendarRequestCalendarTypeEnum, UpdateCalendarRequestMonthOffsetEnum, UpdateCalendarRequestStartDayOfWeekEnum, UpdateCalendarRequestTableReference, UpdateCalendarRequestUpdateMethodEnum, UpdateCollectionRequest, UpdateCollectionRequestOperationEnum, UpdateColumnSecurityRulesRequest, UpdateConfigRequest, UpdateConnectionConfigurationRequest, UpdateConnectionConfigurationRequestAuthenticationTypeEnum, UpdateConnectionConfigurationRequestPolicyProcessesEnum, UpdateConnectionConfigurationRequestPolicyTypeEnum, UpdateConnectionRequest, UpdateConnectionV2Request, UpdateCustomActionRequest, UpdateCustomActionRequestActionDetails, UpdateCustomActionRequestDefaultActionConfig, UpdateCustomActionRequestOperationEnum, UpdateEmailCustomizationRequest, UpdateMetadataHeaderRequest, UpdateMetadataObjIdRequest, UpdateObjIdInput, UpdateObjIdInputTypeEnum, UpdateOrgRequest, UpdateOrgRequestOperationEnum, UpdateRoleRequest, UpdateRoleRequestPrivilegesEnum, UpdateScheduleRequest, UpdateScheduleRequestFileFormatEnum, UpdateScheduleRequestFrequency, UpdateScheduleRequestLiveboardOptions, UpdateScheduleRequestMetadataTypeEnum, UpdateScheduleRequestPdfOptions, UpdateScheduleRequestPdfOptionsPageSizeEnum, UpdateScheduleRequestRecipientDetails, UpdateScheduleRequestStatusEnum, UpdateScheduleRequestTimeZoneEnum, UpdateSystemConfigRequest, UpdateTagRequest, UpdateUserGroupRequest, UpdateUserGroupRequestOperationEnum, UpdateUserGroupRequestPrivilegesEnum, UpdateUserGroupRequestTypeEnum, UpdateUserGroupRequestVisibilityEnum, UpdateUserRequest, UpdateUserRequestAccountStatusEnum, UpdateUserRequestAccountTypeEnum, UpdateUserRequestOperationEnum, UpdateUserRequestPreferredLocaleEnum, UpdateUserRequestVisibilityEnum, UpdateVariableRequest, UpdateVariableValuesRequest, UpdateWebhookConfigurationRequest, UpdateWebhookConfigurationRequestEventsEnum, User, UserAccountStatusEnum, UserAccountTypeEnum, UserGroup, UserGroupResponse, UserGroupResponseParentTypeEnum, UserGroupResponseTypeEnum, UserGroupResponseVisibilityEnum, UserInfo, UserObject, UserObjectTypeEnum, UserParameterOptions, UserParentTypeEnum, UserPrincipal, UserVisibilityEnum, PromiseUsersApi as UsersApi, ValidateCommunicationChannelRequest, ValidateCommunicationChannelRequestChannelTypeEnum, ValidateCommunicationChannelRequestEventTypeEnum, ValidateMergeRequest, ValidateTokenRequest, ValueScopeInput, ValueScopeInputPrincipalTypeEnum, Variable, PromiseVariableApi as VariableApi, VariableDetailInput, VariableDetailInputTypeEnum, VariablePutAssignmentInput, VariablePutAssignmentInputPrincipalTypeEnum, VariableUpdateAssignmentInput, VariableUpdateAssignmentInputOperationEnum, VariableUpdateScopeInput, VariableUpdateScopeInputPrincipalTypeEnum, VariableValue, VariableValuePrincipalTypeEnum, VariableValues, VariableVariableTypeEnum, PromiseVersionControlApi as VersionControlApi, WebhookAuthApiKey, WebhookAuthApiKeyInput, WebhookAuthBasicAuth, WebhookAuthBasicAuthInput, WebhookAuthOAuth2, WebhookAuthOAuth2Input, WebhookAuthentication, WebhookAuthenticationInput, WebhookDeleteFailure, WebhookDeleteResponse, WebhookKeyValuePair, WebhookKeyValuePairInput, WebhookOrg, WebhookPagination, WebhookResponse, WebhookResponseEventsEnum, WebhookSearchResponse, WebhookSignatureVerification, WebhookSignatureVerificationAlgorithmEnum, WebhookSignatureVerificationInput, WebhookSignatureVerificationInputAlgorithmEnum, WebhookSignatureVerificationInputTypeEnum, WebhookSignatureVerificationTypeEnum, WebhookSortOptionsInput, WebhookSortOptionsInputFieldNameEnum, WebhookSortOptionsInputOrderEnum, WebhookUser, PromiseWebhooksApi as WebhooksApi, configureAuthMethods, createBasicConfig, createBearerAuthenticationConfig, createConfiguration, server1, servers, wrapHttpLibrary };